UFOS in Cuba?

by Servando Gonzalez

June 27, 2023

After watching Tucker Carlson’s extensive report on UFOs I decided to write about my own experience on the subject.

By late 1970s I had already decided to leave Castroist Cuba. So, I began distancing myself from government jobs, mostly in the installation and use of language labs and multimedia for foreign language learning. So I got a job as program director at Radio Progreso, Cuba’s most important radio station with full coverage of the whole Island.

Radio was my first profession in life. So, apart from my bureaucratic responsibilities, I began directing and producing several programs dealing with musical and popular culture subjects. One day, just by chance over a cup of coffee in a small café just across the street from the radio station, I met C. Mesa Royé, a freelance writer who wrote scripts for several programs. To my surprise, I discovered that, like myself, he was interested in subjects that at the time were considered taboo in Cuba.

A few days later, I came up with the idea of creating a radio program dealing with the less problematic areas of these subjects. To our favor we knew that the Soviet magazine Sputnik, widely circulating in its Spanish version in Cuba in a format similar to the Reader’s Digest, always included in every issue subjects such as parapsychology, telekinesis, telepathy, etc. So, we created our program, named it Enigmas del Universo, and began recording it.

The program, with just 15 minutes of length, appeared inside a 3-hour long popular music program which played from Monday to Friday 9 to 12 am. It was just a dialog between Mesa Royé and myself talking freely about these subjects. It soon became a hit, and a few weeks later we asked to extend its length to half an hour.

Even though initially we avoided the subject of UFOs, one day I was invited to attend a gathering at the home of a Cubana de Aviación pilot, who told me he had seem a UFO while flying near the Azores. A few days later I got a call from a young man who told me that he had been a soldier during the Cuban Missile Crisis and one night they saw a strange individual wearing a sort of luminous jumpsuit and helmet near their military base. Eventually their fired their weapons, but the guy simply vanished.

We were cautious, and we didn’t mention anything of this in our program. But one day, I got a call from Evora Tamayo, who told me she would like to share a strange story with us. Evora was a well- known journalist writing for a widely-read magazine. The next day she came to the radio station and we recorded the interview.

According to her, a few months earlier she had traveled together with a photographer to Holguín, the third most populated Cuban city, in the eastern part of Cuba, to report on crop dusters. Next day, they woke up very early in the morning, still dark, and drove to the air base. The dusters were Soviet An-2 biplanes, widely used for that type of job. The base was also shared by Mig 21 jet fighters.

But, as dawn started to break, something weird happened. The whole base was paralyzed and everybody was looking up to the sky. According to Evora, there was an object up above the city that covered a large area of the sky. She described it as huge, round, whitish and its surface resembling that of the moon. It made no sound.

Eventually, two Migs were scrambled to intercept it, but a few minutes later they landed back and the pilots explained that the object was far above their operational ceiling. In the meantime, the whole city was paralyzed. The streets were full of people looking up to the sky. Most businesses closed their doors. Schools sent the children back to their homes. The military and reservists were mobilized and put on state of alert.

The strange object continued to hover in the sky above the city for the whole day. The next day it had disappeared. Nobody had an explanation for what they had seen. No information about the incident was reported in the press.

We began advertising for Evora’s interview, which we planned to air the next Monday. The phones did not stop ringing, from listeners asking for more info about the interview.

The next Monday, however, we had a bad surprise. The station’s director called us to his office and informed us that members of the dreaded Ministerio del Interior, Castro’s secret police, had confiscated the tape and ordered him to cancel the program. That was the end of Enigmas del Universo.

So, I am one of the few not surprised by Carlson’s words.

My book, “Psychological Warfare and the New World Order”, was banned by Amazon but there are a few copies still available at the NWV store. You may order your copy Here.

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




A True American Seer

By Servando Gonzalez

November 11, 2022

We live in an eternal present. We cannot modify the past and only guess about the future. Nevertheless, since immemorial times, humans have tried to predict what will happen.

The ancient Greek were very interested in the future. Some of them traveled to the island of Delphi to listen to the Pythia who, while seated on her tripod, delivered precious information through her divinations about things to come.

Many years later, Nostradamus, the French seer, offered his vision of the future. Unfortunately, his predictions were expressed in a sort of convoluted language difficult to understand. Nevertheless, some people believe he actually predicted some events.

Also, as the Russians had their seer, the clairvoyant Helena Blavatsky, Hitler had his own seer, Erik Jan Hanussen. And Americans were not left behind. Many Americans believed the prophecies advanced by Edgar Cayce and Jeanne Dixon.

Nevertheless, none of these seers have so accurately predicted the future as the prophecies advanced by an American seer whose prophecies always become true. I am talking about Foreign Affairs, the main organ of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). For reasons difficult to explain, Foreign Affairs is the key to know way in advance the future policies, particularly the foreign policy, the U.S. is going to follow.

Just by chance, a few weeks ago I found a past issue of Foreign Affairs (Volume 97, number 3, May/June 2018). It prominently displaying on its cover the caption: “Is Democracy Dying? — A Global Report.” Most of the articles are devoted to sell the idea of the benefits of an American democracy.

Among those were:

-Walter Russell Mead, “The Big Shift: How American Democracy Fails Its Way to Success.”

-Ronald Inglehart, “The Age of Insecurity: Can Democracy Save Itself?” In this article the author creates a new term: “representative democracy,” which is a contradiction in terms. Moreover, he believes that “democracy has a major advantage over other political systems; it provides a nonviolent way to replace a country’s leaders.”

-Yascha Mounk and Roberto Stefan Moa, “The End of the Democratic Century: Autocracy’s Global Ascendance.” According to these authors, “… the twentieth century was marked by the dominance not just of a particular country but also the political systems it helped spread: liberal democracy.”

-Ivan Krastev, “Eastern Europe’s Illiberal Revolution: The Long Road to Democratic Decline.”

So, if you still ignore where the current push for democracy originated, this issues of Foreign Affairs gives us a clue. It originated at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

Now, why the globalist conspirators ensconced at their ivory towers in the Council on Foreign Relations love democracy so much. Some time ago, one of them gave us a clue:

In his book 1984 The Power to Lead, author James McGregor Burns (CFR) recognized the fact that to carry out their plans for the total destruction of America as we knew it, the CFR conspirators needed to get rid of the U.S. Constitution. According to him,

“Let’s us face reality. The framers [of the U.S. Constitution] have simply been too shrewd for us. They have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to ‘turn the Founders upside down’ — we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected.”

According to a well-known anecdote, just after the end of the Constitutional Convention in 1787, when our Constitution was adopted, a lady asked Benjamin Franklin what kind of government they had given us. Franklin laconic answer was, “A republic, if you can keep it.”

As anybody can verify, the word ‘democracy’ does not appear in the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. The Founding Fathers knew that all democracies eventually become tyrannies, that’s why they created a Constitutional Republic, where the rights of the minority were as important as the wishes of some minorities passing as majorities.

Nevertheless, though American presidents solemnly swear to protect the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic, most of them, particularly Democrats, have sided with the domestic enemies ensconced in the Council on Foreign Relations in their attacks on the Constitution. Most recent attack came from Joe Biden who, in his bizarre speech on September 1, 2022, on a demonic dark, blood-red background at the Independence National Historical Park in Philadelphia, PA, mentioned the word “democracy” 31 times. Now you may guess who paid him to do it.

On the other hand, we need to recognize the globalist conspirators are not fools. it is easier and cheaper to recruit and pay a mob to go to the street yelling about the need to do whatever the person who provided the money wants, than buying individual politicians in Congress to push for it. This explains why globalist George Soros have been doing it successfully for many years.

By the way, I vividly remember when Castro yelled at the mass meetings in Havana’s Revolution Square: “This is a true democracy.” He was right. And today’s Cuba, formerly a representative Republic, is the disastrous result of that drastic change.

The results of this election will tell us if America still be a representative Republic or will be fully changed into a Democracy. So, expect the best but prepare for the worst.

Servando’s book  Partners in Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America, banned by Amazon, is still available at the NewsWithViews store. You may order your copy here, supply is limited.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Not Another Cuban Missile Crisis, Part 2

By Servando Gonzalez

October 21, 2022

In the first part of this article I explained in some detail why most likely the Soviet nuclear missiles on Cuban soil were dummies.

Now, the question remains: Why did Nikita Khrushchev placed the dummy missiles in Cuba? My answer is very simple: Because Khrushchev needed to get rid of troublesome Castro and wanted the Americans to do the dirty job on his behalf. Unfortunately, they didn’t fall in the trap.

Did Americans Give Cuba to Castro?

As Khrushchev admitted later in his memoirs, at the time Fidel Castro took power in Cuba, the Soviets had little contact with the Island and, therefore, very little knowledge of what was happening there. (Diplomatic relations between Cuba and the Soviet Union had been severed since 1952). To the Soviet intelligence Fidel Castro was a strange and enigmatic figure. By late 1959 they had gathered many fragments of information about him, but had not been able to put all the pieces together into a meaningful whole.

Something that attracted the attention of the Soviets was the American haste to recognize Castro’s government after president Batista’s escape on January 1, 1959. This haste was not only surprising to the Soviets, but also to some American diplomats. According to Ambassador Earl T. Smith, the U.S. were very hasty in its recognition of the Castro government. Usually the U.S. withholds recognition from a new government until it is formally established and operating. Normally, the U.S. does not want to be among the first nor among the last to recognize a new government. The U.S. usually waits until assurances are given that the new government will honor its international obligations. In Latin America it was the custom for the U.S. to wait until several Latin American countries had recognized the new government. However, in January 7, 1979, just six days after former President Batista fled from Cuba and one day before Fidel Castro arrived in Havana, the U.S. officially recognized the Castro government.

Also, some facts indicate that the CIA sent weapons to Castro. When he was in the Sierra Maestra mountains fighting Batista’s troops, Castro received some weapons delivered by the International Armaments Corporation, the company that sent weapons to Guatemala, under the CIA’s orders, to overthrow Jacobo Arbenz’s government, and also because the Company was organized by Samuel Cummings, a former CIA operative. Also, there is evidence, that between October 1957 and the middle of 1958, the CIA gave no less than fifty thousand dollars to Castro’s men in Santiago de Cuba.

One thing that seemed very suspicious to Soviet intelligence were the sudden American efforts to prove that Castro was a Communist. The Americans, who before Castro took power denied he was a Communist, now had changed their minds, and were accusing him of being a Communist. To top all, Castro himself was telling everybody that he was a Communist. But no one knew better than the Soviets that this was far from being true. According to the information the KGB had gathered, Fidel Castro never joined the strong Cuban Communist party, nor any of the Communist front organizations, because the Cuban Communists hated him. Moreover, he was not a crypto-Communist, nor was he ever recruited by the Soviet intelligence services. So, why were the Americans so eager to prove he was a Communist? But an unexpected event dissipated those suspicions.

Suspicious Snafu at the Bay of Pigs

Four days after Yuri Gagarin went into outer space, just three months after Kennedy’s inauguration, on the morning of April 7, 1961, 1400 Cuban exiles sent by the United States were wading toward disaster at a beach called Playa Girón, near a bay south of the central part of the island —the Bay of Pigs. The first news about the invasion that appeared in the Soviet press reflected the general consensus that Castro’s revolution was living its very last hours in the face of an American direct invasion. But then, the Soviet leaders and the intelligence analysts watched in disbelief as John F. Kennedy, with enough military force at hand to destroy the world, did nothing as Fidel Castro rounded up prisoners off the beach.

Plans for an underground uprising, coordinated with the invasion, were so mismanaged as to indicate deliberate sabotage. To be successful, even with air cover, such a small force had to be supported by uprisings all over Cuba. Some of the reasons why the uprisings never occurred were that the underground was never alerted about the landing date and did not know whether the Bay of Pigs operation was a real or a diversionary invasion. The CIA’s short wave broadcast station (Radio Swan) failed to broadcast the prearranged signals to trigger the waiting underground into action. Instead the station broadcasted a series of conflicting and false reports of uprisings in Cuba.

The Bay of Pigs adventure was not merely a military disaster; it strengthened enormously Castro’s iron grip over the island. The U.S. had given Castro a legitimacy he could not have won any other way. No other American act could have helped him any more. In addition, the invasion struck a mortal blow to the anti-Castro underground movement in Cuba. The invasion allowed Castro to easily neutralize his most active opponents without raising any criticism, because he seized the opportunity to appeal to the Cubans’ nationalistic sentiments. Since the image of the opposition to Castro had always been an American one, with Cubans in the U.S. appearing to participate in a subordinate capacity, the harsh treatment given to the anti-Castro underground appeared to be justified by the circumstances. All opposition to the regime had been identified in the Cuban mind as American-inspired and counterrevolutionary, thus playing right into Castro’s hands.

Then, on December 2, 1961, Fidel Castro delivered a televised speech in which he declared to his amazed audience that he had always been a Marxist-Leninist by heart and would remain so until the last day of his life. Castros non-Communist affiliation had been so widely taken for granted internationally, particularly in the U.S., that his speech caused a commotion. It was also received with extreme suspicion by the Soviet intelligence analysts. Evidently, Fidel Castro was trying to create for himself, a posteriori, what in intelligence parlance is known as a “legend,” a false biography to fool an enemy.

Obviously, Castro was frantically trying to sell himself to the Soviets under an image of anti-
Americanism, but the facts pointed to the contrary. The available evidence indicated that, contrary to conventional wisdom, Fidel, like most anti-Castro Cubans in Miami, was an admirer of the American Way of Life. His favorite sports were basketball and baseball. He only watched American cowboy films, and most of the women with whom he had been romantically involved were of the same profile: upper-class, Americanized, English-speaking, most of them blondes. The one he married to had worked as a secretary at the American Embassy in Havana.

Castro’s Deep Game

By the end of 1961 a great concern about Castro had been raised in Moscow, not only among the intelligence analysts, but among the Soviet leaders as well. First of all, Cuba under Castro had become a real economic embarrassment to the Soviets, who had made a great mistake in trying to undertake the development of a country whose tastes, needs, and economy had been modeled on American patterns.

Cuba, which was intended to be a showcase of the Soviet model of development in America, was in fact quickly turning into a showcase of Soviet inefficiency, mainly due to the Cuban leader’s inability to make good use of Soviet aid. Furthermore, Cuba was an ideological source of distress due to the propagation of Castro’s “heretical” ideas and his immature propensity to preach to the Soviets about how to conduct things in their own backyard. Castro’s behavior was creating a new focus of dissent in a field already engaged in internal quarrels. In addition, his front line position on the Latin American, Asian and African anti-imperialist struggle put a question-mark on the Khrushchev’s thesis of Peaceful Coexistence, and played right into Mao’s hands.

Therefore, notwithstanding Castro’s continued and persistent pounding at the Russian gates, the Soviet leaders, particularly Khrushchev, had some serious doubts as to where it might lead in the future. Though his defiance of the United States was according to their interests, the alliance with Castro presented certain problems. Was he real or was he the main element of a game of strategic provocation staged by the CIA? Also, accepting that he was real, were the Soviets able to contain Castro’s ambitions? How far would he embroil the USSR in Latin America and at what cost? Opposition to Castro was already strong among the Latin American communist parties; they were reluctant to endanger their precarious status by taking up arms. Furthermore, to adopt Castro’s tactics would had been an abrupt shift to “putschist” and “adventurist” policies, denounced by both Lenin and Khrushchev.

As early as mid-1959, the old-guard Cuban communists and the Kremlin leader were rightfully worried about Castro’s radical theories and concerned with the secret training of revolutionaries in Cuba for military adventures against Cuba’s neighbors. Yet, having mistakenly come to Castro’s rescue —if only for the initial bait of exploiting the political propaganda opportunities offered by the US-Cuban dispute — Khrushchev found itself with an unsolicited client on his hands which he cannot disavow, at least overtly, without great embarrassment and loss of prestige. Khrushchev had been caught on the horns of a dilemma: abandoning Cuba would mean jeopardizing Soviet pretensions of leadership of the Communist camp; but allowing Cuba to exist would probably have the same result, because Castro had his own aspirations for control over the international communist movement.

Castro’s guerrilla activities was also a big concern of the Soviet intelligence. On the one hand, even if Castro was what he claimed to be, the Soviet Union could simply never afford to have a bunch of Castros in Latin America. A Fidel-style takeover of Bolivia, Guatemala or the Dominican Republic would suck up Russia’s resources like quicksand, and the resulting fiasco could only hurt the Soviet’s and Khrushchev’s prestige. The Soviet Premier was not interested at all in Pyrrhic victories. On the other hand, there was the possibility that Fidel Castro was not what he purported to be. If this were the case Castro was acting as an agent provocateur, pushing the Soviet Union into unwanted, risky adventures.

Khrushchev’s Deep Game

The sequel to the Soviet commitment in Cuba had been a calamitous failure. In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But to leave Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel and contrary to his doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow. Thus, even though Khrushchev never fully agreed with the theory that Castro was an American mole, the Soviet Premier decided to follow the KGB’s advice to overthrow Castro and replace him with an old-time Communist, obedient to the Soviet Union. Now Khrushchev faced the dilemma of getting rid of Fidel by force, but, given the Soviet role vis á vis the Third World and the Chinese, he couldn’t resort to direct action or threaten him with force. It was less easy, however, to resist the temptation to proceed to overthrow him by indirect means, with the help of the KGB’s section of Special Operations.

The first Soviet plan to overthrow Fidel Castro was handed over to the Soviet Ambassador in Havana, Sergei Mikhailovich Kudryavtsev, an experienced KGB officer who had been expelled from Canada accused of heading a Soviet spy ring. Since his arrival in Havana in 1960, Kudryavtsev had been a conspicuous figure in Cuban politics. Unlike many Soviet envoys, he never bothered to conceal his power or to limit himself to behind-the-scenes activities. Khrushchev’s plan consisted in eliminating Castro and replacing him with Aníbal Escalante, a trusted member of the pro-Soviet Cuban communist party.

There is evidence that Castro discovered the plot from its very beginning, early in 1962, but he let it go on for a while, playing a cat and mouse game with the Russians. Finally, at the end of May, he decided to move swiftly and detained the plotters and neutralized Kudryavtsev and his KGB operatives. In May, 30, 1960, the Cuban intelligence detained Ambassador Kudryavtsev and put him in a Soviet plane back to Moscow. Some time later Castro confessed that he “had expelled Kudryavtsev” for having engaged in “open and excessive political activities.”

And, what happened to him when the arrived in Moscow? Was he sent to a gulag in Siberia? Of course not, he was appointed as a Soviet delegate to the UNESCO in Paris —which indicates that his actions in Cuba had been following orders, most likely from Khrushchev himself.

When Nikita Khrushchev received the news of the failed coup he was furious. He now tried to find a way to, once and for all, get rid of his Cuban “Communist.” But, if Fidel was in his hands, he was no less in the hands of Fidel. After the purging of Escalante and several of the “old line” Cuban Communists, some members of the Cuban communist party, out of fear, were following Castro’s line and had become an instrument of his policies rather than Moscow’s.

This state of affairs highly irritated Khrushchev. Still, the Soviet Premier could not afford to openly destabilize the Castro government. The cost in terms of Soviet international prestige —vis á vis Peking, Washington and the Third World— would have been intolerable. Any direct Russian action against Castro would have led to serious political and ideological consequences for the Soviet Union.

Therefore, after the Kudryavtsev-Escalante frustrated coup d’état, Khrushchev conceived another plan.

This plan was simple: it consisted of provoking President Kennedy to invade Cuba and overthrow Castro. After Kennedy had invaded Cuba he would find himself empty handed because he would have no Soviet nuclear missiles to show to the American public. This would make Kennedy the laughing stock of the world and place the U.S. in a very embarrassing and difficult position before the world and its own conscience, as the big, powerful nation that unjustifiably attacks a very small, innocent one.

Thus, President Kennedy would unknowingly have helped Khrushchev in the dirty work of getting rid of Castro. With an American invasion of Cuba Khrushchev would have solved his Castroist problem and made good use of the U.S. loss of face. He would, in the end, have inherited Castroism, but without the troublesome Castro.

According to Khrushchev’s own version, it was during his visit to Bulgaria on May 14-20, 1962, that he conceived the idea of installing strategic missiles in Cuba-that is, just after he got the news of Kudryavtsev’s failure. Khrushchev was aware that a large part of the American public and a number of political leaders were calling for an invasion of Cuba. The American leaders were hysterical about Castro at the time of the Bay of Pigs and thereafter. The Kennedys had their Irish up, and were determined to get even with Castro at any cost.

In his memoirs Khrushchev claims that his main concern in sending missiles to Cuba was Castro’s fear of an American invasion. But it is very difficult to believe, however, that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro after he had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader just a few days earlier. Even if that were not the case, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat.

Moreover, neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets had deployed nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict KGB’s Spetsnaz units control. Why, then, would the Soviets would place missiles so close to the trigger-happy Castro? Khrushchev rightly believed he could exploit Castro’s megalomania. Castro would surely accept his offer because the Cuban leader harbored secret intentions. The Cuban leader secretly believed that, once in Cuba, it would be easy for him to capture the nuclear missiles and use them for his own purposes.

At that moment Khrushchev had practically unlimited powers and the authority to use them as he saw fit, not only at home, but also in foreign affairs. So he ordered that missiles be sent to Cuba, but without the nuclear warheads-which he never sent, and never intended to send to the island. Moreover, there is the possibility that the missiles, like the ones Khrushchev was displaying in Moscow’s parades, were a ruse de guerre, nothing but empty dummies.

Moreover, at the time there was a pro-Castro faction in the Kremlin as well as an anti-Castro one. The anti-Castro faction was headed by Khrushchev himself. So, he carried out his plan behind the backs of the pro-Castros.

To maximize the effectiveness of the missiles as a provocation, Khrushchev used every possible means to make the Americans believe that, after the installation and further training of Cuban personnel, the missiles would be under Castro’s control. This is clearly implied in the Soviets’ first statement of the crisis on October 23 in which they affirmed that Cuba alone had the right to decide what kind of weapons were appropriate for its defense.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the antiaircraft SAMs (Surface to Air Missiles) were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the U.S. planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAMs and other associated antiaircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well along, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these antiaircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

But Khrushchev’s carefully conceived plans had not counted on the unexpected and apparently irrational behavior of both Castro and President Kennedy. All reports received in Washington about the strange developments in Cuba seemingly aroused less suspicions than Khrushchev thought they should provoke. Even the CIA, which is often denounced as unnecessarily alarmist, seemed, in this case, rather unimpressed.

Then, on the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? The Russians had warned him of an imminent U.S. invasion, but now were letting the Americans know about the missiles that were waiting for them. The always suspicious Fidel smelled a rat.

So, on October 22, just after President Kennedy’s address to the nation, Castro ordered a maximum alert of the Cuban armed forces. While Fidel was mobilizing all military forces, his brother Rauúl, chief of the armed forces, warned that an invasion of Cuba would unleash World War III. By October 26, Fidel had lost his patience with the bewildering Russian behavior and unilaterally announced that the Cuban antiaircraft guns would start shooting at American planes, even if the Russian-operated SAMs didn’t.

At that crucial hour it was convenient for Khrushchev to have the U.S. believe the missiles were under Castro’s control. If Americans believed so, they might very well launch a preemptive attack against the sites and follow with an invasion of the Island, confident that there would be no Soviet reprisals.

Following Castro’s orders, and disregarding Soviet advice, on the morning of October 27, antiaircraft batteries manned by the Cuban army began firing at American low-flying reconnaissance planes, damaging at least one. As Castro himself told Tad Szulc, “I am absolutely certain that if the low-level flights had been resumed we would have shot down one, two, or three of these planes… With so many batteries firing, we would have shot down some planes. I don’t know whether this would have started nuclear war.”

Then, on October 27, at the most critical moment of the crisis, Castro pulled an Ace he had up his sleeve. An American U-2, piloted by Major Rudolph Anderson, Jr., was detected over the eastern part of Cuba and a SAM site at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, fired one or several antiaircraft missiles and shot it down.

Who Pushed the Button?

Several conflicting interpretations have been advanced to explain the strange inci- dent of the downing of the U-2. It has been suggested that it may have been an attempt on the part of the Soviet hard-liners to sabotage efforts at a negotiated settlement of the crisis. It has also been suggested that some Russian officer in charge of the antiaircraft battery got nervous and fired the missile without it hav- ing been ordered by his superiors. Some American officials have also speculated that the U-2 was shot down by a Soviet SAM fired by an out of control Russian crew.

But Carlos Franqui, a Cuban writer who had been in exile for many years, has offered the explanation that it was Fidel himself who, during a visit to a Soviet SAM base, pushed the button that fired the missile. Franqui was the editor of Revolución , the 26th of July Movement’s official newspaper, and very close to Castro at the time.

Franqui wrote some time ago that Castro himself told him that he had personally pushed the button which launched the missile that shot down the U-2. According to Franqui, Fidel was itching for a nuclear confrontation between the U.S.S.R. and the United States and had been growing restless as the crisis evolved towards a possible agreement between the U.S. and the U.S.S.R. At some time, wrote Franqui, Fidel “went on to say that if he were in Moscow, he would send the government to the subway, which was supposed to be safe during a nuclear attack.”

Franqui’s account of the incident may contain at least one grain of truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation is based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and is now living in the U.S., seem to confirm Ellsberg’s information.

In 1987 Cuban defector Gen. Rafael del Pino Díaz said that Soviet officers in Cuba were so outraged at Khrushchev’s compliance with the American quarantine that they shot down the U-2 without authorization from Moscow. According to del Pino, “the officers wanted to provoke a confrontation.”

And here comes another intriguing puzzle of the Cuban missile crisis. When the news that a U-2 had been shot down reached the Ex Comm, most members thought that war was just around the corner. In fact they had decided earlier that if a U-2 were shot down, the SAM battery responsible would be immediately knocked off. “It was the blackest hour of the crisis,” Roger Hilsman later recalled.

But, like Khrushchev, most of the Ex Comm members miscalculated: Surprisingly, President Kennedy backpedalled on his promise and decided not to give the order to the U.S. fighters on stand-by to destroy the SAM battery. Adding more to the surrealistic aspects of the story, instead of retaliating in Cuba, as he had agreed, Kennedy ordered in a rush to defuse the missiles in Turkey to be certain that they could not be used without his personal permission —which probably meant never using them. May it have been, one can only guess, that, like the Soviet missiles in Cuba, the American missiles in Turkey had actually been dummies?

The End of the Crisis

Finally, Soviet developments in Cuba were so blatant and political pressure in the U.S. so strong, that Kennedy was forced to act. But, when he announced the blockade of the island, he unexpectedly stated that American actions would not be directed against Cuba, but against the Soviet Union. Kennedy’s behavior was so surprising that Khrushchev was caught completely off balance and panicked before the possibility of a nuclear confrontation which he had not anticipated and was not prepared for.

The Cuban Missile Crisis was a further irritant to Khrushchev’s already risky political situation. Though the state of the Soviet economy was the main factor in his demotion in October, 1964, undoubtedly his Cuban misadventure contributed to his fall.

Not long after the end of the Cuban Missile Crisis David Rockefeller traveled to Russia and, after realizing that hard-headed Nikita would never become his obedient tool, David’s agents in the Kremlin overthrew Khrushchev. Not by a coincidence, Davids’ agents who overthrew Khrushchev were members of the pro-Castro faction.

So, again, I suggest you may use any name you want to name the present crisis with Russia. But, please, don’t call it another Cuban Missile Crisis. Russia is not the Soviet Union, David Rockefeller agents in the Kremlin do not control it, Joe Biden is not John F. Kennedy, Vladimir Putin is not Nikita Khrushchev and Putin’s nuclear missiles are not dummies.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




This is NOT Another Cuba Missile Crisis

By Servando Gonzalez

October 17, 2022

Several articles have appeared in the past weeks alleging that the present situation with Russia could become another Cuban Missile Crisis. Nevertheless, I will show below why I don’t think so.

According to common lore, the Cuban Missile Crisis of October 1962 was a direct and dangerous confrontation between the United States and the Soviet Union during the Cold War and was the moment when the two superpowers came closest to nuclear conflict. Nevertheless, the Cuban missile crisis is still a very elusive historical event. For sixty years it has captured the imagination of the media, scholars, and the public alike, producing a veritable mountain of articles, scholarly essays and books. Still, after so much effort by so many privileged minds, some aspects of the Cuban missile crisis continue to defy any logical explanation and are as puzzling today as they were at the time of the event. Below, I am going to study some of the alleged evidence of the presence of strategic missiles and their associated nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962.

Is “Photographic Evidence” Evidence at All?

The official story offered by the Kennedy administration, and accepted at face value by most scholars of the Crisis and later popularized by the American mainstream media, is that though rumors about the presence of strategic missiles in Cuba had been widespread among Cuban exiles in Florida since mid-1962, the American intelligence community was never fooled by them. To American intelligence analysts, “only direct evidence, such as aerial photographs, could be convincing.”

It was not until Sunday, 14 October, 1962, that a U-2, authorized at last to fly over the Western part of Cuba, brought the first high-altitude photographs of what seemed to be Soviet strategic missile sites, in different stages of completion, deployed on Cuban soil.

Once the photographs were analyzed by experts at the National Photographic Interpretation Center (NPIC), they were brought to President Kennedy who, after a little prompting by a photo-interpreter who attended the meeting, accepted as a fact the NPIC’s conclusion that Soviet Premier Nikita S. Khrushchev had taken a fateful, aggressive step against the U.S. by placing nuclear-capable strategic missiles in Cuba. This meeting is considered by most scholars to be the beginning of the Cuban missile crisis.

Save for a few non-believers at the United Nations —a little more than a year before, U.S. Ambassador to the UN Adlai Stevenson had shown the very same delegates “hard” photographic evidence of Cuban planes, allegedly piloted by Castro’s defectors, which had attacked positions on the island previous to the Bay of Pigs landing, which later found to be fakes— most people, including the members of the American press, unquestionably accepted the U-2 photographs as evidence of Khrushchev’s treachery.

Beginning with Robert Kennedy’s classic analysis of the Crisis, the acceptance of the U-2’s photographs as hard evidence of the presence of Soviet strategic missiles deployed on Cuban soil has rarely been contested. CIA director John McCone reaffirmed the same line of total belief in a Top Secret post-mortem memorandum of 28 February 1963 to the President. According to McCone, aerial photography was “our best means to establish hard intelligence.”

But both Robert Kennedy and John McCone were dead wrong. As Magritte’s picture The Treachery of Images masterly exemplifies, a picture of a pipe is not a pipe, and a picture of a missile is not a missile. A photograph of a UFO is not a UFO. Clint Eastwood was not Dirty Harry. Charlton Heston was not Moses. Tom Cruise is not a Naval Aviator. A picture, by itself alone, can hardly be accepted as “hard” evidence of anything. Linguist Alfred Korzybski masterly expressed it when he wrote, “The map is not the territory.” The fact is so obvious that no time should be wasted discussing it. It seems, however, that the very fact that it is so obvious —somebody said that the best way to hide something is by placing it in plain view— has precluded scholars from studying it in detail. Therefore, let’s analyze the obvious.

We are so used to dealing with photographs that most of the time we refer to them as if they were the real thing. A typical example is when a coworker pulls out of his wallet a photo of his family and says “this is my daughter, this is my wife, this is my dog, this is my house.” Of course, what you see in a photograph is not the real thing, just an image of the thing.

Missiles vs Images of Missiles

Most studies about the Cuban missile crisis repeat the extended opinion that the U-2 photographs were the hard, irrefutable evidence provided by the photo interpreters at the NPIC as the ultimate, incontrovertible proof that the Soviets had secretly deployed strategic missile bases in Cuba. But, in
order to become meaningful information, photographs need to be decoded (interpreted) by an
interpreter.

Being a subjective process, however, decoding is full of pitfalls. There is always the risk of aberrant decoding, by which a sign is interpreted as something totally different from what the creator of the sign originally intended to communicate. The process is known as aberrant decoding. In the case of the U-2 photographs, the NPIC photo interpreters incorrectly decoded the objects appearing in them as strategic missiles, instead of images of strategic missiles. But accepting the images of missiles as the ultimate proof of the presence of strategic missiles in Cuba was a big jump of their imagination, as well as a semantic mistake. A more truthful interpretation of the things whose images appeared in the U-2’s photographs would have been to describe them as “objects whose photographic image highly resemble the auxiliary equipment used in Soviet strategic missile bases.” But the photo interpreters at the NPIC confused —or rather felt forced to confuse— the images of the objects they saw in the photographs with the actual missiles. Afterwards, like mesmerized children, the media and the scholarly community have blindly followed the Pied Piper of photographic evidence. But, as in Magritte’s painting, a picture of a missile in not a missile.

With the advent of the new surveillance technologies pioneered with the U-2 plane and now extensively used by imaging satellites, there has been a growing trend in the U.S. intelligence community to rely more and more on imaging intelligence, now provided by satellites, and less and less on agents in the field (human intelligence, HUMINT). But, as any intelligence specialist can testify, photographs alone, though a very useful surveillance component, should never be passed as hard evidence. Photographs, at best, are just indicators pointing to a possibility which has to be physically confirmed by other means, preferably by trained, qualified agents working in the field.

Moreover, even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available to this day, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The highly quoted report of a qualified agent who saw something “bigger, much bigger” that anything the Americans had in Germany, omitted the important fact that what he actually saw was a canvas-covered object resembling a strategic missile. Actually, the missiles were never touched, smelled, or weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested; the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

According to philosopher Robert Nozick, the main criteria for considering a fact objective is that it is invariant under certain transformations, and he gives three characteristics that mark a fact as objective: First, “an objective fact must be accessible from different angles. Access to it can be repeated by the same sense (sight, touch, etc.), at different times; it can be repeated by different senses of the same observers. Different laboratories can replicate the phenomenon.” Second, “there is or can be intersubjective agreement about it.” Third, objective facts must hold “independently of people’s beliefs, desires, hopes, and observations or measurements.”

One of the golden rules of intelligence work is to treat with caution all information not independently corroborated or supported by reliable documentary or physical evidence. Yet, declassified Soviet documents, and questionable oral reports from Soviet officials who allegedly participated directly in the event, were accepted as sufficient evidence of the presence of strategic missiles and their nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962. But one can hardly accept as hard evidence non-corroborated, nonevaluated information coming from a former adversary. Even if some day this becomes accepted practice in the historian’s profession, I can guarantee my readers that it will never be adopted in the intelligence field.

Photographs are just information, and information is not true intelligence until it has been thoroughly validated. As a rule, most counterintelligence analysts believe that only information that has been secretly taken from an opponent and turned over is bona fide intelligence. But, if the opponent had intended it to be turned over, it is automatically considered disinformation.

One of the principles of espionage work is that what is really important is not what you know, but that your opponent doesn’t know that you know. As CIA’s Sherman Kent pointed out, once the U-2 brought (what seemed to be) photographs of strategic missiles in Cuba, the main thing was to keep it secret. “Until the President was ready to act, the Russians must not know that we knew their secret.”

The fact that the Soviets had been so clumsy, failing to properly camouflage their missiles, surprised the American intelligence community. As it happens most of the time, however, American scholars found plausible explanations a posteriori for the Soviets’ behavior. These explanations ranged from flawed bureaucratic standard operating procedures to political-military disagreements, and pure and simple carelessness. Nevertheless, still today the fact constitutes one of the most unexplainable Soviet “mistakes” during the crisis. Probably one of the most known explanations was the one offered by scholar Graham T. Allison.

According to him, the failure to camouflage the missiles had a simple answer: bureaucratic procedures in the Soviet Army. Before the crisis, missile sites had never been camouflaged in the Soviet Union, so, the construction crews at the sites in Cuba did what they were used to doing, building missile sites according to the installation manuals, because somebody forgot to retrain them before they were sent to work in Cuba.

But, knowing the operational procedures of the Soviet Army, Allison’s explanation seems a bit too simplistic to be credible. First of all, the personnel assigned to do the job of building the missile sites were not common soldiers, but specially trained personnel. Secondly, even without disregarding the bureaucratic procedures common to all armies, it is a naive assumption to suppose that the Soviets could have made this type of gross mistake, particularly if they were trying to deploy the missiles in Cuba using deception and stealth, as the U.S. official version of the event claimed. Of course, this is only a variation of the “the-Russians-are-stupid” argument. This may also explain why the Soviet soldiers involved in Operation Anadyr (code name for the Cuban operation) were supplied with skis and cold weather gear and clothing before traveling to Cuba. But now we know that this was not because of an error, but part of the maskirovka designed to disguise the operation. According to U.S. intelligence sources, missile sites had never been camouflaged in the Soviet Union.

However, after Gary Power’s U-2 was shot down, the flow of information about Soviet missiles almost stopped completely. Aside from the fact that, being in the so-called “denied areas,” where no in situ verification by agents in the field was possible, we don’t know if the U-2 photos never detected camouflaged sites because the camouflage was so effective it avoided the missiles being detected. Also, there is the possibility that most of the missile sites photographed by the U-2s on Soviet territory had actually been decoys.

Also, one can safely assume that, after the Gary Powers U-2 was shot down in 1960 and the Russians discovered the high quality of its surveillance cameras, the Soviet Missile Forces would have changed their procedures and would have camouflaged their missile sites. Furthermore, Soviet military literature strongly emphasizes the importance of surprise (udivlenie) and deception (loz’n) in modern warfare.

Among it, the literature on camouflage (maskirovka), is particularly abundant. The Russian tradition of using camouflage to mislead goes back to the times of count Potemkin and the fake villages he ordered to build to fool Catherine the Great. Consequently, it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that, if the Soviet personnel in charge of installing the missiles failed to camouflage them, it was not because they were stupid, but because they were specifically ordered to do so.

The lack of adequate camouflage to hide the missiles from American observation is such a gross mistake that author Anatol Rappoport assumed that it was part of a Soviet plan by which the missile sites were meant to be discovered by American spy planes. During the height of the crisis, the Wall Street Journal reported that “the authorities here almost all accepted one key assumption: that Mr. Khrushchev must have assumed that his Cuban sites would soon be discovered.” The report also added that, according to one authority who had studied the photographic evidence, “The Russians seem almost to have gone out of their way to call attention to them.”

Similarly, the Cubans were aware of the quality of American air surveillance technology. In 1961, Life magazine published a report about the anti Castro guerrillas fighting in the Escambray mountains.

Some of the photographs illustrating the article had been taken by the U-2s. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the SAM bases were engineering students from the University of Havana, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

To the evidence offered above of the Soviets’ willingness to let the missiles be discovered, I can add some of my own. As a Cuban Army officer during the crisis I was assigned to headquarters and sent on inspection visits to several military units to assess their combat morale and battle readiness. One of these visits was to the Isle of Pines, where I visited a unit, deployed in an area close to the Siguanea peninsula, not far from a Soviet missile base located on the top of a nearby hill, not far from the coast.

The Cuban soldiers had aptly nicknamed the base “el circo soviético,” (the Soviet Circus), because of the canvas tarpaulins surrounding it. But the most interesting detail is that, though the tarps precluded observers from seeing the base from the ground, the base itself remained uncovered on top and in plain view to American spy planes. So, it seems that, though the Soviets apparently were eager to allow longdistance detection, they didn’t want any short-range observation of the missiles by the Cubans.

In another inspection I visited a Cuban Air Force base at San Antonio de los Baños, south of Havana. The visit occurred after president Kennedy had alerted the American public about the presence of missile bases in Cuba. Low-level American reconnaissance flights had begun, and Castro had ordered the antiaircraft batteries under his command to fire at American planes. Once at the base, we drove our jeep to the runway, where I saw in the distance several Mig fighter planes, which looked to me like MiG 15 or 17 models, lying like sitting ducks on the apron. On close inspection, however, we discovered that the planes were clumsy dummies made out of wood, cardboard and painted canvas. An officer at the base told us that the real planes were well protected and camouflaged.

As we were talking to other officers at the end of the runway, the antiaircraft batteries received a phone call telling them that American planes had entered Cuban airspace, and one of them was flying in our direction. A few minutes later, what seemed to me like a RF-101 Voodoo reconnaissance aircraft overflew us at treetop level, too fast for the inexperienced young soldiers manning the four-barreled
antiaircraft guns to open fire.

Though the dummies on the runway were perhaps good enough to fool the high-flying U-2s, they were too clumsily made to fool low-flying reconnaissance planes. The fact, however, that the Soviets had used decoy planes (and probably other types of decoys) in Cuba during the Crisis has never been mentioned in any of the U.S. declassified documents pertaining to the Crisis. Also, it is difficult to believe, to say the least, that Soviet maskirovka had worked so well on other aspects of the Cuban operation, but failed on the most important part of it: covering the strategic missile bases from prying American eyes. Therefore, there is a strong possibility that the missiles deployed in Cuba, like the ones Khrushchev was displaying in Moscow’s parades, were a ruse de guerre; nothing but empty dummies.

It is known that, after Gary Powers’ U-2 was shot down in May, 1960, the Soviets hurriedly began building dummy SAM silos. Dummy tanks, guns, and other types of war matériel were regularly deployed to confuse the sky spies. According to some sources, as late as 1960, even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles, but dummies.

Camouflage in warfare can be used either passively, to conceal from the enemy the true thing, or actively, to mislead the enemy into accepting a false one. From the point of view of semiotics, camouflage is intentional false encoding with the purpose of deceiving the decoder. Furthermore, in semiotic terms, camouflage can be defined as the art of confusing the enemy to make him believe that a sign of a thing is the thing itself, that is, to induce the enemy into magical thinking.

The case I have developed above is based on the unavoidable fact that even if the U-2 photos showed what looked like Soviet MRBMs in Cuba in 1962, photographic evidence alone cannot guarantee that real missiles were there. But now comes the most extraordinary thing about the alleged presence of strategic nuclear missiles in Cuban soil in 1962. High resolution copies of both the U-2 photos and the low-altitude photos taken later, are available on the internet for everybody to see. Nowhere in these photos, however, you can find anything resembling a Soviet intermediate-range ballistic missile. The photos show no missiles at all!

What you can see, though, are some elongated objects covered by tarps, which we have been told are MRBMs, and some small concrete bunkers, which we have been told contained the nuclear warheads for the missiles. Of course, only Cold War true believers can take those claims as facts.

The photo interpreters at the NPIC allegedly had positively identified the missiles when they spotted what looked like tail fins sticking out under the tarpaulins. They were identical to the fins of the MRBMs they had photographed in Moscow in the may day parade that year. But, again, making a dummy of a box containing a missile is even easier than making a dummy of a missile.

So, you may use any name you want to name the present crisis with Russia. But, please, don’t call it another Cuban Missile Crisis. Vladimir Putin is not Nikita Khrushchev and Putin’s nuclear missiles are not dummies. Moreover, as any hunter can tell you, provoking a bear is not a good idea.

For a detailed analysis of the Cuban Missile Crisis you may read my book The Nuclear Deception: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




The Revelation of the Method

By Servando Gonzalez

September 28, 2022

There are many things going on in this country that cannot be explained by politics alone: women violently defending their “right” to kill their babies, sexual deviants indoctrinating school children, the total loss of respect for human life, the push to destroy the family as a social unit, the frontal assault on private property, the growing loss of freedom to express your opinions and the open fight against Christianity, just to mention a few.

In the blink of an eye, America has become a country where the biological distinction between men and women has been substituted by a myriad of “genders,” race is more important than ability, experience or knowledge, and science has been substituted by expediency to serve ideological needs. A country that has become one of the world’s main producer, consumer and exporter of pornography and recreational drugs. A country where, through every layer of society, hypocrisy, lying, deceit, graft, corruption, violence, crime and murder are the orders of the day.

And this has happened so fast that most Americans still don’t realize that today’s America has not much to do with the country created by their Founding Fathers.

Moreover, for some unfathomable reasons, a large segment of Americans have always felt a great love and admiration for the Devil. In 1969, Mick Jagger and the Rolling Stones referred to it as “Sympathy for the Devil,” but the roots of this sympathy go way back into American History.

More than a century ago, Confederate general Albert Pike praisefully wrote about the “Luciferian path,” and the “Prince of Darkness.”[1] In 1966 Anton Lavey, author of The Satanic Bible, created the Church of Satan, and in 1975, U.S. Army Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino founded The Temple of Seth both religious institutions consecrated to the Prince of Darkness. In 1971, Saul Alinsky, Hillary Clinton’s mentor, dedicated his book Rules for Radicals to Lucifer, “The first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom.”

In 1980 the satanic Georgia Stones appeared from nowhere.[2] In 1995 the new Denver airport exposed to the public a collection of disturbing Devil-inspired murals. Also, Hollywood has been consistently producing films on the subject of the Devil.[3] Of lately, monuments dedicated to Lucifer have been erected in many states’ capitol buildings.

On June 20, 2020, a Luciferian March for a One World Government was held in 22 American cities during a solar eclipse. More cities were added as the organizers intended to make this a nationwide and worldwide movement of appealing to Satan for empowering the One World Government. The marches were used to create chaos and some of the organizers told about their plans to erect satanic monuments at existing sites where Confederate and other allegedly racist statues have been torn down.[4]

Many Americans remember Skull & Bones member President George W. Bush habitually raising his hand sporting the Devil’s sign, as well as a the devilish presence of Jared Kushner in the background behind President Trump[5] and demonic Fauci[6] in the foreground telling people to do exactly what you should not do during a Pandemic. But they lack significance when compared with the new Devil’s advocates: Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab and Yuval Noah Harari.

Nevertheless, Joe Biden’s strange speech on September 1, 2022, on a dark, blood-red background at the Independence National Historical Park in Philadelphia, PA, in which, after mentioning the word “democracy” 31 times [7] he called MAGA Republicans “semi-fascists.”[8] marked a new dimension: it was immediately termed as “Satanic.” [9] The qualification may have hit a chord, because it was immediately mocked by the mainstream media.

But there were other interpretations. According to one observer, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally.”[10] He was right, but it is good to remember that Hitler and the Nazis were heavily involved with the occult.[11]

Nevertheless, disregarding of the interpretation we may give to it, Biden’s speech must act as a wake up call for Christians in this country. As Christians, we have been losing this war [12] because we have been waging political warfare unaware that we are fighting a spiritual war and, in order to win, we must fight using the weapons of spiritual warfare. Unfortunately, most American patriots cannot grasp the possibility that Evil exists as a spirit opposed to God and his creation. As the great Baudelaire put it:

“One of the artifices of Satan is, to induce men to believe that he does not exist.” But, as C.S. Lewis rightly pointed out, Christians must be aware that there is a civil war on, a rebellion, “and we are living in a part of the universe occupied by the rebel.” [13]

Christians should not keep thinking that all the evil in this world could be explained just by the evil of men. Actually, there is a true, objective presence of evil in this world which we must confront. This evil, if we take the Great Battle seriously, is the Enemy himself and, if we want to win this battle, we have to strongly stand against evil in our private lives.

During the years Obama was in power, the globalist conspirators purged thousands of Christians from key positions in the military, judiciary, law enforcement, business, education and the mainstream media. Currently, under the pretext of fighting extremism, this process has increased and currently the number of Christians purged may have reached millions. Evidently, Biden has fully accomplished Obama’s dream: the creation of a civilians para-military force larger and more powerful than the U. S. military —just the IRS plans to hire 86, 852 new agents. This force is heavily armed, fully devoted to oppress the American people, and they are itching for a fight.[14] Currently, America is a fully developed totalitarian police state.

But the question remains: why did Joe Biden openly reveal the globalist conspirators’ agenda in his Satanic speech?

There is a process in the occult called the “revelation of the method.”[15] It is a sort of in-your-face admission, openly telling you the true source of their evil plans on the knowledge that you are totally incapable of defending yourself and fighting back. It is the ultimate proof that you are fully under their evil control because the satanic cryptocracy knows that exposing their methods and people involved in the crimes they have committed will not stop them.

Evidence shows that revelations of their crimes —9/11, Coronavirus, Epstein, vote fraud— has never conducted to arrests, much less to prosecutions and convictions. Actually, the reputation of the satanic cryptocrats has been enhanced by the revelations. As Michael A. Hoffman II has observed in his book Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare, “Exposure without action against the perpetrators of the crimes revealed, devolves into a kind of perverse advertisement for the prowess of the cryptocrats, who are seen as having performed fantastic feats of criminal enterprise with a genius that renders them immune from the consequences.

This entire process as a whole smacks of that familiar occult control device of grotesque mockery of the principle touted, in this case of the notion of exposure leading to punishment or retribution.”[16]

So, to win this battle Christians must transcend the political Left/Right paradigm. For sure, Christians need to fight this evil power that exploits, harms and crushes the weak of spirit. But they cannot win this battle fighting with their votes, not even with their guns. If true Christians want to win this battle they must fight it with their minds and heir hearts.

For many years the New World Order conspirators have been working hard to establish a global dictatorship. Eventually, they will find the man, or the woman, who will sell his/her soul to Satan to become the King of the world during a period of crisis. The ancient prophesies of the Bible call this coming world dictator the “Antichrist,” and he/she will lead the world during the terrible times the prophets call the Great Tribulation and the globalist conspirators call The Great Reset. Unfortunately, America has led the way in the creation and development of the ideology and the institutions whose secret goal is to impose this anti-Christian New World Order upon the peoples of the world.

Today’s Americans are steeped in materialism and immorality. They ignore the truth because they are incapable to recognize that evil knows no bounds and the Devil has been working hard on humanity’s destruction since the days of Adam and Eve.

The Apostle Paul’s description of what he called “the last generation,” cannot be more accurate: “But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.” (2 Timothy 3:1-4)

Currently, the New World Order conspirators are engaged in a tremendous effort to destroy Russia. The true motive for the strong anti-Russian sentiment is not because the Russians are still communists, as the conspirators claim, but because the Russians have successfully brought back their country to their Christian roots and faith and they are strongly opposing the Luciferian globalists’ neo-Fascist New World Order —a disingenuous name for the Fourth Reich.[17]

In any event, apparently, Satan’s goal is to reduce America to rubble, and he is working hard to use Russia as the unwitting tool to accomplish this deed. Or maybe Russia is the tool selected by God to fulfill his will to destroy the New Sodom that is poisoning the world.

Servando’s book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store. Order your copy today before it is gone.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1]. Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma (Supreme Council of the Thirty Third Degree of the Scottish Rite, 1871), p. 567.

[2]. As mysteriously as it had appeared the monument was demolished in 2022.

[3]. Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shot is a good example if this.

[4]. See “Satanic Marches Planned in U.S. Cities This Weekend,” Intercessors for America, June 20, 2020. On Satanic aspects of the Coronavirus pandemic, see Stephen Flurry, “The Cure is Killing Us,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, May-June 2020, p. 11.

[5]. Kushner is the guy who paid a record-setting $1.8 billion in 2007 to secure the ownership of a building on Manhattan’s 666 Fifth Avenue.

[6]. Researcher Nicholas Stumphauser just recently discovered that, many years ago, Fauci’s mother ordered a designer to create her own family crest. I depicts a serpent eating a small child under the caption “Abys.” See, “Fauci Family Snake Pit Unveiled: Watch the Water Editor Reveals Demonic Research Findings,” The Stew Peters Show, https://www.brighteon.com/d4bd8484-af50-4ea6-bbd1-da207eb672d7. On the evil origin of Covid see Joe Oltman, https://www.brighteon.com/d41ca889-9faf-44de-861f-860d04cbc79b. See also, “World Events Review Of What Has Happened And Is Happening In Our World Between Good And Evil,” TruthSeeker.

[7]. The word “democracy does not appear in the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. The Founding Fathers knew that democracies eventually become tyrannies, that’s why they created a Constitutional Republic.

[8]. The phrase was convenient expurgated from the official version published by the White House. Still, the full-fledged fascists calling their opponent “half-fascists” is a typical case of the pot calling the kettle blak.

[9]. See “Biden’s Diabolical RED Speech,” The Phaser, September 13, 2022; also, Wes Rhinier, “There was a diabolical brilliance to Biden’s speech,” NC Renegades, September 12, 2022.

[10]. Jim Pietrangelo, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally” The Conway Daily Sun, Sep 7, 2022.

[11]. See, I. e., Jean- Michel Angebert, The Occult and the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1974), Dusty Sklar, The Nazis and the Occult (New York: Dorset, 1989), Peter Levenda, Unholy Alliance: A History of the Nazi Movement Involvement with the Occult (New York: Continuum, 2002).

[12]. According to a September 13, 2022, Pew Research Center report, the number of Christians of all ages in the U.S. is shrinking at a growing pace.

[13]. C.S. Lewis, Broadcast Talks (London: Geoffrey Ble, 1942), p. 46.

[14]. Andrew Miller, “Why You Can’t Bear Arms but the IRS Can,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, October 2022, pp. 15-19.

[15]. See Michael A. Hoffman II, Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare (Coer d’Alene, Idaho: Independent History & Research, 2001), pp. 51-53.

[16]. Ibid. pp. 53-54.

[17]. On August 10, 1944, Nazi officials secretly met at the Hotel Rotes Haus in Strasbourg and ordered an elite group of German industrialists to work on a plan for a coming Fourth Reich. Karthick Nambi, “The Nazi party plan for a Fourth Reich -The Red Report,” History in Bites, May 10, 2020. See also Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich (Clackamas, Oregon: Emissary, 1976




Intelligence and the 9/11/2001 Events

by Servando Gonzalez

September 10, 2022

We are approaching another anniversary of an event that transformed America: the 9/11. It justified the creation of Office of Homeland Security, an aberration typical of totalitarian regimes that, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorism, curtailed many of the freedoms guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, it created the state of mind that justified the acceptance of losing even more freedoms allegedly to protect us from an invisible virus.

So, in this new anniversary of the event that changed America it is appropriate to study it from the rational, non-emotional perspective of intelligence.

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the U.S. Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert in the subject gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, has to do with the analysis of a piece of information in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

The evaluation of information simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information —something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2”.

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information. Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimizes error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning dared to question the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouth-piece parroting it over and over ad nauseam, and is still doing it.

Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses. But the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[5] Moreover, the current U.S. Government is fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose openly expressed goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Consequently, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, CFR secret agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable. Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that fits with past similar information that has proved to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present event is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proved to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, never before or 30 years after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. It also shows that, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition.

This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

October 26, 1986: 15-story Alexis Hihon Plaza, Montreal, Canada. After an 18 hour fire only the 11th floor partially collapsed.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest-to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

January 19, 2017: The 17-store Plasco Building in Tehran collapsed after burning for several hours, but it fell to one side, not straight down on its own footprint as controlled demolitions do.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Moreover, according to Newton’s third law, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” This means that as a hammer descending on a nail slows down, so also the crashing upper floors of the twin towers would had slowed as they hit the floors below that were structurally sound. But, surprisingly, this didn’t happen.

Even more difficult to explain is the mysterious collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, because no plane had crashed against it. But the building collapsed as the result of what looked like a typical example of a controlled demolition.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could normally fall on their own footprint when demolished, the companies that do controlled demolition would be superfluous —but they are not. But CFR agents in the US Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, nor two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given event. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never put a good crisis to waste —particularly an artificially created crisis.

When I watched on tv the free fall of the first tower it took me just a few minutes to reach the conclusion that the building had fallen as the result of a controlled demolition. I am not an architect or engineer, much less a specialist on controlled demolition, but the fact was so evident that it was the only logical conclusion. Now, why most members of the Repucratic party didn’t see it? Because Repucrats are Americans who love their party more than their country, which explains why they fully accepted the official explanation that started the so-called “War on Terror,” as well as the lies that justified the disastrous “mandates” allegedly imposed to protect us from the Coronavirus.

Biden’s recent speech [6] in which he called Republicans “semi-fascists”[7] is nothing but the logical continuation of Bush’s speech after 9/11 in which he stated: “You are with us of against us” [8] and later added, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th.” [9] The circle of treason that began with Bush has been finally closed by Biden. From now on, for the real Communo-Fascists in this country the sky is the limit. The fight against true American patriots is now in the open.

In the meantime, disinformers of both branches of the Repucratic Party will keep talking about the danger of communism and blaming China and Russia [10] for all the evil in the world. As expected, most of the Repucratic sheeple will keep believing them while ignoring that America’s worst enemies have always been inside the gates.

So, if after Biden’s clear and to the point threatening speech —which actually means that the so-called “semi-fascists”[11] will eventually lose all citizen’s rights, particularly their right to vote— you still think that just by electing members of the Repucratic Party [12] approved by the Permanent Regime you will solve America’s problems, you are a very gullible person … or worse!

My book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence. But the author of the article reminds that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948)
[2]. Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965), p. 11.
[3]. Sun Tzu, The Art of War -translated by Samuel B. Griffin- (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.
[4]. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.
[5]. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).
[6]. See “Biden Calls Trump Philosophy ‘semi-fascism,’” Politico, January 15, 2022.
[7]. Contrary to common belief, fascism began as a political movement of the left. Benito Mussolini, the Italian Fascist dictator, always saw himself as a man of the left, working to defend the working class and opposed to capitalism and free markets. Even the Nazis saw themselves as leftists. Don’t forget that the Nazi party was an offshoot of the German Workers Party, a leftist organization. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the new World Order, pp. 269-271.
[8]. Bush words were “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” See “Address to a Joint Session of Congess and the American people,” United States Capitol, Washington, D.C., September 20, 2001.
[9]. President Bush Speech to the United Nations, November 10, 2001.
[10]. Currently, I’d bet you can find more Communists in Berkeley than in Moscow.
[11]. A typical fascist technique consists in dehumanizing the opponents. Hitler called them “vermin,” Castro called them “gusanos” (worms), Hillary called them “deplorables,” and now Fascist leader Joe is calling us “semi-fascists.” The derogatory name changes, but the technique is the same.
[12]. Voting again and again and expecting different results is a clear symptom of insanity. As P.J. O’Rourke, used to say, “Don’t vote, it just encourages the bastards.”




Let’s Give the Gendericists a Taste of their Own Medicine

By Servando Gonzalez

August 10, 2022

[Warning: Political satire with a grain of salt. Not for the faint of heart!]

Evidently, conservative Republicans are losing the gender battle. Proof of it is that even conservative sites, radio commentators and media are calling this guy in a Russian jail a woman. Now, why are conservative Republicans losing this key battle? Well, I have a theory. Conservatives are losing this battle because they have no sense of humor. Proof of it is that I have to explicitly tell that this article is a satire for them to understand it.

Traditionally, humor have been the weapon of the underdog to fight tyranny. Why? Because tyrants hate humor, particularly when they are the but o f the jokes. Satire is the second best tool for fighting tyranny. Tyrants and heir sycophants lack a sense of humor.

This explains why tyrants, would-be tyrants and their followers hate and fear satire so much. It seems that the present crisis has awakened the dormant tyrant most of them carry in some hidden corner of their brains, so I hope this article will help you put them where they belong: in the dumpster of society.

One who recently acknowledged the power of humor is Monty Python veteran and award-winning film director Terry Gilliam. In a recent interview, he made fun of the gender-crazy activists and declared he could refer to himself as a “black lesbian.’[1]

So, I am proposing a similar way by which we can give the gender extremists in the U.S. government a taste of their medicine.

A few months ago I had to fill an application for the renewal of my U.S. passport. In accordance with the new norms set by the totalitarian-minded globalists at the U.N. and at home, it included even more personal information than previous applications in accordance to the coming global citizenship required for citizens of the New World Order.

To my utter surprise, however, there was an item of information that has not changed: sex. For the new real-id (whatever that means!) U.S. passport and driver’s license you still are either M (male) or F (female).

This obvious lack of consistency is totally out of sync with the new norms pushed down the throats of the American people by lefties and “progressives.” This lack of consistency must not be tolerated. We either have sex or gender, but not both. This dual standard is alien to the American spirit. One of the things guaranteed by the Constitution is equality for all —even (or particularly) for potential Democratic-voting illegal aliens.

The present state of things shows a total lack of respect for the prevalent mores and norms in today’s America. So, in order to be in tune with the current advances in equality, social justice and inclusiveness in this country, we the people must demand that, as soon as possible, we change the current retrograde, sexist system, an obvious remain of the times of slavery and white supremacism, and instead of sex, all official documents, birth and marriage certificates, driver’s licenses, passports, social security IDs, and all other forms of identification must show the person’s gender.[2]

So, instead of the pernicious, non-inclusive, M (male) or F (female), I propose using the more inclusive system I am detailing below:

HM (heterosexual male) / HF (heterosexual female)
MH (male homosexual) / MG (male gay)[3] / BG (butch gay) / FG (femme gay)
ML (male lesbian) / BL (butch lesbian) / FM (femme lesbian)
TM (transgender male) / TF (transgender female)
MB (male bisexual) / HB (homosexual bisexual) GB (gay bisexual)
FB (female bisexual) / BB (butch bisexual) /
MP (male pansexual) / FP (female pansexual)
MA (male asexual) / FA (female asexual)

I know that the system I am proposing may initially create some problems, but we need to advance with our new times. That is what progressivism is all about. Even more, there is an enormous practical advantage we will gain by switching to gender instead of the old-fashioned, reactionary sex classifications.

Currently, with our imperfect, out of date sexist system we are missing important statistical information that should be faithfully recorded. So, instead of the police reporting that the serial killer was a man, after the change to genders we will know that he was actually a BG. Or that the young woman who shot in cold blood her own parents because they didn’t approve her lifestyle was actually a ML. Or that some notorious serial killers were MG. Or that the woman who still is thinking about running again for the presidency of the United States is actually a BL. Or that two previous U.S. presidents were actually MH[4] and the wife of the second one is actually a TM.

The new innovative system of identification based on gender, not old-fashioned sex, will render many other advantages, Among them, we may know that most of the women marching on the streets in support of abortion rights are actually BL. We may discover also that, despite the fact that BL constitute less than 2 percent of the U.S. population, they represent close to 30 percent of the teachers in our public schools and close to 20 percent of the TSA screeners in U.S. airports.

If one is to believe the Me Too movement, all sexual harassers are HM. But, how if after applying the more inclusive classification I am proposing we discover that most sexual harassers are actually MG and BL?

We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in our police force, our military, the U.S. Congress and the Courts, including the Supreme Court. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in the U.S. mainstream media, in Hollywood and the music industry. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in organizations such as the Southern Poverty Law Center and the fascist Antifa. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL among members of the Council on Foreign Relatons.

In order to get the necessary information to support or deny the previous assumptions, the U.S. Census Bureau must change its current standards. The forthcoming U.S. Census must be changed to stop classifying individuals according to their sex and retrieve information according the new gender classifications.

In Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some animals were more equal than others. We must not allow this to happen in today’s equalitarian, democratic, socialist America. We must demand equal treatment for all.

We must put the gendericists feet to the fire they themselves have created to drive us mad. Well, let’s see how they love it when we turn the fire against them. He who laughs later laughs the better.

Tell your Democratic friends to send letters or call their Democratic senators and representatives in Congress demanding this necessary change in America. The current system of dividing people into categories of sex, which is nothing but a social construct to favor the rich, the powerful and the reactionary conservatives, must be changed.

The sooner the better.

We, the American people deserve it!

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See “Cult Director Lambasts Cancel Culture,” Russia Today, August 5, 2022,

2. People must be reminded that lying about your personal information on an official form is a felony punishable by law. So, either we change this retrograde way of represent ourselves of many of us will be selected for a free trip to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Guantanamo Bay.

3. Contrary to what gay activists want us to think, gay and homosexual are not synonyms but denote two quite different things. This is perhaps the best-kept secret of the gay movement. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 236-241.

4. Obama’s sexual preferences are well known. For George W. Bush’s sexual preferences see Alang Stang, Not Holier Than Thou: How Queer is Bush?




It is Not Taiwan

By Servando Gonzalez

July 29, 2022

“It’s Not Just About Taiwan,” that’s the title of an alarming article recently appeared in The American Thinker in which the author, Janet Levy, cites what she terms a “terrifying projection” by China expert Steven Mosher: “China’s goal is not just to dominate the world, but to reduce the rest of us to subservience.” According to Levy, “With that terrifying projection, Mosher has been trying to rouse America from its complacency and caution the Biden administration over its appeasement of the Red Dragon.”

Mosher is the author of the 2017 book Bully of Asia: Why China’s Dream is the New Treat to World Oder, an overview of China’s ambitions in South Asia. He has served in the Navy, and is a member of the Committee on the Present Danger, an independent task-force based in Washington, D.C. Evidently, the globalist conspirators and their Neocon allies are itching for a new fight, because nothing better to make Americans forget their domestic problems than a good war far away from the U.S. borders.

Nevertheless, this is a very terrifying projection indeed. What would the Chinese do once they have gained total control of Taiwan. Will they open Taiwan’s borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens from Latin America? Will they began bringing activists to Taiwan’s schools to indoctrinate kindergarten children on the wonderful life of transgenders? Will the Chinese communists will force the Taiwanese into creating a central bank controlled by foreign bankers as well as a graduated income tax? Will they impose mandates forcing the Taiwanese to wear face masks, keep social distance and isolate themselves in their homes?

Give me a break. Can anybody explain me why China’s alleged goal to reduce the world to subservience is bad while the U.S. under the control of the globalist conspirators whose goal is to destroy America and the world and bring us to pre-industrial levels of consumption is good? Why China’s actions are bad while America’s efforts to destroy economies, societies and cultures forcing them into a New Word Order is good?

Mosher’s article is a typical example of what Freud called projection: the process of displacing one’s feelings onto a different person, animal, or object. The term is most commonly used to describe defensive projection —attributing one’s own unacceptable urges to another. Because what Mosher fears the Chinese might do is exactly what the U.S. has been doing for more than a century.

On the other hand, if as Moshers claims, China’s dreams are a threat to the globalist conspirators’ New World Order, I wholeheartedly support them because I am convinced that the gravest danger America and the world is currently facing is precisely the New World Order. But we must keep in mind that Mosher is a member of the Committee for the Present Danger (CPD), an organization created in 1950 that, throughout its four iterations, has been working hard to keep Americans scared with the fear of some danger that has never materialized.

Now, do you by any chance believe that Chinese Communism is bad but current American Communo-Fascism is Good? If you sincerely believe that, it only shows that you are a died-in-the-wool Repucrat who loves your party more than your country. Repucrats ignore, or actually don’t want to know, that Communist China is an American creation. It began when our government betrayed nationalist leader Chian Kai-shek and gave full support to Communist Mao, exactly as the U.S. had supported Lenin and Trotsky and sent them to Russia to impose communism on the Russian people, and secretly supported Castro to impose Communo-Fascism on the Cuban people. Actually, Communism is as American as apple pie![1] Nevertheless, at the end of the article Levy unknowingly reveals the true source of the Taiwan problem.

Citing Capt. James Fanell, a former intelligence chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet and a distinguished CPD member, Levy provides his perceptions of the military threat presented by the Chinese in the Western Pacific. According to Capt. Fanell, the build-up of Chinese ships, missiles, aircraft, and space capabilities has given them a decisive advantage, adding that only seven years ago, when he was serving, the U.S. Navy was predominant in the region. But currently, the Chinese outnumber the U.S. Navy ten-to-one, commanding 350 ships in the Western Pacific to our 70 around the world. In the South China Sea, the Chinese have built three naval bases to control throughput. America, he says, is also at significant disadvantage in naval, air, strategic rockets and intelligence-reporting satellites.

Evidently, the true goal is not defending Taiwan from Communism, which most likely will become one more in the long list of countries the U.S. has betrayed and abandoned, but providing more money for the main promoters of Communism, the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex. The rest is just smoke and mirrors.

On July 26, 1947, using fear of communism as a tool to gain popular support, President Harry S. Truman signed into law the National Security Act establishing the National Security Council (NSC). It also created the Central Intelligence Agency as well as the Secretary of Defense, the Joints Chiefs of Staff and a separate Air Force branch of the military. The creation of this aberration later called the National Security State, marked the official beginning of the Cold War, an artificial creation of the CFR conspirators. This was the beginning of the National Security State, and aberration the Founding Fathers of this country feared and would have never approved.

In addition to establishing the CIA, the National Security Act of 1947 created the NSC, which included the president, the secretary of state, the new secretary of defense, the secretaries of the military departments, and the chairman of the new National Security Resources Board. Other officials who had been confirmed by the Senate could be added as NSC members by the president from time to time.

The National Security Act gave the National Security Council just advisory, not executive powers. Even more important, it didn’t give the newly created CIA authority to carry on covert operations abroad. But, just a few months later, on December 1947, CFR agents in the National Security Council secretly wrote directive NSC 4-A making the Director of Central Intelligence responsible for psychological warfare.

Then, less than a year after it was created, the CFR agents in the NSC pushed the envelope even further and illegally assumed executive powers. On June 18, 1948, the National Security Council produced NSC 10-2, a directive that superseded NSC 4-A and was kept secret from the American government and people for many long years. NSC 10-2 authorized the CIA to conduct not only psychological but also all types of covert operations. Furthermore, there is evidence that the National Security Council, like most of the aberrations created by the CFR conspirators, was a Rockefeller baby.

According to Vladimir Putin, the implosion of the Soviet Union was a geopolitical disaster. Well, it may have been a geopolitical disaster for Russia, but for the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex it was an economic blessing. Proof of it is that, contrary to the rest of the countries involved in the Cold War, after the end of it far from reducing its military budget the U.S. increased it.

Even worse, in a desperate effort to create a new enemy that justifies the U.S. humongous military budget, after the unexpected lack of their main enemy the globalist conspirators who own America were forced to create a new enemy out of the blue: terrorism. Unfortunately, despite much help, terrorists never really terrorized. So the globalist conspirators were forced to create a new enemy to terrorize Americans: an invisible virus. But the non-existing lethal virus is losing steam. What they can do now to keep us terrorized?

Seemingly, the globalist conspirators’ plan to engage Russian into a Vietnam-like war in the Ukraine have failed. So, the only remaining potential enemy that can justify keeping alive the American military-industrial-banking complex seems to be China. This explains the recent fixation of the CFR- controlled American mainstream press that every single day regurgitates violation of citizens’ freedoms in China. But, even accepting that such reports are true, they are not worse than human rights violations in countries by regimes friendly to the globalists —particularly in the Middle East. So, why China?

Well nothing has worked better than good, old, faithful Communism. This explains why the CFR and its good friends in the military-industrial-banking complex and the Repucratic Party love communism so much and are working hard to bring it back to life in Russian and China while they are giving the final touches to fully implement it in the U.S. But they must be careful. 200 years ago, after returning from China, Napoleon said: “China is a sleeping dragon. Let him sleep.

If he wakes, he will shake the world.” Who woke up the Chinese dragon? Main culprits are George H.W. Bush and Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) who, following orders from their globalist masters, encouraged American corporations to outsource their jobs to China to save money.

This not only destroyed most American manufacturing jobs but also awoke the Chinese dragon and, contrary to the old dragon, the awaken dragon is not under the conspirators’ control —a typical example of the law of unintended consequences in action.

So, if you really hate communism, please, don’t hate China. History shows that the globalist conspirators have been the major exporters of communism because they love communism. Actually, their secret motto could be: “Communism is Dead: Long Live Communism!”

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See Servando Gonzalez, “Another War, Another Buck. Part One: Communism in America,”




The Emasculation of the American Male

by Servando Gonzalez

July 15, 2022

According to what it was reported in the press, as soon as they heard about the ongoing situation at the Uvalde school, some of the mothers ran to the place in an effort to protect the lives of their children. Unfortunately, the Uvalde police did not treat them well.

We saw dramatic scenes of Uvalde police mistreating and harassing desperate mothers. Some of them were gassed, tased, handcuffed and treated as criminals. It was a shameful day for America.

Anyway, as in the classic Sherlock Holmes novel, the dog that didn’t bark is the key to understand what really happened there. Evidently most Americans failed to notice the absence of key actors in this tragedy: the fathers. Where were they?

The events at the Uvalde school extended for close to an hour and a half. Even if some of the fathers were at work, there was enough time for some of them to go home, grab their AR-15s and extra mags, get their sidearms, and run to the school to save their children. At least, that is what I expected true American men would have done if one of their children had been taken hostage at the school.

Once there, they would have located the perpetrator, shoot him and rescue the children. Moreover, they would have shot anybody, and I mean anybody, who have tried to stop them from rescuing their children. Unfortunately, American men, the most armed population on planet Earth, do not act like men anymore. Seemingly, they lack what makes men act like men.

What has happened to the American men? Why the most heavily armed group of men in the world are currently acting like sissies? Well, there might be some answers to such questions.

Scientific evidence indicates that, particularly after the Covid shots, there has been a substantial decline on sperm count in American males.[1]  Moreover, Some studies show that American men’s testosterone levels have been declining for decades. The most prominent, a 2007 study in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, revealed a “substantial” drop in U.S. men’s testosterone levels since the 1980s, with average levels declining by about 1% per year.[2]

According to these studies, this dramatic decline in testosterone levels is almost certainly linked to higher rates of obesity (which suppresses testosterone) and may be linked to lower rates of smoking in men. In the 2007 study, however, the age-matched declines persisted after controlling for these variables. Many observers put more weight on increased exposure to environmental toxins, such as pesticides, and chemicals common in household products like phthalates and bisphenol A, as well as bST hormone on milk.

Moreover, some other scientists have found that residues of birth-control pills are adding 10 millions of hormones to our wastewater every single day. Most likely, some of that estrogen ends up in our drinking water and may be the cause of lowering testosterone levels in American males.[3]

But there is more than meets the eye that seemingly those studies have failed to acknowledge: what if some of these changes in testosterone levels in American men have been intentionally provoked? May it be that the globalist conspirators are intentionally destroying masculinity in the U.S.? Well, maybe they are.

According to some U.S. government documents, it was known that since 1994 the U.S. military had been developing what they called a “gay bomb”, which would made enemy soldiers “sexually irresistible” to each other.[4] The plan for a so-called “love bomb” envisaged an aphrodisiac chemical that would provoke widespread homosexual behavior among troops, causing what the military called a “distasteful but completely non-lethal” blow to morale.

The so-called “gay bomb” is the name for a non-lethal psychochemical weapon that a United States Air Force research laboratory speculated about producing. The idea was discharging sex pheromones over enemy forces in order to make them sexually attracted to each other. In 1994 the Wright Laboratory in Ohio, a predecessor to today’s United States Air Force Research Laboratory, produced a three-page proposal on a variety of possible nonlethal chemical weapons, which, according to official sources, were never developed.

But, what if they lied about it, as they usually do? Why if the globalist conspirators who fully control our armed forces actually gave the green light and they developed the “gay bomb” and have been using it against their potential domestic enemies: American men?

It is known that the CIA conducted experiments on LSD and other drugs on unaware American citizens in San Francisco and New York’s subways.  So, it would not be farfetched to think that there be more reasons apart from propaganda and indoctrination explaining why American men are nor acting like men anymore.

Obviously, the globalist conspirators who are working hard to push their New Word Order upon us don’t like real men. Eventually real men may rebel and violently respond to these attacks on their country, their way of living, their family and their masculinity. This explains why the strong promotion of femininity and anti-masculinity has become a key part of the globalist conspirators’ agenda.

Currently, the globalist conspirators are devoting a lot of their time and money to push women and unmanly men into positions of political power. This is not, as they claim, because they want to give women an equal role in society, but because they think that women are easier to manipulate and control than real men. Unfortunately, examples such as Hillary Clinton, Nancy Pelosi, Liz Cheney, Chicago’s mayor and The Squad prove they are right.

As a result of the social law that any political vacuum of power is rapidly occupied, we are experiencing a situation in which women and non-acting men are more and more grabbing that political power. Seemingly, the only real man left in this country is Tom Cruise. Unfortunately, I have the feeling that most of his macho man acting is just that: acting.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. https://palexander.substack.com/p/sperm-count-in-males-whats-a-little?utm_source=%2Fprofile%2F58916651-dr-paul-alexander&utm_medium=reader2
  2. https://www.forbes.com/sites/neilhowe/2017/10/02/youre-not-the-man-your-father-was/?sh=289cff228b7f
  3. https://www.businessinsider.com/birth-control-pills-hormones-estrogen-drinking-water-health-effects-2019-10
  4. http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4174519.stm, also http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4174519.stm
  5. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2005/01/15/wlove15.xml&sSheet=/news/2005/01/15/ixnewstop.html



Joe Biden: A Crypto CFR member?

By Servando Gonzalez

June 23, 2022

In an address to the United States Senate in three parts, June 29, June 30 and July 1, 1992, “On the Threshold of the New World Order: The Wilsonian Vision and American Foreign Policy in the 1990’s and Beyond,” then Senator Joseph R. Biden said,

“When the peace conference convened at Versailles in 1919, Woodrow Wilson presented, to a world desperately eager to hear it, America’s second vision of a new order. The first American vision —the Founders’ vision— had concerned the establishment of a just new order within nations through institutions of democracy. The second American vision —Wilson’s vision— concerned the establishment of a just new order among nations through institutions of cooperation.

… Modern-day conservatives who are instinctively frightened by the Wilsonian vision have propounded a mythical image of Woodrow Wilson as a dangerously naive idealist. Idealist he was. But there was no naiveté in the Wilsonian vision. As history soon proved, the danger lay in a failure to implement what Wilson proposed.

… How is it, then, that the United States failed so conspicuously and so fatefully to join the League of Nations that Woodrow Wilson himself had designed and advanced as the ultimate protection against future cynicism and future cataclysm?

… With that turn of history, the League of Nations was doomed and a new world was born, but not a new world order.

… Now, as the century nears it close, the near-universal repudiation of the totalitarian idea has removed the last great obstacle to the Wilsonian vision.”

Senator Joseph Biden did not explain, however, how this “near-universal repudiation of the totalitarian idea” could bring about the totalitarian “Wilsonian vision” of Edward Mandell House. Apparently, Biden ignored, or wanted us to ignore, that Wilson had no ideas of his own. His controller, Col. House had implanted all of them in his impressionable mind. Wilson himself publicly admitted it when he said,

“Mr. House is my second personality. He is my independent self. His thoughts and mine are one.”

In his book The Strangest Friendship in History: Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House, author George Sylvester Viereck mentioned that it was House, not Wilson, who made the slate for the Cabinet. House also planned the first policies of the Administration and practically directed the foreign affairs of the United States.

Biden also forgot to mention that Col. House was an agent of a group of international bankers and a founding father of the treasonous Council on Foreign Relations. Eventually, Wilson discovered the true nature and goal of the “Colonel” who betrayed him, regretted his actions and, before his death, stated:

“I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world. No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”

He was talking about the Federal Reserve Act, passed by the 63rd United States Congress and signed into law by President Woodrow Wilson on December 23, 1913. The law created the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the United States. the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the United States.

Some people see globalization as an attempt to extend corporate monopoly control over the entire globe, over every national economy, over every local economy, over every life. But that’s not the whole truth. Actually, globalization is just a tool for the implementation on a global scale of a process of destruction of industrial civilization, resulting in a sort of neo-feudalism, with only two social classes: the super rich and the super poor.

Strangely, this world without sovereign nations, where the super poor will be forced to live just above subsistence (sustainable) levels, is not too different from the aberration Fidel Castro successfully implemented in Cuba. Paradoxically, most “progressive” Americans were proud of their regressive admiration of Castro’s policies —which are nothing but a testing ground for the corporate monopoly conspiracy they claim to oppose.

In the same fashion, some liberals see imperialism as an expansionist form of capitalism, though they usually make the distinction that they are not talking about mom and pop stores competing among each other, but about the big financial institutions and the transnational corporations. Like Lenin, they see imperialism as a superior phase of capitalism. According to them, you cannot talk about imperialism without talking about capitalism.

But they are dead wrong. Actually, you can talk about imperialism without talking about capitalism, because imperialism, the direct product of monopoly capitalism, actually is not capitalism at all, but another form of socialism —the political system liberal progressives love so much. In fact, most of the evils attributed to capitalism are not of its own, but the result of socialist, anticapitalist features surreptitiously infiltrated inside capitalism by the monopoly globalists.

For sure, one of the most useful and beneficial characteristics of capitalism is competition. Yet, contrary to what most people may think, the person who said, “Competition is a sin,” was not Marx, Lenin, or Mao, but John D. Rockefeller. Therefore, monopoly capitalism is nothing but socialism in disguise. One outcome of the Draconian measures implemented to “protect” us from alleged dangerous virus was the elimination of true capitalist businesses by declaring them “non-essential.”

Searching on the web, I found that even though Joe Biden was invited on some occasions to share his ideas with key CFR members, he is not a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. So, what did he try to accomplish with such a passionate address to the U.S. Congress? Was he just looking to get an invitation to join the Sancta Sanctorum of America’s true political power? We know that the CFR has secret members. Is Joe Biden one of them?

I don’t have an answer to such questions, but what becomes clear is that, as early as 1992, opportunist Joe Biden discovered which side the political bread is buttered on in the U.S. and acted accordingly. He benefited enormously from his discovery. As the saying goes, hard work always pays off, whatever you do.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




The Real Makers of Lethal Weapons Are in Our Schools

by Servando Gonzalez

June 10, 2022

In 1999 I wrote an article I titled “The Real Makers of Lethal Weapons Are In Our Schools,” that was published in an Australian newspaper[1] Eight years later WorldNetDaily reproduced it, adding, “Editor’s note: This prophetic commentary was first published in June 1999.[2]

[1]. The New Australian, No. 123 (12-20 June), Sydney, 1999.

[2]. World Net Daily.com, http://www.wnd.com/2007/04/41175/

What caused today’s culture of violence & death?
First published in June 1999, this article is just as relevant and vital today.

“Guns they’ll never find,
‘cuz my lethal weapon’s my mind.” — Ice-T

Soon after the school shootings at Jonesboro, Arkansas and Springfield, Oregon, were reported, the American media began rounding up the usual suspects: guns and, by implication, the National Rifle Association and the parents who allow their children access to guns. Since then, school killings in the U.S. have become a common occurrence, and both the national media and gun control advocates keep chanting the mantra that access to firearms is the main reason for the killings. The killings, they claim, are a reminder of the terrible price we all pay for the lax gun control laws in our nation.

It is interesting to notice, however, that the self appointed “gun control advocates” are actually “selective gun control advocates.” When they talk about gun control, they don’t have in mind controlling the guns in the hands of the government, only in the hands of private citizens. In a country where, in a growing fascistic trend, extensive use of all types of guns among government agencies is mushrooming — even UC Berkeley proudly announced the creation of its own SWAT team—, none of the gun control advocates seem to care about veritable private armies controlled by the BATF, IRS, INS, FBI and other federal agencies. The purpose for this selective gun control, they claim, is to curb criminality.

But, as history has proved over and over, criminals don’t destroy countries, governments do. Nazi Germany, Soviet Russia, Communist China, and Castro’s Cuba, just to mention a few, are countries where stiff gun control laws were enacted. Yet, as soon as the gun control laws were in place, people were witness to thousands of their fellow citizens killed by guns in the hands of government thugs. In fact, the disarmament of its citizens was a precondition for allowing their governments to kill them with total impunity.

The inconsistency of the gun grabbers’ reasoning is amazing. The same ones that now are blaming guns for the schools’ killings are the same people that, faced with increasing teenage sex, decided to provide high school kids with free condoms because, they reasoned, kids were going to continue having sex anyway. These are the same people that, faced with extended drug usage, decided to provide addicts with free hypodermic needles because, they reasoned, addicts were going to continue using drugs anyway. Now, faced with kids killing other kids, I expected from them nothing less than a plan to provide the killers with free guns because, I reason, these kids are going to keep killing people anyway. But no. Because a few kids are killing people with guns, the coercive utopians want to deprive all American citizens from their guns. A very interesting example of convoluted reasoning.

The weak side of the gun control theory is that the famous oxymoron ‘guns don’t kill people; people do,’ is absolutely true. Evidence shows that, though many American citizens keep guns at home, they don’t use them to kill their fellow citizens nor do their kids go to school to shoot at their classmates. On the contrary, most legal gun owners believe that human life is sacred, and have passed this belief on to their children.

Once More: Guns Don’t Kill People

In early 1981, during my first weekend after moving to Zurich, Switzerland, I went with my family to the main railroad station and experienced a cultural shock. Dozens of civilians, carrying powerful rifles and plenty of magazines full of ammo, were getting in and out of the trains and nobody seemed to pay any attention to it. Later, somebody explained to me that they were reservists going to their monthly military training. Then I learned that most able Swiss citizens keep at home a powerful assault rifle and several hundred rounds of ammunition. Curiously, I have never heard of a Swiss schoolboy using his father’s rifle to kill his schoolmates.

The Swiss case is not unique. From 1959 to late-1963 I witnessed a curious phenomenon in Cuba. After the popular victory against the Batista dictatorship, most Cuban citizens were carrying, openly and concealed, all types of weapons, from pistols and revolvers to assault rifles and sub-machine guns. Because most of the people involved in the war against Batista were very young, many of the citizens carrying guns were teenagers. Public schools were doubled as centers for militia training, and they kept at hand all types of guns and ammo. And, surprisingly, those were probably the most peaceful times in Cuba’s recent history. Criminality was at the lowest, and violence involving guns was almost unknown. I never heard of a case of school violence involving guns.

By mid 1963, when Castro felt himself strong in power, people were asked to register their guns. A few months later a law was passed confiscating guns in the hands of private citizens. Soon after, criminal actions involving guns increased considerably, particularly criminal actions committed by the Castro government against Cuban citizens.

The amazing fact is that guns, even guns in the hands of trained soldiers in the battlefield, don’t kill people. While studying the effectiveness of American soldiers during World War II, U.S. Army Brigadier General S. L. A. Marshall discovered the incredible fact that less than 20 to 25 percent actually took part in battle using their weapons. After interviewing thousands of soldiers, even soldiers who had been in close combat with German or Japanese troops, Marshall and his team of researchers found that 75 to 80 percent of riflemen did not fire their weapons at the enemy, even to save their lives and the lives of their friends. Some of them prefer to die rather than kill the enemy. The reason for this was the strong inborn resistance of human beings to kill a fellow man. Further research revealed that the rate of soldiers firing at the enemy during the Civil War was very similar.

As a result of Marshall’s findings, Army psychologists created new training methods and they were applied in the soldier’s training. The results were impressive. During the Korean War the rate of soldiers firing their weapons in combat raised to 55 percent, and it reached 90 to 95 percent during the Vietnam War. What were these methods? Mostly brainwashing the soldiers to believe that what they were killing were not human beings, but pieces of inanimate matter. This was obtained through a process called manufactured contempt, which includes the dehumanizing of the enemy. Another factor that contributed to the high rate of killing in Vietnam was the extended administration of tranquilizing drugs to the soldiers. Does this ring any bells?

A few years ago, when Florida’s Dade County passed a law allowing citizens to carry concealed weapons, the selective gun control advocates predicted mayhem and civil chaos. But their predictions never materialized and criminal activity involving guns actually dropped considerably. In Israel’s kibbutzs assault rifles and submachine guns are always kept fully loaded and at hand. I have never heard of any Israeli child using his parent’s guns to kill classmates.

When somebody uses a car to kill a person nobody blames the car, but the driver. Why, then, when somebody uses a gun to kill a person we always hear the gun control advocates raising their voices? Neither guns nor cars kill people; people do. As the lyrics of a well-known rap song repeats over and over, the most lethal weapon is your mind. Re-searchers at the North Carolina Center for the Prevention of School Violence seem to agree. They believe that the reason for the current epidemic of school violence has to do with a change in the student’s thinking. Now, how did this change in the children’s mind come to be?

Lowering the Violence Threshold

In an extraordinary book, On Killing: The Psychological Cost of Learning to Kill in War and Society, author Dave Grossman takes a look at how conditioning soldiers to overcome the instinctive loathing of killing is the main factor in post-combat stress. He also shows how by lowering the violence threshold contemporary society, especially the media, replicates the army’s conditioning techniques. The result is increased violence in society.

When I was a kid I was told that human life was sacred, because it was a gift given to man by his Creator. The command ‘Thou shall not kill’ included your own life, therefore, suicide was forbidden. Granted, that was a non-scientific fact, just a belief, but it was accepted by most people as normal, civilized human behavior. Even at school, where students were supposed to learn scientific facts, the ones who expressed their belief in the sanctity of human life were not scorned or harassed. But things have changed in America, and not for the better.

Instead of the non-scientific belief that life is a gift, now children are told at public schools the non-scientific belief that life evolved from a piece or inanimated matter. Day after day, over and over, teachers hammer in into their student’s impressionable minds the unscientific belief that, far from being a miracle, life is just an accident of nature.

There is a practical reason for the teachers’ unscientific behavior. The coercive utopians have always seen Judeo-Christian religion as the main obstacle to their plans, so they have been using Darwin’s evolution theory as a handy tool in their battle against religion. Their main goal is to lower the ethical and moral threshold in order to brainwash children to accept their views. But you have to really push down forcefully the moral threshold to have people accept, for example, that shoving one’s fist up other person’s anus, or kissing other person’s anus and eating his feces, is a normal sexual behavior. (If this sounds too gross to you it is only because you have not been attending a public school lately.)

The techniques the brain-washers apply to lower the student’s moral threshold are very sophisticated, some of them closely resembling psychological operations used by intelligence services all around the world. For example, most schools have instituted a ‘pajama day,’ in which students come to school wearing their pajamas. That’s seems pretty inoffensive, and no parent would question it. But the ‘’pajama day’ is just the first step for the creation of the ‘cross-dressing day,’ in which students come to school dressed as members of the opposite sex. The ‘cross-dressing day’ is actually a ‘transvestite day’’ in disguise. Its only purpose is to lower the student’s moral threshold into accepting previously socially unaccepted behavior. After the ‘cross-dressing day’ has been in practice for several years in a school, nobody would object if some day a student decide to come to school every day dressed as a member of the opposite sex. If somebody raises any questions it would be easy to dismiss it by alleging the student’s rights and the fact that everybody does it, at least once a year.

Another common technique they have been successfully applying in some schools is the showing of films like Natural Born Killers, and the use of death and suicide rehearsing, in which student’s write suicide notes, visit mortuaries, and even lay in coffins to feel the experience of death are carefully planned psychological conditioning to lower the moral threshold of the student’s to accept violence and death as natural. Death and suicide have become a common subject in ‘progressive’ school curricula. Sadomasochism is an important part of a sub-culture.

In their ferocious fight against religion the social engineers have been successful in the de facto banning of Judeo-Christian ethics from our public schools, and a cornerstone of Judeo-Christian ethics is the belief in the sanctity of human life. The result, as we now see, is probably not exactly what they had in mind. But don’t let their anti-gun yelling and shouting confuse you. They are not that foolish. They know exactly the real source of the problem, which is not guns or parent’s behavior. But, unable to publicly accept the blame for their mistake, now they are blaming us for the results of their gross miscalculation and, with the help of a corrupt, accomplice media, pulling a victory out of the jaws of defeat.

Granted, the belief in the sacredness of human life is not a scientific fact, but, even from just the practical point of civilized life in this planet, it is a very useful one. Apart from any religious consideration, it is evident that believing in the sacredness of human life has a strong redeeming social value. But kids who came to public schools holding that value are systematically ridiculed and psychologically harassed. Instead of the Judeo-Christian ethics, students in our public schools are spoon-fed with situational ethics: ‘If you feel good doing it, then it is OK. Do it.’ Therefore, if you feel good lying, stealing, having sex, particularly homosexual sex, or taking drugs, then it is OK. Do it. But, in their rush to lower the moral threshold to gain acceptance for their behavior, they forgot the ubiquitous law of unintended consequences. The coercive utopians apparently failed to realize that they were opening a Pandora’s box and we are paying for their mistake.

The fascist social engineers are masters in semantic deception, which in plain English means using a fancy, misleading term to name an activity quite different from the one the name suggests. So, they created outcome-based education, constructivism, block scheduling, site-based management, team teaching, Socratic dialogue, holistic grading, and the rest of the tools that, allegedly, were going to improve our system of education. The reality is that all of these supposedly educational techniques are just tricks created to be used as a smoke screen for covering their actual indoctrination and brainwashing activities. The fact that they have been acting for so many years with total impunity has convinced them of their cleverness and our stupidity.

Using the tricks of their trade, the social engineers entrenched in our public schools have been working hard brainwashing the students behind their parent’s backs. To reach their goal they use techniques that range from proven methods of psychological brainwashing to the administration of psychogenic drugs. You’ll be surprised to know the number of students who are taking drugs administered by the school’s nurses, allegedly because they suffer from ‘attention deficit/hyperactive disorder.’ Prozac and Ritalin, some of the drugs of choice, are known for their wide range of side effects.

The main effort of the social engineers entrenched in our schools is directed at modifying the students’ behavior into accepting, among others, the belief that human beings are just pieces of highly evolved matter. Now, if one of these pieces of evolved matter has some-thing you want, why not destroy it? If some of those pieces of evolved matter hurt your feelings or do something you don’t like, why not get rid of them?

The cardinal principle of situational ethics, as currently taught in our public schools, is that if you feel good doing something, then there’s no reason for not doing it. Creating a high sense of self-esteem, the social engineers claim, is paramount, and doing whatever makes you feel good is the key for reaching a high sense of self-esteem. Some witnesses testify that the students who went on a killing rampage to their schools were feeling real good. I bet that, at least while they were pulling the trigger shooting at unarmed victims, the schoolboys turned into assassins were enjoying a very high feeling of superiority and strong self-esteem.

Authors H. Stream and L. Freeman, in an insightful book called Our Wish to Kill, probed America’s homicidal obsession, examining everything from ‘wilding’ incidents to serial killers. They conclude that actual killings are simply tangible expressions of the hundreds of thousands of murders that are fantasized in our minds but never committed. One of the functions of the Judeo-Christian and other religions, at some time shared by schools, is to raise the threshold of violence, making it morally unacceptable and, therefore, difficult to commit. Lately, however, schools have joined the media in pushing down the violence threshold, making it morally easier and simpler to commit.

After the massacre at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado, President Bill Clinton has been busy throwing a smoke screen on the true causes of the killings. According to Clinton, the responsible for the creation of the monsters next door are guns and parents. But Bill Clinton, a natural born liar, knows better. The roots of this recent trend in school violence are to be found in the Arkansas brainwashing labs, whose three main elements, AGATE (Arkansas Gifted and Talented Education), the Arkansas Governor’s School and the Arkansas School of Mathematics and Science, are the aberrant creation of none others than Bill and Hillary Clinton. It was there, and not at the student’s homes, where the seed of violence and death was planted for the first time in the minds of impressionable children. It was there where the brainwashing techniques were first tested and fine tuned for many years. Now, the brain-washers are pushing for its nationwide implementation.

The national media, Hollywood, computer game designers, death metal bands, television and, particularly, ‘progressive’ teachers working hard at brainwashing our children at the public schools, are the true makers of lethal weapons. They are the ones who have created the abominable monsters who unmercifully kill other human beings. Sometimes the monsters use guns, though knives, poison, explosives, baseball bats and rocks have also been used as murder tools. The media, Hollywood, computer game designers, death metal bands, television, teachers, and not the parents and gun makers as some claim, are the ones who are poisoning our children’s brains, turning their minds into lethal weapons. Now, because they have absolutely no decency, the makers of lethal weapons want to use the problem they have created to carry out two of their cherished agendas: taking guns from the citizen’s hands and curtailing parent’s rights even more.

Far from disappearing, school violence in America will keep rising, and this is just the be-ginning. The nationwide implementation through Goals 2,000 and other Federal Government programs of the brainwashing techniques tested in Arkansas and now successfully applied in many public schools will bring momentous consequences to the future of this nation.

Servando Gonzalez is the author of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order. You can buy the book here.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




How the Anti-Gun Conspirators Miscalculated

by Servando Gonzalez

June 3, 2022

There is a saying in the military, “Once is happenstance, twice is coincidence, three times enemy action.” But intelligence, and particularly counterintelligence officers, leave no room for happenstance or coincidences. To them just once is enemy action, and all coincidences are potentially deceptive.

So, for a counterintelligence officer, it would be highly suspicious that on May 17, just ten days before the National Rifle Association Convention was to take place on May 27-29, in Houston, Texas, there was a mass shooting at a supermarket in Buffalo, New York. He would be even more suspicious that again, on May 24, just three days before the opening of the NRA Convention, there was a similar mass shooting at a school in Uvalde, Texas.[1]

As if on cue, our President, who after several decades of silence surprisingly recalled God during his visit to Catholic Poland, mentioned God again:

“Another massacre. Uvalde, Texas. An elementary school. Beautiful, innocent second, third, fourth graders. And how many scores of little children who witnessed what happened see their friends die as if they’re on a battlefield, for God’s sake. … As a nation, we have to ask: When in God’s name are we going to stand up to the gun lobby? When in God’s name will we do what we all know in our gut needs to be done? … What in God’s name do you need an assault weapon for except to kill someone? … Deer aren’t running through the forest with Kevlar vests on, for God’s sake. It’s just sick. …For God’s sake, we have to have the courage to stand up to the industry. … Where in God’s name is our backbone to have the courage to deal with it and stand up to the lobbies? … May God bless the loss of innocent life on this sad day. And may the Lord be near the brokenhearted and save those crushed in spirit, because they’re going to need a lot of help and a lot of our prayers.”[2]

It its highly revealing that Joe Biden, who has not mentioned the word God in more than 20 years of political activity, now, surprisingly, is mentioning him over and over in a speech. Did he become overnight a religious convert? Is he now a devote Christian? Most likely not.  Actually, I think his speech writer just overdid it to a point that the words he put in Biden’s mouth totally lost credibility.

Moreover, I have the feeling that the God Joe Biden is mentioning is not the same God Christians worship. Forgive me if I am wrong.

Nevertheless, proving again that even the darkest cloud has a silver lining, the shooting at the Uvalde school has evidenced several things we never imagined. The first is that the current militarized policemen will never risk their precious lives to save your life or your children’s lives.

Soon after the shootings, Texas police officer Chris Olivares publicly admitted it on a CNN interview. According to him, the policemen didn’t act because “They could’ve been shot. They could’ve been killed.”[3]  Obviously, the members of the Uvalde police department, who are supposed to protect the citizens. are not willing to risk their lives doing so. Moreover, the fact that a true police officer (Olivares is a Lieutenant) shamelessly recognized it without realizing the enormity of what he was saying indicates that something is very wrong in the current militarized police culture.[4]

Apparently most members of the Uvalde Police Department either forgot or never read the State’s curriculum which specifically says: “First responders to the active shooter scene will usually be required to place themselves in harm’s way and display uncommon acts of courage to save the innocent.”[5]

Seemingly, they were also unaware of what Chris Grollnek, a retired police officer and active shooter prevention expert, tells:

“The first responding officer … goes in and stops the shooter. That’s just part of the job.” … “You’ve got a ballistic vest. You know what the kids have? Crayons. You are duty-bound to do something. If someone is telling you to stay outside, you disobey that order.”[6]

The second thing the Uvalde shooting has shown is that the police see the children’s parents, not the shooters, as their true enemy. Instead of neutralizing the shooter, the police used their full strength and  military weaponry to brutalize parents during the mass shooting.

The case of the heavily armed policeman threatening one of the children’s mother with his taser is highly revealing of this mentality. Bu that was no an isolated case. Videos posted on social media,  recorded outside the school during the shooting, show that policemen drew weapons on parents, hand cuffed some of them and even pinned parents to the ground to prevent them from entering the building in a desperate effort to try to save their children.

An interesting fact that surfaced later was that some members of the police ran early to school to protect their children. Seemingly, by another coincidence, none of their children was in the classroom threatened by the killer.

The police calmly stood around while the ⁣shooter was still in the school. They later confirmed that they had eighty cops outside of the school for at least 43 minutes before they actually entered the school. ⁣Remarkably, 40% of the City of Uvalde’s, (population: 16,122 —2020), is spent in paying the salaries of 39 policemen, which includes a 9-men Swat Team, 2 animal control policemen, and 11 civilian employees of its Police Department.

Now, the main question that comes to mind is: Why in violation of all their training the police didn’t act? Who told them to stand down? Who told them not to shoot at all? Who told them not to storm the classroom? Why did they violate Uvalde’s police active shooter training materials that clearly specifies actions totally opposed to what actually occurred during this massacre?[7]

Did some of them fear that doing their job may eventually jeopardize their careers? If you think this is a farfetched idea I will show you it is not.

Soon after the 9/11 events, it was known that none of the people supposed to protect the American people from such occurrence did their job. Not the CIA, not the NSA, not the FBI, not the Army, not the Air Force, not the Navy. None of them. Surprisingly, none of the people who failed to do their job was reprimanded, penalized, much less fired … with a single exception.

Jose Melendez-Perez, an immigration inspector and Vietnam veteran at Orlando International Airport is credited for saving White House or the U.S. Capitol, because the man he stopped, Mohamed al-Qahtani, would have been the fifth hijacker on Flight 93 which allegedly crashed in Pennsylvania. What happened to him afterwards? Was he praised because he did a good job? No. He was harassed and eventually fired from his job. So, in this new Amerika, you have to be very careful if you try do do your job too well.

Acording to Steven McCraw, director of the Texas Department of Public Safety, “From the benefit of hindsight, where I’m sitting now, of course it was not the right decision,” McCraw said. “It was the wrong decision, period. There’s no excuse for that.” “When it comes to an active shooter, you don’t have to wait on tactical gear, plain and simple,” he added.[8]

A few days later it was known that the person who allegedly made the wrong decision was Uvalde’s chief of police Pedro “Pete” Arredondo. But this is very difficult to understand because in March, Arredondo posted on Facebook that his department was hosting an “Active Shooter Training” at the Uvalde High School in an effort to prepare local law enforcement to respond to “any situation that may arise.” A flyer for the event he posted stated topics covered would include priorities for school-based law enforcement and how to “Stop the Killing.”[9]

According to some analysts,  what helped the 9/11 terrorists to carry out their plans was that the attacks coincided with some simulation exercises about terrorists crashing hijacked planes against buildings  taking place that same day. A few months before 9/11, there was a simulation exercise at the Pentagon about terrorists crashing a hijacked plane against the building. Did some fo the Uvalde’s swat team believe the events were nothing more than another simulation exercise? Apparently nobody has thought about this possibility.

As some angry citizen later expressed it very clearly: “This is probably the worse police action we have seen in modern American history. They quickly took their own kids out of the school and then threatened to arrest the parents who wanted to do as they did. The whole force should be held accountable sued, prosecuted and in prison for this. There is no other way.”

He is absolutely right. The whole Uvalde Police Department, beginning with its Swat Team,  must be fired and the members of the Police Department who acted dishonorably must be penalized.

As expected, soon after the Uvalde events, the anti-gun maniacs began yelling for gun control. According to them, the sure way to avoid the repetition of such mass shooting is taking the guns from the hands of the American citizens. Obviously they don’t know, or rather don’t want to know, the dictum: “Guns don’t kill people. People kill people.”

Nevertheless, the outcome of what happened at the Uvalde school is a typical example of the Law of Intended Consequences in action. The globalist conspirators are using their Frankensteinian agents in the public schools to mess with the student’s minds to change them into the monsters they need for the implementation of the New World Order. Sometimes, they use the very monsters they have created as Manchurian Candidates[10] to advance their agendas, in this case, creating an excuse to justify depriving the citizens of the tools they need to protect themselves, their families and their country: guns.

But the outcome of the Uvalde massacre is not what they had in mind, because the anti-gun agenda backfired.

After these tragic events, most of Uvalde’s residents got the message very clear that nobody will risk their lives to protect them and their loved ones. They realized that they are the last line of defense of their children and their families. So, they did the right thing the American way: went to the gun stores and armed themselves to the teeth.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. The similarities were so evident that even some people at the infamous NPR noticed them. See Jaclyn Diaz, “2 mass shootings —1,700 miles apart but bound by startling similarities,” NPR, May 27, 2022.
  2. The White House, “Remarks by President Biden on the School Shooting in Uvalde, Texas,” May 24, 2022,
  3. Lieutenant Chris Olivares, https://twitter.com/VAKruta/status/1529977770931113987
  4. Natasha Lennard, “Uvalde Police Didn’t Move to Save Lives Because That’s Not What Police Do,” The Intercept, May 27, 2022,
  5. From the “Active Shooter Training Mandate” course curriculum taken by the chief of police Uvalde, TX.
  6. Kevin Rector, Jenny Jarvie, Richard Winton, Molly Hennessy-Fiske,  Los Angeles Times, May 26, 2022. Also, Jake Bleiberg, Jim Vertuno and Elliot Spagat, “Gunman’s final 90 minutes fuel questions about police delays,” APNews, May 26, 2020.
  7. Tommy Christopher, “NY Times Reporter Posts Jaw-Dropping Details of Uvalde Police Active Shooter Training,” May 28th, 2022, 10:48 am.
  8. Joshua Fechter and Reese Oxner, ““The wrong decision”: Texas DPS says local police made crucial error as school shooting continued,” The Texas Tribune, May 27, 2022.
  9. Curt Devine, “Focus turns to Uvalde school police chief’s decision not to send officers inside. Here’s what we know about him, CNN, May 27, 2022.
  1. The term “Manchurian candidate” was introduced by Richard Condon in his 1959 novel The Manchurian Candidate. The typical Manchurian candidate is a person that has been mentally hypno-programmed to commit, against his will, a single crime, usually the assassination of a political leader.



America is Becoming the Monster it Claimed to Fight

By Servando Gonzalez

May 18, 2022

“To put the world in order, we must first put the nation in order; to put the nation in order, we must first put the family in order; to put the family in order; we must first set our minds and hearts in order” Confucius.

The signs are everywhere very clear for anyone to see: women defending their “right” to kill their babies, people proudly exposing their mental disorders, the young enjoying a life of drugs, alcohol and sexual excesses, the very rich totally ignoring the growing poverty around them, society totally lacking in values, honor, compassion and truthfulness, growing philosophy of utilitarian individualism, and a widespread lacking of respect for the common law, the traditions and the elderly. This has become America’s new normal.

Evidently, this country is rapidly descending into a Dark Age.

But, just a little more than quarter of a century ago LIFE magazine devoted its July, 1986, issue to celebrate “America the Wondrous.” How did this drastic, radical change has happened in front of our eyes in such a short time? Who is to blame for it?

The answer is very simple: We should not blame anybody but ourselves. Actually, in honor to truth, we fell into a trap our enemies set in for us. What is difficult to understand is why we fell so easily into such obvious trap. Let’s try.

Many years ago, after having taken control of the U.S. government, the military, the press, the churches and the schools, the globalist conspirators realized they faced a big problem. In order to fully implement the New World Order they had in mind, first they had to destroy the institution that constitutes the very cornerstone of civilization: the family. So, they conceived and eventually put in practice a clever plan to destroy the American family. The first step to do it was inventing the so-called “feminist revolution.”

In their think tanks, the conspirators found out that women played the most important role in society: maintaining the integrity of the family. That was a big problem because, contrary to the rest of the institutions they had already infiltrated and controlled, the family does not has a pyramidal structure which, by taking control of the top, you can control the whole organization. The family as an institution consists of small, non-hierarchically controlled units, loosely interacting among each other similar to the way some secret societies operate.

So, in order to destroy that key institution, the very base of civilized society, the globalist conspirators infiltrated their agents into the feminist movement and brainwashed its leaders to believe that women had been exploited and relegated by men to a marginal place in society. Therefore, to end men’s exploitation and discrimination, they alleged, women’s most compete in the job market and grab traditional male jobs.

Ignoring the fact that in most successful societies educated women already have always played a key role in all important fields, unskilled women went out of their homes and began competing with men in all types of jobs, even the most menial ones. The immediate result of this drastic change was that, having two sources of income, the family’s economy improved enormously. The long term effect, however, was quite different. Having almost duplicated overnight the work force, some years later the job value diminished. Currently, two jobs in the family are making almost the same amount of money usually made by a single job fifty years ago.[1]

But the result of having most women integrated into the workforce had the intended effect the globalist conspirator secretly had in mind: when women left their homes to work they had to leave their children in the hands of political extremists and psychopaths who devoted all their time and effort to brainwash the children’s impressionable minds. The success of such an evil plan is everywhere for all to see. Currently, we have three generations of Americans who hate their country, their culture, their families and, in some sense, even themselves.

Those are the young people we see in the front lines of the current ideological battle defending the indefensible. Those are the new Judases who have sold their families, their country and their culture in exchange for what they see as “freedoms,” which actually is a new slavery of the mind. Just three generations later, the granddaughters of those “liberated” women turned the Spring Break into a debauchery of alcohol, drugs and sex.

Even worse, in less than three generations the globalist conspirators changed America from a Christian nation into a non-Christian country. Currently, they are working hard pushing us into their final goal: turning America into an anti-Christian nation.

So, in a few months, you will go to the polls, and elect new politicians to represent you in the government. Just a few months later, however, you will realize that nothing has changed, and the planned economic, cultural and moral destruction of America continues at an accelerated pace.

Why? Because you have always looked at the changes as something you can get somewhere from somebody, when the changes, to really occur, must begin in our hearts. But we have been too busy working hard to maintain our standard of living to stop for a moment and look into our own hearts.

As I have mentioned in some of my articles, I stopped voting many year ago when I decided to stop being part of the charade. In the coming presidential election, however, I am going to make an exception. I will vote, provided I find a presidential candidate who will really fight to save America. How do I think I will find this candidate? I’ll tell you:

The presidential candidate I will vote for must have promised to do several important things. First, he must have promised to end the Federal Reserve Bank, an illegal organization created behind the backs of the American people. Secondly, he must promise to destroy the present Marxist-inspired IRS[2] and implement a flat tax of no more than 10 % for every American citizen and institution, including the so-called non-profit organizations and foundations, with no loopholes for the rich.  Thirdly, he must eliminate the Rockefeller-created, Communist-inspired Department of Education and ban any government role in the education of the American children. Last, but no least, the candidate I would vote for must ban the Council on Foreign Relations, the true Communist Party of the U.S.,  and all its parasite organizations and sign a mandate banning any CFR member to work for the U.S. government, including the U.S. military, in any capacity.

Last, but not least, this candidate must promise to end the current system of for-life career politicians and change it for limited terms in office. Moreover, he must fight to pass a law by which government employees lose their right to vote —which has become the American way of buying votes and explains why we have such a bloated government.

So, I would highly appreciate it if any of my readers let me know if there is a presidential candidate that fits my requirements. If there is none, I will do something very patriotic I have been repeating every election day since 25 years ago: I will stay at home and sleep my siesta with a clear conscience that I have not been part of this anti-American charade we call Election Day.

Currently, we are beginning to repeat again the process of electing new politicians to office with the hope that they are going to change our fast course into the abyss. Allegedly, Albert Einstein once said that doing the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result is a clear sign of insanity. Well, however said it, he was right. [Read: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People]

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Drew Silver, “For most U.S. workers, real wages have barely budged in decades,” Pew Research Center, August 7, 2018. Also, Lawrence Mishel, Elise Gould, and Josh Bivens, “Wage Stagnation in Nine Charts,” Economic Policy Institute, January 6, 2015.
  2. Servando Gonzalez, “Another War, Another Buck!,”



I Hate This Country

by Servando Gonzalez

Yes, I have to confess it: I hate this country:

Why I hate this country? In the first place, because today’s America is quite different from the country I moved to 35 years ago. This country America has turned into has nothing to do with the America I knew. Secondly, because what this country has turned to reminds me more and more the totalitarian country I had to escape from.

Around twenty years ago I began telling family and friends that I was seen things in America that reminded me things I experienced in Castro’s Cuba. All of them, without exception, told me I was crazy. Today, however, all of them tell me I was right.

Last, but nor least, I hate this country because because today’s America is not the country the Founding Fathers had in mind when then created this nation. The Founding Fathers did not create a “democracy,” because they had read Plato and knew very well that all democracies, sooner or later, end up by becoming tyrannies. That’s why they created a representative republic.

In a representative republic, citizens don’t go to the streets yelling, destroying other people’s property and demanding things they want or believe their government must do. No. They elect other citizens to represent them in the government to fight for their rights protected by a Constitution —the law of the land. But currently our elected representatives don’t represent us anymore. They devote all their time, first, to enrich themselves, secondly, to advance their personal ideological agendas, which most of the time go contrary to the wishes of the majority of the people who elected them to office, and, thirdly, to stay in office for the rest of their lives.

This the Amerika I hate from the bottom of my heart.

How this has happened? How America, allegedly the land of the free and home of the brave has mostly changed into a totalitarian dictatorship? I don’t have an answer to this question, but I will like to briefly analyze this phenomenon quite unique in the history of mankind.

Usually, a first step to enslave a population is depriving them of the means to defend themselves. So, the first thing Lenin did in Russia, Hitler in Germany, Mao in China and Castro in Cuba, just to mention the most notorious examples, was to pass laws confiscating firearms from the hands of the citizens. An armed citizenship is a risk totalitarian leaders cannot afford.

But here in this strange country America has turned into, perhaps as an example of American exceptionalism,[1] the globalist conspirators are enslaving the most heavily armed population in the word.[2] Amazing!

On the other hand, perhaps the title I selected for this article is not right. Actually, you cannot hate something that does not exist. You cannot hate this country because America is not a country anymore.

What is a country?

From the pure physical point of view, a country is a piece of land surrounded by a border and protected by an army. So, given the fact that America’s borders are not protected anymore, and anybody can just cross the non-existing border, get into this piece of land and call it home, it is evident that America is not a country anymore.

Moreover, countries, even totalitarian countries under totalitarian regimes or controlled by tyrants, have a national anthem, a flag and historical monuments everybody, included people who oppose the government, must respect. Usually, in those countries people hate the government, but still love their country. Not in America, where we are experiencing not only the destruction of historical monuments but also the desecration of its most important symbols. Evidently, the destroyers don’t hate their government, they hate their country.

Even though America was a fusion of races and cultures, the people who created this former country were mostly Europeans. Denying it is an exercise in deception. But currently we see a concerted effort to destroy that rich religious and cultural heritage and substitute it with political and ideological garbage.

From the legal point of view, a country is a piece of land where the governors and the governed have signed a social contract everybody is supposed to respect. The government must promise every citizen to provide safety from crime, from economic hardship, and the possibility to pursue their individual dreams of enjoying personal happiness in their lives. Then, and only then, the governed are obligated to obey the social contract that ensures civilization.

Currently, however, in American that social contract does not exists any more. The government is not fulfilling its part of it by which it is supposed to protect each and every single individual. People, particularly politicians and big corporations, can violate the law with impunity knowing that the government will do nothing to stop it. This explains why we have descended into some sort of morass of animal behavior.

This has become even more evident in regards to the rule of law. Lady Justice was depicted wearing a blindfold. The blindfold represented the ideal that justice is blind and equal for everybody, disregarding, power, wealth, race or ethnicity. Not anymore. The main selling point for the last candidate to the supreme court was that she is a black woman. The next one will be a he/she/it/x. Mark my words.

So, I hate this country where college-brainwashed women’s highest social achievement has been gaining the right to kill their own children. Latest records published show that, from 1973 to 2021, American women have legally killed more than 60 million children, a veritable holocaust. Paradoxically, American leftist women, the main advocates for democracy, are strongly contributing to the demographic destruction of this country.[3]

I hate this country where the most abject aberrations seem to be examples to follow. I hate this country were small children are daily subject to brainwashing in the very places where they were supposed to get an education for life.

Can we still call this country a Constitutional Republic when the Constitution is totally ignored by both political parties and by all three branches of the federal government? I don’t think so.

So, if you still love America, I encourage you to hate this aberration the globalist conspirators have turned this country into. Hate it with all the force of your mind and heart. America deserves it. It is the less we can do if we really love America, the true America, the land of the free, home of the brave!

Two centuries ago a group of American patriots wrote that, whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of its ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it. One of them even wrote that the tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. Unfortunately, today American patriots seemingly are too busy listening to their cell phones.

Nevertheless, Republican “conservatives” seemingly enjoy this Amerika so much they are devoting most of their time to badmouth Russians because they managed to get rid of the communism our globalist conspirators imposed upon them for close to a century[4] and are now working hard to impose it upon us. And this sudden hatred for the Russians has nothing to do with the Ukraine, a corrupt country enjoyed by Hunter Biden and controlled by neo-Nazis.

If tomorrow, Russian leaders declare they love the conspirator’s New World Order, began displaying pride flags and go back to Soviet Union-style government, I’ll bet you will see the Russians becoming the good guys again and the military-industrial-banking complex celebrating and pushing the Russians into invading more countries —exactly as Roosevelt and Churchill did when incited Stalin at Yalta to occupy all eastern European countries and part of Germany. Read my book that Amazon just banned: “I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. Servando Gonzalez, “9/11 and American Exceptionalism,” NewsWithViews.
2. There is, however, a previous example in Czechoslovakia. See Jan Kozak, And Not a Shot is Fired (RWU Press: Appleton, Wisconsin, 1999).
3. See “The Consequences of Roe V. Wade. Total Abortions Since 1973: 63,459,781,” Christian Life Resources,
4. Servando Gonzalez, “The Destruction of Russia and the Creation of the Soviet Union,” NewsWithViews.




9/11 and American Exceptionalism (Take Two)

by Servando Gonzalez

April 15, 2022

Jingoism is the first refuge of the scoundrel.

Of lately, I have noticed an enormous increase in the frequency 9/11 is mentioned. Key members of both branches of the Repucratic Party in the government and the mainstream media repeat it over and over like a Buddhist mantra. Currently, there is almost no article written or a comment spoken by a dyed-in-the-wool Republican that doesn’t mention 9/11. This is strange. Why this sudden mention of a past event when we are not approaching its anniversary or nothing similar has happened recently? Well, I have a theory.

According to the explanation offered by our beloved politicians, who never lie unless they open their mouths or belong to the opposing faction of the Repucratic Party, on September 11, 2001, a group of rag tag Muslims who could not fly a Piper Cub hijacked four jet airline planes, expertly flew two of them to crash against the World Trade Center towers, another one against one of the most protected buildings in the world, the U.S. Pentagon, and crashed a fourth in Pennsylvania, apparently after the passengers had gained control over it.

Nevertheless, in the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, first, never before or after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. Secondly, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition. This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could usually fall on their own footprint when demolished, these companies would be superfluous — but they are not. But CFR agents in the U.S. Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, or two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires. Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce something like this: source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government, any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

The fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given one. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never let a good crisis go to waste —particularly an artificially-created crisis.

Moreover, in the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that never before, nor 20 years after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper with a steel-framed structure has collapsed due to a fire, however severe, much less on it own footprint.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

October 26, 1986: 15-story Alexis Hihon Plaza, Montreal, Canada. After an 18 hour fire only the 11th floor partially collapsed.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest- to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Even more difficult to explain is the mysterious collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, because no plane had crashed against it. But the building collapsed as the result of what looked like a typical example of a controlled demolition. [See the DVD The Anatomy of a Great Deception]

Also, on September 11, 2001, United Airlines Flight 93, one of the allegedly highjacked planes, crashed into an open field in Somerset County, Pennsylvania, killing all passengers and crew members. According to the official information, the crash was so violent that everything was pulverized into a thin dust. Not a single part of the plane was found. Not even the plane’s engines, which had some titanium parts, were found. This is something exceptionally unique in the history of aviation.

Moreover, it tells much about who really is in power in America, the fact that, adding insult to outrage, the conspirators ordered their puppet George W. Bush to appoint Henry Kissinger as head of the commission to investigate the 9/11 events. On the other hand, however, perhaps Kissinger was the right choice for the job. The whitewash to cover one of the greatest criminal actions committed by the CFR conspirators against the American people before the Covid psyop, which made the 9/11 psyop looked small in comparison, undoubtedly required the help of one of the conspirators’ greatest criminal mind.

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning questioned the U.S. Government’s version of the events,[1] nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouthpiece parroting it over and over ad nauseam. Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses.[2]

If one is to believe he U.S. Government’s narrative about the 9/11 events (which I never bought), the CIA, the NSA and the rest of alphabet soup of intelligence agencies failed miserably to alert us about the attacks. Surprisingly, however, nobody at the CIA, the NSA, the FBI or any of the agencies whose main job is protect us from such events was demoted, much less fired[3] as the result of such catastrophic failure to accomplish their mission for which We the People pay billions of dollars every year.

Most patriotic Americans believe in America’s exceptionalism, which I think is a great thing. For many years, the freedom Americans enjoyed was something truly exceptional. Nevertheless, I don’t think that the exceptional 9/11 events are something to be proud of. As Ben Franklin once said: “Those who would give up essential Liberty, to purchase a little temporary Safety, deserve neither Liberty nor Safety.”

The current American version of patriotism seemingly has become never to question the lies pushed by members of any of the two factions of the Repucratic Party. That’s why Democrats never question the 9/11 psyop and, as a way of payment, Republicans don’t question the Covid psyop. Actually, 9/11 paved the way for Covid. Without 9/11 the American sheeple would not have accepted the Covid “mandates” as they happily did.

Thanks to the 9/11 psyop we have three generations of Americans who cannot even conceive boarding a plane without taking their shoes off. How many attempted plane hijackings taking your shoes off has frustrated? Let me guess … none! And we currently have a new generation of Americans who cannot conceive getting out of their homes without covering their faces with a mask. How many Covid cases wearing a face mask has avoided? Let me guess … none! So, when do the TSA will stop forcing people to take off their shoes to board a plane? Never! When do the face mask enforcers will allow people to stop covering their faces with a mask? Never! Do you want to know why?

Mask will never disappear because they are a symbol of slavery and our globalist masters want to make us know at every moment that we are their slaves. Masks have nothing to do with protecting our health. [Read my latest book: “Coronavirus For Dunces

Actually, the mask is not a sign of healthy practices. Far from it, it is a symbol of submission to the globalist conspirators’ New World Order. This explains why the brainwashed American sheeple do not complain and are so proud of wearing masks.

Since early times, masks have played a role in the history of mankind. The very powerful have forced people to wear mask to torture them, to enslave them, to imprison them, to humiliate them. But the New World Order eugenicist conspirators have found new, innovative use for masks: to brainwash the sheeple into voluntarily accepting the NWO neo-slavery while allowing them to feel morally and intellectually superior by turning mask usage into a politically correct statement.

Now, the question remains: Why this sudden increase in the mentions of the 9/11 events? As I mentioned above, I have a theory: the same globalist conspirators who planned and carried out the 9/11 and the Covid psyops are currently planning something similar but of a higher magnitude, and have launched a campaign to mentally condition the sheeple to accept it at face value the same way they accepted the 9/11 and Covid lies.[4] I fear that the globalist conspirators are planning the creation of a new, improved version of the 9/11 events to justify a devastating war with the new enemy they hate so much: Russia.

I hope I am wrong, because the new Russia is not the old Soviet Union created by the globalist conspirators[5] that David Rockefeller controlled, to the point that he ordered his secret agents in the Kremlin to overthrow its leader Nikita Khrushchev. Why? Because the Soviet leader, with this doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence, wanted to end the highly lucrative Cold War. Big mistake!

So, we should not discard the possibility that the mad globalist conspirators are currently planning to provoke Russia into killing 80 million innocent Americans and Russians as a first step to fulfill their dream of eliminating 85 percent of the global population while they enjoy the show from their deep holes in New Zealand and the Patagonia. That may be the true Great Reset they have been talking about.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Notes:

  1. The only person who initially questioned the veracity of the explanation of 9/11 offered by the government was representative Cynthia McKinney, a Democrat, and the first African American woman elected to represent Georgia in the House. But she was strongly criticized by members of both factions of the Repucratic Party and kicked out of the House in the next election. See Juliet Eilperin, “Democrat Implies Sept. 11 Administration Plot,” The Washington Post, April 22, 2002.
  2. Probably the best source of reliable information provided by experts about the impossibility of the 9/11 events according to the U.S. government’s narrative is in Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, https://www.ae911truth.org/
  3. Actually, just one person was fired. Orlando airport immigration officer Jose Melendez-Perez, credited with denying entry to the 20th hijacker, was harassed and eventually fired.
  4. For a detailed examination of the Covid pseudopandemic psyop see Alt. Link – Richplanet TV.
  5. See Servando Gonzalez, “Another War, Another Buck: The Destruction of Russia and the Creation of the Soviet Union,” NewsWithViews, https://newswithviews.com/another-war-another-buck-part-2/



Repucrats for the New World Order

by Servando Gonzalez

April 8, 2022

As the saying goes, every dark cloud has a silver lining. The present jingoist frenzy unleashed by the Russian attack on the Ukraine, a country of corrupt politicians  —some people even believe that they are more corrupt than ours, which if true may be a great feat— and fascists who joined the Nazis during WWII, has nothing to do with the Ukraine, a country most public school “educated” Americans ignored its existence until very recently. Actually, it is a disguised effort to force Russia into accepting the globalist conspirators’ beloved New World Order.

The true reason the globalist traitors in ours midst hate Russia so much is not because the Russians have suddenly turned back to the communist totalitarianism the globalist conspirators imposed upon them at the beginning of the past century,[1] as some “conservative” Republicans and “progressive” Democrats —I call them “Repucrats”—[2] want us to believe. The true reason why the globalist conspirators and their followers hate the Russians is not because they invaded the Ukraine, as most brainwashed idiot now believe, but because they have not opened their borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens. Moreover, the Russians not only have not teared down the monuments honoring their patriots but are not erecting monuments honoring Lucifer and Baphomet, as we are currently doing in America. Even more offensive, the Russians not only are not accepting Satanism but most of them are devout Christians.

To make it worse, Russian teachers still teach what teachers are supposed to teach —math, history, geography, biology— and, contrary to American teachers, they are not fully devoted indoctrinate children in the hatred for their country and their love for morally destructive ideas. Moreover, currently the Russian government is encouraging the love for the family as a key social unit and the respect for their country’s history and traditions. Also, Russian leaders do not think that the world is overpopulated and it is necessary to kill no less than 85 percent of  “useless eaters” to save Gaia.

Actually, the true reason why both “progressive” Democrats and “conservative” Republicans as well as the globalist conspirators who control them hate the Russian from the bottom of their hearts has nothing to do with the Ukraine, but because they are setting a dangerous example they fear. Unfortunately, the present third generation of brainwashed, forever face mask-wearing American sheeple have fully joined the anti-Russian hysteria.

If tomorrow the Russian leaders declare that they love the New World Order and authorize parades of alphabet soup minority groups proudly flying multicolored  flags, the globalist conspirators would surely encourage them to invade Poland, Hungary, Romania, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic and East Germany, exactly as Roosevelt and Churchill encouraged Stalin to do at the end of WWII. Nothing new under the sun.

But we all know that, according to most dyed in the wool Repucrats, contrary to America, the land of freedom, Russia is still a totalitarian communist country, where dissidents are persecuted, harassed, and send to jail without trial, something would never happen in America … unless you are a “terrorist” who joined a bunch of idiots having a good time in Washington D.C.

But some alleged “unpatriotic” Americans —some Republicans have already called them traitors—, such as Alex Jones, Tucker Carlson and Ron Paul, are not repeating the official narrative about the Russian’s actions in the Ukraine. Obviously, some Republicans who still claim they support the First Amendment, believe that this treasonous, anti-American behavior should gain them a free trip to Guantanamo.

But that’s nothing new. Jones, Carlson and Paul are the same guys who joined some conspiracy theorists who were convinced that the Coronavirus actually was a eugenicist warfare operation waged by the globalist conspirators to reduce the loo-large number of useless eaters in this planet. No wonder some “conservative” Republicans and “progressive” Democrats are so angry and hate them so much.

A Personal Note:

A few days ago I got an email from Amazon.com, informing me that my publishing account had been terminated, and all my books will no longer be available for sale. When I asked why, they answered it was because of some “content violations” of the publishing agreement. They never specified which content rule I have violated.

Nevertheless, I was not surprised. I am sure I have violated most of Amazon’s content rules, and I am proud of it. A good friend of mine once told me I was an “equal opportunity offender.” If you read my articles you may have noticed he was right. Anyway, Amazon has the right to cancel a publishing account at any time and for any reason.

What I am not pleased about is that they not only closed my account, but erased my books and the hundreds of reviews my readers have posted during the years. So, they have not only stopped selling my books but erased the proof that they have ever existed. Suddenly, I have become a sort of author that never was.

In his dystopian classic 1984, George Orwell depicted a totalitarian world where the censors throw through a “memory hole” the censored printed works. Today is a lot easier. Just by pushing a button all your works go down the digital memory hole.

So, if you want to know the true reason why Amazon banned my books, I advise you to buy the remaining few copies of my books at NewsWithViews. I suggest you get your copy of I Dare Call It Treason and Psychological Warfare and the New World Order, and do it fast. If I don’t find another publisher, my books very soon will become collector items, very expensive and difficult to find.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Servando Gonzalez. “Another War, Another Buck- Part 2,” NewsWithViews, March 5, 2022, https://newswithviews.com/another-war-another-buck-part-2/
  2. In the mid-sixties, Alabama’s Governor George Wallace said: “There’s not a dime’s worth of difference between the Democrat and Republican parties.” Today, there is not a penny worth of difference between the two factions of the Repucratic Party.



Living in a Dystopian Reality

by Servando Gonzalez

March 25, 2022

Treason doth never prosper; what’s the reason? For if it prosper, none dare call it treason. — Sir John Harrington

In The Truman Show, a film directed by Peter Weir, Truman Burbank, interpreted by Jim Carrey, lives in a wonderful world. He ignores, however, that this world is actually an illusion, artificially created in the form of a gigantic studio set, and his life is a nonstop TV show.

The Truman Show actually began airing when his mother was pregnant, and she gave birth to her son when the program was on-air. So, Truman has been immersed his whole life in this make-believe reality and he has no frame of reference to check the true value of this artificial world surrounding him.

He lives what he considers a normal, happy, average life in his home town, which a local newspaper calls “The best place on earth.”

Truman has a loving wife, a nice home, a good friend, a sort of boring, but stable job. He watches TV (not his own show, of course), reads mainstream news- papers and magazines, and votes every four years for the presidential candidate of one of the two contending parties. But, at the very bottom of his mind, Truman has this diffuse suspicion that there is something wrong with his life, though he has never been able to put a finger on it.

Then, one morning, while he is leaving his home on his way to work, some- thing unusual happens: a strange object drops from the “sky” (which is actually the studio ceiling) and, to his utter surprise, he realizes that it is a studio lamp. This event acts as a sort of epiphany that transforms his uneventful life. Unable to put aside this strange occurrence, he begins looking at things more carefully, and discovers that most events in his life follow a prearranged pattern, as if somebody behind the curtains is manipulating them.

In another scene of the film, one of the actresses, disgusted with her unethical role, confronts the program director and complains that everything in the show is a lie: “You’re a liar and a manipulator. What you’ve done to Truman is sick. Don’t you ever feel guilty?”

The director’s reply is highly revealing: “While the world he inhabits is in some aspects counterfeited, there’s nothing fake about Truman himself.” Another actor fully agrees with the director: “It’s all true. It’s all real. Nothing here is faked. Nothing you see in the show is faked. It’s merely controlled.”

Like Truman Burbank, I had suspected for many years that the world I was living in was manipulated, though I had been unable to get proof of it. It worked on my behalf, though, that, unlike Truman, I stopped watching TV and reading the mainstream media more than 30 years ago. But the studio lamp that dropped from the ceiling and gave me the first direct, irrefutable proof that things were not what they seemed, happened in Cuba, my native country, in the mid-Sixties.

One evening, I was visiting some friends in the Vedado section of Havana, where I was residing at the time and, as usual, the conversation diverted to politics. Immediately, all of those present began criticizing the Castro government. As expected, most of us put the blame of all the bad things going on in the country on Castro. And the reason for this, we believed, was because Castro was a Communist.

Then, another friend arrived, and he produced a book he had brought for us to see. It was an autobiography of Joseph Goebbels, the Nazi Minister of Propaganda. He opened the book and began reading a page in which Goebbels mentions how, in the trial for the failed coup d’état of 1924, Adolf Hitler took on his own defense and, after accusing the government in the strongest terms, he ended his speech with the phrase: “You may pronounce me guilty, but the eternal court of History will absolve me.”

I couldn’t believe my ears. I took the book in my hands, and checked its publication date. It was a Spanish translation, published in Argentina in the mid-fifties, of the original German edition. So it could not be a fake. I was astonished.

Now, you may be asking yourself why was I was so surprised. Well, when I tell you, I am sure you will be as surprised as I was.

In 1953 Fidel Castro tried to take power in Cuba through a coup d’état by an armed assault on an army garrison, the Moncada Barracks, in Santiago de Cuba, in the eastern part of the island, not far from the Guantánamo base. But the attack was a failure, and most of the attackers were killed by the army.

Castro abandoned his men and managed to escape, but soon after was apprehended. During the trial for the failed coup, he assumed his own defense and, after accusing the government in the strongest terms, he ended his speech with the phrase: “Condemn me, never mind. History will absolve me.” His defense speech has been published many times under the title “History Will Absolve Me,” and became an important symbol of his “revolution.”

But don’t take my word for it: go to Yahoo or Google or any Web search engine, and try this search: “Castro” & “Hitler” & “history will absolve me.” You will verify the fact by yourself.

The shocking fact that Castro, who most people had been brainwashed to believe was a Communist, had copied Hitler’s words verbatim, was a sort of epiphany that sent me on a long research on Castro’s fascist roots. In my research, I discovered that Castro was not only a fascist, but also that he was a CIA asset and, soon after he grabbed power in Cuba, became a Rockefeller agent. This research of more than thirty years culminated in my 2001 book The Secret Fidel Castro: Deconstructing the Symbol.

The world we live in today, which more and more is turning into a totalitarian nightmare very similar to Castro’s Cuba, is just the beginning of the implementation of what the Council on Foreign Relations conspirators call the New World Order. It is the result of more than a century of manipulation by the conspirators behind the curtains.

Most of what today we take for granted and perfectly natural —the destruction of the family,  women working outside the home and bringing their children to schools where they are brainwashed, a growing majority of children born out of wedlock, the extensive practice of abortion, the promotion of different styles of sexuality, the growing violence in society, the diminishing value of human life, the extensive use of drugs (both illegal and prescription), the militarization of police and the implementation of a police state, the loss of individual freedom under the pretext of protecting our health from a virus that most-likely didn’t exist, just to mention a few— is not the result of random natural forces or chance, it has been carefully planned this way.

But the most amazing thing is that, while most of the people in the world were publicly and strongly protesting against these draconian measures, most Americans, allegedly living in the land of the free, home of the brave, have accepted this new dystopian reality without complaints. Like obedient sheeple, most of them keep wearing their useless face masks all the time, maintain the stupid “social distance,” wash all surfaces they touch with a liquid that doesn’t kill any virus and obediently got shots of a “vaccine” that does not protect them because it is not a vaccine at all.

While Canadian truckers were ready to drive their trucks across the border to the U.S. in protest for the draconian measures, what do the patriots in the land of the free, home of the brave were doing? They were paying lot of money to watch a bunch of millionaires kick a ball after having disrespected the American flag.

What a shame! What a big shame!

[Be sure to read my book: “Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People.”]

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Another War, Another Buck, Part 2

by Servando Gonzalez

March 5, 2022

Part Two: The Destruction of Russia and the Creation of the Soviet Union

The Soviet Union was not a natural phenomenon. It was the artificial creation of international bankers and oil magnates whose purpose was putting Russia into a freezer —which they did for 60 long years— and curtail Tsar Nicholas II’s intentions of turning the country into a major oil competitor in the free market.

On 13 March 1881, following the assassination of Alexander II, his son, Alexander III became Russia’s Tsar and his grandson Nicholas became Tsarevich (heir). A few years later, in 1890, Alexander III began an ambitious industrialization program, which included the creation of a modern railroad red unifying the country. The result of this effort was the construction of the 5,400 mile-long Trans-Siberian railroad, the most ambitious railroad project at the time, which would transform Russia’s entire economy and change the country into a modern industrial society.

Nicholas took the throne in 1894 at the age of 26 following Alexander III’s unexpected death. On May 14, 1896, Nicholas was formally crowned as Russia’s Tsar. Nicholas II continued his father’s economic policies, particularly the railroad project. The man in charge of the railroad plan was Count Sergei Witte, Russia’s minister of finance.[1] Witte’s efforts soon changed Russia’s role of “breadbasket” provider to British grain-trading houses into a potentially modern industrial nation. As expected, his effort was strongly opposed by the British government.[2] But Witte’s efforts suddenly stopped when Tsar Nicholas II was deposed as a result of the 1905 Russian “revolution.”

The main problem the conspirators had with Russia, however, was not its efforts to become and industrialized nation, but that a large amount of oil had been discovered in Baku, near the Caspian Sea in Azerbaijan. At the time, the Baku oil field was considered the largest known oil deposit in the world. By the early 1880s, Russian crude production reached 10.8 million, almost a third of the U.S. production. [3]

As expected, John D. Rockefeller and his criminal associates of the American International Corporation (AIC), Andrew Mellon, J.P. Morgan and Andrew Carnegie, were deeply alarmed about the Russians challenging their ambitions of controlling the world’s oil supply, and began conspiring to develop a plan to stop the Russians in their tracks.[4] So, they concluded that the only way to achieve their goal was to depose Czar Nicholas II, and the only way to accomplish that was through a “revolution.”

History books, mostly written by unscrupulous CFR-controlled disinformers passing as historians, have painted the Russian revolution as the result of a spontaneous uprising of the Russian exploited proletarian masses against their oppressive government. According to this vision, Russia’s disastrous participation in WWI, which had cost the lives of four million men, created widespread discontent. A growing economic crisis and food scarcities contributed to increase the problems. Demonstrations of people asking for food started in many cities. This chaotic situation created the conditions for the revolt that overthrew the czarist government and eventually changed Russia into the Soviet Union, a new society based on the anti-capitalist, communist principles of Marxism.[5]

This vision, however, is not exactly true.

Thanks to the efforts of scholars like Antony Sutton,[6] G. Edward Griffin[7] and others, now we know that the “spontaneous” Russian “revolution” was actually a covert operation planned and carried out by international bankers and oil magnates. It would have been impossible to succeed without the money supplied by some of the most notable millionaires at that time.

Though initially he favored his father’s autocratic ideas, eventually Tsar Nicholas II had initiated the implementation of a series of reforms directed to change Russia from a medieval into a modern society, which included the emancipation of the serfs, the creation of a Duma —a national assembly—, and rural communes. These reforms would have encouraged the Russian people to think about the possibility of a benign government in which the people would democratically participate.

But some influential Wall Street bankers and oil magnates were not happy with those changes in Russia, and conceived another plan. In order to proceed with their plan, John D. Rockefeller, together with fellow conspirators, like bankers Mellon and Morgan and steel magnate Andrew Carnegie, plus several of America’s robber barons, joined their resources for up to $50 million (an enormous sum at the time), and created the American International Corporation (AIC), a powerful cartel allegedly devoted to stimulate world trade. The truth, however, is that the AIC was created to fund the overthrow of Tsar Nicholas II by a small group of professional revolutionaries: the Bolsheviks.[8]

To this effect, between 1907 and 1910 the conspirators met several times with Russian revolutionary Leon Trotsky, already living in exile in New York, and with Vladimir I. Lenin, another Russian revolutionary living in exile in Zürich. Eventually the arch-capitalists struck a deal with the arch-anti-capitalists: in exchange for financing their “revolution,” the capitalists would be allowed to have a hidden hand in designing the economy of what was soon to become the Soviet Union — allegedly the staunchest anti-capitalist nation in the world.

With the help of the conspirators, Lenin returned to Russia with plenty of gold in his famous “sealed” train, and, soon after Trotsky, under the protection of President Wilson and Colonel House, followed Lenin’s path with more gold. This gold made possible the Russian “revolution.”

But some people knew about Lenin’s activities and who were his true masters. In a speech to the House of Commons on November 5, 1919, Winston Churchill exposed in a few words the whole conspiracy:

“Lenin was sent into Russia . . . in the same way that you might send a vial containing a culture of typhoid or of cholera to be poured into the water supply of a great city, and it worked with amazing accuracy. No sooner did Lenin arrive that he began beckoning a finger here and a finger there to obscure persons in sheltered retreats in New York, Glasgow, in Bern, and other countries, and he gathered together the leading spirits of a formidable sect, the most formidable sect in the world . . . With these spirits around him he set to work with demoniacal ability to tear to pieces every institution on which the Russian State depended.”

What Churchill failed to mention, though, was that the hidden actorts who had disseminated the Communist plague were bankers from England, Europe and the U.S., among them the Rothschilds, Sir George Buchanan and Lord Alfred Milner (members of the Round Table, who had been instrumental in the creation of the CFR), the Warburgs, the Rockefellers and J.P. Morgan. With their investment, the conspirators had created a pseudo-enemy they controlled —to some extent. Soon after, the Soviet Union became the bogeyman the conspirators used for many years as a credible threat to manipulate and control the U.S. and other Western countries. The rest is history.

But the conspirators failed to foresee that Communism and Marxist economy are such total disasters that, since the very beginning, the monster they had created never managed to provide for its own sustenance, and was always teetering on the verge of collapse. So, while ostensibly fighting to destroy it, they had to put all their ingenuity on keeping the Soviet communist monster artificially alive and kicking.

In his massive scholarly work, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, and later in his National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union, and finally in The Best Enemy Money Can Buy,[9] professor Antony Sutton extensively documented how, militarily, the Soviet Union was kept alive thanks to massive technology transfer, mostly from the United States. Moreover, this technology transfer was not the result of the good work of Soviet spies, but of the treachery of CFR agents at the highest levels of the U.S. government.
Probably the two most outstanding accomplishments of the CFR conspirators were giving the Soviets the technology for producing, first, nuclear weapons and, later, for building better intercontinental ballistic missiles.

According to the official story, Soviet spies Ethel and Julius Rosenberg stole and gave the Soviet Union in 1950 the scientific documents necessary to create an atomic bomb. But this is simply not true.[10] The Soviets didn’t have to steal the atomic bomb secrets because CFR secret agents infiltrated into the U.S. government gave them the information in 1943 disguised under the Lend-Lease program.[11]

Actually the Rosenbergs belonged to what Sun Tzu called “expendable agents,”[12] foolish spies actually designed to be caught. One of the uses of expendable agents is to distract the enemy’s attention from the real spies. Obviously, the CFR conspirators at the highest levels of the U.S. government knew that the Rosenbergs were fake spies —which perhaps explains Truman’s rush to destroy the evidence by ordering their unnecessary execution.

Professor Sutton has also documented in detail the second case, the willful transfer of American technology to make Soviet ICBMs more accurate.[13] According to Sutton, without that technology transfer the threat of annihilation of the United States and the West by inter-continental Soviet nuclear missiles would have never existed. Moreover, if President Richard Nixon and National Security adviser Henry Kissinger had heeded warnings in 1970 from its own Department of Defense and outside experts that the Soviets were lagging in missile production technology and required specific technologies from the West to MIRV[14] their fourth generation ICBMs would have never been produced.[15]

Sutton didn’t mention, however, that both Nixon and Kissinger were secret CFR members. They failed to pay attention to the warnings not because they were ignorant or fools, but because the conspirators’ plan precisely consisted in giving this advanced technology to the Soviets.

The Cold War was the conspirators’ tool to justify their imperialist aggressive policies. With the support of the mainstream media they brainwashed and scared the American people into accepting these treasonous and destructive policies. Despite the fact that communism was a total economic disaster, the Soviet Union, thanks mostly to the conspirator’s constant help, unwittingly played for many years its scripted role of artificially created bogeyman. But, after the unexpected fall of the Soviet Union, the Wall Street Mafia moved quickly to surround Russia with unfriendly states as well as to enslave it economically to avoid its rebirth as a world power.

After accomplishing that, some secret CFR agents apparently saw their road to world power free of impediments and began talking openly of a new era of American imperialism —though a “benign” one. According to CFR agent Charles Krauthammer, American imperialism (actually Wall Street imperialism) had come out of the closet. Another CFR agent who joined the new “empire” cacophony was Robert Kagan. But both Krauthammer and Kagan agreed that it was a “benign” empire.

But the time of Wall Street’s unopposed control of the world, which they termed the “unipolar era,” proved to be short-lived. The Russians discovered the ruse, got a second air, managed to get out of the IMF trap, and quickly recovered economically and decided to restore their military power.

Paradoxically, it seems that the Russians currently know more about what is really going on in the U.S. than most Americans. There is an explanation for this: contrary to most Americans who still seem to be living in a dream, the Russian people experienced for 60 years the results of a communo-fascist totalitarian dictatorship in their country.

In April 27, 2009, in an article entitled “American Capitalism Gone With a Whimper,” appeared in his well-read blog Mat Rodina [Motherland] Russian blogger Stanislav Mishin stated:

“It must be said, that like the breaking of a great dam, the American descent into Marxism is happening with breathtaking speed, against the backdrop of a passive, hapless sheeple, excuse me dear reader, I meant people.”

“True, the situation has been well prepared on and off for the past century, especially the past twenty years. The initial testing grounds was conducted upon our Holy Russia and a bloody test it was. But we Russians would not just roll over and give up our freedoms and our souls, no matter how much money Wall Street poured into the fists of the Marxists.”

“Those lessons were taken and used to properly prepare the American populace for the surrender of their freedoms and souls, to the whims of their elites and betters.”

Several years after the implosion of the Soviet Union, Vladimir Putin called it the greatest geopolitical tragedy of the 20th century. He was right, but for the wrong reasons. Actually, the unexpected disappearance of the Soviet Union, the enemy the globalist conspirators invested so much time, effort and money to create, was a true disaster because it deprived them of the justification for their aggressive policies and the huge military budgets benefiting them: the fear of Communism.

Proof of it is that, soon after the disappearance of the USSR, they had to produce the 9/11 events, a makeshift false flag operation whose only goal was the creation a new bogey man: the War on Terror. But, despite so much help, the terrorists never terrorized enough and, a few years later, they had to create a new source of terror: an invisible virus.

Nevertheless, despite all efforts and pressures upon the people and a couple of years of scare tactics and lies, most people began losing their fear of the virus and tried to go back to some sense of normality. Obviously, this was a source of great concern to the globalist conspirators. But, with his war against the Ukraine, Vladimir Putin, has become their best ally in the production of a new terror —the globalist’s best tool to keep the people under control.

This explains why, despite all claims on the contrary, the globalist conspirators love Putin from the bottom of their crooked hearts. Currently, their greatest fear is a victorious Putin and the end of the war in Ukraine. So, they are working hard to avoid this to happen and keep pushing for a new Cold War.

Unfortunately, is seems that the war Putin has in mind will be anything but cold. On the other hand, given the fact that the globalist madmen’s publicly expressed their ultimate goal, which is nothing but the elimination of 85 percent of the people in this planet, maybe Putin unknowingly becomes the right tool for the job. Their only hope, I guess, that Putin don’t get too wise and retarget some of his missiles to the Patagonia.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes

[1]. William Engdahl’s A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order (London: Pluto Press, 2004), p. 32.
[2] Ibid, p. 33.
[3]. Daniel Yergin, The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money and Power, Part I (New York: Pocket Books, 1991), p. 59.
[4]. John Christian Ryter, “The Secret Life of AIC,” NewsWithViews.com, March 31, 2009.
[5]. It seems, however, that Clinton Roosevelt discovered the principles of communism a few years before Marx.
[6]. Antony C. Sutton, Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution (New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House, 1974)
[7]. G Edward Griffin, The Creature From Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve (Appleton, Wisconsin: American Opinion, 1994)
[8]. Ryter, op. cit.
[9]. Antony C. Sutton, The Best Enemy Money Can Buy (Billings, Montana: Liberty House, 1986)
[10]. Most likely the Rosenbergs, true Communist fanatics, ignored that their true role was to disinform the American people by paying with their lives.
[11]. For a detailed account of the treachery see George Racey Jordan, From Major Jordan’s Diaries (Boston: Western Islands, 1965), pp. 72-106. Major Jordan’s accusations seem to have been substantiated many years later in a novel written in 1980 by Franklin Roosevelt’s son James Roosevelt. See, James Roosevelt A Family Matter (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1980)
[12]. Sun Tzu, The Art of War [translated by Samuel B. Griffith] (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 146.
[13]. Sutton, The Best Enemy Money Can Buy, pp. 101-111.
[14]. MIRV, the capability of an intercontinental missile to fire more than a single warhead.
[15]. Sutton, op. cit., p. 101.




Another War, Another Buck

By Servando Gonzalez

February 16, 2022

Part One: Communism in America

Currently, warmongers of both factions of the Repucratic Party are doing what they do best: pushing for another war. Actually, they have strong reasons for. Despite the strong support they gave to terrorists worldwide, the World on Terror did not end with a bang, but with a whimper, because the would-be terrorists did not terrorize enough.

Currently, its substitute, the War on the Virus, frantically waged against viruses nobody has seen, isolated, much less proven their existence, is losing steam. Surprisingly, a group of Canadian truckers is coming to rescue us from totalitarianism in the Land of the Free, the Home of the Brave. This explains why both Repucrats and the globalist conspirators who control and bankroll them are very nervous and doing their best to push us into another war to keep us terrorized.

But this time, believe it or not, these madmen are seemingly toying with the idea of starting the ultimate war, a nuclear war. Perhaps they see it as the right tool to reach their goal of killing no less than 85 percent of the population on this planet.

And, surprise! Apparently some “conservative” Republicans love Communism so much that they want to restore it in Russia —which some of them are still calling the Soviet Union. This explains why these anti-Russia “conservative” Republicans such as Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly, Ben Shapiro and Glenn Beck, just to mention the most notorious, are calling real American patriots such as Tucker Carlson, Laura Ingraham and Steve Bannon, traitors, allegedly because they are soft on Putin and Communism. But this is a typical case of the pot calling the kettle black, because since the beginning of the past century the United States of America has been a full-fledged Communist country, and none of the dyed-in-the-wool “conservative” Republicans has fought against it.

Yes, you read that right, Communism is as American as Apple Pie and, if you still ignore this easily verifiable fact, it is because you are either a brainwashed sheep or don’t know what Communism is all about.

In The Communist Manifesto, Karl Marx wrote that in order to call a country Communist it must have certain characteristics. Cardinal among these are a central bank owned by international bankers, a heavy progressive or graduated income tax designed so the very rich pay no taxes, a state-controlled system of public education whose true role is brainwashing students about he marvels of Communism and other nasty things. All these measures were implemented a long time ago in this country, and currently the globalist conspirators who control this country are working hard on implementing the rest of the measures Communist love: abolition of religion, abolition of the family as a basic social unit and elimination of private property.[1]

Moreover, contrary to the most extended belief, Communism is actually the creation of demented leftists, but of the most reactionary right. It is actually a false flag operation concocted by international bankers and oil magnates to better exploit the working masses.

Moses Mordecai Marx Levy, a.k.a. Karl Marx, published his Communist Manifesto in 1848. But the Manifesto borrowed so heavily from Clinton Roosevelt’s book The Science of Government Founded on Natural Law, published in 1841, which Marx found at the Reading Room of the British Museum, that it was close to a plagiarism. Dr. Emanuel M. Josephson, one of the few authors who has studied the subject in detail, titled his book on Clinton Roosevelt Roosevelt’s Communist Manifesto.[2] Josephson was absolutely right. Both Roosevelt’s Science and Marx’s Manifesto agree on the prerequisites for the implementation of the new communist society.

According to some sources, the Communist League in London commissioned Marx to write the Communist Manifesto. The League, formerly known as the League of the Just (or the League of Just Men), was an offshoot of the Parisian Outlaws League (which evolved from the Jacobin movement). The League was made up of rich and powerful men from different countries that had conspired to create much of the turmoil that engulfed Europe in 1848 —very similar to the turmoil we are experiencing these days created by the globalist conspirators.

It seems, however, that it was not by chance that Marx found Roosevelt’s book. In 1849, both Clinton Roosevelt and Horace Greeley, owner of the New York Tribune, the country’s first national newspaper, provided funds for the Communist League in London to pay for the publication of Marx’s Communist Manifesto. Moreover, Greeley put Marx on his newspapers’ payroll.

The fact that Communism is actually the creation of international bankers explains why the Rockefellers were always in love with Stalin, Mao, Castro and every other communist and fascist dictator in the world. It may also explain why Obama and now Biden are pushing America in the way of communo-fascism with the support of Wall Street bankers and mega corporations.

But only brainwashed Americans who still see the present situation as a political battle between conservative Republicans and liberal Democrats have a reason to be surprised, because there is nothing to be surprised about. Obama and Biden are just the logical culmination of a process that began a long time ago, in the early 1900s. Its secret goal was turning the American Republic, and eventually the world, into a communo-fascist totalitarian dictatorship under the control of a few international bankers. This new global dictatorship is what the conspirators euphemistically call the New World Order.

If some Americans are concerned because Biden and the “progressive” liberals are going the communist way, it is because they have been brainwashed in the public schools to believe they live in a Democracy under a capitalist economic system. The reality, however, it is quite different. Actually, the United States of America has been a communist country since 1913, when “Colonel” Edward Mandell House, following ideas taken from Roosevelt’s Science of Government and Marx’s Communist Manifesto ordered his puppet Woodrow Wilson to create the Federal Reserve System and the Internal Revenue System (originally named the Bureau of Internal Revenue).

Another premise Marx mentioned for the creation of a Communist state is the creation of a system of public schools to better brainwash the new generation. Well, as early as 1902, John D. Rockefeller and other conspirators created the General Education Board as a precursor of the Department of Education.

Once they got control over the Department of Education, the globalist conspirators began using it to brainwash students into accepting their globalist agenda. In 1945 “educator” John Dewey, founder of the Progressive Education Association, called for the establishment of a “genuine world order,” in which national sovereignty would be subordinate to world authority. In 1976 the Rockefeller-controlled and financed National Education Association (NEA), published a program entitled, “A Declaration of Interdependence: Education for a Global Community.” The document states NEA’s educational plan for the world:

“We are committed to the idea of Education for Global Community. You are invited to help turn the commitment into action by mobilizing world education for development of a world commitment into action by mobilizing world education.”

This excellent brainwashing job disingenuously called “public education” has been carried out for many long years by our Communist system of government education. The excellent results are obvious for everybody to see: American childrens are in the lowest levels in reading, history, geography and math. This explains why teachers get salary increases almost every year.

Granted, I’m not sure if Vladimir Putin is as honest and pure as most of our American politicians, big business leaders and high rank military officers. What is evident is that, contrary to our leaders, Putin does not hate his country, he seemingly is a devoted Christian and, even more important, he doesn’t want Russia to become part of the globalist conspirator’s beloved New World Order. That’s the true reason why the globalist conspirators hate him so much.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes.

  1. Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto (New York: Penguin, 1983), pp. 104-105. According to some sources, Marx was not only a plagiarist, but also a Satanist. See Richmond Wurmbrand, Was Karl Marx a Satanist? (Glendale, CA: Diane Books, 1976). Had Marx been alive today, he would be pleased about the advance of Satanism in this former God-fearing Republic. See, Servando Gonzalez, Coronavirus for Dunces (Hayward, CA: El Gato Tuerto, 2020), pp. 99, 167.
  2. See Emmanuel Josephson, Roosevelt’s Communist Manifesto (New York: Chedney Press, 1955). Some people believe that both Clinton Roosevelt’s Science and Karl Marx’s Manifesto were plagiarized from yet an earlier eighteenth century collection of writings by Adam Weishaupt, and that Roosevelt simply picked up the torch and passed it on to Marx, but that’s another story.



The Missing Mandate

by Servando Gonzalez

January 29, 2022

“All laws which are repugnant to the Constitution are null and void.” — Marbury vs. Madison 5 US (1803)

Since the mysterious Covid pandemic appeared from out of nowhere [1] to spoil our years there is a word I barely heard before that has become high frequency in today’s America: “mandate.” Currently, we have masks mandates, social distancing mandates, lockdown mandates, school closing mandates, non-essential businesses [2] closing mandates, and vaccination mandates enforced by both authorities and non-authorities as well, and I am pretty sure that, if we don’t stop this trend, very soon more mandates will come down the line: religious mandates, sexual mandates, speech mandates, walking mandates, drinking mandates, and many more. The sky is the limit.

Nevertheless, a few days ago, out of curiosity, I did a search on the three main documents this country is based upon: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Surprisingly, I found out that the word mandate is missing. It does not appear in any of these documents. So, on which legal authority are some people in this country are mandating mandates?

Mandates are typical of totalitarian, tyrannical societies.[3] That’s what monarchs, dictators and tyrants do. Their word is the ultimate law of the land. The concept of mandate is alien to democracies, much more to Representative Republics such as the United States of America.

While laws are passed by the senate and the house of representatives and signed by the President or the governor of a state, and can be contested in court, mandates are signed by the President or the governor only in a state of emergency and for a limited time.

Apparently, while we slept, some people changed America from a country where you can do anything, except what has been expressly prohibited, to a country where you cannot do anything, except what has been expressly authorized by the government —which is a good definition of a totalitarian society.

For long years the American people have been told that we have been invading countries and overthrowing their totalitarian leaders allegedly to bring freedom to their peoples. But, now that our freedoms have disappeared thanks to the efforts of totalitarian-minded leaders, who will come to bring freedom to us?

In his 1984 book The Power to Lead, author James MacGregor Burns, a distinguished member of the traitorous Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), recognized the fact that to carry out their totalitarian plans the CFR conspirators need to get rid of the U.S. Constitution. According to him,

Let’s us face reality. The framers [of the U.S. Constitution] have simply been too shrewd for us. The have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to “turn the Founders upside down” — we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected.

He was right. The Founders of this country were fully aware of the dangers of giving too much power to a single source, so they created a mechanism to avoid it. It is called the separation of powers and it cannot be simpler. According to this principle, we have the Legislative Power, who create the laws, the Executive Power, who carry out these laws, and the Judicial Power, who oversees that all the laws of the land which, in order to be legal, must derive from the Constitution.

Unfortunately, as McGregor Burns suggested, the CFR globalist conspirators have managed to turn the Founders upside down and reduce the U.S. Constitution to an irrelevant document. The result of this attack on the Constitution is that the Executive Power has usurped the other two.

The so-called “mandates” have been the right tool to give the Constitution the final push to fall it into oblivion. The United States Constitution was the supreme law of the land. All laws must derive and be based on the principles established on the Constitution. Most of the mandates that are now enforced upon us do not derive from the Constitution, therefore, they are illegal. The fact that we have legalized the mandates is a clear evidence that, following McGregor Burns suggestion, the globalist conspirators have turned the U.S. Constitution into a useless piece of paper.

Proof of this is the current proliferation of “mandates.”

The fact is that no law has been passed by Congress about mandatory vaccination. At present, there is no legally valid vaccine law. The shots are still under emergency use authorization, and there’s no official document from government, be it in the form of legislation, law or regulation, that grants a legal basis for the mandate. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration also has not published any rule regarding the mandating of vaccines by private companies as a requisite for employment.

Granted, mandates are nothing new in the U.S. The have existed for many long years. The only thing new is the name. We used to call them “Executive Orders.”

An executive order is an official directive from the U.S. President to federal agencies that often have much the same power of a law. Throughout history, executive orders have been one way that the power of the President and the executive branch of government has expanded. The problem is that the U.S. Constitution does not define, much less give the Executive Power, the authority to issue presidential actions, which include executive orders, presidential memoranda and proclamations.

Nevertheless, most American Presidents., beginning with George Washington, have enacted Executive Orders. So, if we want to put order in this chaos we the people must declare that not only the so-called “mandates,” but also all executive orders are unconstitutional and therefore illegal. Otherwise the U.S. Constitution is no more the law of the land and America has become a de facto banana republic under the control of a dictator.

The only difference, if any, is that usually dictators stay in power for long periods of time, while we change ours every four or eight years. But, knowing that American Presidents are just puppets in complicity with both branches of the Repucratic Party fully under the control of the Invisible Government of the United Sates, this makes no difference. Actually, it explains why, even if we change Presidents, nothing really changes, because the hidden masters are the same.

If you need any proof, just take a look at the members of the Trump administration. You will find that, not surprisingly, Trump had more CFR members around him, telling him what to do, than Barry Soetoro (a.k.a Barack Hussein Obama) had.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Notes:

[1]. As usual, dyed-in-the-wool Republicans have been blaming foreigners such as China and Russia for the pandemic. Apparently, they don’t know, or rather don’t want to know, that the U.S. has a long history of using bacteriological warfare against other people.
[2]. One of the mysteries surrounding the Coronavirus mandates is what guidelines were followed to decide which businesses were essential and which weren’t. As expected, however, none of the big businesses and corporations were declared non-essential. Only small, local businesses were affected by the illegal measures that destroyed most of them. As a result of this government-enforced elimination of the competition, big mega corporations such as Amazon, Home Depot and Walmart have seen their profits increased tenfold.

[3]. The definition of the word “mandate” currently available on the Internet has been conveniently changed, Orwell-style, to fit the new reality. According to the new version, a “mandate” is a perfectly legal order backed by the Constitution. So, according to the Merriam-Webster Dictionary, a mandate is:

a. “an official order to do something”

b. “the power to act that voters give to their elected leaders”

Obviously, both definitions are incorrect, at least in reference to the U.S., because they ignore a document called the Constitution, from which all laws derive.

Now, given the fact that they cannot control everything on the Web —at least not yet—, the Merriam-Webster thesaurus still defines mandate as:

a. “the granting of power to perform various acts or duties”

b. “to request the doing of by virtue of one’s authority”

Both definitions clearly indicate that mandates are not backed by the Constitution.




What Goes Around Comes Around

by Servando Gonzalez

January 18, 2022

On January 6, 2021, a bunch of well-intentioned fools, most likely incited by agent provocateurs infiltrated in their ranks, tried to have a good time destroying a few things of their own property —the Capitol building belongs to us, the American people, not to the politicians who enjoy it. As a result of that bad joke, they were put in jail. As of today, most of the January 6 perpetrators are still in jail accused of terrorism without even having been charged for their actions. The only criminal, a coward who shot and killed an unarmed American citizen who was not a threat to him or anybody else is free enjoying a good life.

Who is to blame for this evidently un-American, un-Constitutional, illegal, immoral state of things? I propose a main culprit: George W. Bush.

Just a few hours after the September 11, 2001, events, President Bush, sporting a mischievous smile and his left hand showing the ever-present Devil’s sign, accused a bunch of Arabs of terrorism, launched his War on Terror and created the Office of Homeland Security and the Transportation Security Administration. Conveniently, the laws that created such anti-American institutions had been written way before 9/11. Some people found out that most of them were very similar to laws passed by German Nazis.

Following the Nazi-like mandates established by the War of Terror directives, key members of the U.S. government, ignoring the main laws of the country, gave themselves the power to put in jail, without proof, much less a fair trial, anybody they accused of being a terrorist. At the time, most brainwashed Americans accepted this gross violation of our most essential laws and principles because the alleged terrorists were foreigners. Currently, Democrats are using exactly the same laws to put people in jail. The only difference is that now they are American citizens.

Was January 6, 2021, as some Democrats now claim, a new version of September 11, 2001? Obviously not. On Jan. 6 a government agent killed only one American.  In contrast, on September 11, 2001, close to 3,000 American citizens were killed as the result of treasonous activities carried out by American agents. So, why are some key members of the Democratic faction of the Repucratic party now calling the January 6 bunch of fools terrorists and January 6 a 9/11? Well, when you decode the true meaning of their assertions you realize that they are just asking for fair treatment.

What Democrats are actually telling their Republican counterparts is this: We backed your lie, now is the time for you to back ours, the same way now both of us are backing the Covid lie.

Probably one of the few Republicans who properly decoded what is really going on is none other than Liz Cheney, whose father played a key role in 9/11. As a true insider, Liz knows very well the secret rules of the game.

Actually, 9/11 created the conditions for 6/21. What Biden is doing today is nothing but the logical continuation of George W. Bush’s policies. The only difference, if any, is that Bush is an idiot and Biden an old guy suffering from dementia, but their puppet masters are the same.

Some gullible Republicans are still dreaming about bringing Donald Trump back to the White House. One of their main reasons, they argue, is because Trump didn’t start a war. Well, if that is true, they should love Biden, because he ended a war. But I have the feeling that both of them were following orders from above, from the very people who were planning another war, a more devastating war, a war to end all wars: the present war of attrition they are waging against the American people and the peoples of the world. A war that, if successful, will cause more casualties than all of the recent wars together.

Have you asked yourselves why both “liberal” and “conservative” mouthpieces seems to be reading from the same script about the Covid “pandemic?” Don’t trust me, just listen to Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Bill O’Reilly, and Ben Shapiro, just to name a few of the more notorious ones. The reasons they are doing this is because all of them get their marching orders from the same source. Apparently, their masters have decided to give us another ration of Trump’s enchiladas, high in spice but low in nutritional value. It is highly revealing that two of the strongest critics of the disastrous policies based on Fauci’s advise the government is enforcing upon us are Rand Paul, a Libertarian, and Robert Kennedy, Jr., a Liberal.

So, please, my dear Republicans stop painting yourselves as the good guys with the white hats in this Western comedy American politics has turned into. Granted, Democrats are the bad guys in this film, but you Republicans are even worse.

As Albert Einstein once said, “Insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results.” Accordingly, on election day I’ll do something very patriotic I have been doing for many years with excellent results:  I’m going to have my siesta while you are giving your votes to Donald Trump, and I am sure I’ll sleep like a baby, with a clear conscience because I am not being part of this ongoing anti-American charade.

The bottom line is that stealing elections is nothing new, but as American as apple pie. Both John F. Kennedy and George W. Bush won the by stealing their. A long time ago, the famous frontier hero David Crocket, a strong opponent of Andrew Jackson’s Indian Removal policies, accused Jackson’s supporters of stuffing ballot boxes during the 1801 and 1835 Tennessee Congressional elections, which Crocket lost. So, it is foolish to expect that, once they have perfected the technique, today’s Democrats are going to lose the next one.

Currently, the system is so shamelessly corrupt that only major surgery can fix it. So, I would remind my fellow Republicans that when the Founding Fathers of this country faced a problem similar to the one we are facing today, they did not go to the polls to cast their votes. Far from it, they pledged to each other their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor.

Servando’s books: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People , and Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination, are both  available at the NWV store.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




More Disinformation About the Kennedy Assassination II

by Servando Gonzalez

December 30, 2021

Historical Forensics

To most people, forensics has to do with crime, autopsies, and the like. But, like Yahoo, Google, and other Internet search engines, forensic science mostly has to do with finding links. The basic principle of forensic science, as stated by Dr. Edmond Locard, one of the greatest experts in forensic science, is very simple: every contact leaves a trace. Finding these traces at the scene of a crime and, through them, establishing the links to the criminal is what forensic science is all about.

The job of the forensic investigator consists in discovering these links, and revealing the links between the crime and the criminal. Unknowingly, the authors who first pointed to the CFR as the true seat of an anti-American conspiracy were practicing the science of historical forensics. And, despite the efforts of the criminal conspirators at the CFR to erase all traces linking them to their crimes against the American people, these authors discovered an amazing fact: behind every act of treason against this country and its people there were always one or more members of the Council on Foreign Relations or their parasite organizations working hard in the shadows to betray us, the American people. The JFK assassination was not an exception to this rule.

Even though I have been studying the globalist conspirators of the Council on Foreign Relations for many years and I have written four books about them, in which I have briefly mentioned the assassination of President Kennedy, it was not until I read Professor Donald Gibson’s book Battling Wall Street hat I fully understood how and why the CFR globalist conspirators used their assets, Castro and the CIA, to kill President Kennedy. Gibson’s book is the only one I know that tells in detail how CFR members in the press fought tooth and nail against Kennedy. Unfortunately, Gibson doesn’t mention how CFR members infiltrated into Kennedy’s administration betrayed him, as well as the

reasons they had to do it.

Dealing with an American conspiracy, I have dedicated much of my analysis of the Kennedy
assassination to study the Council on Foreign Relations, the true center of a conspiracy some authors call the Invisible Government of the United States. In my investigation I found out that most of the links related to the JFK assassination point to the CFR and its master, David Rockefeller.

I have devoted most of my book on the Kennedy assassination to analyze the true role of the two main suspects of carrying out it, Castro and the CIA. Many books written about the CIA mention the Agency’s inept attempts to assassinate Fidel Castro. Most of them, however, have failed to discover Castro’s actions as an agent provocateur working hard to help the very people he claimed to hate. The result of this effort is that Castro’s true role in the Kennedy assassination has been mostly ignored or distorted.

Over the past 50 years, more than 2000 books have been published about the Kennedy assassination. Most books dealing with the role of the CIA in the assassination, however, are either anti-CIA, written by authors who consider themselves “progressive,” liberal Democrats or outright leftists, or pro-CIA, written by authors who see themselves as “conservative,” Republicans, or outright rightists. Also, not many books about the Kennedy assassination have noticed that most of the people participating in the cover- up were CFR members. But, paraphrasing Upton Sinclair, “It is difficult to get a man to see something, when his salary depends upon his not seeing it!”

Moreover, most of these books focus on how it happened rather than on who was the mastermind who conceived the plan, gave the orders to carry it out and why he did it. In this sense my book is a totally different kind of book, perhaps difficult to classify. I just ask the reader to read it with the same open mind I have had to write it.

Finally, I devoted a large amount of this book to study an apparently non-related event: the
assassination in 1948 of Colombian populist leader Jorge Eliécer Gaitán. The reason for this is because I have found out that the operational methodology — the modus operandi — used in Gaitán’s assassination — in which Castro, the CIA and many important CFR members played key roles — was closely followed in the JFK assassination.

Actually, as I showed in this book, the Kennedy assassination was like a carbon copy of Gaitán’s assassination. Moreover, the motive was essentially the same, because both Gaitán and Kennedy had threatened the interests of the same people.

Some Kennedy assassination scholars were salivating about a new batch of documents related to the CIA and assassination just declassified following authorization from President Trump. Apparently they believe they may get lucky and find the Holy Grail of the Kennedy assassination: a smoking gun in the form of a CIA memo from somebody ordering somebody to assassinate President Kennedy, or even a memo from some very powerful individual ordering the CIA Director to assassinate Kennedy. Well, this only shows that whoever expects to find such document is using the wrong research and methodological tools to study this subject.

The conspiracy surrounding the JFK assassination is like a huge puzzle of which many pieces are missing or have been intentionally put out of place in order to mislead investigators. This explains why most analysts who have studied the phenomenon using the wrong method have failed to find the true source of the problem. Nevertheless, when you look at the whole thing coldly and from a distance the pieces simply spring into place.

Consequently, rather than using the traditional research and analysis of the historian I have used in my book a methodology coming from the field counterintelligence. It consists in tackling the problem in reverse, a process intelligence officers call “walking back the cat.” It is a sort of “acid test” used to determine retrospectively the loyalty or treachery of a particular agent, or, as I did in my book, of a whole government agency such as the CIA or a policy organization such as the Council on Foreign Relations.

Historians vs Intelligence Analysts

The goal of the historian and the intelligence analyst is basically the same: search for facts and establish the truth. Their approach, however, is totally different. Give a historian a document and he will do three things: check it for accuracy; evaluate its place in the context of his own knowledge of its subject matter; and try to exploit it for producing a finished paper or book.

Now give the same document to an intelligence officer. He will do four things, but quite different ones. First, he will examine it to verify that its source is the one it purports to be; second, he will try to know if its source has disseminated it wittingly or unwittingly, and, if unwittingly, if its source knows the fact that the document has been compromised; third, he will attempt to find, guess, or intuit the source’s real motives for disseminating it; and, finally, he will try to use it — by divulging it, or by not divulging it — to influence somebody, either his employers, his employees, or his enemies.

In this sense, while the historian is trained to react ad causam, the intelligence analyst reacts ad hominem. The historian focuses on subject matter and its relevance to understanding recorded events, the intelligence analyst focuses on people and their motives. The tools of the historian are quite different from the tools of the intelligence analysts and, therefore, the results of their research will show considerable differences.

As a rule, intelligence analysts always keep in mind that some of their sources, particularly live ones, will try to intentionally deceive them. That is why, contrary to historians, intelligence analysts take vulnerability to deception into account, and do so explicitly. Therefore, one can conclude that intelligence analysts have better methodological tools than historians to successfully analyze relatively recent intelligence operations such as the Kennedy assassination, where deceit and disinformation played an important role.

Moreover, the first thing intelligence analysts must keep in mind is that, despite their best efforts, in the intelligence field they will never find the whole picture. The best thing they can do, therefore, is to analyze the facts they have and from them do their best to infer the rest. The bottom line is that ninety percent of this final product we call intelligence comes from reading critically, remembering, associating and analyzing, as well as looking for inconsistencies, implausibilities, gaps in knowledge, conflicts with known information and suspicious coincidences and, very rarely, discovering new key
facts,

In the study of intelligence organizations, such as the OSS, the Mossad, the MI6, the KGB, or the CIA, we must always keep in mind that we are not dealing with innocuous aspects of history such as the origins of New Orleans Jazz, or Roman architecture during the Republic. On the contrary, this is recent history with a high content of intelligence and espionage and, therefore, deception. And, due to the fact that the basic principles of tradecraft [1] don’t change much over time among its different practitioners, intelligence services are reluctant to give their past, current, or potential opponents, any feedback about the success or failure of their past operations. As a matter of fact their goal is to disinform their opponents as much as they can by keeping them in the dark.

Most of what an intelligence service claims has been its successes are most likely its failures, and vice versa. In intelligence and espionage things are seldom what they seem. No wonder Sun Tzu’s main precept is “All warfare is based on deception.” Under this light, events like the Bogotazo riots, the Bay of Pigs invasion, and the September 11, 2001 events, just to mention three of the CIA’s alleged greatest failures, need to be reevaluated.

The bottom line is that nobody is ever going to find the smoking gun about the Kennedy assassination in the form of a declassified CIA document. First, for the simple reason that it doesn’t exist. This is not the way these things work in the real world. The orders to carry out this type of action are never written out, but given verbally, tacitly expressed in a cryptical way in highly nuanced conversations — Will no one rid me of this meddlesome priest? Secondly, because, even if such document ever surfaces, taking at face value the information appearing in photocopies of strongly edited documents provided by an organization that has a whole department devoted to the falsification of documents is a high-level form of idiocy.

When OSS Director William Donovan, following orders from his Rockefeller masters, told one of his assassins to get rid of Gen. George Patton, he most likely alleged that Patton was becoming pro-Nazi and, in order to save his image as a hero, it was necessary to terminate him. When Fidel Castro told Gen. Patricio de la Guardia to assassinate Chile’s President Salvador Allende, he told him that Allende was planning to surrender to the military and, in order to save for posterity his image as a hero who fought them to the end, he must to be killed. In the same fashion, some of the low-level participants in the JFK assassination most likely were told that they were helping the American people to get rid of a President that had become soft on communism.

So, if it is most likely that we will never find the key document pointing to the person who gave the order to assassinate President Kennedy, what can we do? Well, as James Jesus Angleton, the CIA’s legendary counterintelligence chief once said, “If one could not read the enemy’s files, one could at least read his mind.” By this Angleton meant that a patient accumulation and analysis of facts during a long period of time allows us to decipher the enemy’s thinking and accurately guess his actions.

Finding the true causes of the assassination of President Kennedy is vital to understanding today’s America. Nearly every form of the growing assault on freedoms that has overrun our country in the past 50 years has its roots in the assassination of President Kennedy. JFK was seemingly the last opportunity the American people had to stop the growing tyranny of the CFR conspirators’ Invisible Government.

Today, a hundred years after John Fitzgerald Kennedy was born, an investigation of the true causes of his assassination is more relevant than ever because it connects directly to the communo-fascist growth of the U.S. government and its disregard of the rule of law, the growing economic gap between the working class and the hyper rich, the erosion of the independence of the mainstream press, the growing of a pervasive surveillance society and the encroaching police state. Once the CFR conspirators were able to get away with the assassination of President Kennedy, it was a short step to the assassinations of Robert Kennedy, Martin Luther King Jr., and many others they perceived as a threat. It was also a short step to the CIA mass assassinations in Vietnam under Operation Phoenix, the Waco massacre, the 9/11 events and the official sanctioning of torture at Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo.

It seems that the conspirators’ success in assassinating President Kennedy pushed them into a frenzy of assassination, abuse, theft, corruption and war. Apparently guided by the principle that the end justifies the means, they felt no constraints on their way to reach their cherished goal: a New World Order.

A long time ago Karl Marx wrote that Capital was born dripping with blood and dirt from head to toe, from every pore. I cannot think of a more accurate description of the birth of the CFR conspirators’ New World Order.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Notes:

1. Tradecraft: the basic techniques, the modus operandi of a particular intelligence service in the conduct of its espionage activities. According to CIA veteran William Hood, tradecraft, though mysterious to outsiders, is just a “little more than a compound of common sense, experience, and certain almost universally accepted security practices . . .” William Hood, Mole (New York: Ballantine, 1982), p. xiv.

My book Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination is available at the NewsWithViews store.




More Disinformation About the Kennedy Assassination I

by Servando Gonzalez

December 24, 2021

There are a thousand hacking at the branches of evil to one striking at the root. —Henry David Thoreau

A few days ago a batch of close to 1,500 or so documents related to the assassination of President Kennedy were released and made available to researchers. As expected, given the fact that American warmongers are desperately trying to revive the Soviet enemy they miss so much, some documents mention that Lee Harvey Oswald, the former Marine who allegedly murdered Kennedy on November 22, 1963, met with a Soviet KGB agent two months before he want to Dallas to kill the 35th president.

Not by chance, on March 24, 2021, an interview with former CIA Director James Woolsey was posted on the Internet and, soon after, more than 350,000 people had watched it. As expected, CFR member Woolsey blamed the Soviets and specifically Nikita Khrushchev for ordering their secret agent Oswald to kill Kennedy. Fortunately, however, the comments posted indicate that most of the viewers believe that Woolsey’s theories were just CIA disinformation.

Apparently, neither Woolsey, the newly-released documents, offer a plausible explanation to why a member of the U.S. military who had worked at the ultra-secret U-2 base in Atsugi, Japan, and had studied Russian at the Defense Language Institute in Monterey, was allowed to travel to Russia. Even more intriguing is why he was allowed to return to the U.S. without even being interrogated by the FBI.

Nevertheless, I was never satisfied with the many books written about the assassination and, some years ago, I wrote my own book on the subject. As expected, it it did not reach the New York Times bestseller list. The information below, which I took mostly from my book’s Introduction, will give you an idea why.

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963, is a seminal occurrence in recent American history. Probably with the exception of the 9/11 events, nothing has affected the American mind and soul more than the JFK assassination.

Despite the concerted efforts of the U.S. Government, the media and the academia to promote the “lone nut” narrative, ever since Kennedy was assassinated many Americans have suspected foul play. Moreover, they suspect that their President was the victim of a huge conspiracy involving people at the highest levels in the U.S.Government.

In the spring of 1964, less than a year after the assassination, one third of the people interviewed by pollsters believed that Lee Harvey Oswald, the alleged “lone assassin,” actually acted in complicity with others. Within two years that number had doubled. Since then, every poll taken has shown between 60% to 80% of Americans believe that President Kennedy was killed as a result of a conspiracy.

They are not wrong. In 1978 the House Select Committee on Assassinations confirmed the suspicion that JFK was assassinated as the result of a conspiracy. According to the Committee Summary of Findings, “The committee believes, on the basis of the evidence available to it, that President John F. Kennedy was probably assassinated as a result of a conspiracy.”

Nevertheless, for reasons I explain in my book, most “serious” investigators who have studied the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and whose books have been published by “prestigious” publishing houses not only have denied the possibility of a conspiracy but have also avoided focusing on the three obvious suspects of the crime: the Central Intelligence Agency, Fidel Castro and David Rockefeller.

This general denial is difficult to understand, not only because the three of them had the motive, the ability, the means and the opportunity to commit such a crime, but also a proven history of resorting to assassination to protect and advance their interests.

The CIA had a strong motive to kill President Kennedy. He not only openly showed his lack of appreciation for the Agency’s work, but also because, after the Bay of Pigs debacle, he fired CIA Director Allen Dulles and Deputy Director for Plans Richard Bissell, both of them trusted CFR members in charge of covert operations on behalf of the Rockefellers and their fellow members of the military-industrial-banking-complex. Even worse, he threatened to disband the Agency.

Castro had also enough reasons to want to get rid of Kennedy, if only because he discovered that Kennedy was trying to assassinate him. Even more important, Castro was the only one among the main suspects who had publicly threatened both John and Robert Kennedy with assassination.

Last, but not least, David Rockefeller’s visceral hatred for JFK was evidenced in his strong opposition to the President, personally and through his agents in the U.S. Government and the mainstream press. It is known that he orchestrated a political campaign against the young President. Moreover, three of Kennedy’s major crises during his term as President, the failed Bay of Pigs Invasion, the confrontation with the steel magnates and the Cuban missile crisis, seem to have been artificially created by David’s CFR agents.

Even more important, the CIA, Fidel Castro and David Rockefeller not only had the motive, the means and the opportunity, but also the expertise and the propensity to commit such a crime — the three of them were in the assassination business — and David Rockefeller controlled both Castro and the CIA. Actually, as I show in my book, David had created both the CIA and Castro. That is the reason why I have devoted so many pages in my book to study the true origins of both the CIA and Fidel Castro.

Contrary to other books about the Kennedy assassination, my book is not about the “what,” but about the “who” and the “why.” So, if you still believe that Oswald acted alone and there was no conspiracy, definitively my book is not the right book for you to read.

There are plenty of books that have devoted thousands of pages trying to prove or disprove that Oswald was the person who pulled the trigger. In contrast, in my book I have studied Oswald only in relation to his secret ties to the CIA. Definitely, Oswald was just a tool, not too different from the Mannlicher-Carcano rifle he most likely didn’t use to assassinate the President.

The Dog That Didn’t Bark

In the Sherlock Holmes story “Silver Blaze,” the dog that didn’t bark was an important clue to solving the mystery. Similarly, most of the investigators who have studied the Kennedy assassination and have avoided pointing to Castro or the CIA as potential culprits have been directly or indirectly associated with the CFR, or the CIA, or both. This is a clear indication that the omission has not been by mistake but by design. Far from wanting to solve the mystery, the true goal of these authors has been to muddy the waters even more.

Nevertheless, despite the informational blackout, at least some authors have lit the road to truth. In the case of the CIA, a few authors have pointed their finger in the right direction. Probably the most damaging one was Jim Garrison’s pioneering book On the Trail of the Assassins, which won him eternal condemnation and vituperation from the CFR-controlled mainstream press and the academia.

The case of Castro’s possible role in the JFK assassination is a quite different story. Despite the fact that Castro was the only one among the potential suspects who publicly threatened both John and Robert Kennedy with assassination, he has been mostly invisible to most of the JFK assassination investigators.

Nevertheless, a book appeared in 2008 added to the overwhelming bibliography dealing with the assassination of President Kennedy. This book, Target JFK: The Spy Who Killed Kennedy?, by Robert Wilcox, added a new twist: Castro’s connection to the assassination. Unfortunately, Wilcox did not dig deep enough in his research and just points to the puppets while ignoring the puppeteer.

Granted, this is not the first book studying the possibility that Fidel Castro may have played an important role in the JFK assassination. But it was not until 1988 that Gus Russo published Live by the Sword: The Secret War Against Castro and the Death of JFK, and in 2001 I published The Secret Fidel Castro: Deconstructing the Symbol, in which I devoted a whole chapter to the subject.

In 2006 the German documentary filmmaker Wilfried Huismann studied the subject again in his film Rendevouz With Death. The film was first aired on a German television station, but the CFR-controlled U.S. mainstream media blackballed it.

In 2012, Brian Latell, a retired CIA desk analyst, published Castro’s Secrets, in which, based on the information obtained from a former Cuban intelligence officer, asserts that Castro knew about Oswald previous to the JFK assassination and was aware that an attempt on Kennedy’s life was going to be carried out.

Last, but not least, Edward J. Epstein, a journalist who has extensively written about the Kennedy assassination, after writing several books and dozens of articles conveniently ignoring or denying the CIA’s or/and Castro’s possible participation in the assassination, finally reluctantly admitted to this connection in his 2014 book The Annals of Unsolved Crime.

A veritable tsunami of books dealing with the JFK assassination has been published. Of those, probably twenty-five percent point to the CIA as the most likely perpetrator. In contrast, however, just a minuscule number of them have studied Castro’s possible role in the assassination. In order to fill this vacuum, in my book I deal in great detail with Castro’s role in the assassination.

Living in a Historical Flat Land

To explain a four-dimensional world to us, who live in a three-dimensional world, a science author described how three-dimensional entities might look to flat, two-dimensional ones. So, let’s visualize flat, two-dimensional beings, living in a maze somebody drew on a sheet of paper. But, what might 3-D beings look like to these 2-D creatures?

In the first place, the 2-D creatures cannot cross the lines of the maze. So, if a 3-D being staying in another part of the maze just crosses some lines and enters the part of the maze where the 2-D creatures are living, to them it would seem as if he had materialized from nowhere.

In the same fashion, CFR-controlled mainstream media, schools and universities, have created a 2-D historical universe for us to live in. In this flat historical universe people, organizations and events just pop up from nowhere like mushrooms after a summer rain and sometimes just disappear without reason or explanation.

In this flat, 2-D historical universe, Fidel Castro was a young, idealistic, Jesuit-educated lawyer who fought a guerrilla war against a corrupt, U.S.-supported Cuban president who had turned into a dictator. After many years of fighting, he gained the support of most of the Cuban farmers and workers and won the war. Once in power, he discovered that the U.S. owned most of the Island and iniquitously exploited the Cuban people and devoted himself to fight U.S. economic control over Cuba.

To get rid of Castro — the false 2-D narrative follows — the U.S. used the CIA in an effort to overthrow him, but failed miserably. They also tried to assassinate him, but without success. In a logical reaction, Castro began opposing the U.S. Then, despite a cruel economic blockade, Castro created a successful socialist society in Cuba and won the support of most of the Cuban people.

In this flat 2-D historical universe, events such as Pearl Harbor, the JFK assassination and 9/11 pop up out of nowhere. According to this view, the National Security Council and the Central Intelligence Agency were created by well-intentioned American patriots to coordinate the efforts of the several existing intelligence organizations and avoid the repetition of surprise attacks such as Pearl Harbor — which happened as the result of these organizations’ failure to connect the dots. People who support this view tell us that the NSC and the CIA are tools in the hands of American presidents and their job is to provide them with intelligence and thus help them make better political and military decisions.

In this two-dimensional view, David Rockefeller is generally depicted as a successful businessman and a devoted philanthropist. This vision willingly ignores the dark side of the man, particularly his efforts to depopulate the planet through eugenics and his push for implementing a global totalitarian society he called the New World Order.

Nonetheless, in order to escape from this flat 2-D universe, in my book I tried a radical approach, studying not only the deep roots of the Council on Foreign Relations, but also the roots of the CIA, Castro, and the man who created all of them: David Rockefeller. As Cuban patriot José Martí wrote, “To be a radical is no more than that: to go to the roots.”

As I mentioned above, contrary to most books about the Kennedy assassination, my main goal in writing this book was not finding out who pulled the trigger or if JFK was shot with a Mannlicher-Carcano or a Mauser rifle, not even if the people who pulled the trigger were working for Castro, the CIA or somebody else. My goal has been finding the sociopath who ordered his psychopathic associates to carry out the assassination: the mastermind. Identifying the agents who carried out the operation is not as important as identifying the person(s) who conceived this horrendous crime.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




The Cultural Marxism Myth

by Servando Gonzalez

December 1, 2021

For reasons difficult to explain, the so-called “cultural Marxism” is still in vogue. According to those who insist on looking for a cat’s fifth leg, cultural Marxism, rooted in universities and other centers of high culture, is directly responsible for the ideological mess that is currently taking place in the United States and, like a malignant virus much worse than the Coronavirus,[1] has spread throughout almost the entire Western world.

Yet despite all the hubbub, cultural Marxism does not exist, and perhaps never did. It never went from being a fiction, an entelechy to capture the unwary. Actually, what we are now experiencing is an ideological war and, as Sun Tzu clearly stated, “All war is based on deception.” What we are experiencing is not the result of cultural Marxism, but of a well-organized psychological warfare operation, a PsyOp, unleashed against the peoples of the world.[2]

The creator of cultural Marxism was the Italian communist Antonio Gramsci. While in prison between 1929 and 1935, Gramsci came to the festive conclusion that Marx was wrong and Gramsci wrote extensively on this subject.

According to Marx, society is composed of a base, formed by economic activities, and a superstructure, formed by philosophy, politics, religion, and in general culture and ideology. [3] He believed that, in order to change society, it was necessary to, first, take control of  the base of capitalist society, through a violent revolution, and then transform it into a communist one, which would eventually bring about a radical change in the superstructure.

On the contrary, Gramsci concluded that Marx’s theory was upside down, and he tried to put it on its feet. According to Gramsci, the seizure of political power by a violent revolution had become too risky, almost impossible, and that the solution was to first change the superstructure and, after having taken control of culture and ideology, transforming the economic base would be quite an easy task.

But that vision differs considerably from reality.

While it is true that today’s so-called capitalism is a disaster, where the rich are getting richer every day and the poor poorer, in reality Gramsci’s opinion is based on false premises. Today’s type of capitalism, which many rightly hate, actually is not capitalism at all. It is a monopoly capitalism, a form of socialism that is far from being true capitalism.

One of the best characteristics of true capitalism is competition. If the prices or quality of McDonald’s hamburgers don’t suit me, I walk half block away and find better prices and quality at Wendy’s. But one of the essential characteristics of monopoly capitalism is that it strives to eliminate competition. It was John D. Rockefeller, whom many identify as an icon of capitalism, who said: “Competition is a sin.”

And what he said he did. According to a critic at the time, “We turn to find out that competition has killed competition, that corporations are grown greater than the State and have bred individuals greater than themselves.”[4] Rockefeller did not build his fortune by making better products or giving better prices, but by eliminating the competition, and he did it by blood and fire.[5]

Actually, from a purely economic point of view, monopoly capitalism has two forms: fascism, in which the monopolies control the state, and communism, in which the state controls the monopolies. But that is not the most serious problem confronting the theory of cultural Marxism. Paradoxically, the biggest problem it faces is precisely Marxism.

Karl Marx, the creator of Marxism, was actually an agent of some monopoly capitalists and their banker friends. They were the ones who provided Marx with the funds to write his Communist Manifesto, and only a cursory analysis shows that communism is actually an invention of monopoly capitalists and international bankers to better exploit workers and peasants.

Many of those who believe in the existence of this so-called cultural Marxism agree that it was born in American universities. But this does not make sense, because in the U.S. it was not necessary to control the capitalist superstructure in order to, once under control, use it to convert the economic base and impose communism. And this is not necessary because, since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. has always been a communist country. A covert one, but definitely communist.

Why I am so sure about this? Because this is one of the countries in the world in which many of the structures necessary to convert it to communism have long been in place.

Let’s see.

According to the Communist Manifesto, one of the premises for implementing communism in a country is the creation of a central bank. Well, in 1913, “Colonel” Edward Mandell House, an agent for the Warburgs and other international bankers who had become President Wilson’s right-hand man, convinced him to approve of the creation of a central bank, an idea to which many American patriots had always been opposed. And on December 23, 1913, Wilson himself signed the law that created the so-called Federal Reserve Bank, which, contrary to what many Americans think, is a private institution controlled by international bankers.

A cardinal premise mentioned by Marx in the Communist Manifesto for the creation of a communist state is the implementation of a gradual national tax, by which the more a person earns, the higher the percentages he must pay in taxes. Well, it already exists. It is the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), created in 1862 by President Lincoln and ratified in 1913 as the 16th amendment to the Constitution. This is the instrument used by the government each year to appropriate a considerable part of what Americans have earned by working hard.

Idiots such as Alexandra Ocasio Cortez keep chanting the mantra “tax the rich.” But, of course, this will never happen, because politicians will never bite the hand that feeds them. Moreover, the clever super-rich invented corporations, foundations, and other devices to legally avoid paying taxes. For example, in 2018, the billionaire Amazon did not pay a penny in taxes.

Another of the premises established by Marx in the Communist Manifesto is the establishment of a national system of education. That system, which forces parents to send their children to government schools, has existed in this country for many years. At this time it has become a weapon of ideological warfare against Americans. Parents who criticize it have been labelled “domestic terrorists.”

In 1902, John D. Rockefeller created the National Board of Education (Public Education Board) and donated $129 million for its operation. Soon after, the U.S. passed laws making primary education compulsory for all citizens. This explains why the educational level of American children and adolescents is currently one of the lowest in the world. In contrast, the level of political indoctrination is one of the highest. Uneducated people are easier to manipulate than the educated.

Marx also specified in his Communist Manifesto the need to eliminate private property. If you think that private property still exists in the U.S., I advise you not to stop paying the house or car taxes that you have already paid in full, because you are in for a nasty surprise if you do stop.

Today in the U.S. there are laws that allow the government to appropriate the private property of a citizen just by claiming that it needs it to carry out a project some politicians consider to be of public benefit.[6] Generally, the supposed public benefit later turns out to have only benefited some of the politicians who approved the stealing of a citizen’s private property.

I could go on to list the communist measures implemented for many years in the U.S., but I think these samples are enough. My point is that it was not necessary to resort to cultural Marxism to, someday in the not distant future, implement communism in this country, for the simple reason that communism has been around for a long time.

So why turn to cultural Marxism to implement a communism that already exists? Well, using the same reasoning as Gramsci, I would say that cultural Marxism really is nothing more than a smokescreen so that its opponents do not know that communism was already imposed in this country many years ago and, as it is becoming more evident every single day, and it works wonderfully. This does not mean in any way that all those who promote and promote cultural Marxism are aware that everything is nothing more than a hoax. That is why the communists themselves invented the category of “useful fools.”

The American extreme Left has always been fascinated with communism. But the American Left, like almost all the Left, is the bastard creation of the most reactionary Right. This explains the apparent contradiction that it is precisely the monopoly capitalists who contribute most to the causes and organizations of the Left. Of course, to muddy the waters, they do not do it directly, but use their “philanthropic” foundations as intermediaries to prevent people from discovering the true source of the money.[7] This explains why the American Left is the most reactionary in the world. Some of them call themselves “progressives.” It would be better to call them “regressionists.” These regressionists are the ones who have promoted the so-called cultural Marxism to disorient and discombobulate the people.

Nevertheless, there are far worse things than cultural Marxism.

The true objective of the current covert psychological warfare operation disguised as a fight against a virus that is no more dangerous or lethal than the flu that strikes us every year, is the imposition of a global communo-fascist totalitarian system: the so-called New World order. In reality, communism and fascism are the two wings of a bird of prey called totalitarianism. And the bird needs both wings to fly. That explains why there are always elements of fascism in communism and elements of communism in fascism. But I predict that the New World Order that is inexorably approaching us will be much worse than communism as conceived by those who blew it in Marx’s ear or as Gramsci dreamed it.

Although its promoters have it well hidden, this New World Order is far from the utopian vision they present to us. In reality the NWO is a kind of return to the Middle Ages, as it entails the destruction of industrial civilization and the return to a society with only two social classes: the super-rich, isolated in their opulence, and the ultra-poor, in the most abject misery. Actually, the NWO is a real-life “Hunger Games.”

By the way, although many ignore it, Cuba was the country that the monopoly capitalists used as a testing ground to test the effectiveness of the implementation of the NWO. They succeeded because Cuba was the country in the world that, because of its economy, its society and its idiosyncrasies, most resembled the U.S., and their secret agent Fidel Castro carried out the plan to the greatest perfection.

Far from being a failure, Castro’s Cuba has been a total success, and this has been recognized by those who have always supported and helped him behind the scenes. Contrary to what many deluded people think, that support did not come from Moscow.

In February 2001, a delegation of Wall Street bankers and Council on Foreign Relations executives, led by David Rockefeller, which included William Rogers, Carla Hill, Mark Falcoff, James Jones, and other top executives of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR ), visited Cuba for a few days. During the visit, Castro had several long private meetings with his benefactor. After the visit, one of the visitors, Peter Peterson, then one of the directors of the CFR, praised the progress that Castro’s government had made in the fields of education and public health. According to Peterson, Cuba was one of the best-educated countries in the Western world.

Shortly after, on a visit to Cuba in April of that same year, World Bank President James Wolfensohn, also a member of the CFR, expressed his conviction that Castro’s Cuba was “the model to follow.” This gives us a fairly clear indication of where the idea of ​​the changes that are occurring right now in the U.S. came from under the pretext of protecting us from a virus that is no worse than the flu that plagues us almost every year.

Of course, there is no evidence to indicate that some of those gentlemen, members of the Council on Foreign Relations, an organization that brings together members of the most reactionary right wing, have read Gramsci, much less that they are Marxists or Communists.

Ultimately, it must be recognized that the fact that the promoters of the New World Order are evil does not necessarily indicate that they are fools. Quite the opposite. Proof of this is the present psychological warfare operation that at this time they have unleashed against the peoples of the world.

In synthesis:

Karl Marx believed that communism would have to be imposed violently and that the proletarians would only come to power by revolution.

For their part, the English Fabians thought they would succeed in imposing socialism (a light version of communism), by convincing people that socialism was the best. That is, by conviction.

On the contrary, Gramsci was convinced that it was possible to implement Communism by infiltrating the social superstructure, that is, by infiltration.

But the globalist New World Order conspirators had a much better idea, something that none of the communist ideologues thought of. Taking advantage of the present artificial crisis created by the measures to combat a virus that everything indicates that it is less lethal than the flu that strikes us every year, they are imposing on us their communo-fascist New World Order by infection.

Excellent idea. It is working flawlessly. New varieties of the virus keep appearing every single day as if by magic. The sheeple are terrified. They will accept more and more restrictions to their freedom without complaint. The globalist conspirators are geniuses. We must tip our hats to them. Honor to whom honor is due.

However, it seems that despite their initial success, at least in France, Belgium, the U.K., Austria and particularly Australia, the “sheeple” are in full revolt. I hope Americans will soon follow their example.

The bottom line is that the globalist conspirators who have forced the present situation upon us do not have plans to end it. New varieties of the “killer” virus will keep appearing out of the blue and the NWO conspirators will use them as a pretext to keep eroding the few freedoms we still enjoy. So, if we want to end this nightmare we have to stop it, by any means necessary.

Servando’s book Psychological warfare and the New World Order is available at NWV store.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People.
  2. Servando Gonzalez, “I’m Not Scared Anymore,” NewsWithViews.com, May 7, 2020, https://newswithviews.com/im-not-scared-anymore/
  3. The logical positivists considered that ideology was everything that was not science. If we accept that definition, we must come to the sad conclusion that almost everything we now call science — global warming, carbon dioxide, Coronavirus — is nothing more than well-disguised political ideology.
  4. Henry Demarest Lloyd, Wealth Against Commonwealth (Self published, 1894).
  5. See Ida M. Tarbell, The History of the Standard Oil Company (New York: McMillan, 1904). Also, Matthew Josephson, The Robber Barons (New York:Hartcourt Brace, 1934.
  6. The law is called Eminent Domain.
  7. See, i.e.: Evan Gahr, “Looking at Philanthropy The Gift of Giving: Paymasters of the PC Brigades,” The Wall Street Journal, Jan 27, 1995; Bob Feldman, “Alternative Media Censorship: Sponsored by CIA’s Ford Foundation?,” Disinfo.com, September 18, 2002, http://old.disinfo.com/archive/pages/article/id2709/pg1/index.html; Joyce Price, “Media Give Liberal Causes Millions More, Study Says,” The Washington Times, Nov. 14. 1993; Marshall Robinson, “The Ford Foundation: Sowing the Seeds of a Revolution,” Environment, v. 35 n. 3 (April 1993) 10-20; Goldie Blumenstyk, “New Head of Ford Fund’s Education Program is Champion of Women and Minority Students,” The Chronicle of Higher Education, v. 39 n. 16 (Dec 9, 1992), A27; Daniel Brandt, “Philanthropists at War,” NameBase NewsLine, No. 15 (October-December, 1996).

Servando’s book Psychological warfare and the New World Order is available at NWV store.




Biological Warfare and the New World Order

by Servando Gonzalez

Even though almost daily more and more information surfaces about Dr. Fauci’s role in providing the funds to produce biowarfare materials at the Wuhan lab, died-in-the-wool Republicans keep blaming foreign enemies, in this case China, for introducing the so-called Covid-19 into the U.S.[1] There are, however, some things that don’t match that narrative.

In the first place, the U.S. is China’s largest commercial partner. So, it would make no sense that the Chinese wanted to kill the people who are making them rich: American consumers.

Secondly, though the Chicoms, as well and the Soviets and the Nazis killed a large part of their population, their means were unsophisticated: they either shot them, let them die in concentration camps, or starved them to death. There is no evidence that any of those mass murderers used biological warfare against their victims.

In contrast, there is a country in the world that has a long history of using biological warfare against its own people and other peoples of the world: the United States of America. Moreover, the US, now transmogrified into a lethal tool in the hands of the New World Order conspirators, not only has the ability, motive, the means and the opportunity, but also the inclination to commit such a crime as introducing the Covid-19 into the U.S. But this is nothing new, because the U.S. is a pioneer in the use of biological warfare against its people and other peoples of the world.

There is ample evidence that the arrival of the white man caused a drastic reduction in the number of Native Americans. The most important reason for the catastrophic decline of the Indians was the spread of highly contagious diseases to which they had no immunity. This phenomenon is known to scholars as a “virgin soil epidemic,” and in North America it was the norm.

The most lethal of the pathogens introduced by Europeans was smallpox, which sometimes incapacitated so many adults at once that deaths from hunger and starvation were as high as deaths from disease; in several cases, entire tribes became extinct. Other causes of death were measles, influenza, whooping cough, diphtheria, typhus, bubonic plague, cholera, and scarlet fever. Although syphilis was apparently native to parts of the Western Hemisphere, it was probably also introduced to North America by Europeans. The war of the North American colonists against the Native Americans was horribly brutal. But one method they used had more impact more than all the bloody slaughter: giving them smallpox-tainted blankets, one of the earliest examples of biological warfare.

The use of biological warfare by the US government against the American people never ended.

Starting in the 1930s, the U.S. Public Health Service inoculated the virus of syphilis to 412 black sharecroppers in Tuskegee, Alabama, allegedly to study how the disease developed. None of them were told they were used as guinea pigs. Most of them died.

In the 1950s, several soldiers were used at Fort Detrick, Md. to test biowarfare agents. More than 7,000 US army troops were given injections containing mind control drugs such as LSD. They were not told what they had been injected with and ordered not to tell anybody about these tests.

During WWII, the U.S. had plans to bomb German cities with anthrax bombs to kill civilians. Also, between 1950 and 1969 the CIA carried out around 300 biological warfare attacks against the American people to test its efficiency.

In 1955 at least 12 people died in Palmetto, Florida, when the CIA released the whooping cough virus to test it efficiency as a weapon. A few years later, the Army Chemical Corps released mosquitoes carrying the dengue fever in Carver Village, a mostly black town. Some people died, and the army considered the test a success. In 1966, the Army dispersed a bacteria in the New York City subways.[2]

In the 1960s, scientists at the Animal Disease Center in Plum Island, at the time the forefront of U.S. biological-weapons research, created Lyme disease, a strange, tick-borne illness, that now affects more than 30,000 Americans every year. [3]

Currently, many people are concerned about the possibility that some of the vaccines they are forcing on us have the capacity to alter our genetic material. But his is nothing new. The U.S. has a long history of conducting experiments on its own people in the use of genetics as a weapon.[4] According to some sources, as early as 1962, the U.S. Army biological warfare laboratories had 40 scientists fully devoted to genetic warfare.[5]

In 1969, selected members of Congress were informed about the military advantages of genetic warfare. According to the Report,

“Within the next 5 to 10 years it would be possible to produce a synthetics biological agent, an agent that does not naturally exist and for which no natural immunity could have acquired. . . . It would probably be possible to make an infective microorganism, which could differ, in certain important aspects from any known disease-causing organisms. Most important of these is that it might be refractory to the immunological and therapeutic processes upon which we depend to maintain our relative freedom from infectious diseases.”[6]

According to some sources, the genetic research to create genetic organisms for biological warfare continued for a long time.[7] Some people have suspected that the AIDS epidemic, which began in Africa and soon after propagated to the U.S., mostly within the homosexual population, was not a coincidence. Others affirm that the AIDS virus was deliberately created in the U.S., most likely at Fort Detrick.

Contrary to current belief, the so-called Gulf War Syndrome, mostly blamed on Iraqi chemical warfare weapons, actually was the result of vaccines given to U.S. troops. According to a 1994 article which appeared in Time magazine, a Senate committee studied evidence that it was the U.S. government two years before the war that had sold to Iraq the biowarfare agents which had caused the Gulf War Syndrome.[8]

Before going to Iraq, American soldiers were given drugs and vaccines, allegedly to protect them from disease. Despite the fact that it was unlawful and unethical to force them to take the shots, the troops who opposed them were forcible given them, to the point that the New York Times called them “guinea pigs.”[9]

According to University of Texas Anderson Cancer Center doctors Nancy and Garth Nicholson, who isolated the biological causes of the Gulf War Syndrome, the syndrome was the result of a laboratory-modified mycoplasma, because it showed a highly unusual DNA sequence. They believed it was given to the troops by the enforced vaccines. Mycoplasma is a highly classified germ warfare agent.[10]

Any resemblance to the mandates, the threats and the propaganda directed at forcing all Americans, including children,[11] to take the Covid shots is not the product of a coincidence.

So, if you don’t have concrete evidence that Bill Gates, who accurately predicted the current situation some years ago, and Anthony Fauci, who recommended the wrong measures to fight it, are Chinese agents, which I highly doubt, please stop blaming the Chinese. The Coronavirus PsyOp and the New World Order are as American as apple pie.

Servando’s new book “Coronavirus for Dunces” is available at NewsWithViews, https://nwvstore.com/product/coronavirus-for-dunces/

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. I am not dealing in this article with the fact that what is destroying America and its people is not a virus, but the draconian measures enforced by our government allegedly to protect us from it.
  2. Louis Wolf “This Side of Nuclear War: The Pentagon’s Other Option,” Covert Action, Number 17 (Summer, 1987), pp. 33-42.
  3. See Michael C. Carroll, Lab 247: The Disturbing Story of the Government’s Secret Germ Laboratory (New York: William Morrow, 2005).
  4. See Jeanne McDermott, The Killing Winds: The Menace of Biological Warfare (N.Y.: Arbot House, 1987); Charles Piller, “DNA-Key to Biological Warfare?” The Nation, December 10, 1983, pp. 585, 597-600; Charles Piller and Keith R. Yamamoto, Gene Wars: The Military Control Over the New Genetic Technologies (N.Y.: William Morrow, 1988).
  5. Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, A Higher Form of Killing (N.Y.: Hill and Wand, 1982), p. 241.
  6. U.S. Congress, House, Testimony before a sub-committee of the House Committee on Appropriations, Department of Defense Appropriations for 1970, Washington, 1969.
  7. Alfred Adask, “Gulf War Illness,” AntiShyster, V (Summer, 1995), pp. 17-22.
  8. See “Informed Sources,” Time, June 6, 1994, p. 13. Also, Dennis Bernstein, “Gulf War Syndrome: The Cover-up Unravels,” San Francisco Bay Guardian, April 5, 1995. Also Dennis Benrstein, “Gulf War Syndrome Covered Up Chemical and Biological Agents Exposed,” Covert Action, Number 53 (Summer, 1995), p. 6-12.
  9. George J. Annas and Michael A. Grodin, “Our Guinea Pigs in the Gulf,” The New York Times, January 3, 1991, p. A21.
  10. As expected, the Nicholsons were harassed by the CIA and the Defense Intelligence Agency, their research was stopped and the publication of their research was stopped. See, Alfred Adask, Op. Cit.
  11. Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is involved in a personal crusade to protect the health of American children. His anti-vax stand has been strongly criticized, and he has become the target of a hatred campaign by globalists and their minions. See his website, The Defender, at https://childrenshealthdefense.org/



The Cuban Missile Crisis: the First Mega-PsyOp

by Servando Gonzalez

On October 14th, 1962, a CIA analyst show President Kennedy photos taken by U-2 which, he claimed, proved the presence of Soviet nuclear missiles deployed on Cuban soil. Kennedy initially had trouble seeing the missiles on the photos, but he was eventually convinced of it. A few days later, on October 22nd, President Kennedy spoke to the nation about the crisis in a televised address. This initiated what was later known as the Cuban Missile Crisis.

After the crisis was over, a veritable barrage of books and articles with scary titles have been written allegedly proving how close we were to the brink nuclear Armageddon. Nevertheless, there are many things about the crisis difficult to explain, because they simply do not add up. I will show below a few examples.

1) According to what was reported at the time, Kennedy and his close associates were surprised and shocked with the unexpected discovery of strategic Soviet missiles in Cuba.

It seems that their surprised was faked, because as early as August, 1962, the word was out in Washington that the Soviets were building missile launchers for weapons already in Cuba. Between August 31 and October 12, 1962, Senator Kenneth Keating made ten Senate speeches and fourteen public statements about the developments in Cuba. He was merely saying publicly what the American intelligence community, apparently his source of information, was muttering as loudly as they could.

Moreover, Cuban refugees, leaving the island in drones, had been reporting sightings of Soviet army trucks carrying extremely long cigar-shaped objects covered by tarpaulins. Some of the refugees strongly suspected that the cigar-shaped objects they had seen riding on Soviet trucks on Cuban highways were not Siberian Cohibas for Castro. But, instead of paying attention to the growing concern, White House press secretary Pierre Salinger criticized the television networks for giving Keating the air time to express his concerns.

2) According to most book and articles, in 1962 we were closer to the brink than ever before.

But there are some things difficult to explain. During the crisis President Kennedy ordered to defuse the nuclear warheads of the American missiles in Turkey, allegedly to avoid an accident. It was also reported that, even during the most dangerous moments of the crisis, Kennedy didn’t alert the civil defense or show any curiosity about learning how to use the secret codes to unleash a nuclear attack. Strange behavior indeed for the commander-in-chief of a country at the brink of a nuclear attack.

But one of the most striking things of the Cuban missile crisis is that the Soviets never placed their troops, nor the civilian defense, under alert. This astonishing fact is mentioned in most of the early accounts of the crisis. Later declassified top secret CIA documents confirmed the fact. At 10:00 in the morning of Tuesday the 23rd of October, CIA Director John McCone reported a strange thing to the ExComm: no signs of a general alert of Soviet forces in Cuba or around the globe had been reported.

A top secret CIA memo of October 25 clearly states that “We still see no signs of any crash procedure in measures to increase the readiness of Soviet armed forces.” A top secret memo of October 26 gave the first indications of a state of alert, but in some European satellite countries, not in the Soviet Union. As late as Friday, October 26, American intelligence sources reported from Cuba, from Moscow, and from the United Nations, that the Russians were not ready for war. It is only on October 27 that a top secret CIA memo clearly acknowledges that “No significant redeployment of Soviet ground, air or naval forces have been noted. However, there are continuing indications of increased readiness among some units.”

Surprisingly, even at that late date, the Soviets had made no attempt to mobilize their civil defense nor to prepare the population for the eventual use of fallout shelters. This was quite significant, because the Soviets had devoted considerable effort to instructing their civilian population in civil defense and had invested considerably in fallout shelters.

3) Now it can be told: we were even more closer to the brink than most people may think.

In January, 1992, during a three-day meeting that took place in Havana with the presence of Cuban, Soviet, and American scholars and officials, among them Robert S. McNamara, new declassified documents of the crisis from the different parties involved were made available to the scholars. It was during this meeting that a Soviet official, Army General Anatoly Gribkov, who allegedly was responsible for planning the operation in 1962, dropped a bombshell when he confirmed the presence of both strategic and tactical nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. However, Gribkov provided no evidence to support his claims.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding Gribkov’s unsubstantiated claims, one has to be very naive to believe that the Soviet Union could commit nuclear suicide in defense of a small island lost in the Caribbean whose leader was an unstable, self proclaimed “Marxist.” That would have been a totally foolish decision. But Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev —a.k.a. the “Butcher of Budapest,” and the “Hangman of the Ukraine”— was anything but a fool.

4) According to some sources, in 1962 the Soviets had deployed 32 nuclear warheads in Cuba.

The American intelligence never confirmed the presence of nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. They never found evidence of nuclear warheads in Cuba and Kennedy gave specific orders about not verifying the extraction of nuclear warheads by boarding and inspecting the Soviet ships leaving Cuba after the crisis.

Lately, perhaps enticed by juicy grants from American foundations, ex-Soviet officials engaged in a fierce competition to tell some Americans what they love to hear. In 1989 Gen. Volkogonov revealed that 20 nuclear warheads were in Cuba. In 1992, Gen. Gribkov raised the number of nuclear warheads in Cuba to 48. In 1996 Lt. Col. Anatoly Dukuchaev raised the ante to 162 nuclear warheads in Cuban soil in 1962. Like rabbits, the nuclear warheads in Cuba keep multiplying. In that fierce competition, kept heated up fueled by American money, some funny Russians were close to claim that there were more nuclear warheads in Cuba than the number the Soviets actually had at the time.

The main force behind this concerted effort in proving that nuclear warheads were in Cuba was Robert McNamara, whose main goal was finding justifications for his absurd policies as Secretary of Defense during the Kennedy administration. Later, McNamara found support for his theories from none other than his former executive action target, Fidel Castro, and from a group of Russians, among them, Sergei Mikoyan, an old KGB hand. But McNamara, Castro, and the ex-KGB operatives were very questionable sources of intelligence.

5) Did the Soviet officers in the field in Cuba had an open hand to use nuclear weapons without further authorization from Moscow?

According to Gen. Gribkov, Gen. Pliyev, the Soviet military commander in Cuba, had been given authorization to fire nuclear devices against an American invasion force if he considered it necessary, without further authorization from the Kremlin.

However, it is very difficult to believe, as some American researchers and retired senior Soviet officers later claimed, that Russian field officers in Cuba had been authorized to use tactical nuclear warheads without further authorization from Moscow. Such an action would have been tantamount to mass suicide, since a single nuclear warhead fired by Russian troops in Cuba against the U.S. would had been equivalent to a declaration of nuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union. One has to be very naive, or have had as many vodka bottles as Gribkov, to believe that the Kremlin, whose zeal over the control of nuclear devices bordered paranoia, would have committed such act of sheer madness.

6) According to generalized opinion among American authors who have studied the crisis, the plan was Khrushchev’s idea to protect Castro from an American invasion.

Apparently, their main source was Nikita Khrushchev. In his Memoirs Khrushchev claimed that the main reason for deploying strategic missiles on Cuban soil was because Castro feared an American invasion and he wanted to protect the Cuban leader. But it is very difficult to believe that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro just a few days after Khrushchev had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader by force by a coup d’etat. Actually, in April of 1962, after Castro discovered and neutralized the plot, he expelled from Cuba Soviet Ambassador Kudryatsev (who also moonlighted as a senior GRU officer) and a group of his embassy KGB thugs.

Moreover, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat. Neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets deploy nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not until many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict control of KGB’s special Spetnatz troops. If the Soviets didn’t trust their own army, why, then, would they risk placing nuclear missiles so close to the unstable, trigger-happy Castro? If anything, what Khrushchev would have loved was having the Americans doing the dirty job he failed to accomplish, by invading Cuba and helping him getting rid of the unreliable Fidel Castro.

He had strong reason for it. The Soviet commitment in Cuba had proved to be a calamitous failure. As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel with his recently announced doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow

In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But leaving Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

7) Another disinformation appearing on most books about the crisis is that the Soviets had deployed the missiles with cunning and stealth.

In shipping the missiles to Cuba, Americans accused the USSR of using stealth and deception. This accusation of deceit runs throughout all official US statements. The evidence indicates, however, that Soviet stealth and deception were faked. The available record suggests that, in fact, the Russians went to great pains to let the Americans discover the missiles. There is evidence that the Soviets sped up their pace of work and camouflaged the missiles only after they were sure the American U2 planes had discovered and photographed them.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the anti-aircraft Surface to Air Missiles surrounding the bases were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the US planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAM’s and other associated anti-aircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well advanced, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these anti-aircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

Moreover both the Medium Range Ballistic Missiles and the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles were above ground and located in soft terrain, very vulnerable to any type of enemy attack. Although a single installation of MRBM could be built in a matter of days, the Russians were progressing very slowly in their installation. They seemed not to be in great hurry, and worked only during daylight hours.

The Cubans were concerned about the role of the American intelligence surveillance, but the Russians dismissed their concern and gave the matter no importance. The Cuban intelligence services were also aware that the CIA was interrogating Cuban refugees at the Opa Locka military base in Florida. The large number of refugees arriving in Miami was providing the CIA with a great deal of information. Castro proposed to stop the emigration flood by eliminating all available means of escape from the island, but the Soviets proposed to leave things unchanged. In that way, reasoned the Russians, the CIA would obtain a lot of contradictory information and soon stop relying on the credibility of the refugees. Many of the departing refugees had seen missiles, but, in most cases, these were just antiaircraft SAMs. To the Cubans’ dismay, the Soviets even suggested that, instead of trying to hide evidence of the missiles, it was better to let it be obvious. For the first time the Cuban personnel working at the antiaircraft missile sites were granted leaves.

The Cubans knew the quality of the American air surveillance technology. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the missile bases were engineering students from Havana University, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

By the beginning of August the Russians complained to the Cuban government about the lack of discipline and seditious demonstrations of the university students at the missile bases. Apparently the Cubans were frustrated by the Russians’ inaction in the face of overflying American U-2 planes. Castro himself had to make an inspection visit to the bases in order to calm down the Cubans there. Apparently Castro convinced everybody, with one important exception: Che Guevara. Major Guevara said that he would only change his opinion if somebody convinced him that the American spy planes flying over Cuba were not jeopardizing the operation. But he finally opted to accept Castro’s orders.

Contrary to the opinion of most American analysts, almost all SAM antiaircraft sites in western Cuba had reached operational status by the beginning of August, 1962. From that early date the Soviets could have fired on the American spy planes if they had wanted to.

On the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? It was not until the meeting with the President the morning of the 23rd of October that CIA Director John McCone reported that the Russians were beginning to camouflage the missile sites. Nobody could explain why they had waited so long to do so.

8) Finally, the CIA smelled a rat, Kennedy approved the U-2 flights, and Major Anderson photographed the missiles.

According to most American analysts, what initiated the crisis were the U-2 photographs of Soviet missile sites in Cuba on October 14, 1962. US leaders might have received information three weeks earlier if a U-2 had flown over the western part of Cuba in the last week of September. But, quite unexplainably, the U-2s were prevented from flying over that part of Cuba, precisely where intelligence reports indicated that the missiles were most likely to be.

On August, 1962, a U-2 returned with photographs of Russian SAM antiaircraft missiles being unloaded at Cuban docks. More U-2s came back with fresh pictures of more SAMs. But President Kennedy insisted there was no evidence that the Russians were moving in offensive missiles that could threaten the United States.

Though all evidence pointed to the province of Pinar del Río in the western part of Cuba as the most likely location for missile sites, a very strange thing happened: after September 5 no U-2 flights were directed over that part of the island. It was not until October 14, that a U-2 plane, reportedly by chance, took the now famous photographs of the sites under construction. Yet, the word that there were Russian missile sites in Cuba was so widespread that even Time magazine ran an article on September 21 showing a map of Cuba clustered with Soviet ground-to-air missiles, mainly in the western part of the island, west and south of Havana.

In retrospect it is clear that both the Americans and the Russians were playing a subtle cat-and-mouse game, the Russians trying, by every means, to get the Americans to discover the missiles, and the Americans trying not to discover them.

9) According to most American analysts, a US invasion of Cuba would have brought nuclear war with the Soviet Union.

The day after the Bay of Pigs invasion began, Khrushchev sent President Kennedy a message appealing to him to stop the aggression. The tone of the message, however, was not in accordance to the man who some months earlier had boasted with apocalyptic visions.

“As for the USSR, there must be no mistake about our position. We will extend to the Cuban people and its government all the necessary aid for the repulse of the armed attack on Cuba. . . We are sincerely interested in the relaxation of international tensions, but if others go in for its aggravation, then we will answer then in full measure.”

The reality, however, was quite different. When the invasion began Castro wired Russia for urgent help or at least for open solidarity, but Khrushchev ignored him until the Cuban militia had definitely beaten the invaders.

Khrushchev’s “missile rattling” about Cuba was not the first case of such bluffings. He had before threatened with rockets over Suez, over the landings in Lebanon and Jordan, and over Berlin. Khrushchev also threatened Britain and France with long-range missiles at the time of the Suez crisis, but not before he was certain that the crisis was effectively over. When the Matsu-Quemoy crisis of the fall of 1958 erupted, Soviet support came in the form of two threatening letters from Khrushchev to Eisenhower. But Khrushchev’s guarantees and promises of help to Communist China were extended only after it had become clear that the United States was not going to intervene in the affair and the threat of war was gone. Therefore, it is safe to assume that, at most, an American invasion of Cuba would have brought a strong condemnation from the USSR delegate at the UN, and a barrage of threats in the Soviet press for internal consumption only, and nothing more.

10) Another never-ending myth of the CMC is that, after the crisis was over, Khrushchev and Kennedy signed a secret pact guaranteeing the non-invasion of Cuba.

But the evidence to this is missing. In 1970 Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, disturbed over the submarine base the Soviets were building in Cienfuegos, a port on the Southern coast of Cuba, ordered his assistants to hunt through the State Department’s files looking for the written agreement he was sure President Kennedy had signed with Khrushchev. They found, to his utter amazement, that there was none.

Moreover, if the agreement ever existed, it has the dubious honor of having being applied retroactively, because the American harassment of the anti-Castro Cubans in the US began just after the Bay of Pigs invasion, a year and a half before the Cuban Missile Crisis. If American presidents from Kennedy on proved unwilling to get rid of Fidel Castro, it is not because a non-existent pact forbade them to do so, but because of some other secret reasons unknown to us.

11) Most authors who have written about the crisis depict General LeMay was a mad warmonger out of control.

General Curtiss LeMay, Air Force Chief, argued forcefully with the President that a military attack was essential. When the President questioned him about what the Soviet response might be, General LeMay assured him that there would be no reaction at all. Later the Kennedys and their buddies, as usual, made derogatory comments of General LeMay’s statements behind his back.

But LeMay was not a mad warmonger as he was depicted in a well-known film, nor was he alone. Former Secretary of State Dean Acheson made his arguments that an air attack and invasion represented the only American alternative to the US. He added that the President of the United States had the responsibility for the security of the American people and of the whole world, that it was his duty to take the only action which could protect that security, and that this meant destroying the missiles in Cuba.

Shortly before his TV address to inform the nation of his decision to impose a blockade on the Soviet ships bound for Cuba, President Kennedy met with the members of the Cabinet and informed them of the crisis for the first time. Then, he met with leaders of Congress. According to Robert Kennedy, this was the President’s most difficult meeting. Many congressional leaders were sharp in their criticism. They complained that the President should take a more forceful action -—a military attack or an invasion of Cuba–, and that the blockade was far too weak a response.

When Senators Richard Russell and William Fulbright were informed of the situation in Cuba and the presidential decision to blockade the island, they argued that a blockade could not be effective in the short time remaining before the missile sites became operational. In fact, if one assumed that the nuclear warheads were already in Cuba, as it was logical to suppose at the time, a blockade of the island seemed to be a foolhardy decision.

Dean Acheson, one of the most notable critics of President Kennedy’s decisions during the crisis, wrote later that, though the American strategy during the crisis was wrong, it succeeded in obtaining the withdrawal of the missiles simply by “dumb luck”. Acheson’s recommendation for decisive military action, namely an air strike over Cuba, was flatly rejected by Kennedy. And Acheson was not the only one with little praise for Kennedy’s decision-making abilities. General Douglas McArthur, though crediting Kennedy with political cunning, called the President “just dumb when it comes to decision making.”

12) On October 28, 1962, a missile battery under Soviet command shot down Maj. Rudolf Anderson’s U-2 while flying over the Eastern part of Cuba.

But that is not the whole truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. This was the very base that later fired the SAMs which destroyed Anderson’s U-2. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation was based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and was living in the US, seemed to confirm Ellsberg’s thesis.

Though both Castro and the Russians have categorically denied that the attack took place, Raymond L. Garthoff, Special Assistant for Soviet bloc Political/Military Affairs in the State Department during the Kennedy administration, claims that, in fact, from October 28, the Cuban army did surround the Soviet missile bases for three days. It is evident that, whatever really happened, Castro was itching for a nuclear shoot-out between the Soviet Union and the United States.

Messages exchanged between Castro and Khrushchev on October 28, 1962, indicate that something very fishy happened that day. In his message the Soviet premier accused the Cuban leader of shooting down the American plane. Then, Khrushchev warned Castro that such steps “will be used by aggressors to their advantage, to further their aims.” In his answer to Khrushchev Castro explained that he had mobilized his antiaircraft batteries “to support the position of the Soviet forces.” Then, Castro added this cryptic remark: “The Soviet Forces Command can give you further detail on what happened with the plane that was shot down.”

Evidently, many lies have been written about the Cuban Missile Crisis, but there is a single truth.

Even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available up to this moment, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The missiles were never touched, smelled, weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested. Even more important, the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

Despite all recent claims on the contrary, CIA reports at the time consistently denied the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba. Also, American planes, flying low over the missile sites and the Soviets ships, never detected any of the radiation that would be expected from nuclear warheads. The technology to detect radiation existed at the time. In the 1960s the NEDS 900 series of radiation detectors had been developed and deployed in the Dardanelles as a way to monitor the presence of nuclear weapons aboard Soviet warships transiting the strait from the Black Sea.

The Soviets were masters of deception and disinformation, and Maskirovka was an important part of the Soviet military tactic and strategic doctrine. Some western intelligence analysts suspected that, as late as 1960, not only most of the missiles parading in Red Square were dummies, but even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles. The Russians have a long tradition in the deception business. One must bear in mind that it was count Grigori Aleksandrovich Potemkim who created the first Hollywood-style cowboy film sets.

Actually, the Cuban Missile Crisis was the first mega PsyOp whose true goal was to scare the American people into accepting losing freedom in exchange for security. The Cuban Missile Crisis was a key event on the Cold War. In 1961 President John F. Kennedy initiated the Community Fallout Shelter Program. As soon as the crisis was over, CFR conspirator Nelson Rockefeller was frantically pushing the idea of building nuclear shelters in every American building, and American schoolchildren were hiding under their desks rehearsing for a coming nuclear attack. The time for Americans to live under a permanent state of fear had arrived.

The Cold War was not only a good tool to keep the American people terrorized, but it was also very profitable for the military-industrial-banking complex. But the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union in 1991 created a vacuum, which the conspirators had to fill.

The second mega PsyOp, whose only purpose was terrorizing even more the American people in order for them to accept the losing of freedom under the name of security, was the 9/11 operation which unleashed the so-called War on Terror and was used as a pretext to create the Office of Homeland Security, the TSA and other similar aberrations.

Currently, were are suffering the effects of the third mega PsyOp disguised as an effort to protect us from an invisible virus. As in the previous two, this one will result in more loss of freedom and more government control over the American people.

For the whole story you may read my book The Nuclear Hoax: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis. It reads like a Tom Clancy thriller.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Is It Time to End the Two-Party Charade?

by Servando Gonzalez

One of the things that characterizes totalitarian societies of both the left and the right is the existence of a single party. This was a key feature of Nazi Germany and Communist Russia, as it is in today’s China, North Korea and Cuba. But the globalist conspirators who have controlled the invisible government of the United States since the beginning of the past century created something much better to fool the people: two parties which actually are the two sides of the same counterfeited coin.

A very important, long-term goal of the current ongoing PsyOp against the American people is to make gullible, brainwashed Americans believe that the Democrat and Republican parties are opposing entities with different goals and ideologies and that, just by changing the puppets in Washington D.C., things will change for the better. This is what I call “the two party charade.”

But this is nothing new. As early as 1968, after running as a third party candidate opposing Republican Richard M. Nixon and Democrat Hubert H. Humphrey, Alabama’s governor George Wallace put it very clear terms: “There ain’t a dime’s worth of difference between the Republicans and the Democrats.” He was absolutely right. Unfortunately, today there is not a penny’s worth of difference between them.

Governor Wallace was not the only one who saw the ruse. His words already had been confirmed by the scholar that best studied the CFR’s inner workings: Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley. In his book Tragedy and Hope, Quigley told the truth about the American two-party system. According to him:

“The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea, acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election, without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. . . [E]ither party in office becomes, in time, corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of those things, but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.” [1]

But Quigley blew the whistle on the CFR conspirators not because he disagreed with their agenda. Actually, the naive professor believed that the conspirators’ secret machinations only deserved praise, and should be made known to the American public. This explains why in his book he wrote about the existence of this conspiracy in friendly and praiseful terms:

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. . . . The Council on Foreign Relations is the American Branch of this network … and … believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established.” [2]

An objection could be made that, if this group of conspirators is so secret, how come they authorized Quigley to publish a book exposing its existence? Well, it seems that they didn’t authorize it. But Quigley, who actually admired them and had no objections to their secret plans, took the liberty of publishing his book without their authorization.

Quigley’s Tragedy and Hope was first published in 1966, but just a few weeks after it appeared in the bookstores, the remaining unsold copies were withdrawn and the publisher refused to do a new printing, allegedly because the plates had been destroyed.

Since the publication of the book, Quigley’s fortunes quickly turned sour. Perhaps a key to the source of his misfortunes is the title of an article about Quigley The Washington Post published in March, 1975: “The Professor Who Knew Too Much.” Two years later, Professor Quigley passed away in obscurity.

The process of fusion of the two parties has continued uninterrupted until our days, when it has become evident except to the most brainwashed or ill-intentioned Americans that the two parties are actually the same one, which I call the Repucratic Party. The only difference, if any, is that one of them is the party of the enemy and the other one is the party of treason. Which one?

Well, if you are a true conservative who loves this country the Democrat should be the party of the enemy and the Republican the party of treason. The only way to continue believing that there is a difference is by applying double standards to judge them.

However, despite the fact that the two parties are a fiction, it seems that just a few years ago the CFR conspirators were still not fully satisfied. In 2004, CFR agent Peter G. Peterson wrote a book under the highly deceptive title: Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It. [3] According to Peterson, the two parties were too polarized. His solution to the problem: make them even more “bipartisan.” [4] In the conspirators’ lingo, “bipartisan” actually means “CFR-controlled.”

Many professional brainwashers go every day and do their work conditioning the American people like rats in a psychologist’s labyrinth. With their constant efforts, they guarantee that Americans will never feel the curiosity to take a look above the labyrinth’s boundaries the conspirators have set for them.

Among the main brainwashers that have been for long years actively participating in this ongoing two-party PsyOp are Noam Chomsky, Amy Goodman, Fareed Zakaria, Keith Olbermann, Michael Moore and other disinformers of the Left. Their main goal is to keep lefties and liberals convinced that evil Republicans are responsible for everything that is wrong in America, and the only solution to the problem is replacing them with Democrats.

They are not different from Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro, Bill O’Reilly, Ann Coulter, David Horowitz and Michelle Malkin, just to mention a few of the more important ones whose job is exactly the same, but in reverse. According to these disinformers of the Right, stupid Democrats are responsible for everything wrong in this country, and just by replacing them with clever Republicans everything will be okay.

Currently, Republicans are pushing the Kool-aid that everything will be solved in the next election when they put Trump in the White House again. But you have to be very gullible to believe that the party in power who allowed the presidential election to be stolen will have the power and the will to win the next election.

Further proof of the Republican – Democrat collusion is that, the same way Democrats, with the exception of Representative Cynthia McKinney, never questioned the Republicans’ obviously false narrative of the 9/11 PsyOp, currently, Republicans never question the Democrats’ obviously false narrative of the Covid PsyOp.

Very recently, former President George W. Bush, in theory a Republican, in a speech commemorating the 20th anniversary of the 9/11 events, shamelessly likened American patriots who peacefully protested at the capitol to foreign terrorists. According to Bush, violent extremists in the U.S. and abroad are “children of the same foul spirit,” adding, “There’s little cultural overlap between violent extremists abroad and violent extremists at home.”[5]

The former president said domestic and foreign extremists share a “disdain for pluralism,” a “disregard for human life,” and a determination to defile national symbols. Strangely, he was not showing his mischievous smile or making the devil’s sign with his hand as he usually did during his speeches when he was president.

Evidently, Republicans have fully accepted the Coronavirus lie for the same reason Democrats accepted the 9/11 lie. But that proved to be a double-edged sword for Republicans. Currently, Democrats are using the very draconian measures implemented by Bush to attack Republicans who complain about political indoctrination and sexual aberrations in public schools.

In a recent article, an author blames Democrats for calling angry parents complaning about school indoctrination “domestic terrorists.” [6] But he conveniently ignores the fact that the category of “domestic terrorist” was the invention of Republican George W. Bush when he created an aberration called the Office of Homeland Security as a result of his “war on terror.”[7]

So, if this trend continues, everything indicates that, according to Mr. Bush’s and his new leftist friends’ logic, very soon Guantanamo will begin receiving a different type of terrorists — those formerly called “American patriots.”

The Founding Fathers of this country chose to give Americans a Representive Republic, a system of government guided by laws, where your vote elected people to represent you in the government, but this has changed dramatically. Now your vote elects corrupt politicians whose main interest is pushing their Communo-Facist political ideology while becoming rich in the process. So, currently your vote only legitimizes a corrupt process that is destroying the very foundation this country was based on.

A long time ago I reached the conclusion that, while the Democrat is the party of the enemy, the Republican is much worse, because it is the party of treason. But, as John Harington advised long time ago in his famous epigram, “Treason doth never prosper: what’s the reason? Why, if it prosper, none dare call it treason.” And it seems we have allowed the Republican’s treason to prosper for too long.

But this is very dangerous, because, as Marcus Tullius Cicero expressed it in very clear terms:

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to fear. The traitor is the plague.”

So, what are you waiting for? The time is ripe for getting rid of the two-party charade as a first step to save America from totalitarian tyranny.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (New York: Macmillan, 1966), pp. 1247-1248.
  1. Quigley, Op. Cit., pp. 950, 955.
  2. Peter G. Peterson, Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It (New York: Farar, Straux and Giroux, 2004).
  1. In June of 2003, Peterson had published an article in The New York Times Magazine along the same lines, entitled “Deficits and Dysfunction: How the Republican and Democratic Parties Are Robbing Our Future.”
  1. Rich Mendez, “Former President Bush Likens U.S. Extremists to Foreign Terrorists,” CNBC, September 11, 2021.
  2. Lex Greene, “Under Democrats, Parents Are Now the New Domestic Terrorists”, NewsWithViews, October 7th, 2021, https://newswithviews.com/under-democrats-parents-are-now-the-new-domestic-terrorists/
  3. As expected, the so-called “war on terrorism” was a total failure, because terrorism is a behavior, and you cannot fight a behavior. You may fight the terrorists, but apparently that was never the purpose of the War on Terror.



Saving Privately Milley

by Servando Gonzalez

Over the years, and particularly after the events of September 11, 2001, and the popularization of the Internet, even the most gullible American citizen has suspected that there must be a secret reason why more often than not our government acts against the best interests of the American people, as well as helps our enemies and betrays our friends. Just a handful of scholars, however, have seriously studied the phenomenon.

The ones who have done so concluded that the U.S. Government has been hijacked by a group of rich, powerful individuals, who have been using it to advance their own private interests. This super-elite of a few hundred immensely wealthy and powerful individuals has been called different names: the Power Elite, the High Cabal, the Secret Team, the Secret Government, the Insiders, the Usurpers, the Invisible Government.

Probably the first author who rightly pointed to the Council on Foreign Relations as the true source of the invisible Government of the United States was Emanuel Josephson in his 1952 book Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Misrules the World. [1] Josephson titled Chapter XIII of his book, “The Council on Foreign Relations: “Foreign Office” of the Rockefeller Empire. The Invisible government.”[2]

A few pages below he added, “So consistently have high, policy-making positions in the government been filled from the ranks of the Rockefeller’s Council that it can be called the invisible government of the United Sates.”[3]

Another author who identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government of the United States was Dan Smoot in his 1962 book The Invisible Government.[4] Smoot, a former member of the FBI Headquarters staff in Washington, D.C., expressed his conviction,

“I am convinced that the Council on Foreign Relations, together with a great number of other associated tax-exempt organizations, constitutes the invisible government which set the major policies of the federal government; exercises controlling influence on government officials who implement the policies; and, through massive and skillful propaganda, influences Congress and the public to support the policies. I am convinced the objective of this invisible government is to convert America into a socialist state and make it a unit in a one-world socialist system.” [5]

Later, John Stormer in his book None Dare Call it Treason,[6] Gary Allen in None Dare Call it Conspiracy,[7] and Phoebe Courtney in her The CFR, Part II,[8] further identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government of the United States. [9]

Like ninja assassins, the main weapon used by the CFR conspirators to commit their crimes with impunity has been their invisibility. [10] Until recently, this group of rich, powerful people, who has an almost total control over the three branches of the U.S. government, the mainstream press, Hollywood’s film industry, [11] the educational system, and currently is extending its tentacles to fully penetrate and control the U.S. armed forces, has been almost unknown to most of the American people.

But we should not blame the people. This group of powerful conspirators is very rarely mentioned in the mainstream press and is totally absent from textbooks. [12] Though their names are known, their ties to the CFR have been kept secret, and the conspirators have thanked the press for their good job on their behalf.

Speaking in 1991 at one of the secret Bilderberg meetings in Baden-Baden, Germany, David Rockefeller expressed his gratitude to a servile press for their “discretion” for almost 40 years of blackout. At the same time, he seized the opportunity to proselytize for his treasonous work undermining the constitutional principles of this country. According to David, a government run by an elite of bankers like him is much better than national sovereignty. [13]

Unknowingly, the authors who first pointed to the CFR as the true seat of this anti-American conspiracy were practicing the science of historical forensics. And, despite the efforts of the criminal conspirators at the CFR to erase all traces linking them to their crimes against the American people, these authors discovered an amazing fact: behind every act of treason to this country and its people there is always one or more members of the Council on Foreign Relations or their parasite organizations working hard in the shadows against us.

The list of events in which they have conspired to destroy this country is very long, and even a non-exhaustive macro forensic historical analysis of the CFR treason can extend for hundreds of pages. Nonetheless, the authors I have mentioned above are enough to prove beyond any reasonable doubt that what many people have suspected is true: a cabal of non-elected people is making the big decisions behind our backs and controlling our destinies.

One can claim that the facts I mention above are not true, or difficult to confirm. Still, even if only half of them were true —and all of them are in the public domain and easy to verify— this should be a motive of concern for the American public.

Likewise, some may argue that my conclusions are fallacious, because this small group of people has joined the CFR only because of their prominence and money, and that is precisely what has made this organization so powerful. But, as in the cases of Dwight Eisenhower, Henry Kissinger, Jimmy Carter, Alexander Haig, Bill Clinton, Zbigniew Bzrezinski, and Maurice Strong, just to mention a few, many of them reached prominence and fortune thanks to their membership in the CFR and not the other way around.

So, how to explain without resorting to conspiracy theories the fact that this small group of people control to such extent the foreign policy of the United States and of most countries in the world? How can one explain without resorting to conspiracy theories, the fact that, being so important and powerful, and having such control over the American mainstream media, the Council on Foreign Relations is almost unknown to the majority of the people in the United States and the world?

The Council claims that it has no affiliation with the U.S. government. Then, how can we explain these facts: Since the end of World War II, almost every Secretary of State, CIA Director, Secretary of Defense, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, National Security Council member, Federal Reserve Bank Director, is or has been a CFR member. Currently, at least 124 high-ranking U.S. military officers and several U.S. senators and Supreme Court Justices are CFR members. Actually, no other organization, not even any of the three branches of the U.S. government, exerts such control over this country.

Further proof that the Council on Foreign Relations is the true invisible government of the United States is the fact that in critical situations CFR agents infiltrated into the U.S. government bypass the legal government to report first to the invisible one. Examples of this are presidential adviser McGeorge Bundy (CFR) secretly informing the CFR about the alleged missiles in Cuba before informing President Kennedy, [14] and CIA’s Richard M. Bissell, Jr.(CFR), secretly reporting to the CFR about covert operations. [15]

When the chips are down, the conspirators’ agents infiltrated in the U.S. government know perfectly well where the true center of power is located in this country —and it is not in Washington D.C.

Consequently, we have to conclude that there is an Invisible Government, a High Cabal, a Power Elite, a Secret Team, a Secret Empire, a group of Conspirators, Infiltrators, Usurpers, Insiders, or whatever name you choose to call it, who, using gradual infiltration techniques, have penetrated the three branches of the U.S. Government as well as the Department of State, the CIA and the U.S. military, and currently has almost total control over them. It also controls the mainstream media and public education. Unfortunately, this group is currently working hard to take control of the governments of most countries in the world.

On its part, the Council on Foreign Relations describes itself as a social club where the rich and powerful meet to discuss national and international politics. Nothing farther from the truth. Actually, the CFR is the core of an evil conspiracy by a group of criminal psychopaths without any ideology at all except maximum power and control.

Their ultimate goal is the implementation of a New World Order, a communofascist totalitarian dictatorship with just two social classes: the all powerful masters and the poor serfs. To carry out their plans, the CFR conspirators have infiltrated the U.S. government, the military and the media, and now, under the excuse of protecting us from from an allegedly mortal virus, are ready for the final assault on freedom in this country and the world.

And this group of conspirators whose ultimate goal is the implementation of a totalitarian communo-fascist New World Order resides at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the Council on Foreign Relations.

Not surprisingly, the CFR has devoted so much time and effort to control key members of the U.S. military, and they have been highly successful.

At least on two occasions, on May 3, 2016 and on June 1, 2017, Gen. Mark Milley was invited to attend the CFR’s secret conciliabula. [16] One can only guess what was discussed at those meetings, because, though they publish a most likely sanitized account of the meeting, the questions and answers that follow are kept secret. Actually, the CFR statutes clearly state that a member who talks about the content of the secret meetings will be immediately expelled from the CFR.

Most likely it was at those meetings when Gen. Milley discovered the true center of power of the U.S. and, like all careerists and opportunists with a keen sense of smell, he realized on which side the bread was buttered and began acting accordingly to advance his career. This explains his total disregard for the Constitution and the role of the military in this country and his full allegiance to the CFR globalists conspirators and their traitorous goals.

But he is not alone. Currently there more than two hundred senior members of the U.S. military with membership in the Council on Foreign Relations. [17] What is simply incredible is why key senior members of the U.S. military are allowed to belong to such an organization that is so openly anti-American.

The fact perhaps explains why, despite their oath to protect the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic, never in the history of this country has any senior member of the U.S. military protected this country from its domestic enemies. Paraphrasing Pogo (Walt Kelly), they can say: “We have not seen the domestic enemies because they are us.” Actually, the very few ones who have mentioned their willingness to see them, such as George Patton, James Forrestal and, more recently, Pat Tillman, have either seen their careers ended or their lives suddenly terminated.

General Milley consciously betrayed a cardinal principle of the U.S. Constitution: the subordination of the military to the civilian authorities elected by the American people, one of the few things that still distinguishes the American republic from a banana republic. For this conscious act of betrayal of one of the most sacred principles of the laws of this country he took and oath to defend and protect, he must be penalized with all the force of the law.

If one is to believe the assertions expressed in Peril, a recently appeared book by Washington Post journalists Bob Woodward and Robert Costa, Gen. Milley called a couple of times, in October 2020 and again on January 6th, 2020, to his Chinese counterpart, Gen. Li Zuocheng, giving him assurances that he would not allow President Trump to launch a nuclear attack on China. Apparently it didn’t cross his narrow mind that Gen. Li was familiar with Sun Zu’s advice to his generals: “All warfare is based on deception.” [18]

In his desperation to prove his worth to the globalist conspirators, Gen. Milley never thought that these calls might be interpreted as deception because in fact the U.S. was getting ready to launch a devastating attack on China. It would be interesting to know if by the time of his calls the Chinese nuclear forces went on alert. If this happens to be true, Gen. Milley’s stupid behavior put the U.S. on the brink of a nuclear war with China.

Nevertheless, despite the damage he has done to his country and the Constitution he swore to defend, his good friends at the CFR are doing everything they can to save privately Milley from his well-deserved disgrace and keep him in the military doing a great job promoting the indoctrination of critical race theory and other idiocies among the U.S. military. Already CFR members in the government and the media are working hard not describing him as a traitor who colluded with the enemy, but as a hero who saved the nation from a deranged President.

Now we can understand who Milley was really talking to when he confessed his mistake for having joined Trump on his weird walk to a nearby church and who he was really talking to when he expressed his full support to the brainwashing of the military on critical race theory. This also explains why he told, full of pride, to the authors of a book about his private conversations with a Chinese general who one may assume is not friendly to America. He was not talking to the American people but to his secret masters, so they can’t have any doubts about his total allegiance to the globalist’s New World Order.

But it would be unfair to blame Gen. Milley alone. The main culprit is not him, but his former boss, Donald Trump, who didn’t fire Milley after his weird apology, who didn’t fire Fauci after so many scientist told him Fauci was a liar, who appointed more CFR members to his administration that Obama did, who willingly surrounded himself with traitors.

President Truman once said that the buck stopped at the president’s desk, meaning that the President is the man with the ultimate authority. Nevertheless, for reasons we ignore, President Trump refused to use his authority to defend from its domestic enemies not only the Constitution but also the people who had elected him. —Servando’s latest book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon and other bookstores online.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Emanuel Josephson, Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Misrules the World (New York: Chedney Press, 1952).
[2]. Ibid., p. 237.
[3]. Ibid., p. 245.
[4]. Dan Smoot, The Invisible Government (Boston: Western Islands, 1962)
[5]. Ibid., p. 3.
[6]. John Stormer, None Dare Call it Treason (Florissant, Missouri: Liberty Bell Press, 1964).
[7]. Gary Allen, None Dare Call it Conspiracy (Rossmoor, California: Concord Press, 1972).
[8]. Phoebe Courtney, The CFR, Part II (Littleton, Colorado: The Independent American, 1975).
[9]. Allen, op. cit., p. 13.
[10]. For a short, but insightful analysis of the invisible government of the United States, see Richard J. Boyland, “The Secret Shadow Government: A Structural Analysis,” wwwworldnewsstand.net/history/ShadowGovt.htm.
[11]. Hollywood stars who have joined the CFR are Khris Khristofferson, Angelina Jolie, Michael Douglas, Richard Dreyfuss, George Clooney and Warren Beatty.
[12]. Nelson Rockefeller’s biographer Joseph Persico mentions that, to his utter surprise, political journalist Richard Reeves found out that, after Nelson Rockefeller’s twenty years in politics, his associates had produced “no books, no memoirs, no nothing. Think about it. It’s unique.” Joseph E. Persico, The Imperial Rockefeller: A Biography of Nelson A, Rockefeller (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982), p. 14.
[13]. David Rockefeller, addressing the Bilderberg Group in Baden-Baden, Germany, June 1991.
[14]. On the evening of October 15, 1962, CIA deputy director Ray Cline informed JFK’s national security adviser McGeorge Bundy (CFR) that U-2 planes had discovered what appeared to be Soviet medium-range nuclear missiles bases on Cuban soil. But Bundy didn’t tell the President immediately. Instead he told the news to his associates at the CFR. A few minutes later, while the President was kept in the dark, CFR members Dean Rusk, Paul Nitze and Robert McNamara were informed about the findings. See, Walter Isaacson and Evan Thomas, The Wise Men: Six Friends and the World They Made (New York: Touchstone, 1986) P. 619.
[15]. The minutes of the Bissell report to a select group CFR members on January 8, 1968, are reproduced in Victor Marchetti and John D. Marks, The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (New York: Dell, 1974), pp. 358-376.
[16]. Milley talking at CFR in https://www.cfr.org/event/challenges-facing-usmilitary
[17]. For a list of senior members of the U.S. military who are also CFR members see Servando Gonzalez, I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America (Oakland, Caifornia: Spooks Books, 2013), pp. 229-236.
[18]. In his book The Art of War, Sun Tzu, a general who lived in China 500 B.C., he advises his generals: “Al warfare is based on deception.” See Samuel B. Griffin (translator), Sun Tzu, The Art of War (Oxford University Press: Oxford, 1963), p. 66. Sun Tzu’s book is mandatory reading for Chinese People’s Liberation Army officers.




9/11 and American Exceptionalism

by Servando Gonzalez

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, first, never before or after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. Secondly, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition. This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could usually fall on their own footprint when demolished, these companies would be superfluous — but they are not. But CFR agents in the U.S. Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, or two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires. Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce something like this: source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government, any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

The fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given one. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never let a good crisis go to waste —particularly an artificially-created crisis.

Moreover, in the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that never before, nor 20 years after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper with a steel-framed structure has collapsed due to a fire, however severe.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest- to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Also, on September 11, 2001, United Airlines Flight 93, one of the allegedly highjacked planes, crashed into an open field in Somerset County, Pennsylvania, killing all passengers and crew members. According to the official information, the crash was so violent that everything was pulverized into a thin dust. Not a single part of the plane was found. Even the plane’s engines, which had some titanium parts, were not found. This is something exceptionally unique in the history of aviation.

Moreover, it tells much about who really is in power in America, the fact that, adding insult to outrage, the conspirators ordered their puppet George W. Bush to appoint Henry Kissinger as head of the commission to investigate the 9/11 events. On the other hand, however, perhaps Kissinger was the right choice for the job. The whitewash to cover one of the greatest criminal actions committed by the CFR conspirators against the American people undoubtedly required the help of one of the conspirators’ greatest criminal minds.

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning questioned the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouthpiece parroting it over and over ad nauseam. Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses.

Most patriotic Americans believe in America’s exceptionalism, which I think is a great thing. For many years, the freedom Americans enjoyed was something truly exceptional. Nevertheless, I don’t think that the exceptional 9/11 events are something to be proud of.

Servando Gonzalez newest book Coronavirus for Dunces is available at bookstores online.

© 2021 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




The Science Cult

by Servando Gonzalez

No amount of experimentation can prove me right;
a single experiment can prove me wrong.
—Albert Einstein

For some reasons difficult to understand, American “progressive” (I rather call them “regressive”) leftists love science, that is, what they seemingly believe science is all about. This explains why they are absolutely sure they own the truth and are convinced that the rest of us are microbrained troglodytes incapable of understanding the basic truths of science.

In their unabashed love for what they think science is, “progressive” cultists feel they have the divine right to deny anything that doesn’t follow their “scientific” explanation of phenomena, particularly of phenomena they can use to advance their hidden politico-social-cultural agenda. They apparently ignore, or rather don’t want to know, that the only truth about science is that it doesn’t deal with truth. Actually, a scientific theory is nothing but the best guess, based on observable evidence confirmed by independent sources, to explain a phenomenon until it is overturned by a better guess.

When several scientists, working independently, have accepted a temporary explanation of a phenomenon, some of them write a document explaining it. It is called a theory.

Now, there are several rules that a scientific theory must follow in order to be accepted as such, but the main rule, which cannot be omitted, is that the theory can be falsifiable, that is, it can be proven false. A well postulated theory must include the way it can be proven false. A theory that cannot be proven false could be either a literary, philosophic, politic, aesthetic or religious belief, but it cannot be properly called scientific.

The only truth about science is that the belief on scientific truth is very unscientific.

Nevertheless, our current science cultists, apparently convinced that their true hidden goals of depopulation and deindustrialisation are good and noble because they will save Gaia from human destruction, have resorted to a very unscientific tool to impose their ideas. It is a very old tool and has worked relatively well, particularly in both fascist and communist totalitarian societies. Is is called censorship.

The belief in ideological theories disguised as science is not new. The Nazis believed the theories of Hans Horbiger, a crazy guy who wrote books proving that the Earth was hollow and we were living inside it. The Soviets believed the theories of Trofim Lysenko, a self-taught “geneticist” whose theories, once widely applied to agriculture, had disastrous results. Nevertheless, while they were were backed by Hitler and Stalin most people didn’t dare to criticize them. The bold ones who did suffered the end of their careers and jobs, or worse.

In the same fashion, in the new Amerika we have our Al Gore, frantically advocating for draconian measures to stop global warming and now Anthony Fauci, whose weird theories, happily enforced by totalitarian-minded politicians of both the Left and the Right allegedly to protect our health, have made Horbiger, Lysenko and Gore pale in comparison. Even worse, Fauci’s theories, with full support of the New World Order globalist conspirators, are destroying not only America and its people but most of the world, particularly the industrialized nations of the world. And this destruction is not only economic, but also moral, cultural and social.

The current Coronavirus PsyOp, thinly disguised as true science, is a new phenomenon. Never before in the history of mankind has an evident lie been forced as true science down the throats of the people of the world. Never before in the history of mankind have qualified dissenters and critics been maligned and censored the way they currently are.

Some gullible Americans keep blaming the Covid19 virus for the current calamity we are suffering. But the Coronavirus may not only prove to be just as lethal, or maybe even less lethal, than the flu virus that hits us almost every year and makes us miserable for a week or two,[1] but it may not even exist.[2]

So, these gullible Americans are wrong. The Coronavirus, even if it truly existed, is not destroying our economy, our mental and physical health, our institutions, our lives. We cannot blame the Coronavirus for the cancellation, seemingly forever, of the freedoms we wrongly believed were protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

No. The real culprit is not the virus but the draconian measures forced upon us under the pretext of protecting our health. And these counterproductive measures —wearing face masks, maintaining social distancing, disinfecting all surfaces, lockdowns— are not enforced to protect us from the virus but to make us more vulnerable to it.

The true purpose of this worldwide ongoing PsyOp is depopulation. The so-called Great Reset they are talking about is actually the final phase of the implementation of the globalists’ New World Order.

It is not a coincidence that the same people who love eugenics are the ones pushing the draconian measures enforced allegedly to protect our health. These are the same people who have publicly advanced the theory that the Earth is overpopulated and it is necessary to kill no less than 85 percent of the current population and reduce the survivors to preindustrial levels of consumption. Currently they are working hard creating a vaccine that will help them change their depopulation dream into a reality.

A long time ago the globalist conspirators and their friends in the international banks and the military discovered that terror was a very effective tool to keep Americans in line, with their mouths shut and their pockets open.

In 1962, during the Cuban missile crisis, the CIA produced bogus reports of nuclear missiles on Cuban soil. That was the key element of a PsyOp whose true goal was terrorizing the American people. It worked nicely. The military-industrial-banking-complex, threatened by Khrushchev’s new doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence and his willingness to end the Cold War, was happy again. Nelson Rockefeller made a lot of money selling nuclear shelters. A few months later, David traveled to Russia and scolded Khrushchev. Soon after, David’s agents in the Kremlin overthrew the Russian leader.[3]

In 2001 CFR agents Bush and Cheney, following orders from their globalist masters, created the War on Terror, a makeshift substitute for the sudden disappearance of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War.[4] But, despite the efforts of CFR agents in the CIA to push terrorists to terrorize, the War on Terror was never a good tool to accomplish it. Would be terrorists had to be recruited, trained, given the tools of their trade and pushed to commit terrorist acts.

Even more difficult, terrorists need to be captured and photographed as proof of their existence. The result of their terrorist acts need to be documented to convince the people of their existence. Not an easy easy task, particularly when would be terrorists would rather watch Netflix than place bombs in planes.

Finally, the globalist conspirators found the best terrorist money can buy: an invisible virus they don’t need to train, pay, or need to be pushed to terrorize. It is impossible to photograph it. Its terrorist actions don’t need to be shown. Just its mention by the globalist conspirators and their agents in the old and new mainstream press is enough proof of its devastating effects. They are using this notional[5] virus as the perfect terrorist whose actions are terrorizing us into accepting their New World Order as the lesser of two evils.

Moreover, under the guise of preventing contagion, they plan to force us to carry at all times proof of vaccination. With a stroke of the pen the globalist conspirators have turned on its head the legal principle that everybody is innocent until proven guilty. Welcome to precrime Amerika![6]

The Coronavirus pandemic is just a cover to hide a very dangerous real virus threatening our lives, but it is not the Coronavirus. This extremely dangerous virus, responsible for 5.3 million deaths in Germany, 30 million deaths in Russia and 60 million deaths in China, is the virus of totalitarianism. Ignore it at your own risk.

No masks, social distancing or lockdowns can protect us from the deadly totalitarian virus.[7] As of today, the only remedy proven to work to eradicate this virus is small doses of plumbum administered subcutaneously to the vectors propagating it . . . if you catch my drift!

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. Catte Black, “Watch: UK Chief Medic Confirms (again) Covid19 harmless to Vast Majority,” Off-Guardian, May 15, 2020.

2. John Rappoport, “Covid: The Virus That Isn’t There: The Root Fraud Exposed,” NoMoreFakeNews,  October 9, 2020. See also, “The Infectious Myth: Andrew Kaufman, Coronavirus is not a Virus,”  YouTube, May 5, 20202.

3. The presence of nuclear warheads on Cuban soil was never confirmed, and the missiles most likely were dummies. See Servando Gonzalez, The Nuclear Deception: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis. Also, Servando Gonzalez, “12 Unanswered Questions about the Cuban Missile Crisis.”

4. If you still believe Bush’s version of the 9/11 events, just take a look at this website: Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth.

5. Notional, a term used by medieval philosophers to denote entities that exist only in your imagination.

6. The concept of precrime was introduced in 1956 by science fiction writer Philip K. Dick in his short story The Minority Report, recreated in the 2002 film Minority Report starring Tom Cruise.

7. See Servando Gonzalez, Coronavirus for Dunces.




The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 7

By Servando Gonzalez

Over the years, and particularly after the 9/11 PsyOp and the popularization of the Internet, even the most gullible American citizen has suspected that there must be a secret reason why more often than not our government acts against the best interests of the American people, as well as helps our enemies and betrays our friends. Just a handful of scholars, however, have seriously studied the phenomenon.

The scholars who have done it concluded that the U.S. Government has been hijacked by a group of rich, powerful individuals, who have been using it to advance their own private interests. This super-elite of a few hundred immensely wealthy and powerful individuals has been called different names: the Power Elite, the High Cabal, the Secret Team, the Secret Government, the Insiders, the Usurpers and the Invisible Government.

Probably the most known among the authors who have studied the problem are David Wise and Thomas B. Ross, whose book The Invisible Government[1] became a best seller in the early 1960s. Another attempt was Bill Moyers’ documentary The Secret Government. But both works, mistakenly or intentionally, point to the Central Intelligence Agency as the source of this invisible or secret government of the United States.

For example, at the very beginning of his documentary, Moyers says,

“The Secret Government is an interlocking network of official functionaries, spies, mercenaries, ex-generals, profiteers, and super-patriots who, for a variety of motives, operate outside of the legitimate institutions of government.” A little after, a picture of the CIA building at Langley, Virginia, fills the screen, and Moyers’ voice off the screen affirms: “This is the house the Cold War built: The CIA, the core of the new Secret Government.”

In his book Prelude to Terror Joseph Trento made a similar mistake expressing his conviction that,

“Since its creation in 1947, the CIA has been a service dominated by a handful of individuals who carried out their activities as they saw fit, some honestly trying to serve the national interest, others focusing enormous energy on personal political advantage, even personal profit.[2] According to Trento, a group of unscrupulous, opportunistic CIA officers, lead by Theodore C. Shackley, created a secret splinter faction inside the CIA and put it to work for their personal gain.

More recently, even U.S. House Representative Ron Paul, a well-intentioned and otherwise incisive critic of the invisible government, fell into the trap of blaming the CIA for the current dismal state of events in this country. Speaking to an audience of like-minded Americans at a Campaign for Liberty regional conference in Atlanta on January 15-17, 2010, Paul said:

“There’s been a coup, have you heard? It’s the CIA coup. The CIA runs everything, they run the military. They’re the ones who are over there lobbying missiles and bombs on countries. … And of course the CIA is every bit as secretive as the Federal Reserve. … And yet think of the harm they have done since they were established [after] World War II. They are a government unto themselves. They’re in businesses, in drug businesses, they take out dictators … We need to take out the CIA.”[3]

Paul is right, but just on two counts. It is true that we need to get rid not only of the CIA, but also of the NSA, the OHS and the TSA and the rest of the alphabet soup of shady, unconstitutionally created agencies working hard to deprive us of our freedoms. He is also right that a silent coup has taken place in America. But the CIA is just a tool in the hands of the globalist conspirators. Blaming the CIA for everything would be tantamount to believing that the small tail is wagging the big dog.

Granted, the CIA has been in the drug and assassination business. It has overthrown democratically elected leaders around the world and replaced them with corrupt, blood-thirsty dictators. But the CIA does all of this following orders from its true masters, the ones who created the Agency in 1947 for their own benefit. Currently, the CIA is fading into oblivion, because, now with almost full control of the U.S. military, the conspirators don’t need the CIA anymore —except for using it as the fall guy in order to divert the attention from the true source of the problem.

Probably the first author who rightly pointed to the Council on Foreign Relations as the true source of the invisible Government of the United States was Emanuel Josephson in his 1952 book Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Mis-rules the World.[4]  Josephson titled Chapter XIII of his book, “The Council on Foreign Relations: “Foreign Office” of the Rockefeller Empire. The Invisible government.”[5] A few pages below he added, “So consistently have high, policy-making positions in the government been filled from the ranks of the Rockefeller’s Council that it can be called the invisible government of the United Sates.[6].

Another author who identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government of the United States was Dan Smoot in his 1962 book The Invisible Government.[7] Smoot, a former member of the FBI Headquarters staff in Washington, D.C., expressed his conviction,

“I am convinced that the Council on Foreign Relations, together with a great number of other associated tax-exempt organizations, constitutes the invisible government which set the major policies of the federal government; exercises controlling influence on government officials who implement the policies; and, through massive and skillful propaganda, influences Congress and the public to support the policies.” … “I am convinced the objective of this invisible government is to convert America into a socialist state and make it a unit in a one-world socialist system.”[8]

Later, John Stormer in his book None Dare Call it Treason,[9]  Gary Allen in None Dare Call it Conspiracy,[10] Phoebe Courtney in her The CFR, Part II,[11] and my own Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, further identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government.[12].

Like Ninja assassins, the main weapon used by the CFR conspirators to commit their crimes with impunity has been their invisibility.[13]. Until recently, this group of rich, powerful people, who has an almost total control over the three branches of the U.S. government, the mainstream press, Hollywood’s film industry,[14]  the educational system, and currently has extended its tentacles to fully penetrate and control the U.S. military, has been almost unknown to most of the American people.

But we should not blame the people. This group of powerful conspirators is very rarely mentioned in the mainstream press and is totally absent from textbooks.[15] Though their names are known, their ties to the CFR have been kept secret, and the conspirators have thanked the press for their good job on their behalf.

Speaking in 1991 at one of the secret Bilderberg meetings in Baden-Baden, Germany, David Rockefeller expressed his gratitude to a servile press for their “discretion” for almost 40 years of blackout. At the same time, he seized the opportunity to proselytize for his treasonous work undermining the constitutional principles of this country. According to David, a government run by an elite of bankers like him was much better than national sovereignty.[16]

But now, thanks mostly to the Internet, that has acted as an ultraviolet light revealing the harmful bacteria, the CFR conspirators are losing their powers of invisibility and more and more people are discovering who they are, how they operate, and what their plans are. I am talking about the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and a whole constellation of associated organizations in the U.S. and abroad, such as the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), the Bilderberg Group.[17], the Trilateral Commission,[18] the United Nations Organization, the World Forum, the Club of Rome, and others. Their ultimate goal is the establishment of a communo-fascist global government they disingenuously call the New World Order and, until recently, the CIA was one of their tools of choice.

So, claiming that at some time the Central Intelligence Agency worked for the American people is highly disingenuous, to say the least. As I have shown in this series of articles, the CIA has never worked for the American people. The best thing we can do with this good-for-nothing agency is to disband it.

In 1961, after  the Bay of Pigs debacle, President Kennedy fired CIA director Allen Dulles (CFR). He told some close friends he wanted to “splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it to the wind.” Unfortunately, it was the CIA who splintered his brains.[19]

Now, what can we do with this costly, good-for-nothing agency that has never worked for the people who foot the bill? I suggest we sell it to Bezos who can turn the nice building in Langley into an efficient Amazon distribution center. And if Bezos also want to buy the NSA[20] that would be great. Or maybe we should sell the CIA and the NSA to the CFR conspirators and both agencies keep working for them as they have been doing all the time, but at least they, not us, pay for their services.

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. David Wise and Thomas B. Ross book The Invisible Government (New York: Bantam, 1962).

2. Joseph Trento, Prelude to Terror: The Rogue CIA and the Legacy of America’s Private Intelligence Network (New York: Carroll and Graf, 2005), p. ix.

3. Ron Paul’s words quoted at: http://rawstory.com/2010/01/ron-paul-cia/.

4. Emanuel Josephson, Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Misrules the World (New York: Chedney Press, 1952).

5. Ibid., p. 237.

6. Ibid., p. 245.

7. Dan Smoot, The Invisible Government (Boston: Western Islands, 1962) 8. Ibid., p. 3.

9. John Stormer, None Dare Call it Treason (Florissant, Missouri: Liberty Bell Press, 1964).

10. Gary Allen, None Dare Call it Conspiracy (Rossmoor, California: Concord Press, 1972).

11. Phoebe Courtney, The CFR, Part II (Littleton, Colorado: The Independent American, 1975).

12. Allen, op. cit., p. 13.

13 For a short, but insightful analysis of the invisible government of the United States, see Richard J. Boyland, “The Secret Shadow Government: A Structural Analysis,” wwwworldnewsstand.net/history/. ShadowGovt.htm. See also my I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America.

14. A few years ago George Clooney joined the CFR. Other Hollywood stars who have joined the CFR are Khris Khristofferson, Angelina Jolie, Michael Douglas, Richard Dreyfuss and Warren Beatty.

15. Nelson Rockefeller’s biographer Joseph Persico mentioned that, to his utter surprise, political journalist Richard Reeves found out that, after Nelson Rockefeller’s twenty years in politics, his associates had produced “no books, no memoirs, no nothing. Think about it. It’s unique.” Joseph E. Persico, The Imperial Rockefeller: A Biography of Nelson A, Rockefeller (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982), p. 14.

16. David Rockefeller, addressing the Bilderberg Group in Baden-Baden, Germany, June 1991.

17. For more information on the Bilderberg Group see, Daniel Stulin, The True Story of the Bilderberg Group, Jim Tucker, Bilderberg Diary, and H. Paul Jeffers, The Bilderberg Conspiracy.

18. For more information on the Trilateral Commission see, Holy Sklar, Trilateralism, Jim Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, and Antony Sutton Trilaterals Over Washington.

19. See Servando Gonzalez, Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination.

20. Julian Assange discovered that the NSA was spying on America’s friends, and published it in his Wikileaks. No wonder the globalist conspirators hate him so much. See “Julian Assange tells SXSW audience: ‘NSA has grown to be a rogue agency’,”




The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 6

Servando Gonzalez

For many years, qualified CIA intelligence analysts continued doing their job guided by professionalism and high ethical standards, under the false assumption that they were working on behalf of the American people. But that assumption made their intelligence product totally unusable to the CFR conspirators working on behalf of Wall Street bankers and oil corporations. In 1951, CIA director General Walter Bedell Smith created the Office of National Estimates under the direction of Harvard Professor Walter Langer, who had been a senior intelligence analyst for the OSS. His team was the one in charge of producing the National Intelligence Estimates. When Dr. Langer retired, his successor, Yale Professor Sherman Kent, continued the tradition of professionalism and objectivity established by Langer of producing estimates telling it like it was, not like the politicians wanted. As expected, neither Langer nor Kent was popular among the CFR conspirators.

The problem was solved after the creation of Team B. Since then, departing from the same batch of raw data, CFR analysts produced a totally different kind of intelligence. This explains why senior CFR agents infiltrated in the U.S. government had no use for the CIA’s TEAM A’s intelligence analysis capabilities.

It is known that Henry Kissinger, a key CFR agent, preferred the intelligence produced by his own intelligence analysts. He profited from the reports he got from the CIA, but only after they had been re-processed and re-evaluated by his own CFR-controlled staff.[1]

The CFR conspirators’ lack of interest in CIA A’s intelligence analysis capabilities explains why, since its very creation, the CIA has accumulated failure after failure in the area of intelligence, and nobody seemed to care. One reason for these failures is because nobody has paid any attention to intelligence produced by the CIA. Another reason is because, on purpose, the conspirators managed to force the CIA to accept tainted sources of information. A notable example of this is that after the end of WWII CIA’s almost exclusive source of intelligence from the Soviet Union and the Soviet controlled Eastern Europe was the Gehlen organization.

Most Americans ignore that, once Germany was defeated, conspirators’ agents in the CIA hired Hitler’s Chief of Eastern intelligence, General Reinhard Gehlen, and his whole organization, to spy on the Soviets. The CFR agents infiltrated in the CIA trusted Gehlen so much that he was given a free hand, acting with almost no supervision. It was not until 1963 that the West German government exposed a group of Gehlen’s agents as Soviet double agents, tried, and convicted for their treason.[2] But CIA officers, following orders from above pressured the West Germans to allow Gehlen to escape untouched and he quietly dropped out of sight.

Nevertheless, as much as the CIA creators were not interested in CIA-produced intelligence, they made sure that the CIA Directors were trusted CFR members, and that the Deputy Director of plans (CIA’s Directorate of Plans eventually changed its name to Directorate of Clandestine Services, and now is called Directorate of Operations. This is the Directorate in charge of clandestine operations, including covert action), and his close senior collaborators were, if not CFR members, at least people they can trust —thus guaranteeing an absolute control over the armed branch of the CIA; the area that really mattered to them.

Actually, the other CIA A directorates were just a necessary cover to hide the true CIA B’s activities on behalf of its CFR creators and masters. However, working under the false impression that they were protecting the U.S. interests, CIA A’s officers at the other directorates were working hard trying to do an honest job. They didn’t realize that they had become a nuisance for the CFR agents working at the CIA B Directorate in charge of clandestine operations.

Most true patriots working at other CIA A areas, including intelligence, never suspected that the bad guys at covert action operations were working to attain different goals. Still, the accurate National Intelligence Estimates produced by CIA A’s intelligence analysts, eventually became, more than a nuisance, an irritant and a source of conflicts for the CFR conspirators.

Consequently, in 1973, CIA Director James Schlesinger, a CFR agent, in an effort to make the CIA intelligence analysts less independent and more responsible to the interests of U.S. Government B, terminated the Office of National Estimates and created the National Intelligence Council, a sort of official Team B more docile to the CFR master’s orders.

It worked on the CFR conspirators’ behalf, though, that most of he new generation of intelligence analysts who replaced the old-school ones belong to the new generation of ethically and morally challenged opportunistic people.[3] These were the ones who, without any coercion whatsoever, immediately began producing Intelligence Estimates favorable to the interests of U.S. Government B, a.k.a. the Invisible Government of the United States, whose visible head is at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

In an article appeared in The New Republic, Peter Beinart begins criticizing the CIA’s failure to alert the U.S. about the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, with a revealing question: “How could the CIA have been so stupid?”[4]

Though Beinart’s premises are wrong, his analysis of the apparent causes of such dismal failure is correct: in the last years the CIA has totally ignored the importance of HUMINT (Human intelligence, that is, information collected by agents in the field), in favor of relying almost exclusively on TECHINT (Technical intelligence, that is, intelligence based on information collected by satellites, radar, computers, and other gadgets). However, not knowing the true causes of the problem, Beinart’s suggestion to solve it is simplistic. According to him, the CIA needs to attract the best minds to the Company.

In his book SeeNoEvil,[5] CIA’s former intelligence officer Robert Baer made a similar mistake. Like Beinart, Baer points to the CIA’s over-reliance on technological spying in detriment of human collection by agents in the field, but he fails to point to the true source of the problem. According to him, the CIA has become a bureaucratic, inept mess.

But both Beinart and Baer are dead wrong. Actually, one of the reasons why CIA A eventually turned from an asset into a liability for the conspirators was precisely because there were too many good minds at Langley. And good minds are too inquisitive. They discover connections, find oddities —things difficult to explain if one discards stupidity and incompetence—, strange, unexplainable things that sooner or later point to an unavoidable cause: treason.

People working at CIA A are not stupid, they are simply ignored. Proof of it is that, despite so many alleged “failures,” nobody at CIA A is fired, demoted, suspended, or even reassigned,[6] and after every catastrophic intelligence “failure” the result is that the CIA budget is raised —though most of the money goes to CIA B’s covert action Directorate to finance covert action operations, not to increase intelligence collection and analysis. But the truly clever, though unethical guys work at CIA B. They always do exactly the job that benefits the interests of their true bosses. Unfortunately, however, their true bosses are not the American people —whose only role in this tragic charade is footing the bill.

What Beinart seems to ignore is that the trend that began in 1962 after the Cuban missile crisis for increasing TECHINT to the detriment of HUMINT was exactly what the people who control the CIA needed. So, the deterioration of CIA A’s information collection resources as a direct result of the reduction of HUMINT capabilities, which negatively affected its intelligence analysis and production capabilities, was not a mistake but the result of a carefully planned design, and the CFR conspirators who control the CIA had strong reasons for doing it.

Contrary to intelligence officers working in the field, TECHINT gadgets don’t question inconsistencies or suspect sheer treason from their colleagues and bosses. Moreover, gadgets are easier to manipulate than people. Retired gadgets don’t write embarrassing memoirs. They cannot be called to testify in Congress investigations. They don’t suffer from ethical, moral or patriotic inner conflicts. Contrary to the analysts working at Langley, herded inside physical and mental compartmented boundaries, intelligence officers collecting information in the field often get a glimpse at the whole picture —a picture that most of the time does not agree with the picture the CIA projects to the outside world. Therefore, the elimination of HUMINT in favor of TECHINT was the subtle and clever way the CFR conspirators used to restrict the vision of the best, but potentially problematic minds working at CIA A.

Moreover, intelligence officers working in the field develop a healthy skepticism about their profession. Very soon they discover that intelligence officers who reach retirement age are the ones who don’t trust anybody, including (or perhaps particularly) their own bosses, colleagues and intelligence service.

To be sure, a large percent of the people working for CIA A are honorable men and women. But, because of the characteristics of compartmentation and need-to- know inherent to this type of organization, they cannot see the whole picture. Moreover, most of the ones who have remained working for CIA A are not the best minds we can afford.

In the last decades, many good minds have left CIA A in droves. The fact was pointed out a few years ago in stark clarity by Linda Robinson and Kevin Whitelaw in their February 13, 2006, U.S. News & World Review article, “Seeking Spies: Why the CIA is Having Such Hard Time Keeping the Best.”

The reason why the people who control the CIA actually don’t want the best minds, is very simple: intelligence analysts who don’t know anything about the countries they are supposed to analyze, including their languages, are easier to manipulate than bright people with a thorough knowledge of the country, its culture, politics and language. To the CFR conspirators who use CIA B as a tool to advance their own, secret goals, CIA A is just as a convenient cover. But clever, educated employees only mean trouble. So, the CFR conspirators who control CIA B are not interested at all in having the best minds money can buy working in some areas of CIA A, particularly in the Directorate of Intelligence. Actually, allowing CIA A’s analysts to do a good job would be detrimental to the CFR conspirators’ best interests.

Eventually, some of these patriotic CIA A employees smelled a rat, and became whistle blowers, mostly by publishing books about the CIA’s mistakes or evil deeds. These are the cases of ex-CIA officers like Victor Marchetti,[7] Ralph McGehee,[8] Frank Snepp,[9] and a few others. I don’t mention Philip Agee, a well known CIA critic, because I have the feeling that, far from being a true dissident, he has been all the time a double-agent working for the CFR conspirators who own the CIA.

There were others, like Arthur Darling and Sherman Kent, who, without going all the way to becoming dissidents, at some point may have felt that something was wrong with the CIA, but most likely never discovered the true causes for it.

Darling was a historian who worked for the CIA from 1952 to 1954, and authored The Central Intelligence Agency: an Instrument of Government to 1950,[10] the first official history of the CIA. The sole fact, however, that he subtitled the book “an instrument of government,” shows that Darling never understood the true cause of the CIA’s problems. Nevertheless, he wrote a very critical study of the early CIA in which he exposed Allen Dulles’ hatchet job on Admiral Hillenkoetter. But, as soon as Dulles was appointed CIA Director in 1953, he censored it by restricting the access to the document. Darling’s study was not published until 1990.[11]

The case of Sherman Kent is quite similar. Kent was the Assistant Director of National Estimates, the department that produced the National Intelligence Estimate of 19th September, 1962 —the now notorious “September Estimate”—, that predicted, based on previous intelligence, the extremely low possibility that the Soviets would place strategic nuclear missiles in Cuba in 1962. But, just a few days later, the alleged discovery of strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil proved the Estimate was wrong. It is known that, despite all alleged evidence to the contrary, Kent never recanted, to the point that he commented to a colleague that it was Khrushchev, not himself, the one who had being wrong.[12]

Notice that I have used the word “alleged” twice, because, contrary to the hundreds of articles, academic papers and books (most of them written by CFR agents or CFR-controlled authors) “proving” how the Soviets deployed strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil in 1962, this claim is simply not true. Actually, the presence of strategic nuclear missiles and their nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962 has never been proved.[13]

In synthesis, the CIA’s most acerbic critics have been the true honorable American patriots at CIA A, not the ones who praise CIA B’s “successes” like messing in other countries internal affairs, overthrowing and assassinating foreign leaders, water boarding, maintaining secret prisons and performing “renditions,”[14] in support of the CFR conspirators’ treasonous agenda. Almost since the very creation of the CIA, the CFR conspirators in control of U.S. Government B have been waging a secret war against the American patriots working in CIA A. Despite the fact that most, if not all, of the treasonous and illegal actions committed against the American people and the peoples of the world have been carried out by CFR secret agents in CIA B, the ones generally maligned in the CFR-controlled mainstream media are the true patriots in CIA A. But there are recent alternative views to that picture.

In his book Failure of Intelligence: The Decline and Fall of the CIA, professor Melvin Goodman, a former intelligence analyst working for CIA A, wrote a whole chapter, “Intelligence: The Importance of Success,” in which he unknowingly shows how most of the alleged CIA intelligence failures actually have not been attributable to CIA A, who alerted timely about the outcomes, but to CFR agents in U.S. Government B who paid no attention to the alerts.[15]

The bottom line is that the CFR conspirators never gave a rat’s ass about the intelligence produced by intelligence analysts working on CIA A. Actually, they have aways taken steps to ignore and neutralize them.

Click here for parts 1 to 5

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See, Phillip Knightley, The Second Oldest Profession: The Spy as Bureaucrat, Fantasist and Whore (London: Pan Books, 1986), p. 338.
2. Jeffrey T. Richelson, A Century of Spies: Intelligence in the Twentieth Century (New York: Oxford University Press, 1995), p. 273, also Mary Ellen Reese, General Reinhard Gehlen: The CIA Connection (Fairfax, Virginia: George Mason University Press, 1990), pp. 145-147, 153-154.
3. For a good description of how this process took place, and even a list of names of some of the newcomers, see Melvin A, Goodman, Failure of Intelligence: The Decline and Fall of the CIA (Lanham, Maryland: Rowan and Littlefield, 2008), pp. 16-20.
4. Peter Beinart, “How could the CIA have been so stupid?,”The New Republic, No- vember 12, 2001, p. 6.
5. Robert Baer, See No Evil: The True Story of a Ground Soldier in the CIA’s War on Terrorism (New York: Random House, 2003).
6. See, i.e., Theodore Draper, “Is the CIA Necessary,” The New York Review of Books, August 14, 1997.
7. Victor Marchetti and John D. Marks, The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (New York: Dell, 1974).
8. Ralph McGehee, Deadly Deceits: My 25 Years in the CIA (New York: Sheridan Square, 1983).
9. Frank Snepp, Decent Interval (Harmondsworht, Middx: Penguin, 1980.
10. Arthur B. Darling, The Central Intelligence Agency: an Instrument of Government to 1950 (The Pennsylvania State University press: University Park, Penn., 1990).
11. Ibid., pp. xx-xxi, xxv.
12. See, Raymond L. Garthoff, “U.S. Intelligence in the Cuban Missile Crisis,” in Blight and Welch, (eds.), Intelligence in the Cuba Missile Crisis (London: Frank Cass, 1998), p. 21.
13. For a different, truly revisionist view of the story, see my book The Nuclear Deception: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2002).
14. Rendition: CIA’s euphemism for kidnapping suspects and illegally moving them to countries where they can be tortured or killed. 50. See Melvin A. Goodman, Failure of Intelligence: The Decline and Fall of the CIA (Lanham, Maryland: Rowman & Littlefield, 2008), pp. 63-88.




The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 5

Servando Gonzalez

Unbeknownst to the American public, almost since its very creation the CIA has actually been a dual organization. Like the two halves of the Viscount in Italo Calvino’s novel, one of them is the CIA that was the good CIA, allegedly created to protect the interests of the American people, the other one is the evil CIA, the one controlled by the bad guys.

This evil CIA, which I would call CIA B, is the CIA that overthrew Mossadegh, Arbenz, Nixon and Allende; the CIA that betrayed the Cuban invaders at the Bay of Pigs; the CIA that spied on Americans; the CIA that experimented with psychotropic drugs and mind control on unaware U.S. citizens; the CIA that sabotaged Powers’ U-2; the CIA that assassinated Lumumba, and perhaps even John F. Kennedy and William Colby.[1]

This is the CIA that helped Nazi war criminals escape from justice and even put some of them on its payroll, the CIA that brought drugs to the ghettos, the waterboarding CIA. In synthesis, the CIA of the Directorate of Special Operations, the CIA’s covert action arm.

This CIA B, is the one that has been working hard not to protect the intersts of the American people but to advance and protect the interests of U.S. Government B, that is, the illegal invisible government of the United States under the control of a Mafia of Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced in the Council of Foreign Relations. A typical employee of CIA B was Richard Bissell (CFR), Deputy Director for Plans (covert operations).

In contrast, the other one, which I call CIA A, is the good CIA where patriotic Americans anonymously do their daily job, under the false assumption that they are working for an organization whose goal is defending and protecting the American people.

This is the CIA that forecasted the failure of the Bay of Pigs invasion, the CIA that predicted the Soviets would not deploy nuclear missiles in Cuba in 1962; the CIA that alerted the government about the upcoming 9/11 attack, but nobody paid attention; the CIA that discovered that there were no WMDs in Iraq and was unmercifully defamed. This is the CIA of the Directorate of Intelligence, the CIA working hard to accomplish the mission expressed in the National Security Act of 1947. In synthesis, this is CIA A, working for U.S. Government A, the legal government of the United States. A typical employee of CIA A was Sherman Kent (not a CFR member), Chairman of the Board of National Intelligence Estimates.

While the patriotic CIA A is centered on the Directorate of Intelligence, the traitorous CIA B is centered on the Director’s Office and the Directorate of Special Operations,[2]

Unfortunately, as the result of an enormous disinformation campaign made possible thanks to the CFR conspirators’ control over the mainstream media, most anti-CIA books and articles have been written about the good CIA A guys, who are usually depicted as unfaithful dissidents bordering on treason.[3] In contrast, most of the pro-CIA books and articles are about the bad CIA B guys, the traitors who are disingenuously described as all-American heroes.[4]

The conflict between the two CIAs is not new. It began just a few years after the CIA was created in 1947, increased in the late 1960s, and began to be known publicly by the mid-1970s. Yet, most authors who wrote about it erroneously saw this conflict as an internal problem, something happening within the CIA instead of between two quite different CIAs.[5]

The fact that the globalist conspirators have their own people to collect, analyze and evaluate information at their private intelligence agency, the CFR, explains why the few times they have used intelligence provided by CIA’s analysts, they have treated it as raw information and have reevaluated it by their own intelligence analysts at the Harold Pratt House —which is exactly why they did during the Team A-Team B charade. Given the fact that the CFR intelligence analysts are privy to the CFR’s true goals and policies, they often arrive at diametrically opposite conclusions and estimates than the true patriots at CIA A. That is the true cause for the CIA’s constant “failures” in the field of intelligence forecasting.

CIA A’s analysts do their job under the assumption that they work for the American people, that is, for U.S. Government A, and have the American people’s interests in mind when they produce their National Intelligence Estimates. In contrast, CFR analysts do it from the point of view of defending the interests of U.S. Government B, the one under the full control of their Wall Street and Big Oil masters. Due to the fact, however, that most of the time the interests of the American people (government A) and the CFR conspirators (government B) do not coincide, it is not surprising that CIA NIEs and CFR NIEs differ so much.

The bottom line is that the CFR conspirators are never going to pay any attention to the CIA A’s forecasting that terrorists are about to take actions damaging to the people of the United States, when most likely they themselves, in cahoots with CIA B, are the ones who have incited the terrorists to take these actions or even facilitated them in order to use them as a pretext to justify taking actions damaging to the American people. A great part of the current low morale within the CIA’s ranks, and the cause for many dissidents inside the CIA leaking information damaging to the CFR conspirators, is because some CIA officers have reached the conclusion that our government is not what it purports to be.

The true origins of the CIA began with the Lovett Committee, chaired by Robert Lovett, a Skull & Bones member closely linked to the CFR. Secretary of War Robert Patterson (CFR) created the Lovett Committee in October 1945. The function of this committee was “to advise the government on the post-World War II organization of the U.S. intelligence activities.”

Lovett’s recommendations allowed the CFR conspirators to create a government organization that would actually be a renegade organization. Hiding under a cover of national security, this renegade organization, which eventually became the CIA, would work secretly to advance the conspirators’ secret goals.

As I have explained in a previous article, the Central Intelligence Agency was officially created on July 26, 1947, during the Truman administration, as part of the National Security Act. But one must keep in mind that Truman was an accidental president, brought to the White House by the sudden death of Franklin D. Roosevelt. And, contrary to Roosevelt, who was a trusted CFR secret agent, the conspirators did not fully control Truman, and they knew he would be opposed to the creation of “an American Gestapo.”

However, though the CIA’s overt purpose was to provide a central organization to coordinate the efforts of the different intelligence services of the U. S. government, its true, covert purpose was to act as a military arm to protect the interests of Wall Street bankers and oil magnates. This military arm was the CIA’s Directorate of Plans they had already created surreptitiously.[6]

Most authors who have written books about the CIA have painted a picture of Admiral Hillenkoetter as a sort of incompetent fool, an image these authors most likely got from the Dulles’ report on the Bogotazo riots. But that was not the case. The conspirators hated Admiral Hillenkoetter because, based on his wartime experience, he disliked clandestine operations and was convinced that an intelligence service could not effectively do both information gathering and analysis (the CIA’s alleged main mission), and covert action —which shows that Hillenkoetter was actually a very clever man.

As Hillenkoetter pointed out, having an intelligence agency, whose only job should be collecting, analyzing, disseminating, and other jobs relating to intelligence, was incompatible with performing covert military operations. He reasoned that allowing people working in intelligence to have the capability to affect their source of information would result in them trying to modify the information in order to fit it into their intelligence predictions. For example, in order to prove that their prediction about a possible coup d’e?tat in a particular country was true, the covert arm would contribute to produce the actual coup.

Moreover, something that made him even more dangerous in the eyes of the CFR conspirators, Hillenkoetter believed that the CIA should not engage in clandestine operations because they were illegal for the simple reason that the U.S. Congress had never granted the CIA such authority.[7]

Nevertheless, using the Bogotazo “failure” as a pretext, the CFR conspirators managed to get rid of Hillenkoetter. Eventually, once their trusted secret agent Allen Dulles was in command, they brought Wisner and his Office of Police Coordination into the CIA —practically creating the nefarious, treacherous CIA B.

Servando’s new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. In their book Government by Gunplay: Assassination Conspiracy Theories from Dallas to Today (New York: New American Library, 1976), Sidney Blumenthal and Harvey Yazijian (eds.) argue that the U.S. government has used murder regularly and systematically as a way to advance its agenda, killing the likes of JFK, Dr. King, the Black Panthers leaders, and others. Unfortunately Blumenthal, a key adviser to both Bill and Hillary Clinton, failed to mention the long list of assassinations attributed to the Clintons.
  2. This does not mean, however, that all CIA officers working for CIA B have been traitors. On the contrary, most of them are true patriots under the wrong assumption that they are working, fighting, and risking their lives for the defense of their country. For a notable example of a true patriot unknowingly working for CIA B, see, Gary Berntsen, Jawbreaker: The Attack on Bin Laden and Al-Qaeda: A Personal Account by the CIA’s Key Field Pomander, (New York: Three Rivers Press, 2005). The book shows how CFR-controlled people in the CIA and the U.S. military allowed Bin Laden to escape from the battlefield at Tora Bora, Afghanistan.
  3. A good example of this type of books is Rowan Scarborough, Sabotage: America’s Enemies Within the CIA (Washington, D.C.: Regnery, 2007). According to CIA insider E. Howard Hunt, Regnery has been for many years subsidized by the CIA.
  4. Probably the most notorious of this type of books is Evan Thomas’ The Very Best Men: The Daring Years of the CIA (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2006)
  5. See, i.e., Edward Jay Epstein, “The War Within the CIA,” Commentary (August 1978; William Colby, Honorable Men: My Life in the CIA (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1978); Seymour Hersh, “Angleton,” The New York Times Magazine, June 25, 1978; and David Martin, Wilderness of Mirrors (New York: Harper & Row, 1982)
  6. In 1973 the Directorate of Plans became the Directorate of Operations. As everything related to the CIA, this is an intentionally misleading name. The Directorate of Plans had nothing to do with intelligence plans. It was the CIA’s department of dirty tricks, that is, covert operations, the only branch of the CIA that really interested its creators.
  7. Info on Hillenkoetter in Melvin A, Goodman, Failure of Intelligence: The Decline and Fall of the CIA (Lanham, Maryland: Rowan and Littlefield, 2008), pp. 35-36.

Servando’s new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.




The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 4

Servando Gonzalez

In 1974, secret CFR agent Albert Wohlstetter, a professor at the University of Chicago and RAND analyst, wrote an article entitled “Is There a Strategic Arms Race?”[1] in which he accused the CIA of systematically underestimating Soviet missile deployment in its National Intelligence Estimates (NIE). In his article, Wohlstetter claimed that the United States was allowing the Soviet Union to achieve military superiority by not closing an existing missile gap favoring the Soviets.[2] Soon after, many other secret CFR agents, among them Donald Rumsfeld and Paul Wolfowitz, began a concerted agitprop[3] campaign strongly criticizing the CIA’s annual Estimate of the Soviet threat.[4]

Then, in 1975 some CFR agents conceived the farfetched idea of creating a group of non-CIA analysts to, based on the same raw information, independently assess the Soviet threat. When asked, CIA Director William Colby refused to approve it. Soon after, acting under pressure from CFR conspirators, President Gerald Ford (CFR) removed Colby from his position as CIA Director.

Just a year later, when CFR agent George H. W. Bush became the Director of Central Intelligence in 1976, CFR secret agents infiltrated in the U.S. government renewed their request for competitive threat assessments. Despite opposition from CIA top analysts who argued against such weird experiment, Bush checked with President Ford, obtained a go-ahead, and by May 26 began the experiment.[5]

Accordingly, a team of 16 “outside experts,” gave themselves to the task of taking a look at highly classified information collected by the CIA, to evaluate it and change it into usable intelligence. Actually there were three teams: One of them studied Soviet low-altitude air defense capabilities, the other one examined Soviet intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) accuracy, and the third one concentrated its efforts in analyzing Soviet strategic policy and objectives. This third team, chaired by Harvard University professor and CFR agent Richard Pipes, received much publicity and is the one commonly referred to as Team B. Key advisors to Team B were Foy Kohler, Seymour Weiss, Jasper Welch, Paul Wolfowitz and Paul Nitze, all of them CFR agents.

As expected, the report produced by Team B arrived at totally different conclusions than the ones reached by CIA’s NIE’ analysts. According to Team B’s CFR agents, the CIA’s NIEs were wrong in asserting that Soviet strategic actions were primarily a response to its history of being invaded. On the contrary, Team B experts agreed that most Soviet strategic actions were offensive rather than defensive in nature —the “reds-under-the-beds” syndrome. The Team B report also found ridiculous CIA’s NIE conclusion that, as the Soviet Union grew more strong and capable, its foreign policy would also become less aggressive.[6]

Team B’s report also criticized the conclusions of CIA’s NIEs regarding Soviet strategic weapons programs, and argued that CIA analysts had consistently underestimated the threat posed by Soviet strategic weapons programs. Moreover, they warned, the Soviet’s development and deployment of new weapons and advancements in existing military technologies would drastically erase the advantages that the United States and NATO had over the Warsaw Pact. In classic CFR style, Team B’s conclusions were false, but scary.

Typical of the cooking-the-facts mentality of Team B’s analysts was that they resorted to a sort of convoluted reverse logic to prove their points. For example, one of their most bizarre conclusions was that the Soviets had or could have developed an entirely new anti-submarine detection system for their nuclear submarines. The reason why it had not been detected by the U.S., they reasoned, was precisely because it used a system that did not depend on sound and was, thus, undetectable by contemporary Western technology.

In an effort to deny the CIA’s NIE evaluation that the prevalent economic chaos in the Soviet Union was hindering their ability to produce an efficient air defense system, the CFR agents in Team B argued that the Soviet Union was trying to deceive the American public and claimed that the Russian air defense system worked fine.

Of course, all these assumptions turned out to be false.[7] Unfortunately, when CFR disinformation agent Fareed Zakaria discovered in 2003 that the conclusions of Team B’s report “were wildly off the mark,” it was too late to make any use of his “discovery.”[8]

Now, how come, one may ask, two different teams of qualified intelligence analysts, based on exactly the same available information, arrived at so diametrically opposed conclusions? The answer is because, as I mentioned in my previous article, being the product of the human intellect, intelligence is fully subjective. Despite claim to the contrary, there is nothing objective about it. Like beauty, intelligence is in the eye of the beholder, and the eyes of CIA’s patriotic intelligence analysts were totally different from the treasonous eyes of the CFR’s intelligence analysts.

But this is not the only question asking for an answer.

Many books have been written about the CIA, some of them painting it with the most dismal colors, others with the most bright and patriotic ones. To some authors, the CIA is a haven for heroes, to others, a dark cave full of traitors. How come, one may ask, based on the same information these authors have arrived at so diametrically opposed conclusions?

Logical positivist philosophers believed that most disagreements among people come out either of using two different names to designate the same thing, or of using a single name to designate two different entities. According to them, the cause for most disagreements is semantic. Though I don’t fully subscribe to their theory, I have to recognize that there is some truth to it.

The reason for the otherwise unexplainable duality of the CIA is because, contrary to what most people believe, the CIA is not a single entity. Actually, behind the common façade, almost since its very creation there have been  two CIAs, totally different and working hard to attain quite different goals. Therefore, both CIA critics and apologists are right. The confusion arises from the fact that, unknowingly, they are talking about two quite different CIAs.

[Part-1], [Part-2], [Part-3]

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Servando’s new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.

FootNotes:

  1. Albert Wohlstetter, “Is There a Strategic Arms Race?,” Foreign Policy, No. 15 (Summer, 1974).
  2. See, Anne Hessing Cahn, “Team B: The trillion-dollar experiment,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 49 (April 1993), pp. 22–27; also Tom Barry, “Remembering Team B,” International Relations Center, (February 12, 2004) http://rightweb.irc-online.org/analy sis/2004/0402teamb.php.
  3. Agitprop. Agitation and propaganda. Though mainly used by the Soviets in reference to Communist and Front Group activities, the term was first used in the early thirties by Newsweek magazine.
  4. Actually, the polemic dates back to an internal CIA struggle that began soon after the Agency’s creation, exemplified by the 1949 debate between Sherman Kent and Willmore Kendall. See Jack Davis, “The Kent-Kendall Debate of 1949.” Studies in Intelligence 35, no. 2 (Summer 1991), pp. 37-50; Studies in Intelligence 36, no. 5 (1992), pp. 91-103.
  5. Anne Hessing Cahn, “Team B: The trillion-dollar experiment,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 49 (April 1993), pp. 22–27.
  6. Team B Report. Page 15.
  7. See, Fred Kaplan, “Can the CIA Be Saved?” Slate (July 9, 2004), http:// www.slate.com/id/2103650.
  8. Fareed Zakaria, “Exaggerating The Threats,” Newsweek (16 June 2003)



The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 3

Servando Gonzalez

Initially, the CIA was structurally divided into four different directorates: Intelligence, Support, Administration, and Plans, each one headed by a Deputy Director. Eventually the Directorate of Administration disappeared, and the Directorate of Science and technology was created. As everything related to the CIA, however, the name Directorate of Plans was intentionally highly misleading. It actually had to do with the armed branch of the CIA, the one devoted to covert military operations of sabotage, subversion, terrorism, and psychological warfare.

After the end of World War II, Allen Dulles served as a government consultant in matters of intelligence. In 1948, after the CIA’s “failure” to forecast Colombia’s Bogotazo riots of April 9, 1948, Dulles was appointed to chair a three-man commission responsible for assessing the U.S. intelligence system and the CIA’s fail- ure to predict the Bogotazo.

The Dulles Report of 1949 (also known as the “Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report”) was a hatchet job on CIA Director Admiral Roscoe Hillenkoetter. It held Hillenkoetter responsible for what it considered a major and ongoing failure in intelligence coordination.[1] It is interesting to see that the common explanation for the CIA’s alleged “failures” —not connecting the dots for lack of interagency communication— was an excuse invented less than a year after the Agency was created and the CFR conspirators have consistently continued using it ad nauseam. One of the latest examples was the 9/11 Commission Report.

Hillenkoetter was a professional military man, the first CIA Director and the third Director of Central Intelligence of three short-tenured directors of a transitional organization called the Central Intelligence Group —the first two had been Admiral Sidney Souers and General Hoyt Vandenberg. When in the spring of 1947 the Central Intelligence Group was renamed Central Intelligence Agency, Admiral Hillenkoetter, not fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, became the CIA’s first Director.

As a result of Dulles’ biased report and his conspiratorial activities behind the curtains, supported by undersecretary of State Robert Lovett (CFR-controlled, Skull & Bones) and Robert Blum (CFR), an aide to Defense Secretary James Forrestal (CFR),[2] in October 1950 Hillenkoetter was substituted by General Walter Bedell Smith, a CFR member.[3] A year later, in 1951, Dulles was made CIA’s Deputy Director for Plans, the CIA’s clandestine arm in charge of covert operations.

Two years later, in 1953, CFR agent President Dwight D. Eisenhower appointed Allen Dulles Director of Central Intelligence and CIA Director. Finally, the CFR conspirators were in full command of the aberrant monster they had created: the CIA. The very same year he was appointed CIA Director, Dulles and his Wall Street masters used the CIA to overthrow Iranian nationalist leader, Prime Minister Mohammed Mossadegh.

In 1928 the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, the Royal Dutch-Shell, and the Anglo-Iranian AIOC had formed a powerful oil cartel. But Mossadegh nationalized Iran’s oil production, breaking the oil cartel. This action sealed Mossadegh’s fate. Some Rockefeller-controlled American oil companies, in which Dulles was directly involved, feared their interests had been threatened by Mossadegh’s nationalist views. In 1953 Dulles used the newly created CIA’s covert action to overthrow Mossadegh by a CIA planned and executed coup d’ètat. The CIA had used its covert action capacity not to protect the interests of the American people, but the interests of the CFR conspirators.

The Iranian operation was so successful, that they repeated it a year later. In 1954 the CIA planned and executed Operation Ajax, the coup d’ètat that overthrew Guatemala’s democratically elected head of state President Jacobo Arbenz. The reason for this was not because Arbenz threatened the American people but because, a few months after being elected, he nationalized some unused land owned by the United Fruit Company.

Allen Dulles and his brother John Foster Dulles, were partners in the Wall Street law firm Sullivan & Cromwell. Among their important clients was the Rockefeller-owned United Fruit. With John Foster Dulles heading the State Department and Allen Dulles heading the CIA, they were the czars of Eisenhower’s foreign policy, and they made sure that the interests of Sullivan & Cromwell clients weren’t ignored.

The Guatemalan coup, which cost American taxpayers $20 million (a considerable amount of money at the time), was perhaps a setback for American interests in Latin America, because it reinforced the image of an imperial U.S. forcibly affecting the destinies of her Latin American neighbors. It was, however, a total success for CIA director Allen Dulles and his powerful CFR masters.

The Mossadegh and Arbenz operations were so successful that the CFR conspirators have repeated the same procedure again and again with good results. Some years later they did it again in Chile.

After a long process of destabilization carried out by both the CIA and its secret agent Fidel Castro, in September 1973 democratically elected Chilean President Salvador Allende was overthrown by a coup d’ètat. The Agency had run a powerful propaganda campaign against Allende, directed at convincing the conservative middle classes that Allende was a Stalinist would-be despot and a tool of Moscow and Castro. On his part, Castro carried out a propaganda campaign directed at convincing the left that Allende was not radical enough.

It was not a coincidence that John McCone (CFR), a former CIA Director, headed the ITT, one of the U.S. corporations actively involved in the coup. Also, war criminal Henry Kissinger (CFR) played an active role in the coup against Allende.

The CIA has been one of the best tools used by the conspirators entrenched in the Council on Foreign Relations in their pursuit of a communo-fascist global government controlled by transnational corporations, which they call the New World Order. A simple analysis of the CIA’s “failures” shows that they seamlessly match with the CFR’s successes in national and international politics.

In the conduct of their nefarious businesses, the CFR conspirators have used not only their own information collection capabilities through their secret agents operating inside transnational corporations, Wall Street banks, and the State De- partment, but also the raw information[4] obtained through the gathering and collecting capabilities of the CIA, the NSA, and other U.S. intelligence agencies. They have, however, ignored the CIA’s intelligence analysis capabilities, because, having their own intelligence analysts at the CFR they don’t need the Agency’s.

The CFR conspirators have never given any importance to the allegedly most important CIA Directorate: Intelligence.[5] That is precisely the area where raw information is collected and converted, through careful analysis and evaluation, into intelligence, before passing it, together with the analysts’ assessments, to the country’s leaders —usually in the form of an intelligence report or estimate forecasting what the opposition would do or would not do— as an objective tool to take into consideration when making foreign policy decisions.

But intelligence, like any other product of the human intellect, is very subjective. It is conformed and modeled by the assumptions of the people who create it, the intelligence analysts. And an important element in the creation of intelligence departing from raw information is the knowledge the intelligence analysts have, not only about the opposition but also of the consumers of the intelligence they produce —in the CIA’s case, the executive branch of the U.S. government.

As I have shown above in these articles, however, the true executive branch of the U.S. Government is not in Washington D.C., but in Manhattan. This explains why the true goals and policies of the U.S. government, under the control of the CFR conspirators, are not what it claims to be.

But the people in government, that is, the people who really control the U.S. government behind the scenes —in this case the CFR conspirators— don’t share their secret goals and policies with anybody except the trusted members of the inner core of the CFR, who obviously are not intelligence analysts working for the CIA.

Therefore, because of their wrong assumptions about who they are really working for, intelligence analyses and estimates produced by CIA intelligence analysts most of the time were not good for the CFR conspirators. Actually, in most cases they were highly damaging for the conspirators.

So, some of them canceived a weird idea. They called it “Team B.”

Click here for [Part 1], [Part 2]

© 2020 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. In his study of the first years of the CIA, The Central Intelligence Agency: An Instrument of Government to 1950 (University Park, Pennsylvania: The Penn- sylvania State University Press, 1990), Arthur B. Darling, the Agency’s first official historian and a scholar of honor and integrity, heavily criticized the Dulles-jackson-Correa report. When Allen Dulles became CIA Director in 1953 he restricted access to Darling’s study, which was not made public until 1990.
  2. Forrestal eventually became one of the CFR’s strongest critics, but at the time of the Hillenkoetter affair he was still under the control of the conspirators.
  3. In honor to truth, at that time even some CFR members were not fully under the control of the CFR conspirators. I think General Bedell Smith may have been one of them.
  4. Sometimes erroneously called “raw intelligence.” But, by definition, intelligence is a very elaborated product. There is nothing raw in it. Actually, the most accepted definition of intelligence is “information (raw data) that has been evaluated and validated. Therefore, “raw intelligence” is a contradiction in terms. 20.
  5. See, i.e., Rowan Scarborough, Sabotage: America’s Enemies Within the CIA (Washington, D.C.: Regnery, 2007), pp., 14, 18-19, 22-24. Also, Ralph W. McGehee, Deadly Deceits: My 25 Years in the CIA (New York, Sheridan Square Publications, 1983), pp. 190, 192.

Servando’s new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.




The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People, Part 2

Servando Gonzalez

Historically, the U.S. never had an official permanent civilian central intelligence agency. The functions of intelligence and espionage were carried out by the State Department, the different branches of the armed forces, particularly the Navy, and the FBI. This explains why, after the end of WWII, Truman disbanded the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) in charge of intelligence and refused to hear its chief, General Bill Donovan, arguments favoring the creation of a central intelligence agency. It contributed to his decision the fact that rumors that Donovan was trying to create an American Gestapo had been leaked to the press, most likely by FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover.

It is likely that Truman, who was malleable putty in the hands of the CFR conspirators, actually acted under pressure from Hoover. The FBI director, perhaps not fully acting out of patriotism, but just defending his turf —the FBI was in charge of counterespionage in Latin America and was doing an excellent job— hated the OSS and strongly opposed its reincarnation in the form of a central intelligence agency.[1] And everybody, including the president, feared Hoover and his secret files he euphemistically called “biographical leverage.” As head of the FBI, Hoover knew the closets where all the skeletons were hiding —sometimes literally— and kept detailed records of it.

But Hoover, who had his own skeletons in the closet,[2] finally caved in to the conspirators’ pressures. So, Truman gave the green light, and the Congress passed the National Security Act of 1947 that established the National Security Council and the Central Intelligence Agency.

Like all important documents in the history of the U.S. since the beginning of the past century, the National Security Act, as well as Wilson’s Fourteen Points, the League of Nations, the Federal Reserve Bank, the Federal Income Tax, the Lend Lease, the Containment Doctrine,[3]  the Marshall Plan,[4] the Alliance for Progress,[5] the FEMA, the nefarious Patriot Act and the Department of Homeland Security, had been written by the CFR globalist conspirators at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan and placed on the President’s desk for him to sign.

Nevertheless, the National Security Act did not mention that the CIA could carry out covert operations. It was the National Security Council who on a series of secret intelligence directives bequeathed the authority to the newly created Agency to conduct covert operations to the CIA behind the backs of the American public.

So, the first measure taken by the National Security Council, a legally created government organization pushed down the throats of the American people under the pretext of avoiding intelligence “surprises” like Pearl Harbor, was to pass, behind the backs of the American people and its representatives in the Congress, an illegal directive they had no legal power to pass —the NSC had no executive powers—, authorizing the CIA to conduct illegal covert operations.

The document that gave the beast its fangs, was National Security Directive NSC 10/2, dated June 18, 1948, written by CFR agent George Kennan. By it, a new semi-independent, highly secret organization was created within the CIA under the intentionally vague name of Office of Special Projects (OSP), and CFR agent Frank Wisner was appointed to head it. Soon after, the OSP was renamed with the even more innocuous name Office of Policy Coordination(OPC).[6]  Author John Loftus found out that the Office of Policy Coordination was actually a secret CFR-controlled covert action department hidden from the American public and depending directly from Secretary of Defense James V. Forrestal, a CFR agent, and what Loftus calls “the Dulles (John Foster Dulles, a senior CFR agent) faction in the State Department.”[7]

Given the fact that the conspirators didn’t trust CIA’s first Director Admiral Hillenkoetter (not a CFR member), they managed to take the OSP from the CIA’s control and make Wisner report directly to CFR agent George Kennan at the State Department.[8] Hillenkoetter, however, was not satisfied with the deal, and asked the CIA’s General Counsel Lawrence R. Houston for a legal opinion as to whether the Agency could carry out covert operations. Houston’s response was that the National Security Act did not provide the CIA the legal authority to conduct covert operations.

The CFR conspirators had based their request to allow the CIA to carry covert operations in a diffuse provision of the Act, which mentioned that the CIA would carry out that type of operations as the NSC might order them “from time to time.” But, after admitting the fact, Houston observed that the provision also added that such missions must be “related to intelligence” and he was of the opinion that covert operations had only the most tenuous relation to intelligence. Also, he added, Congress had specified that the CIA’s main mission was to coordinate intelligence produced by other intelligence services.[9]

Houston was right. Moreover, allowing the organization in charge of collecting and evaluating information to produce usable intelligence to perform covert operations is tantamount to allow an accountant to perform an audit of his own work.

Nevertheless, paying no attention to all objections, CFR secret agents in the National Security Council pushed NSC 10/2, which gave the CIA carte blanche to carry out covert operations abroad through the OSP and later through the OPC.

NSC 10/2 determined,

“The National Security Council, taking cognizance of the vicious covert activities of the USSR, its satellite countries and Communist groups to discredit and defeat the aims and activities of the United States and other Western powers, has determined that, in the interests of world peace and U.S. national security, the overt foreign activities of the U.S. government must be supplemented by covert operations.”

“The Central Intelligence Agency is charged by the National Security Council with conducting espionage and counter-espionage operations abroad. It therefore seems desirable, for operational reasons, not to create a new agency for covert operations, but in time of peace to place the responsibility for them within the structure of the Central Intelligence Agency and correlate them with espionage and counter-espionage operations under the over-all control of the Director of Central Intelligence.”

“Therefore, under the authority of Section 102(d)(5) of the national Security Act of 147, the National Security Council hereby directs that in time of peace:

“4. A new office of Special Projects shall be created within the Central Intelligence Agency to plan and conduct covert operations;” …

“5. As used in this directive, “covert operations” are understood to be all activities (except as noted herein) which are conducted or sponsored by this government against hostile foreign states or groups or in support of friendly foreign sates or groups but which are so planned and conducted that any U.S. Government responsibility for them is not evident to unauthorized persons and that if uncovered the U.S. Government can plausibly disclaim any responsibility for them. Specifically, such operations shall include any covert activities related to: propaganda, economic warfare; preventive direct action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage, demolition and evacuation measures; subversion against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance movements, guerrillas and refugee liberation groups, and support of indigenous anti-Communist elements in threatened countries of the free world.”[10]

NSC 10/2 made no mention of assassination of foreign leaders and other people who opposed the conspirators’ plans, but a letter written by a “consultant” included among the documents creating NSC 10/2 gives an idea of what they had in mind:

“You will recall that I mentioned that the local circumstances under which a given means might be used might suggest the technique to be used in that case. I think that gross divisions in presenting this subject might be (1) bodies left with no hope of the cause of death being determined by the most complete autopsy and chemical examination, (2) bodies left in such circumstances as to simulate accidental death, (3) bodies left in such circumstances as to simulate suicidal death, (4) bodies left with residual that simulate those caused by natural diseases.”[11]

By creating NSC 10/2, which authorized the CIA to break the laws of this nation, the CFR agents infiltrated into the National Security Council who wrote and approved it under the pretext of protecting this country committed a major crime against America. They licensed a U.S. Government agency, whose job was to defend and protect the laws of the land as expressed in the Constitution, to break the law as they wished. NSC 10/2, actually authorized CIA officers to do whatever they wanted, except telling the truth or getting caught.

The OPC became the espionage and counterintelligence branch of the Central Intelligence Agency. CFR agent Frank Wisner, the person the conspirators selected to run their Mafia-like organization, was given a free hand in creating a criminal organization. This initial capital sin molded the CIA’s amoral ethos and marked the behavior of the Agency all these years. But even a perfunctory look at the CIA’s true origins show that its treasonous activities were never by mistake, but by design.

Like most important documents in the recent history of the United States, NSC 10/ 2 was written at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan. It was the work of CFR agent George Kennan.[12] It mentions as a proven fact “the vicious covert activities of the USSR, its satellite countries and Communist groups to discredit and defeat the aims and activities of the United States and other Western powers.” These alleged “vicious covert activities” of the Soviet Union were the justification the CFR conspirators gave to the American people, whose country was supposed to be the antithesis of the USSR, to allow the CIA to engage in vicious covert activities all around the world.

Some years later, ex-OSS officer and CFR agent Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., advanced the same idea in a 1967 article in Foreign Affairs, the CFR’s disinformation organ. According to Schlesinger, the West was forced to act against the Soviet Union, mostly because Stalin was paranoid.

But, without falling into the Left’s error of believing that the Soviet leaders were saints guided by high moral principles, there is ample evidence pointing to the fact that the Cold War, like the Soviet Union itself, was the CFR conspirator’s baby, conceived and nurtured[13] as a credible threat to maintain the American people in a constant state of fear. This threat justified the arms race as the result of the confrontation with the artificially created enemy. It is also a known fact that Eastern Europe was served to Stalin on a silver plate, as a sure way to increase the fear of communism in the world.

Stanford’s revisionist historian Barton J. Bernstein found evidence that, “By overextending policy and power and refusing to accept Soviet interests, American policy-makers contributed to the Cold War.”[14] A similar view was expressed by H. W. Brands. According to him, “The cold war had resulted largely from the efforts of the U.S. to export capitalism across the globe.”[15]

Not too different is the thesis advanced by Frank Kofsky in one of the best-documented books about the causes of the Cold War, which he attributes to a conspiracy carried out by the CFR power elite. According to him,

“Regardless of how outlandish or nonsensical most ‘conspiracy theories’ may be, the fact of the matter is that members of the ruling class and the power elite in the late 1940s showed themselves ready to resort to conspiratorial machinations whenever they deemed it necessary.”[16]

The process by which the conspirators instilled fear in the American people by brandishing the specter of Communism was repeated in the 1990’s after the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union left the conspirators without a reason for the existence of the U.S. national security state. I have always suspected that the true reason for the first war in Iraq —a trap in which Saddam Hussein foolishly fell— was to provoke the Soviets to get into the conflict. At the time, however, the Soviet bear was already dead, and not even that direct provocation brought him back to life. Unfortunately for the American people, this failure to resuscitate Soviet Communism brought us the 9/11 events that justified the War on Terror as the makeshift replacement for the Cold War. Currently they are using the Coronavirus PsyOp as the replacement on steroids for the War on Terror.

Frank Wisner, the man the CFR conspirators appointed to head the OPC, was a troubled, mentally unstable man,[17] with the mentality of a gangster. To fill the new positions at the OPC he needed the very best ruthless lawyers money can buy. He searched for them in Wall Street, among the lawyers and bankers who, like him, had joined the OSS gang. According to his own confession, to do this dirty work Wisner wanted amateurs, not former cops, ex-military, or ex-FBI agents.[18]

Wisner knew that professionals might easily cut through the disinformational fog and discover the true purpose of the newly created CIA —which was not the protection of the interests of the American people. Therefore, he recruited “Patriotic, decent, well-meaning, and brave” men who, as he later admitted, “were also uniquely unsuited to the grubby, necessarily devious world of intelligence”[19]  and, therefore, easy to manipulate and keep in the dark about the true purposes of the organization.

Time proved that Wisner was absolutely right. Some years later, the CIA made the mistake of hiring former FBI agent Bill Harvey, a seasoned professional. Soon after, he discovered that Kim Philby, CIA’s counterintelligence chief James Jesus Angleton’s liaison with the British MI6, was actually a Soviet mole.[20]

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. The FBI’s fight against the CIA continued during Hoover’s long tenure as FBI director and somehow continued for some time after his death. This fight has been extensively documented by several authors, particularly Mark Riebling in his Wedge: From Pearl Harbor to 9/11: How the Secret War Between the FBI and the CIA has Endangered National Security (New York: Touchstone, 1994). What Riebling misses, though, is that Hoover’s fight was never directed against the CIA but against CFR agents infiltrated in the CIA which eventually turned it into one of America’s worst domestic enemies.
  2. Unconfirmed rumors about Hoover’s homosexuality have been around for many years. The fact that he never married and did not date women, as well as his too close friendship with Clyde Tolson, his chief deputy, have brought credibility to it. Rumors about the existence of some photos of Hoover dressed in drag were never confirmed. On the other hand, Hoover’s supporters have contested the rumors by bringing the fact that he hated effeminate homosexuals and didn’t admit then in the FBI. But history shows that gays, particularly gays in the closet, usually harass and persecute effeminate homosexuals.
  3. The Containment Doctrine was first expressed by CFR agent George Kennan in the famous article he wrote for Foreign Affairs under the synonym “X,” and later polished by the CFR’s “Wise Men.” See Evan Thomas, The Very Best Men: The Daring Early Years of the CIA (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2006), pp. 9, 29.
  4. The Marshall Plan was actually written by CFR secret agent Richard Bissell. See, Evan Thomas, Op. Cit., p. 10.
  5. Though generally attributed to JFK, actually the first person who mentioned the Alliance was CFR secret agent Fidel Castro. On May 2, 1959, during a session of the Economic Assembly of the Latin American States, Castro suggested that, in order to avoid problems in Latin America, the U.S. should help Latin American countries economically. See, Herbert Matthews, Fidel Castro (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1969), pp. 166-167. Next month, during a speech at New York’s Central Park, he called for an American “Marshall Plan” for Latin America in order to avoid communism. See, Hispanic American Report, Vol. XII, (No. 4, 1959), p. 205.
  6. Evan Thomas, Op. Cit, pp. 9, 29.
  7. John Loftus, The Belarus Secret (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1982), p. 69.
  8. Thomas, p. 30.
  9. For Hillenkoetter’s and Houston’s objections to CIA’s covert operations see, John Prados, Safe for Democracy: The Secret Wars of the CIA (Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2006), p. 38.
  10. Information about NSC 10/2 in Christy Macy and Susan Kaplan, Documents: A shocking collection of Memoranda, letters, and telexes from the secret files of the American intelligence community (New York: Penguin, 1980), pp. 157-161.
  11. Ibid., p. 162.
  12. Thomas, pp. 9, 29.
  13. In a series of well-researched books, professor Antony Sutton proved beyond any reasonable doubt that the CFR conspirators created the Soviet Union’s military machine. See Sutton’s massive Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development (Three volumes) (Stanford, California: Hoover Institution Press,1968-1973), also his Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution (New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House, 1974) and The Best Enemy Money Can Buy (Billings, Montana: Liberty House Press, 1986).
  14. Barton J. Bernstein, “American Foreign Policy and the Origins of the Cold War,” in Barton J. Bernstein, ed., Politics and Policies of the Truman Administration (Chicago: Quadrangle, 1970), pp. 16-17.
  15. H.W. Brands, The Devil We Knew: Americans and the Cold War (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993), p. vi.
  16. Frank Kofsky, Harry S. Truman and the War Scare of 1948 (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1993), p. 308.
  17. After retiring from CIA Wisner committed suicide. See, Thomas, Op. Cit., pp. 319-320.
  18. Ibid., p. 15.
  19. Ibid., p. 11.
  20. See John Ranelagh, The Agency: The Rise and Decline of the CIA (New York: Touchstone, 1987), pp. 151-152.



The CIA Has Never Worked for the American People

Servando Gonzalez

In 1947, CFR secret agents infiltrated into the U.S. government pushed the creation of the National Security Act, which created the National Security Council and the Central Intelligence Agency, allegedly as a tool to manage the military, intelligence, and foreign policy areas of the U.S. government. But, soon after it was created, the CFR agents infiltrated in the National Security Council changed it into a tool to control the information reaching the eyes and ears of the Presidents, thus creating a smoke screen of disinformation around them.

Since the end of the Second World War, the CFR conspirators through their secret agents in the NSC have been putting blinders on American Presidents, feeding them disinformation and “suggesting” to them what decisions they should make. This guarantees that their most important policy decisions are the ones already made at the Harold Pratt House.

This curtain of disinformation surrounding the U.S. presidents explains why, even the ones who were not CFR members, have unknowingly advanced the goals of the CFR conspirators. Most, if not all, of the important decisions taken by American presidents about things they knew next to nothing, have already been taken at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, and later carefully implanted in the president’s brains.

These were the cases, i.e., of Truman ordering to drop atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, two Japanese cities where no military facility was located (actually Henry Stimson, Karl Compton and other CFR members convinced Truman to order the dropping of the bombs. Nagasaki, where no military installation was located,was the site of the largest Christian community in Japan), Kennedy making the fateful decision of changing the landing place of the Cuban invasion from Trinidad to the Bay of Pigs, which caused the failure of the operation (CFR secret agents McGeorge Bundy and Adlai Stevenson persuaded Kennedy to do so), and Nixon taking the U.S. dollar off the gold standard (CFR agent Paul Volcker persuaded him to do it).

The same thing happened to Johnson when the very same hawks in the NSC who had been pushing him hard to escalate the war in Vietnam, following the conspirators’ orders, transformed themselves overnight into doves asking Johnson to end the war immediately. Johnson was so appalled by the betrayal that he decided not to run for reelection.

There is a question that may come to mind: Why did the conspirators need a new intelligence agency, the CIA, when they already had an excellent one, the CFR?

The answer is relatively simple: they didn’t need another intelligence agency, and did not create a new one, because the CIA has never been an intelligence agency in the true sense of the word. So, again, why did they create the CIA if not to profit from its intelligence gathering and analysis capabilities?

According to an anecdote, when Soviet leader Joseph Stalin was informed that the Vatican, after getting the news that the Red Army had surrounded Berlin with an iron fist, had declared war against Nazi German, he laughed heartily and asked: “How many divisions does the Pope have?”

Like the Vatican, the Wall Street bankers and oil magnates who control the Secret Government of the U.S.  had enormous economic power to buy supporters and critics, but they also needed physical power to intimidate the cowards and punish the rebels. So, since late in the 19th century they began using the U.S. armed forces as their military arm to enforce their policies. The long list of American military interventions all around the world, beginning with the Cuban-Spanish-American war,[1] marked the beginning of “American imperialism,” —or, more properly, “Wall Street imperialism.” These military interventions on behalf of the Wall Street Mafia, which have gained the U.S. so many enemies around the world, were the direct result of this raw deal for the American people.

Just a perfunctory analysis of American military interventions all around the world since the mid-1800s, shows how the Wall Street and oil conspirators have used the U.S. army and navy, particularly the Marines, to carry out their Mafia-like criminal actions against other peoples and governments.[2]

Paradoxically, one the strongest critics of the Wall Street conspirators who used the U.S. armed forces, particularly the Marines, to advance their private interests was a military hero and a proud Marine himself: Brigadier General Smedley D. Butler.

As Gen. Butler put it bluntly,

“War is a racket. It has always been. It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.

“A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what is it about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.”[3]

But eventually the world changed, and it became more and more risky and problematic for the CFR conspirators to keep openly using the U.S. armed forces, particularly in Latin America, as the main tool to impose their will upon other peoples. The fact was acknowledged by secret CFR agent Franklin D. Roosevelt himself in one of his meetings with Winston Churchill during World War II, when he pointed out that open colonialism, as it had been practiced in the past, was no longer an appropriate option in the Caribbean.[4] This was not only because the Marines had become a worldwide symbol of American aggression and oppression, but also because a growing discontent among senior officers of the U.S. armed forces, not fully under the control of the conspirators, was making more difficult to continue openly using the American military for their nefarious purposes.

Still, the CFR conspirators needed an option short of the use of direct U.S. military action when coercion and intimidation alone cannot do the job. So, perhaps following Sun Tzu’s dictum that all warfare is based on deception, [5] the conspirators decided to create their own illegal private army. And the best way to create this army without alarming the American people and the world was by making it invisible. Therefore, they created it surreptitiously, keeping it hidden from public scrutiny under the cover of a legitimate U.S. government organization.

So, using their secret agents infiltrated in the U.S. government, in 1947 the conspirators forced down the throats of naive, or corrupt American politicians, the National Security Act, which created an organization they planned to use to fully exert their puppeteers’ control over the American presidents: the National Security Council. And an important component of the National Security Act was the creation of a Central Intelligence Agency, which they never planned to use as an intelligence agency, but as a cover to hide their military arm, now in the form of covert operations.

The CIA proved to be exactly the right type of organization the globalist conspirators needed to help them accomplish their illicit purpose of conducting their pillage and plundering all around the world. In the first place, it was free, because the American taxpayers were paying for it. Secondly, thanks to the CIA’s operational principles of secrecy, compartmentalization and need-to-know inherent to all intelligence services, it was relatively easy to hide its real activities from both the American public and non- CFR-controlled CIA employees who ignored the Agency’s true goals.

CIA Director Allen Dulles himself recognized the fact when he wrote,

“An intelligence service is the ideal vehicle for a conspiracy. Its members can travel about at home and abroad under secret orders, and no questions are asked. Every scrap of paper in the files, its membership, its expenditure of funds, its contacts, even enemy contacts, are secret.”[6]

But, despite their cleverness, the conspirators didn’t fool everybody. Former CIA Director Admiral Stanfield Turner (not a CFR member), for one, suspected that perhaps compartmentalization had some secret, non-proper uses. In a book he wrote about his experiences as CIA Director, he said:

“I found the system of compartmentation eminently sensible. I couldn’t help wondering, though, if it has been used deliberately to keep people from knowing what they properly needed to know.”[7]

When the CIA was created covert operations were not included among its functions and they were added surreptitiously just a few months later. And the globalist conspirators’ ruse worked to perfection. A list of U.S. military interventions abroad from 1947 to 1990, shows that after the creation of the CIA in 1947 there is an appreciable shift from the use of open force by the U.S. military to CIA-controlled covert operations. Just five years after its creation the CIA had carried out major covert operations in forty-eight countries to influence the outcome of political and military events on behalf of its CFR masters.[9]

As former CIA Director Admiral Stanfield Turner observed,

“The CIA’s covert activities had so increased in the 1950s and 1960s that some of them inevitably became public. Much of what leaked out, seriously alarmed the public and Congress. They did not condone all the activities in which the CIA had been involved.”[9]

Turner also found out that,

“The majority of the espionage professionals, from I could see, believed that covert action had brought more harm and criticism to the CIA than useful return, and that it had seriously detracted from the Agency’s primary role of collecting and evaluating intelligence.”[10]

Admiral Turner also discovered that during the tenure of directors Allen Dulles, Richard Helms and William Colby, the CIA’s espionage branch which included covert operations, had become dominant to the point that other branches feared being absorbed.[11] Turner didn’t mention, though, a very important fact: Dulles, Helms, and Colby, were senior CFR secret agents infiltrated into the CIA to advance the globalist conspirators’ secret goals. Moreover, not being a trusted CFR secret agent, Admiral Turner seemingly ignored that the CIA’s true primary role was not collecting and evaluating information and producing intelligence but working on the shadows to advance the interests of ts true masters, not the American people.

Servando’s new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.

© 2020 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. I have used the name traditionally favored in Cuba to designate the war, because, contrary to what is written in most American history textbooks, when the early imperialist conspirators decided to create the Maine incident as a pretext to enter the war, the Cuban patriots had already been fighting the Spaniards for long years. Actually, the 1898 war was the third of the wars the Cubans waged against colonialist Spain.
  2. A good source for discovering the true cause of most of U.S. interventions around the world is William Engdahl’s A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order (London: Pluto Press, 2004) See also, Daniel Yergin, The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money, and Power (New York: Pocket Books, 1993).
  3. General Smedley D. Butler, War is a Racket (Los Angeles: Feral House, 2003), p. 23.
  4. Trevor Monroe, The Politics of Constitutional Decolonization (Kinston: University of the West Indies, 1947), p. 27.
  5. Written in China 500 B.C, Sun Tzu’s, The Art of War is considered a sort of Bible of intelligence and espionage. The book contains principles still relevant today.
  6. Dulles quoted in David Wise and Thomas B. Ross, The Espionage Establishment (New York: Random House, 19670), p. 290.
  7. Stanfield Turner, Secret and Democracy: The CIA in Transition (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1985), p.46.
  8. See, Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities, United States Senate, Book I, Chapter VIII, April 26, 1976.
  9. Turner, op. cit., p. 76.
  10. Turner, ibid., pp. 84-85.
  11. Turner, ibid., p. 186.



I’m As Mad as Hell

By Servando Gonzalez

Those who would give up essential liberty to purchase a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety. —Benjamin Franklin

On April 22nd, I was listening to Rush Limbaugh while doing other things, so I didn’t pay attention and missed the name of the person he was interviewing. After listening for a few minutes I became sure it had to be Dr. Fauci, because he was repeating verbatim all the bull Fauci has been telling every day about how dangerous the Coronavirus is and how, to be on the cautious side, it would be necessary to prolong the stupid, counterproductive measures the government has imposed upon us allegedly to protect our health. He also repeated Fauci’s notion that, after a partial return to normality, the virus will return stronger and deadlier than ever by the beginning of fall.

Of course, by now most well-informed Americans are fully aware that Fauci is just a tool of the anti-American globalist eugenicists ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations and that he is fully in favor of imposing upon us their New World Order. No wonder he is repeating over and over the mantra that we must get used to the current state of things because this will be America’s new reality forever.

Actually, Dr. Fauci knows that his prediction will materialize because the measures that have been adopted following his advice will be the main reason for it. As an immunologist, he learned in Immunology 101 that there is no way to kill a virus, and that the only way to fight a virus is by exposing yourself to it so your body’s autoimmune system will produce the antibodies to fight it.[1] So, he is perfectly aware that, far from protecting us, the measures adopted following his advice will increase our vulnerability to the virus. This explains why he is so sure that the Coronavirus will come back with a vengeance in the Fall.[2]

To my utter surprise, however, I discovered that the person interviewed was not Fauci, but Vice-President Mike Pence, head of President Trump’s White House Coronavirus Task Force.

Now, correct me if I am wrong, but I think that, before being inaugurated, Mr. Pence took an oath of office by which he swore with his hand on a Bible that he was going to protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic. There was nothing in that oath about protecting you and me from allegedly deadly viruses.

I understand that, if Vice-President Pence had a farm, he would take measures to protect his cows, goats and chickens from deadly viruses. After all, they are his private property and if they die it would cause him great economic damage. Actually, most slave masters took great care of their slaves’ health. But it was not out of compassion or altruism, but because they were just protecting their investments.

But I am not the property of vice-President Pence or the U.S. government. I didn’t ask him to protect my health, particularly when the price of it is trashing the Constitution he took and oath to protect and defend. And most measures taken by our political leaders allegedly to protect us from the supposedly lethal Corona virus are unconstitutional. No doubts about it.

When I managed to escape from Castro’s Cuba 35 years ago, I didn’t come to this country looking for protection from viruses or better healthcare,[3] but for freedom. So, I feel highly offended and betrayed by Vice-President Pence’s words.

Now I am as mad as hell.

About 25 years ago I began noticing with growing alarm that every passing day, America resembled more and more the country I had to escape from. Currently, thanks to the Coronavirus PsyOp,[4] it is pedal to the metal. In honor to truth, however, I have to confess that though I am angry, I am not surprised.

In February 2001, a delegation of Wall Street bankers, led by David Rockefeller and including William Rogers, Carla Hills, Mark Falcoff, James Jones and other CFR honchos, visited Cuba and had a long meeting with Fidel Castro. After the meeting, CFR director Peter Peterson made comments to the press praising Castro for the high levels of education and public health in Cuba.[5]

Just a few days later, in April, World Bank President James Wolfensohn (CFR), a Rockefeller stooge, expressed his conviction that Castro’s Cuba was an example to follow.[6] So, now you know where the idea of turning America into a hellhole came from.

So, sorry Mr. Vice-President. I don’t need you to protect my health. Thanks, but no thanks!

But wait! This weird thing is getting even better — or worse, depending on your point of view.

As you have noticed in earlier photos of President Trump surrounded by members of his Coronavirus Task Force, none of them was wearing a face mask, keeping the so-called “social distance,” much less wearing gloves or cleaning their hands with anti-bacterial sanitizer.[7] Moreover, they sport nice haircuts and their nails are perfectly manicured, their suits are clean and pressed, their teeth shine.[8] This evidences that none of them, and I’d bet that not their families, are quarantined in their homes. Have they declared the barbershops, dentist offices, dry cleaners and restaurants they patronize essential businesses? I would not doubt it. Moreover, I am sure none of them will let placing a family member on a respirator.

Evidently, while the members of the President’s Coronavirus Task Force have forced the rest of us to live in A.C. (After Coronavirus) America, and claim that this will be the new American normal forever, they are still living in B.C. (Before Coronavirus) America, and are seemingly enjoying it.

So, the jailers who have turned our homes into prison cells to protect us — or so they say— are the only ones currently enjoying freedom in America. That differs considerable from what the Founding Fathers of this country had in mind.

But, just a few days after the radio interview, Vice-President Pence paid a visit to the Mayo Clinic and he was the only person not wearing a face mask.[9] Unknown to him, somebody took a photo and posted it on the Internet. When asked about his unmasked photo, he gave a poppycock explanation for his strange behavior. According to him,

“As vice president of the United States I’m tested for the corona virus on a regular basis, and everyone who is around me is tested for the Coronavirus,” adding the approved mantra that, despite his violation of the CDC guidelines, which indicates that the mask is good for preventing the spread of the virus, he fully backs it … at least for the rest of us.

According to Pence’s office, he didn’t know that the Mayo Clinic required the use of a facemask to visit the clinic. Now, wait a minute. Am I supposed to believe that, in a country where you are forced to wear a facemask to get into a supermarket, the Chair of the President’s Coronavirus Task Force ignored that he had to wear it to visit a clinic? That is very difficult to believe. Also, the fact that he became very upset because somebody published the photos of his visit to the Mayo clinic, indicate a measure of disingenuousness.[10]

Well, I have a different explanation for his behavior. Pence was not following any of the CDC guidelines taken following Dr. Fauci’s suggestions, because he is fully aware that, far from protecting us from the virus, they make us more vulnerable to it. Just reading any immunology textbook you will find that the only way to protect yourself from a virus is by breathing fresh air, taking in the sun and exposing yourself to the virus so that your body can react by producing the antibodies to it, and the behavior of all members of the Corona Virus Task Force, including the Talented Dr. Fauci and Pence, show that they are fully aware of this.

They are also fully aware that the measures they have enforced on the rest of us will result in lowering our immunological defenses and make us more vulnerable to future epidemics. This explains why Fauci is so sure that the virus will reappear with a vengeance by the end of the year.

Since then, after they discovered the risks of not wearing a facemask, all of them began wearing them in public, particularly when there were photographers around. I am not talking about the health risks, but the political risks they were running if people discover that they are a bunch of shameless liars.

So, if the Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) epidemic was the result of risky sexual practices favored by some homosexuals, the Enforced Immuno Deficiency Syndrome (EIDS) epidemic, which according to Dr. Fauci will hit us by the end of the year, will be the direct result of the very measures Fauci himself and his co-conspirators on the Coronavirus Task Force have forced upon us for the sole purpose of killing the people who managed to survive the first attack of the Corona virus.

And I am absolutely convinced that, after the second wave, we will have a third and a fourth, and this will continue uninterrupted until the mad eugenicists reach the goal they have openly stated many times: killing no less than 85 percent of the people on this planet.

Therefore, I was wrong. Vice-President Pence was not trying to protect me from the virus. Actually he is trying to kill me. And seemingly he is trying to kill also you as well as your family and friends. But, as the saying goes, if somebody says he will kill you, you must take him seriously. You must take the person even more seriously if the actually is trying to kill you.

The bottom line is that all of this Coronavirus measures have nothing to do with protecting you and me from the so-called Coronavirus. This is actually a criminal plan for massive population reduction. It is nothing but eugenics in action.

But no. Actually it is much worse than criminal. This plan is evil. If this team of evil clowns is successful, they will beat Hitler, Stalin, Mao and Pol Pot combined in their own game, and they seem fully committed to carry it out to the end.

What is really amazing is how fast America has changed from the land of the free and the home of the brave, to become the land of the sheeple and the home of the coward, and how most Americans have happily accepted all the measures designed to kill them. And this is just the beginning.

According to a well-known saying, the roads to hell are paved with good intentions. There is, however, a lesser-known saying, which I have just invented: the super highways to hell are paved with very bad intentions.

My new book, Coronavirus for Dunces, with 186 pages and hundreds of detailed footnotes is already available at Amazon.com.

Order your copy today, before the self-appointed censors at Amazon realize what it is all about and ban it!

Notes:

[1] See 4/22/2020 press conference in Bakersfield California with Doctors Dan Erickson and Artin Massihi exposing the Covid-19 Hoax. You may also want to read Dr. John Reizer’s brochure, Covid-19: A Different Perspective.

[2] See “Dr. Anthony Fauci: ‘We Will Have Coronavirus in the Fall,’” Nick Visser, HuffPost, April 22, 2020.

[3] If one is to believe Berkeley’s “progressives,” Castro’s Cuba has the best health care system in the world. This explains why so many of Berkeley’s progressives are escaping every day to Cuba in makeshift rafts made out of truck tire’s inner tubes. Once in Cuba’s paradise they enjoy free education, free housing, free organic food and the best health care in the world. As a bonus, once in Cuba they can even dance the cha-cha-cha.

[4] The Coronavirus PsyOp is based on the Hegelian principle of bringing about change in a three-step process: Thesis, Antithesis and Synthesis. The thesis-antihesis-synthesis technique works this way.

First, we have a bad, but tolerable situation. This acceptable current situation is the thesis. But the globalist conspirators want to change it into a worse one, unacceptable for us but beneficial to their interests. So, they create out of the blue an artificial terrible situation a hundred times worse than the present situation (terrorism, a killer virus). That’s the antithesis. Then, once the public is terrorized by the devastating antithesis, they offer as a solution the worse situation they initially had in mind and people accept it as the lesser of two evils. That’s the synthesis.

On September 14, 1994, speaking at the Business Council for the United Nations, David Rockefeller, the de-facto chief of the CFR, said:

“This present window of opportunity, during which a truly peaceful and interdependent world order might be built, will not be open for long. Already there are powerful forces at work that threaten to destroy all of our hopes and efforts to erect an enduring structure of global cooperation. … We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”

[5] Carl Limbacher, “Rockefeller-led U.S. Delegation Cozies Up to Castro,” NewsMax.com, February 23, 2001.

[6] Jim Lobe, “Learn From Cuba: World Bank Says,” Inter Press Service Finance, April 30, 2001. The World Bank was created in 1944, but in 1968 Robert McNamara became its president and he turned it into a New Age/New World Order tool. Wolfensohn is a former board member of the Rockefeller Foundation and a close friend of Maurice Strong, another key Rockefeller minion.

[7] As the information on the product’s label tells, sanitizers are supposed to kill bacteria, not viruses. So, never before in the history of mankind people have done a more useless activity than the frantic cleaning we are now accustomed to see. Moreover, viruses cannot live on surfaces, and they need a living host. Therefore, the only way to kill a virus is by killing the host. Keep this in mind!

[8] They declared my Vietnamese barber’s business non-essential. Currently she has already closed it for good. Her case is not an exception. Most small businesses will never recover.

[9] Steve Kanowski and Kevin Freking, “Pence Comes Under Fire for Going Maskless at Mayo Clinic,” Associated Press, April 28, 2020, 12:45 PM PDT.

[10] Jason Silverstein, “Reporter Says he was Punished for Revealing Pence’s Office Knew About Mayo Clinic’s Mask Policy Before His Visit,” CBS News, May 1, 2020.

© 2020 Servando Genzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Amerika 2021: A Dystopian Short Story

by Servando Gonzalez

This story is a work of fiction. All incidents, dialogs and characters are either fictitious or have been used in a fictitious form. They are the product of the author’s imagination and are not to be construed as real. Wherever real life historical or public figures appear, the situations, incidents and dialogs concerning these persons is entirely fictional and are not intended to depict actual events or to change the entirely fictional nature of their work. Moreover, any resemblance to persons living or dead or the current state of America is entirely coincidental . . . or maybe not!

On November, 2020, after the elimination of the Electoral College, Michael Obama was elected by a large majority of the popular vote. After taking an oath in which he swore to defend the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic, he became the first transgender President of the United States.

In his inaugural speech he promised to drain the swamp and fight against corruption and the invisible government of the United States. He also promised to investigate who was responsible for the introduction of the Coronavirus in the US, adding that if he was offered proof the Chicoms were the culprit he would take drastic measures against them. He also surprised most of his followers by telling them he would keep the White House Coronavirus Task Force created by President Trump.

On January, 2021, the same intelligence agencies that informed President Bush that Saddam Hussein was producing weapons of mass destruction, now presented President Obama incontrovertible proof that the Chicoms were to blame for the epidemic. So, President Obama, with full bipartisan support from Congress, formally declared war on Communist China. In an impassionate speech to the Congress and the American people he stated: “They have attacked us because they envied our freedoms, our economy, our high standard of living and our system of public health.”

A few days later, a massive invasion force was launched against the evil Chinese enemy. Unfortunately, when the cargo ships carrying vital supplies of toilet paper, makeup and lingerie for transgender servicemen were sunk by Chinese submarines, politically-correct generals at the Pentagon informed the President that, lacking those vital war supplies, they had no chance of winning. According to them, in order to save millions of American lives the only course of action would be to surrender to the Chinese. President Obama agreed.

After being informed of the American decision, the Chinese planned to humiliate Americans by signing an unconditional surrender on the deck of the USS carrier Gerald R. Ford. Unfortunately, the ship was still under repairs, removing a few urinals that had been installed in violation of the Navy’s policy of gender neutrality, and it was decided that the ceremony would take place at Yankee Stadium in New York City. However, in order to keep social distancing, the ceremony was carried online.

Soon after, Chinese forces invaded the United States and gained full control of the US government. Chinese general Fu Manchu, Supreme Commander of the Chinese invasion forces, was appointed General Administrator of the newly acquired territories, moved into the White House, and surprised everybody by announcing he was going to keep in place Obama’s government, including his White House Coronavirus Task Force, now operating from Trump Tower in Manhattan, which former President Trump had rented to them at a discount price.

The next day most freedom-loving Americans woke up to the nightmare of having a militarized Chinese police in the streets, dressed in battle attire, moving in armored vehicles and carrying full automatic rifles. The invaders treated Americans like occupying forces dealing with a defeated civilian population. Suddenly, the phrase “shin hon won wa!,” Chinese for “papieren, bitte!,” became the most listened-to order in Amerika.

Nevertheless, some of his officers told General Manchu that they were surprised. They expected dealing with a rebellious population, but found out that nobody complained, much less rebelled, as if they were already used to being treated as a defeated people. General Manchu had explicit orders from President Xi to implement measures changing America into a Chinese-style totalitarian dictatorship. These measures included the elimination of the US Constitution and the Bill of Rights, with special emphasis in eliminating freedom of movement, association, press and religion. Cardinal among these measures was the banning of all types of assault weapons, including baseball bats and kitchen knives, in the hands of law-abiding American citizens.

The orders also included destroying the US economy and turning America into a Third World hellhole.

General Manchu’s plans also involved keeping Americans jailed in their homes, eliminating most privately owned businesses, reducing American workers and farmers to poverty, and enforcing a Coronavirus vaccination that carried a microchip to better keep track of Americans under surveillance at all times. He also planned to create a force of paid informers to snitch on people who violated the laws and to open up concentration camps to intern violators, dissidents and politically incorrect people. The plans included raising government funding to Planned Parenthood and creating more PP offices to be located in the now abandoned churches.

To his utter surprise, General Manchu discovered that most of the measures he was supposed to impose upon Americans were unnecessary because they were already in place. So, his only addition was to make mandatory facemasks red, the color Communists love, and appointing Jeff Bezos as his Minister of Commerce with China. A few days later, Dr. Anthony Fauci, of the Trump Tower Coronavirus Task Force, declared this will be Amerika’s normal state forever and that the only thing that would protect Americans from the coming dangerous virus was enforcing the vaccination of all Americans, with some exceptions. The exceptions included all members of the Coronavirus Task Force, their families, their body guards, servants, limousine drivers and their private jet pilots.

Six months after the evil Chinese got control of America, President Obama decorated General Manchu with the Presidential Medal of Honor and, in his speech, thanked him for having brought peace and security to all Americans. The ceremony took place at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

The next day, the Xin Piao, formerly known as the New York Times, published photos of the ceremony, including one of a smiling Bill Gates warmly embracing General Manchu.

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




I’m Not Scared Anymore

By Servando Gonzalez

I have to confess that a few weeks ago I was scared. Very scared. Not of the coronavirus, which most likely will prove to be just as lethal, or even much less lethal than the flu virus that, coming from Asia, hits us almost every year. No. What I was scared of was the people President Trump appointed to protect us from the virus, particularly Dr. Anthony Fauci, the government’s top infection disease expert.

Why was I scared of him? Because after just a perfunctory search on the Internet I found out that Dr. Fauci has been invited at least once to talk to the globalist crowd at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the nefarious Council on Foreign Relations. But the CFR is not a simple organization like the National Association for the Protection of Stray Cats. It is actually the visible head of the invisible government of the US, [1] and the globalist conspirators do not invite people at the CFR to hear what they say, but to tactfully suggest to them what they must say if they want their careers to advance.

If you still don’t know it, the Council on Foreign Relations has been, almost from its creation, under the full control of the Rockefellers, known eugenicists fully convinced that the earth is overpopulated and that there is a need to get rid of most of its population asap. The Rockefellers, and some other eugenicists they have recruited, probably the most notorious one is Bill Gates, have invested billions of dollars over the years to push their eugenicist dreams.

On February 18, 2020, Dr. Fauci was invited to the CFR, [2] most likely to get his marching orders about the role he was going to play in the coming health crisis the conspirators were going to create out of the blue. Apparently, he passed his job interview with flying colors, and we have to admit that he is doing an excellent job on behalf of his CFR masters.[3]

So, having in charge of protecting me from the Corona virus a man liked by eugenicists itching to kill most people on this planet gave me the creeps. Frankly, I think that this Fauci guy is much more dangerous than the coronavirus itself.

Why is President Trump keeping this spineless traitor in charge of protecting us from the virus? Beats me, but I still give him the benefit of the doubt by thinking he is playing a fourth-dimensional Rubik’s Cube whose mastering is beyond my comprehension. Nevertheless, it is good to remember that even Job’s patience had it limits.

By the way, maintaining social distance is nothing new. The hyper rich always do it. They fly in their private jets without passing by the indignities of having their shoes removed and their body and luggage inspected. They move around in huge limos, dine in upscale restaurants where tables are widely spaced, and live in mansions where you have to walk half a mile to get from the living room to the kitchen.[4] When they have to suffer the indignities of coming near the masses for public relations needs, they do it surrounded by an army of body guards who enforce the required social distancing on their admirers.

On the other hand, the word “conspirator” comes from the old Italian “coinspirare,” meaning people who breathe together while they are talking about their secret plans to their friends. So, I’d bet that nobody, with the exception of the servants, keep social distance at the Council on Foreign Relations. Moreover, just a look at photos where President Trump appears surrounded by conspirators such as Fauci and Birx he has appointed to the coronavirus task force, it shows that none of them is keeping social distance or wearing face masks. Strange, very strange.

Are we missing something here?

But here comes the good news. One day, a few weeks ago, I realized what most Americans have seemingly failed to see, that we are actually under attack from two different enemies who have unleashed two different types of deadly viruses against us.

The first one, the so-called coronavirus, is most likely a biological warfare attack launched either by our foreign enemies, the Chi-Coms, as a counterattack to President Trump’s declaration of economic war on China and subsequent economic attacks on that country or by our domestic enemies under control by the Council on Foreign Relations.

The second one, which I call the “fear of the coronavirus virus”, is a psychological warfare operation (PsyOp) most likely developed at the Stanford Research Institute or any other of the think tanks associated with the CFR, and launched upon us by our domestic enemies.

But this is nothing new. The crisis created by the fear of the coronavirus virus is just the continuation on a larger scale of the 9/11 operation, a typical Hegelian PsyOp based on the principle of thesis-antithesis-synthesis.[5] Its ultimate goal is to change America into a full-fledged totalitarian state.

Cuban doctor Carlos J. Finlay discovered that the mosquito Aedes aegipti was the vector propagating the yellow fever.[6] We still don’t know what’s the vector propagating the coronavirus. But we know for sure what’s the vector propagating the fear of the coronavirus virus.

The vector propagating this dangerous mental disease is the above-mentioned anti-American traitors infiltrated in the Trump administration in cahoots with members of the mainstream press, following orders from their masters at the CFR, the Rockefellers, Bill and Matilda Gates, George Soros and other known eugenicists.

Unfortunately, some of them have managed to take control of the White House Coronavirus Task Force. Cardinal among them are Anthony Fauci and Deborah Birx as well Vice-president Pence, chair of the Task Force. We need to recognize that they have been doing an excellent job in spreading the lethal fear of the coronavirus virus.

Some globalist anti-American traitors have openly mentioned on several occasions their belief that the Earth is overpopulated and that their ultimate goal is to reduce the Earth’s population levels by no less than 85 percent. The fear of the coronavirus virus is giving them the opportunity to see their more cherished dreams come true.

To make things worse, they have found an ally in Gaia cultists and extreme environmentalists. A poster recently appeared glued to walls in California with the caption “corona is the cure, humans are the disease,” clearly states what they have in mind. Of course, the people they call a plague and have to destroy to save Mother Earth is us, not them.

While the coronavirus mostly affects people’s lungs, the fear of the coronavirus virus affects their brains. While most of the people infected with the coronavirus have recovered, it seems the ones infected by the fear of the coronavirus virus do not ever recover. Even more dangerous, people infected by the highly contagious fear of the coronavirus virus are prone to transmit this dangerous mental disease to other people.

Now, how can you protect yourself from the lethal effects of the fear of the coronavirus virus? The first thing is to recognize the symptoms of the people affected by it and avoid the contagion and maintain social distance and not come near them. Actually, they are very easy to detect.

The most obvious symptom is that people affected by the fear of the coronavirus virus is that they wear face masks at all times. But, once one discovers that a virus is a thousand times smaller than a bacterium, it becomes obvious that it can pass through a face mask’s fabric like water though a colander. So, wearing a fabric face mask to avoid contagion from a virus is tantamount to carrying an umbrella to protect yourself during an earthquake.

Some of the infected with this virus are wearing gloves all the time. A few days ago, I even saw one of them, evidently in the final steps of the disease, cleaning their gloves with hand sanitizer after touching a surface in the supermarket.

Another clear symptom evidenced by people affected by the fear of the coronavirus virus is that they follow to the letter keeping the so-called “social distance” at all times.  Actually, they make an act of it as if to show they are politically correct health conscious citizens. But, having in mind that according to the PC crowd’s ideologue Saul Alinsky,[7] everything is politics, I’d bet that most of the people infected with the fear of the coronavirus virus are furiously anti-Trumpers.

Now, how can we protect ourselves from the dangerous effects of the fear of the coronavirus virus? Well, I have developed my own vaccine. It consists in continuing to live my life as normal as possible, not keeping the quarantine, not using a face mask when it is not strictly required and, more important, not paying much attention to the terrorizing news coming from the fear mongers of the Left and the Right and laughing at them. Until now it has worked for me.

Just a few days ago, after listening to this idiot Fauci telling with a straight face that the quarantine measures due to the fear of the coronavirus virus could extend to the end of the year and probably would become America’s new reality forever, I laughed heartily for several minutes. This was the best proof that, as of today, I am certifiable free from the dangerous fear of the coronavirus virus.

I don’t know if my system would work for you, but I suggest you to give it a try. Just in case. 🙂

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] For a good introduction to the subject watch.

[2] In 2012 Fauci became one of the five Leadership Council of the Gates Foundation-created Global Vaccine Action Plan.

[3] F. William Engdahl, “The Remarkable Doctor A. Fauci,” New Eastern Outlook, April 15, 2020.

[4] Well, I am exaggerating, but just a little. See Veronica Bondarenko, “Bill and Matilda Gates Buy Oceanfront Mansion For $43M,” Inman, April 22, 2020.

[5] The thesis-anthesis-synthesis technique works this way. First, we have an acceptable situation the globalist conspirators want to change into an unacceptable one, which is the thesis. Then, they create out of the blue an artificial situation a hundred times worse their unacceptable thesis. That’s the antithesis. Then, once the public is terrorized by the possibility of the antithesis, they offer the initial situation the people accept as the lesser of two evils, That’s the antithesis.

[6] Falsely attributed to Dr. Walter Reed. See [Link]

[7] Hillary wrote her PhD dissertation on Alinsky’s book Rules for Radicals.




Chasing a Black Cat In The Dark

by Servant Gonzalez

—Illegitimi non carborundum

The measures taken by the Trump administration to fight the Corona virus remind me of the guy who was trying to catch a black cat in a dark room . . . but the cat wasn’t there.

Most of the asinine “suggestions” to stop the propagation of the virus: wearing a mask, stop touching surfaces, not going to restaurants or cinemas, etc., which they have told us may extend for three or four months, would be risible if they weren’t tragic. On the other hand, if the true purpose is to destroy the US economy I would agree that they have been highly successful.

These measures reminded me of the tactic used during the Vietnam War:  destroying the village in order to save it.[1] While bars and restaurants have been forced to close, allegedly to stop the propagation of the Corona virus, Amazon trucks keep running around disseminating a virus which has proven to be much more damaging than the Corona virus: the monopoly virus.[2] While they have been freeing criminals, allegedly to avoid the propagation of the virus, they are threatening law-abiding citizens with putting them in jail is they  don’t wear a facemark while doing their shopping.

Only idiots, or ill intentioned people, can suggest taking measures to fight a virus we don’t know anything about, what it truly is, how it propagates, how as if by magic it has contaminated people who had no contact whatsoever with infected people.[3]  As of today nobody has a good explanation why it has infected Northern Italy but not the South.[4] Moreover, nobody is telling why no cases have been reported among the large California homeless population living on the streets, sick, undernourished and lacking in sanitation facilities.

Even though I am not a “conservative” Republican, much less a “progressive” Democrat, I have supported President Trump mostly for one single reason: he is not a politician. But I have to confess that the measures he has taken to fight the present crisis have confused me.

Why is President Trump passing emergency laws systematically destroying an economy just a few weeks ago he was so proud about? What is the true purpose of this artificially created crisis? Are George W. Bush and Barack Obama advising him? What’s really going on? What’s Trump’s deep game?

There are rumors going around that the government is planing to mobilize the National Guard and deploy it to the streets. But usually the government calls the National Guard when there are riots the police can’t control. So, is the government planning to deploy the National Guard to incite the riots?

One of my pro-Trump friends told me a few days ago that he has changed his mind and is now convinced that Trump is nothing but a Trojan Horse, a secret agent the globalist conspirators are using to implement their New World Order. But that doesn’t make any sense, because they had Hillary Clinton ready to play that role. So, why this unnecessary sidestep?

Some members of the Trump administration are telling with a straight face that the present crisis could extend for several weeks more.[5] What? That doesn’t make any sense. Even during the worst days of WWII when the Nazi V-2s were hitting London, British citizens continued drinking at the pubs and living their lives as normally as possible.

Moreover, there is something highly suspicious going on. Since President Trump announced these drastic measures, allegedly to stop the dissemination of the virus, the “progressive” Left, which previously opposed everything Trump did, now is fully supporting him. This is difficult to explain, at least to me. Why this sudden change in the Left’s behavior?

Nevertheless, as I have written in several articles, Donald Trump has shown the ability to confuse both enemies and supporters, but, at the end, he shows the winning card he had kept hidden up his sleeve. I sincerely hope he will prove again that he is a true American patriot.

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1]. On March 16, 1968, a company of US soldiers went into the village of My Lai 4, in Vietnam. A soldier later testified, “The order we were given was to kill and destroy everything that was in the village.”

[2].  Monopoly capitalism is not capitalism t all. It is either Fascism, when corporations control the state, or Communism, when the state control the  corporations. I was John D. Rockefeller, not Mars, Lenin or Mao, who said: “Competition is a sin.”

[3]. Conspiracy theorists are infecting YouTube and Facebook with theories that 5G mobile internet is responsible for the coronavirus. Of course, government sources have denied it, but we must not forget this rule rule-of-thumb: It is not a confirmed truth  until the government officially denies it.

[4]. An interesting theory is that Northern Italy was hit harder because more people there had been vaccinated against the flu. See, Paolo, “Italy —Vaccinated Area is Hit Worst,” HenryMakow.com, March 20, 20202.

[5]. See Rebecca Shabad, “Fauci Predicts Americans Will Likely Need to Stay Home for at Least Several More Weeks, “ NBC News, March 20, 20202.




The Politicization of the Corona Virus





by Servando Gonzalez“War is the continuation of politics by other means.” —Carl Von Clausewitz

Soon after the detonation of the first nuclear device in New Mexico, the US military classified wars into three categories Atomic, Chemical, Biological (ABC). The destruction of Hiroshima and Nagasaki[1] pushed the Soviet Union and other countries into developing their own nuclear weapons, which made trigger-happy CFR agents at the Pentagon to be little cautious about its use.
Chemical warfare was used in WWII, but it was found to be a very unreliable war tool. Just a change in wind direction can turn you into a target of your own weapon.

Nevertheless, the US used it during the Vietnam War. As expected, Agent Orange not only killed Vietnamese soldiers and civilians, but also many American soldiers. 
In contrast, bacteriological warfare is very old. Probably its earliest use in America was when North American colonists gave American Indians blankets and linens contaminated with smallpox.

But biowarfare shares the same risks chemical warfare has: it can easily turn against its users. This explains why it has not been extensively used. Nevertheless, you don’t need to be a believer in conspiracy theories to accept the fact that the AIDS virus was created in a biowarfare lab and tested in Africa to decimate some local populations. Unfortunately, the AIDS virus found a receptive host in homosexuals.

Everything indicates that the Corona virus is the product of a biowarfare lab. There are two biowarfare labs in Wuhan, China.[2] The fact that the virus sits in an HIV envelope indicates it was engineered. Recombination events cannot to be produced just by chance in nature.
 The spread of the Wuhan Corona virus may have happened by accident.[3] It may may have happened by design, as a population control tool the Chicomms used to decimate its own population. It may also have been a tool used by the US Government against China. It may have been an attempt by CFR globalist agents in the US military[4] to create an artificial crisis which eventually will overthrow President Trump.[5]

Whatever its origin, the anti-Trump crowd has politicized the Corona virus by pushing the death numbers of the world onto Trump’s lap.[6] Their climate change operation did not work, so it has become obvious that they are using the Corona virus as a political warfare weapon to get rid of President Trump, because there’s no other way the Democrats can win.
The bottom line, however, is that despite all efforts of the CFR-controlled mainstream media, the Corona virus has proved to be no more lethal than the previous flu viruses that have affected us. What is new, however, is that the Conspirators have changed the Corona virus into a war tool to overthrow President Donald Trump. The anti-American globalist conspirators have changed a biowarfare weapon into a political warfare weapon whose main effect is fear. Apparently, they planned to use it as a false flag operation the same way CFR globalist gents Bush and Cheney used the 9/11 psywar as a pretext to reduce our freedoms.

So, actually we are not fighting a war against a contagious disease, but a political war against the American people. The main tool of this war is fear. But, as President Roosevelt clearly expressed in his first inaugural address in March 4, 1933, “The only thing we have to fear is fear itself.” We must not let the fear mongers control our lives.

I’d bet that if, God forbid, President Trump resigns and the Liberal “progressive” fearmongers manage to bring their beloved Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Obama) back to the White House, the present crisis would dissolve as if by magic in less that 24 hours. Mark my words!

By the way, even though it is not mentioned in the medical literature, one of the virus’ side effects seems to be diarrhea. This explains why Americans, some of them risking serious bodily harm, have bought mountains of toilet paper that will keep their needs covered for the next quinquennium.[7]

© 2020 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:


1. Following advice from Secretary of State Edward Stettinius (CFR), Secretary of War Henry Stimson (CFR), and General George Marshall (CFR), President Truman (not a CFR member) ordered dropping atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Nagasaki, where no military installation was located, was the site of the largest Christian community in Japan.

2. Bill Gertz, “Virus-hit Wuhan has two laboratories linked to Chinese bio-warfare program.” The Washington Times, Jan 24, 20202.

3. There happens to be a Chinese Bioweapons laboratory about 20 km from Wuhan, (the Epicenter of Covid19 virus) which was built in 2016. The fact that Corona virus originated 20 kilometers from a newly built bio-warfare lab cannot be the product of a coincidence to just dismiss and call it a conspiracy theory.

4. Keep in mind that the good folks at Fort Detrick, Maryland were the ones who brought us the Anthrax outbreak of 2001 as well as Lyme disease and HIV. See, “HIV ‘Created by Scientist’ for Biological Warfare, Nobel Peace Prize Winner Says,” KHN Morning Brief, October 1, 2004.

5. In November 2019, the Gates Foundation held a simulation scenario called Event 201. It simulated an outbreak of a “zoonotic “coronavirus”. “Zoonatic” would be the spread of disease through animals (vertebrates). The scenario ended at the 18-month point, with 65 million deaths. See [Link] 
In July, 2012, eugenicist Bill Gates (CFR) and his wife Melinda attended a “family planning” summit in London to commemorate the 100th anniversary of the First International Eugenics Congress. The event, co-hosted by the United Kingdom Department for International Development, included organizations such as Planned Parenthood, Marie Stopes International and the UN Populations Fund, as well as the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. 
In February 2009, in a speech entitled “Innovating to Zero,” Gates made the following remark at a Conference in Long Beach: 
 “The world today has 6.8 billion people … that’s headed up to about 9 billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”

6. An interesting detail is that the very same people who are now desperately asking President Trump to take drastic measures to contain the Corona virus never pushed President Carter in 1980 to take similar measures to contain the AIDS virus. Of course, AIDS was a politically correct disease, while the Corona virus seemingly is not. See Hua Hsu, “Aids is a Bioweapon,” New York Magazine, Nov. 15, 2013,  
Paradoxically, the only country who took drastic measures to contain AIDS was the Castro government. After the first cases were detected in Cuba, the government created a special military units to detain the members of the social group seen as potential AIDS carriers. They were captured in the streets like mad dogs and forcefully interned in veritable concentration camps. Not surprisingly, nobody in Berkeley or San Francisco complained about it.

7. The toilet paper brouhaha is a clear indication that the whole Corona virus crisis (not the virus itself) is a political war operation some people are fueling to advance their evil agenda. On the other hand, it has evidenced how the moral fiber of most Americans has corroded to a point beyond salvation. The West was won without toilet paper. American soldiers won a war against the Nazis without toilet paper. But the new generations cannot live without it. What a shame!




The Day America Lost Its Soul

Servando Gonzalez

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963, is a seminal occurrence in recent American history. Probably with the exception of the 9/11 events, nothing has affected the American mind and soul more than the JFK assassination. Despite the concerted efforts of the U.S. Government, the media and the academia to promote the “lone nut” narrative, ever since Kennedy was assassinated many Americans have suspected foul play. Moreover, they suspect that their President was the victim of a huge conspiracy involving people at the highest levels in the U.S. Government.

In the spring of 1964, less than a year after the assassination, one third of the people interviewed by pollsters believed that Lee Harvey Oswald, the alleged “lone assassin,” actually acted in complicity with others. Within two years that number doubled. Since then, every poll taken has shown between 60% to 80% of Americans believe that President Kennedy was killed as a result of a conspiracy.

They are not wrong. In 1978 the House Select Committee on Assassinations confirmed the suspicion that JFK was assassinated as the result of conspiracy. According to the Committee Summary of Findings, “The committee believes, on the basis of the evidence available to it, that President John F. Kennedy was probably assassinated as a result of a conspiracy.”[1] Nevertheless, most “serious” investigators who have studied the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and whose books have been published by “prestigious” publishing houses not only have denied the possibility of a conspiracy but have also avoided focusing on the three obvious suspects of the crime: the Central Intelligence Agency, Fidel Castro and David Rockefeller.

This general denial is difficult to understand, not only because the three of them had the motive, the ability, the means and the opportunity to commit such a crime, but also a proven history of resorting to assassination to protect and advance their interests.

The CIA[2] had a strong motive to kill President Kennedy. He not only openly showed his lack of appreciation for the Agency’s work, but also because, after the Bay of Pigs debacle, he fired CIA Director Allen Dulles and Deputy Director for Plans[3] Richard Bissell, both of them trusted CFR members in charge of covert operations on behalf of the Rockefellers and their fellow members of the military-industrial-banking-complex. Even worse, he threatened to disband the Agency.

Castro had also enough reasons to want to get rid of Kennedy, if only because he discovered that Kennedy was trying to assassinate him. Even more important, Castro was the only one among the main suspects who had publicly threatened both John and Robert Kennedy with assassination.

Last, but not least, David Rockefeller’s visceral hatred for JFK was evidenced in his strong opposition to the President, personally and through his agents in the U.S. Government and the mainstream press. It is known that he orchestrated a political campaign against the young President. Moreover, three of Kennedy’s major crises during his term as President, the failed Bay of Pigs Invasion, the confrontation with the steel magnates and the Cuban missile crisis were artificially created by David’s CFR agents.

Even more important, the CIA, Fidel Castro and David Rockefeller not only had the motive, the means and the opportunity, but also the expertise and the propensity to commit such a crime — the three of them were in the assassination business — and David Rockefeller controlled both Castro and the CIA. Actually, David had created both the CIA and Castro.[4 ]

There are plenty of books that have devoted thousands of pages trying to prove or disprove that Oswald was the person who pulled the trigger. Most of them, however, have ingnored his ties to the CIA. Definitely, Oswald was just a tool, not too different from the Mannlicher- Carcano rifle he most likely didn’t use to assassinate the President.

In the Sherlock Holmes story “Silver Blaze,” the dog that didn’t bark was an important clue to solving the mystery. Similarly, most of the investigators who have studied the Kennedy assassination and have avoided pointing to Castro or the CIA as potential culprits have been directly or indirectly associated with the CFR, or the CIA, or both. This is a clear indication that the omission has not been by mistake but by design. Far from wanting to solve the mystery, the true goal of these authors has been to muddy the waters even more.[5]

Nevertheless, despite the informational blackout, at least some authors have lit the road to truth. In the case of the CIA, several authors have pointed their finger in the right direction. Probably the most damaging one was Jim Garrison’s pioneering book On the Trail of the Assassins,[6] which won him eternal condemnation and vituperation from the CFR-controlled mainstream press and academia.

The case of Castro’s possible role in the JFK assassination is a quite different story. Despite the fact that Castro was the only one among the potential suspects who publicly threatened both John and Robert Kennedy with assassination,[7] he has been mostly invisible to most of the JFK assassination investigators.

Finding the true causes of the assassination of President Kennedy is vital to understanding today’s America. Nearly every form of the growing assault on freedoms that has overrun our country in the past 50 years has its roots in the assassination of President Kennedy. JFK was seemingly the last opportunity the American people had to stop the growing tyranny of the CFR conspirators’ Invisible Government.

Today, fifty-six years after John Fitzgerald Kennedy was born, an investigation of the true causes of his assassination is more relevant than ever because it connects directly to the communo-fascistic growth of the U.S. government and its disregard of the rule of law, the growing economic gap between the working class and the hyper rich, the erosion of the independence of the mainstream press, the growing of a pervasive surveillance society and the encroaching police state. Once the CFR conspirators were able to get away with the assassination of President Kennedy, it was a short step to the assassinations of Robert Kennedy, Martin Luther King Jr., and many others they perceived as a threat. It was also a short step to the CIA mass assassinations in Vietnam under Operation Phoenix, the Waco massacre, the 9/11 events and the official sanctioning of torture at Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo.

It seems that the conspirators’ success in assassinating President Kennedy pushed them into a frenzy of assassination, abuse, theft, corruption and war. Apparently guided by the principle that the end justifies the means, they felt no constraints on their way to reach their cherished goal: a New World Order.

Currently, the most hated leaders in the world are Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, Jair Bolsonaro and Viktor Orban. Why? Because all of them are nationalists who love ttheir countries and oppose the globalist conspirators’ New World Order.

I would dare to add that the true reason why President Trump[8] is still alive is because both David Rockefeller and Fidel Castro are dead.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. https://www.archives.gov/research/jfk/select-committee-report/ summary.html
  2. Out of unavoidable oversimplification, most people usually refer to actions taken by intelligence services in collective terms such as “the CIA knew,” “the OSS thought,” “the KGB acted,” “the Mossad believed,” etc., forgetting that intelligence services are not homogeneous entities. Moreover, due to the application of the principles of need-to-know and compartmentation, common to all intelligence services, the right hand doesn’t know what the left hand is doing, and vice versa. The same principle applies to entities such as the Military-Industrial Complex, the Council on Foreign Relations, the State Department, the U.S. Congress or the mainstream press. Therefore, when somebody says “the CIA knew,” or mentions “a CIA Report,” it actually means “some people at CIA knew,” or “some people at CIA wrote a Report.” This is why I always make a conscious effort to name the names of the traitors instead of blaming as a whole the organization they belong to. Moreover, in the case of critical operations, like assassination attempts on foreign leaders or using American citizens as unwilling guinea pigs to test psychedelic drugs, it is likely that most people at the CIA, including very senior officers, were left out in the dark about the operation.
  3. The Directory of “Plans” was the innocuous name adopted by the CIA to conceal its directory in charge of covert operations that included assassinations.
  4. Other Rockefellers’ aberrant creations are the Council on Foreign Relations, the United Nations Organization, the Trilateral Commission, the World Trade Organization, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, just to mention a few.
  5. Actually, the main goal of the Warren Commission was to avoid any menion of Castro as a possible culprit.
  6. Jim Garrison, On the Trail of the Assassins (New York: Sheridan Square, 1988).
  7. In an impromptu interview with Associate Press correspondent Daniel Harker while attending a reception at the Brazilian Embassy in Havana in September 7, 1963, Castro delivered a very clear warning to the Kennedy brothers. Talking about the attempts by the Kennedys to “get” him, he said that the members of the Kennedy administration would find themselves in danger if they persisted in their behavior, bitterly adding, “We are prepared to fight them and answer in kind. United States leaders should think that if they are aiding terrorist plans to eliminate Cuban leaders . . . they themselves will not be safe.” Castro’s words to Harker, including his warning to the Kennedys, initially appeared on September 9, 1963, in the New Orleans Times-Picayune. The New York Times published the interview, but cautiously deleted the most important portion of Castro’s warning. Castro ended his message with a threatening note: “Let Kennedy and his brother Robert watch out, . . . they, too, could become targets of assassination.”
  8. An interesting detail is that the very same people who called Kennedy a “pinko,” are now accusing Trump of ties to Putin. The reason is because some brainwashed Americans still see Russia as the main source of communism in the world. They are wrong. Currently, there are more communists in Berkeley than in Moscow.



October 1962: How Close to the Brink?

Servando Gonzalez

According to common lore, in October 1962, the U.S. intelligence discovered that the Soviets had placed medium-range missies with nuclear warheads in Cuba. These missiles, they claimed, were capable to hit targets in Washington, D.C. and as far as Chicago. This started what later was known as the Cuban missile crisis.

According to most people who have studied the Cuban missile crisis, October 1962, was the time when world teetered closer to the brink of thermonuclear war and the end of civilization as we know it. This opinion has been repeated over and over by most specialists who have studied the crisis.[1]

Well, I strongly disagree, and I base my disagreement on simply verifiable facts that point to a quite different story.

The Cuban Missile Crisis (Google Images)

Similarly to the alleged CIA failure to anticipate the 9/11 events, much has been written about the CIA’s failure to predict the deployment of Soviet strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil in 1962. This failure has been directly attributed to the CIA’s September Estimate.

On several occasions, President Kennedy had asked the intelligence community for an evaluation of the Soviet military buildup in Cuba, but apparently no official within the government, probably with the exception of John McCone, had anticipated the Russian move. On each of the four times that the U.S. intelligence community emitted its National Intelligence Estimate,[2] with official reports on Cuba and the Caribbean, they had advised the President that the Russians would not make offensive weapons available to Castro. The last NIE, dated the 19th of September, just before the crisis erupted —the now notorious September Estimate— provided similar conclusions. Based on the appraisal of the information made by Sherman Kent and his analysts, the United States Intelligence Board (USIB) concluded without reservations that Soviet emplacement of offensive missiles in Cuba was highly unlikely.

Following the methodology to evaluate information described in a previous article,[3] the estimate pointed out that the Soviet Union had not taken this kind of step with any of its satellites in the past. In fact, the Soviets had never placed strategic nuclear weapons outside its own territorial borders, not in the loyal Communist Eastern Europeans nations, nor in communist China.[4] Both U.S. military and civil leaders had believed all along that the Soviet Union would never risk such action, especially after the repeated reassurances, both public and private, the Soviets had given them.[5]

However, just a few days after the estimate was issued, American U-2 planes took photos in which the CIA photo-interpreters found what they considered strong evidence of the presence of Soviet medium-range strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil. What went wrong?

Well, actually nothing went wrong.

The fact that never before, and never after the Cuban missile crisis the Soviets deployed nuclear missiles beyond their borders is a strong indication that the predictions of Sherman Kent and his analysts in their evaluation of the situation in Cuba was confirmed by the facts. They forecasted that the Soviets would never place nuclear missiles in Cuba, and they sure didn’t. The only thing that would have proved the Estimate wrong would have been the actual proof of the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962. This would have been the smoking gun.

But, contrary to repeated, unsubstantiated claims to the contrary, as of today, the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962 has never been proved.[6] And no smoking gun has ever been found for the simple reason that it was never there. Consequently, the September Estimate could not have been more accurate. Sherman Kent and the rest of the people at the USIB proved their worth to the American intelligence community.[7] Unfortunately, they didn’t know that, by doing the right thing on behalf of the American people, they were damaging the interest of their (unknown to them) true masters, the CFR conspirators.

In a post mortem analysis of the alleged causes of the Estimate’s “failure,” Assistant Director for National Estimates Sherman Kent, Chairman of the Board of National Estimates, reluctantly admitted that they had come down on the wrong side. Yet, he could not restrain himself from pointing out what he considered the “incredible wrongness of the Soviet decision to put missiles in Cuba.”[8] Of course, Kent was absolutely right in believing that, if Khrushchev actually did what he seemed to have done, he was dead wrong. Even more, something that perhaps

Kent might have thought, but didn’t put in writing, by doing what he apparently had done, the Soviet Premier would have proved to be a stupid, incompetent fool and a madman. However, as any book about the Soviet Premier can show, this was not the case. Nikita Khrushchev was a lot of things, some of them not pretty, but he was not a kook.

Now, an elementary rule of tradecraft states that when there is an unexpected, unexplainable change in the opponent’s behavior, the first thing to suspect is deception. According to the CIA’s own prescribed tradecraft practices, as stated in the document A compendium of Analytic Tradecraft Notes,[9] there are warning signs to detect enemy deception which address the likelihood that a country or organization is engaged in a disinformation attempt. The first set of warnings has to do with the likelihood that a country may be engaged in an attempt to distort the analyst’s perceptions: (I have added between brackets the known facts which prove that every single one of the six warning signs was present during the Cuban missile crisis and were later ignored by CFR agents at both the NSC and the CIA.)

  1. Means. The country being assessed has the experience and means to undertake sophisticated deception operations. [Maskirovka, a common Soviet practice. During WWII, the Soviets had built a huge factory near the Ural Mountains fully devoted to the production of decoys and dummies.]
  2. Opportunity: When the country is known to have knowledge of the periodicity and acuity of technical collection vehicles that pass over an area it wishes to protect, analysts have to be aware that the resultant information may be incomplete if not also deliberately distorted. [After studying Power’s U-2 after it was shot down in the USSR, the Soviets knew about the plane’s extraordinary capabilities for detection.]
  3. Motive. A motive to deceive is believed to be present. [In the case of Khrushchev, his motive may have been his desire to get rid of the unreliable Castro. But he also may have wanted the Americans to do, unwittingly, the dirty job for him.]

The second set of warnings focuses on anomalies in the information available to the analysts. These warning signs include:

  1. Suspicious gaps in collection. The analysts are not receiving the range and volume of information they would expect if there were no deliberate tampering with sources and collection platforms. [The US information collection activities on the Soviet Union stopped after Powers’ U-2 plane was shot down.]
  2. Contradictions to a carefully researched pattern. The new information does not match with the opponent’s previously observed priorities and practices. [The Soviets never had deployed nuclear warheads beyond their borders.]
  3. Suspicious confirmation. A new stream of information from clandestine sources or technical collection seems to reinforce the rationale for the action. [I.e., information provided by Penkovsky, a suspected Soviet plant, reinforced the alleged existence of nuclear missiles in Cuba.]

The author of the Notes was Jack Davis, a retired officer who spent 40 years as practitioner, teacher, and critic of intelligence analysis. Though the Notes were published in 1997, they summarized tradecraft practices that have been standard operating procedures in the CIA for many years, including during the Cuban missile crisis. Therefore, the gross failures in tradecraft by the CIA analysts, and the CIA officer’s inability to detect the Soviets’ deception efforts, cannot by any stretch of the imagination be attributed to “errors,” but to a willful desire by CFR agents in the U.S. government to mislead president Kennedy.

It is difficult to explain why so many senior CIA officers committed such an obvious breach in their established tradecraft practices. Nevertheless, I have a theory, but explaining it would take too long and is beyond the scope of this article. So, if you want to know it, you may have to read my book The Nuclear Deception: Kennedy, Khrushchev, Castro and the Cuban Missile Crisis, available at Amazon.com.[10]

Finally, why did President Kennedy fail to seize the opportunity to get rid of his supposed archenemy? Why didn’t he authorize the U.S. Navy to board the Soviets ships allegedly bringing out of Cuba the missiles and their nuclear warheads, and verify it? Did Kennedy know something we don’t? These are the real questions to be answered to solve this historical riddle called the Cuban missile crisis.

Who Controls the Past …

Some of the readers familiar with the subject of the Cuban missile crisis may object that, contrary to what I have expressed above, there is an abundance of books proving beyond any reasonable doubt that there were missiles and their nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962. However, a serious analysis of these books shows that most of what they claim is in contradiction with the facts.

The reason for this hemorrhage of books trying to pass as fact non-confirmed assumptions is because, faithful to Orwell’s 1984 dictum, “Who controls the present controls the past. Who controls the past controls the future,” the CFR conspirators give much importance and spend an inordinate amount of time muddying the historical waters. For example, for many years the most widely accepted interpretation of the Pearl Harbor events was CFR member Roberta Wohlstetter’s Pearl Harbor: Warning and Decision.[11] In it, after accepting that the U.S. government knew of the incoming attack, using a recurrent CFR excuse she attributed the inability to act to a failure in inter-agency communication.

In the same fashion, the most accepted interpretation of the Cuban missile crisis was the one advanced by CFR member Graham T. Allyson in his book Essence of Decision.[12] We now know that Wohlstetter’s and Allyson’s interpretation of the events is totally false, and perhaps not by mistake, but by design.

As with the case of Pearl Harbor, after the Cuban missile crisis many professional  disinformers passing as serious scholars have published a spate of terror ridden books trying to convince us about how close we were to the nuclear brink during the crisis. In these books the nuclear warheads allegedly present in Cuba in 1962 have miraculously reproduced like rabbits jumping from a magician’s hat and the Russian officers in the field had their itchy fingers close to the firing button.

This, however, has nothing to do with the reality of the events. Unfortunately, most people still believe the fairy tale concocted by the CFR conspirators. If things have changed in relation to the 9/11 events, it is because of the Internet, a medium the CFR conspirators cannot control, and its ability to advertise critical books published by small, non-controlled publishing houses.

Now, why do the CFR conspirators devote so much time to fixing the past? The answer is simple: because by giving credibility to past artificially created, non-existing threats they add credibility to present and future, artificially created, nonexistent ones.[13] As James Jesus Angleton once said, “The past telescopes into the future.”[14]

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. See, I.e., “To the Brink: JFK and the Cuban Missile Crisis,” ; “The Brink of Nuclear War: The Cuban Missile Crisis,” ; “The Cuban Missile Crisis: The Brink of Nuclear War,” ; “On the Brink of Nuclear War: Leadership and the Cuban Missile Crisis,” ; “The Cuban Missile Crisis: On the Brink of Nuclear War,” ; “The Brink: Cuban Missile Crisis, 1962,” ; “To the Brink: JFK and the Cuban Missile Crisis”.
  2. In 1950 the CIA created the Office of National Estimates, to produce high-level national intelligence estimates, in an effort to forecasts possible Soviet behavior.
  3. Servando Gonzalez, “Lies, Damned Lies and 9/11,” September 28, 2019.
  4. See, Robert Kennedy, Thirteen Days (New York: W.W. Norton, 1971), p. 6; Hugh Sidey, John F. Kennedy, President (Greenwich, Conn.: Crest Books, 1963), p. 298; Klauss Knorr, “Failure in National Intelligence Estimates, The Case of the Cuban Missiles,” World Politics, Vol. XVI No. 3 (April, 1964); and Arnold Horelick, “The Cuban Missile Crisis. An analysis of Soviet Calculations and Behavior,” World Politics, Vol. XVI No. 3, April 1964.
  5. On the apparent failure of the U.S. intelligence community to predict the deployment of the Russian missiles in Cuba, see Investigation of the Preparedness Program, Interim Report on the Cuban Military Buildup by the Preparedness Investigating Committee, Committee on armed Services, U.S. Senate, 88 Congress, 1st Session, Washington, 1963. The Report is usually called the Stennis Report because Senator Stennis was chairman of the subcommittee.
  6. During an interview at the Kennedy Library in 1970, somebody asked Deputy Secretary of Defense Roswell Gilpatric about the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962. Gilpatrick’s answer was clear: “We never had any positive evidence” [that Soviet warheads were in Cuba]. “If you ask my own belief, I don’t think that there were.” … “I think there were plans for flying them in, but I don’t think they were actually matched up … with the launchers.” Quoted in Seymour Hersh, The Dark Side of Camelot (Boston: Little,
  7. Men of strong convictions, some of the authors of the September estimate, notably CIA officers Sherman Kent, Abbot Smith and John Huizenga, never recanted. Faced with their apparent failure, their conclusion was that it had been Khrushchev, not the Estimate, who had been wrong. Information on Kent, Abbot and Huizenga in Raymond L. Garthoff, “US Intelligence in the Cuban Missile Crisis,” in James Blight and David Welch, Intelligence in the Cuba Missile Crisis, (London: Frank Cass, 1998), p. 21.
  8. Sherman Kent, “A Crucial Estimate Relived,” Studies in Intelligence, Spring 1964.
  9. See, Central Intelligence Agency, A compendium of Analytic Tradecraft Notes, Washington, D.C. February 1997.
  10. I have studied this theory in detail in my book The Nuclear Hoax: Kennedy, Khrushchev, Castro and the Cuban Missiles Crisis,
  11. Roberta Wohlstetter’s Pearl Harbor: Warning and Decision (Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 1962).
  12. Graham T. Allyson, Essence of Decision: Explaining the Cuban Missile Crisis (New York : Little, Brown, 1971).
  13. See, i.e., Webster Griffin Tarpley, 9/11: Synthetic Terror Made in USA (Joshua Tree, California: Progressive Press, 2006).
  14. Contrary to the disinformers who have painted Angleton as a patriot, he was a traitor and a criminal serving the interest of his CFR masters. See Servando Gonzalez, “Deconstructiing Angleton: Was the CIA’s Mole Hunter Just Paranoid, or Something Else?,: Paranoia, Fall 2012. You may read the article here.



Third World Countries Develop New Export Item

Servando Gonzalez

Most countries south of the U.S. border have developed a very lucrative export product much better than cocaine, coffee, mangoes or pineapple. This product does not require capital investment, land, fertilizer, refrigeration or packaging. It is not affected by draughts or plagues. It doesn‘t require manpower to farm it. Shipping it abroad cannot be cheaper. Production costs are minimal. Moreover, it is recession proof.

This new export cash crop is their own citizens. That is, poor, low educated, hardworking citizens who cannot find jobs in their own countries but will happily do the jobs many Americans living a good life out of welfare checks would not do.

Most of the illegal aliens[1] currently assaulting the U.S. borders claim they are escaping from political persecution and criminals in their country. Though that may be true in a few cases, that’s not the true reason. They are leaving their countries because their own governments are encouraging them to do so.

Why, one may ask, does a government encourages its citizens to leave their country? Because currently the main source of hard currency for Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, El Salvador and other countries south of the border, not to mention Cuba, is remittances from their citizens in the U.S. So, they kick their poor, unemployed people out of their countries and are handsomely paid for doing so.

According to some sources,[2] in 2018 remittances abroad to some countries were:

Mexico ———– $35.5 billion
Guatemala ——- $  9.5 billion
Salvador ——— $  5    billion
Honduras ——- $  4.5  billion
Nicaragua ——–$  1.5  billion
Dominican Rep.-$  6.5  billion
Haiti ————- $  3     billion
Ecuador ———-$  3     billion
Cuba ————- $  2.5  billion[3]

So, these governments —to name just a few, because the list is very long— have found an export item that is in high demand in the U.S. because both “progressive” Democrats and “conservative” Republicans love it.  Democrats see them as votes and Republicans as cheap labor.

President Trump has seen the problem, but his solution, building a wall, may not be the right one. Actually, what we need to stop this problem is not a physical wall but an economic one. Only passing laws prohibiting remittances abroad will stop this hemorrhage of American dollars. Only economic laws will stop people from milking the American cow.

Now, it would be unfair to blame these government, much less the hardworking people who sent money abroad to help their relatives back in their countries, and not mentioning the role of big corporations in exporting American jobs abroad to increase their profits. They have done it both by paying sweat shop salaries to foreign workers as well as to avoid paying taxes in the U.S.

Granted, big corporations did so encouraged by the Bushes, The Clintons, Obama and their Rockefeller masters at the Council on Foreign Relations. This explains the extraordinary economic success of some corporations such as Apple, Walmart and Amazon, just to mention a few. Some of them don’t see themselves as American anymore, but as “transnationals.” This follows the recent trend of globalists to call themselves transnationalists.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Notes:

[1] These people are not immigrants. They violated U.S. immigration laws to get in, so they are illegal aliens. Any other denomination is pure disinformation. Even more, people don’t select the countries they want to immigrate, countries do. That’s why they have immigration laws.

[2] These amounts are approximate because, particularly in the case of Cuba, many people send their remittances in cash to avoid the government appropriate the lion’s share.

[3] If one is to believe the Castros’ government and their admirers in Berkeley, there is a fierce U.S. economic embargo — Castro used to call it a “blockade— upon the Island. That’s the cause, according to them, of Cuba’s ongoing economic disaster. It seems, however that the embargo has been highly inefficient in avoiding the Castro family and its minions to get their part in the milking of the American cow.




Lies, Damned Lies and 9/11

Servando Gonzalez

There are three kinds of lies: lies, damned lies, and statistics. —Mark Twain

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the US Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them consistently use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

Meteorologists never say “tomorrow is going to rain,” but “there is a 25 percent of possibility for rain tomorrow.” In the same fashion, after evaluating a particular item of information, intelligence analysts never say “this is true,” but give an estimate of the possibility it may be true intelligence.

Now, how is information evaluated?

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, is the process by which a piece of information is analyzed in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, in order to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

Reliability of the Source:

A Completely reliable
B Usually reliable
C Fairly Reliable
D Not usually reliable
E Unreliable
F Reliability cannot be judged

Accuracy of the Information:

1 Confirmed by other reliable sources
2 Probably true
3. Possibly true
4. Doubtful
5. Improbable
6. Accuracy cannot be judged

The evaluation simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance, and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.[5]

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information — something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2.”

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities, and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

From the point of view of intelligence and espionage, a stolen document is often more valuable than a gratuitously conveyed secret one from whatever source, since it diminishes, though not totally eliminates, the risk of deliberately misleading information. The “why?” however, applies not only to the danger of planted disinformation. It must also be asked about the source, even of one whose bona fides is beyond question. The danger here is of an intelligence service believing what it wants to believe —a problem that has affected all the world’s intelligence services at one time or another. The problem of the bias of the evaluator is one that is unavoidable in intelligence; it extends even to information of fullest credibility from the most reliable sources.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information.

Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimize error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning questioned the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouthpiece parroting it over and over ad nauseam. Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses.

However, the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[6] Moreover, with a few and short exceptions, the U.S. Government ha been fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Therefore, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, secret CFR agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable.

Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that in the past similar information has proven to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present one is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proven to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, first, never before or after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire.[7]

On July 28, 1945, a B-25 bomber crashed against floors 78, 79 and 80 of the Empire State building in New York city, at the time the tallest skyscraper in the city. But the firefighters manage to extinguish the fire. The building did not collapse.

On February 2004 a violent fire destroyed the top 30 floors of a skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela, but the building did not collapse. On February, 2005, a fire destroyed 30 top floors of a skyscraper in Madrid, Spain. After a whole day fighting the fire, it was extinguished. The building did not collapse.

On November, 2010, a 28 floor apartment building in Shanghai, China, was totally consumed by fire, but the step structure was not affected and the building did not collapse. In April, 2012, a skyscraper still under construction for the Russian Federation in Moscow was severely affected by fire. The building did not collapse.

On June 16, 2017, a violent fire totally destroyed a 24-floor apartment building in London, but it did not collapse.

Secondly, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition. This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could usually fall on their own footprint when demolished, these companies would be superfluous — but they are not. But CFR agents in the U.S. Government, the press and the academia want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, or two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government such as George W. Bush and Dick Cheney, could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government, any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given one. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, “never put a good crisis to waste” —particularly an artificially created crisis.[8]

If things have changed in relation to the 9/11 events, it is because of the Internet, a medium the CFR conspirators cannot fully control, and its ability to advertise critical books published by small, non-controlled publishing houses. Now, why do the CFR conspirators devote so much time to fixing the past? The answer is simple: because by giving credibility to past artificially created, non-existing threats they add credibility to present and future, artificially created, nonexistent ones.

Unfortunately, the true perpetrators of 9/11 are still at large. Hint: one of them claimed to be a Christian, but was always making the Devil’s sign with his hand. If you still don’t know who they are, you are either disinformed, a fool, a die-hard member of the Repucratic Party, or a globalist anti-American traitor.

My only hope is that the present action against the Saudi oil fields, most likely a false-flag operation, would not become another 9/11 to justify higher oil prices and a new unnecessary war.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence.
The author of the article reminds the reader that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948).

2 . Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965) , p. 11.

3. Sun Tzu, The Art of War – translated by Samuel B. Griffin (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.

4. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.

5 According to communication theory, the amount of information is directly proportional to the unexpectedness of the message. This also applies to the field of intelligence and espionage, but one must keep in mind that information is not true intelligence under it has been evaluated.

6. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).

7. Skyscrapers not collapsing as the result of fires.

8. A 90-page Report, entitled “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century” published in September 2000 by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), an organization formed mostly by so-called “neocons” supporters of the Bush administration stated: In order to transform the U.S. military for the new challenges it will face, the process of transformation, “… even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event — like a new Pearl Harbor.” [emphasis added]




The Corporation: A Peculiar Institution

Servando Gonzales

Big mega corporations are a new form of slavery.

People who see corporations as something normal have exactly the same mindset as the people in the 19th Century who saw slavery as a normal, legitimate and just “peculiar” institution, far different from the very harsh slave systems existing in other countries, and that southern slavery had no impact on those living in northern states.

Nevertheless, even perfunctory analyses of the way corporations operate and how they affect society show that corporations should be banned for the same reason slavery was banned. Actually, corporations have become nothing but a modern, more efficient form of slavery.

Though, as the result of some legal chicanery, for some purposes they are considered people, corporations have no soul. Moreover, they have no ethics, principles or morals. Despite claims on the contrary they usually make in their institutional advertising, the only purpose of a corporation is to maximize the profits of its shareholders — at any cost.[1]

A film based on Joel Bakan’s book The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, [2] shows that most corporations exhibit many of the traits of psychopathic behavior, such as:

  • – Callous unconcern for the feelings of others;
  • – Incapacity to maintain enduring relationships;
  • – Reckless disregard for the safety of others; [3]
  • – Deceitfulness: repeated lying and conning of others for profit;
  • – Incapacity to experience guilt;
  • – Failure to conform to social norms with respect to lawful behavior.

Corporations have created a particular sort of mirage. You look around and are tricked to believe that you see hospitals, colleges, department stores, hardware stores, drug factories, airlines, etc., but that is part of the illusion. Ultimately, corporations do not care about the products they make — be it cars, drugs, electronic gadgets, food, books, gas, or airplanes —, much less about their workers or the customers who buy their products. Their only goal is to persuade you to buy their products, disregarding whether or not their products are safe, negatively affect your health or create an addiction. To reach their goals they resort to any type of mind manipulation through advertising that includes falsehood, fabrications, deception, and outright lies, in order to maximize their profits.

Proof that corporations do not care less about their customers is the fact that, to maximize profits, they have outsourced most of the manufacture of their products. But, having solved a short-term problem, they have created a long-term one: they have destroyed the way of living of their own consumers. The direct result of moving production overseas to Mexico, China, and other countries to profit from quasi-slave labor, is that they have deprived most of their working-class customers of their source of income. Currently, 9 out of every 10 products sold by the Walmart corporation are made in China, and 9 out of every 10 Walmart customers is a worker who lost his well-paid job because, to maximize its profits, Walmart does not buy American-made products.

But that is not the only problem corporations pose. Once they become economically powerful they aim for political power as well. Their ultimate goal is to take control of the state, a political system Benito Mussolini called “lo stato corporativo” — the corporate state— another name for Fascism.

Like most things wrong on this planet, the modern corporation is a Rockefeller baby — initially they called it a trust. No wonder critics called the Rockefellers one of the families that have done more damage to the people of the world.

Moreover, contrary to the commonly accepted myth, corporations are anticapitalist. They hate competition — probably the best characteristic of capitalism —, and their goal is to completely eliminate it. It was John D. Rockefeller — not Marx, Lenin or Mao — who said, “Competition is a sin.”

I don’t have any doubts that the owners and executives of some successful companies initially had good intentions. But, once they became powerful corporations, all sense of social conscience vanished. In modern times, transnational corporations have become the most useful cover to commit crimes against humanity. Corporations such as I.G. Farben, Monsanto and BP are not the exception, but the rule. The worst part of it is that they are committing these crimes with total impunity, and they know it.

While some activities (research, development, marketing, advertising) are still kept at home, 75% of manufacturing activities of most of high tech “American” products have been moved overseas.[4] This has effectively reduced the production costs and enormously raised the profit margin of these corporations.

Some politicians keep repeating the mantra that we need to create conditions to entice corporations to bring back manufacturing jobs to America. In the Washington parlance politicians talk, this means lowering even more the taxes paid by the corporations. But, as General Electric, Amazon and Apple have shown in recent years, big corporations use all the loopholes they have paid the politicians to create in order not to pay taxes. So, there is no way you can lower their taxes even more.

There is, however, a simple, time-tested way to persuade corporations to manufacture their products here: it is called tariffs. That is, imposing import tariffs on products manufactured abroad by American corporations that could have been manufactured here because traditionally they were manufactured in America. This is called economic protectionism and the globalist conspirators at the Council on Foreign Relations hate it.

But, one may argue that here in America we have an economic policy called “Free Trade.” Yes, we do. But the problem with the so-called Free Trade (a good example of semantic deception) policy is that it is not free trade at all.

For example, in 1994 the U.S. signed a Free Trade agreement with Mexico and Canada. It was called the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). According to this agreement, Mexican, Canadian and U.S. merchants can freely trade goods across the borders.

Well, I discovered some years ago that exactly the same prescription drugs that sell for $80 – $90 dollars in the U.S. you could get in Mexico for less than ten bucks. However, if you buy some in Mexico and try to sell then in the U.S. for profit, U.S. Customs officers will confiscate them and may toss you in jail. Obviously, the free trade agreement does not apply equally for everybody. As in Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some were more equal than others. So, instead of NAFTA, the agreement should have been called NAFTAFCO: North American Free Trade Agreement For Corporations Only.

Outsourcing manufacturing jobs overseas has only slightly lowered the price of some products. It has, though, enormously increased the profit margin for the outsourcing corporations.[5]

If one is to believe U.S. history textbooks, the main cause for the Civil War was slavery: the good, honest, kind, Northerners fighting the evil, dishonest, unkind slave masters in the South. It is difficult to understand, however, how the descendants of the anti-slavery crowd are now passionately helping to maintain slavery around the world. It is even more difficult to understand why so many descendants of slaves now happily have become slaves of the government, the largest U.S. corporation of them all.

Do we need a second Civil War to force the nice, kind, politically-correct American corporations such as Apple to stop using slave workers abroad? Actually we don’t. The solution is peaceful, and is very simple: just stop giving our business to big, monopolistic American-based corporations[6] that manufacture abroad products that traditionally have been made in the U.S.

Boycotting big corporations is not only moral, but also economically advantageous.[7]. For example, if we stop buying Chinese products at Walmart, COSTCO, Kmart and Home Depot, as well as Apple iPhones made by slave workers in China or Nike sneakers made in Vietnam, just to mention the most notorious offenders, either they will be forced to offer products Made in U.S.A. or go out of business.

This option is the best, not only because it doesn’t require any violent revolt, but also because these 800-pound gorillas have made local stores to go out of business. Small stores are owned by local people who spend their money locally, quite contrary to the big stores owned by absentee stockholders of corporations who spend their money in he French Riviera.

The bottom line is that currently America’s worst enemy is not terrorists abroad, much less Russia, but its own mega corporations.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. Corporation bylaws impose a legal duty on corporate executives to make the largest profits possible for shareholders. If you doubt it, just read about the true causes of Boeing’s ongoing problem with its 737 Max.
  2. Joel Balkan, writer, The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of Profit and Power, Canada,
  3. If you doubt this, just read about Boeing’s ongoing problem with its 737 Max.
  4. The in-flight safety instructions brochure of Boeings 737-700 and 800 informs that the planes had been “assembled in the United States.”
  5. Most of them keep most their operations abroad, don’t pay U.S. taxes, and are American only in name. Moreover, corporations don’t care about the governments they del with. Proof of it is that many American corporations that cover themselves behind a façade of progressivism and liberalism happily deal with China, whose government is one of the most repressive, anti-liberal regime in the world.
  6. A widespread myth used as a pretext for cities to give tax incentives to big corporations is that they create jobs, but that is simply a lie. Less than a year after Ikea opened its huge store in Emeryville, California, most furniture stores in the East Bay went out of business.



Conspiracies and Conspiracy Theories

What is a conspiracy? A conspiracy is a legal term designating an association of two or more people who secretly carry out an illegal or criminal activity. Granted, not all secret activities can be termed conspiracies. A group of people planning in secret a surprise party for a friend’s birthday cannot be termed a conspiracy. The essential part of this definition is that the group meets in secret to violate the law or commit a crime.

On the other hand we have a term has suddenly catapulted into the headlines of the news: conspiracy theory. Conspiracy theories are advanced by conspiracy theorists. There are several definitions of what a conspiracy theorist is, but I am going to offer mine.

To me, a conspiracy theorist is a derogatory term created for the sole purpose of discrediting a person who offers a logical explanation of an event or process that essentially differs from the explanation provided by the government. Actually, most so-called conspiracy theories are created to counteract the farfetched conspiracy theories advanced by the U.S. government.

The globalist conspirators who control the U.S. government are the main source of false theories that, being the product of a few people who conspired in secret to create and divulge them, easily fall into the category of conspiracy theories. The most recent is the one which claims that sexual pervert Jeffrey Epstein committed suicide in his jail cell.

A typical example is the coordinated campaign to discredit and censor Alex Jones because he consistently offered a different version of the explanation of the 9/11 events provided by the U.S. Government. The campaign has been so nasty and pervasive that in some mainstream media Alex Jones has become a synonym for kook.

But a serious organization of architects and engineers[1] basically believe that Jones is right and that the explanation offered by the U.S. government simply cannot be true. Moreover, just recently, several NY area Fire Commissioners have asked for a 9/11 investigation due to the “overwhelming evidence” that “pre-planted explosives . . . caused the destruction of the three World Trade Center buildings.”[2]

The explanation offered by President George W. Bush just a day after 9/11 was that a few Muslims conspired to carry out the 9/11 events. But it is a theory, because the explanation was offered without carrying out an investigation to find what really happened. As of today, no investigation of the 9/11 events has been carried out. Actually, the different government agencies joined President Bush not only in avoiding an investigation but also to obstruct it. Videos taken just after the events show government agents in Manhattan and the Pentagon tampering with the evidence.

Now, why did key members of the U.S. government order, or at least authorize, some agents of authority to destroy the evidence? The most logical explanation is because they didn’t want the American people to know what really happened that tragic day which will live in infamy. As if on cue, the CFR-controlled media began calling anybody who advanced an explanation that differed from Bush’s farfetched conspiracy theory a “conspiracy theorist”. Curiously, the alleged liberal, “progressive,” anti-Bush Left, has never criticized him for his conspiracy theory about the 9/11 events.

Moreover, after such a failure of our alphabet soup of agencies whose agents’ main job is to protect us from such attacks, nobody was reprimanded, much less fired.[3] An interesting detail is that the alleged liberal, progressive, anti-Bush Left, nor the leftist mainstream media, has ever criticized him for his farfetched conspiracy theory about what really happened on September 11th, 2001.

Conspiracy theories do not come out of the blue. Most of them are triggered by government’s explanations of an event that are deliberately false. Just a few minutes after the government declared that sexual predator Jeffrey Epstein had committed suicide by hanging himself in his jail cell, dozen of conspiracy theories erupted like mushrooms after a summer shower.

Granted, 9/11 is not the first time the U.S. government has used dramatic events in order to have the pretext to carry out a previously-conceived plan. The examples abound: the explosion of the USS Maine battleship in Havana’s bay used as a pretext to start a predatory war with Spain; the sinking of the Lusitania, as a pretext to get the U.S. involved in WWI; the attack on Pearl Harbor, used a pretext to involve the U.S. into WWII; the Gulf of Tonkin incident, used as a pretext to escalate the war in Vietnam.

Current conspiracy theories advanced by the globalist conspirators are global warming, peak oil, carbon dioxide as a poisonous gas and shrinking ice in polar caps, just to mention a few.

But none of these nefarious events has affected Americans as much as 9/11. The 9/11 events were the pretext used to start the so-called “war on terror,” that justified the creation of the Office of Homeland Security, the Transportation Security Administration, the militarization of the police, the creation of a national police[5], and the current total surveillance society which closely follows the lines of Nazi Germany, the Soviet Union and the current in China and Cuba.

These organizations have changed the American Republic into a sort of totalitarian nightmare very similar to the ones described by Aldous Huxley in Brave New World and George Orwell in 1984. Since 9/11 Americans are living in a permanent state of fear, a fear fueled by their own government. Under the guise of protecting us from terrorists, the U.S. government has turned a former proud and brave people into a nation of sheep.

But wait! This is just the beginning. The next step, which is now in process, is to finally deprive the sheep of any tool they can use to defend themselves. The materialization of Obama’s dream[4] is the militarized police we now see proudly exhibiting their war weapons they will use to keep the rest of us in line — or else!

FootNotes:

  1. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, https://www.ae911truth.org/
  2. Sean Adl-Tabatabai, “New York Area Fire Commissioners Want 9/11 Investigation into ‘Pre-Planted Explosives’,” News Punch, July 31, 2019.
  3. There was, though, an exception. Jose Melendez-Perez, an Immigration Officer at the Orlando International Airport who detected and denied entrance to the country a man named Mohammed al Kahtani, allegedly meant to serve as the 20th 9/11 hijackers, was harassed and eventually fired from his job. See, Michael Smerconish, Instinct: The Man Who Stopped the 20th Hijacker.
  4. Actually the globalist conspirators’ dream, expressed by their puppet Obama: “We cannot continue to rely on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.”

See Doug Mainwaring, “Remember Obama’s Civilian National Security Force?,” American Thinker, October 11, 2013.




Mass Shootings: Hegel’s Dialectics In Action

“Armas, para qué?” (Arms, What for?) Fidel Castro’s 1959 speech to justify imposing strict gun control laws upon the Cuban people.

Just a few minutes after the mass shooting at a mall in El Paso, Texas — until that moment “the safest city in the U.S.”— a friend called to tell me that I have been prescient. He reminded me of a conversation we had just after the shooting in Gilroy, California, in which I told him more similar incidents were going to happen.

Do I have a crystal ball where I van see the future? Of course not.

What I do have, though, is a collection of books written by authors who, more than sixty years ago, wrote about what was coming to America.[1] As expected, at the time all of them were considered conspiracy theorists and kooks by “serious” critics and the mainstream press.

Thanks to reading those truly prescient books, I knew that the approaching new wave of mass shootings was just the implementation of Hegel’s[2] theory of dialectics: Thesis – Antithesis – Synthesis. Applied to mass brainwashing about gun control, it works this way:

The globalist conspirators see an armed citizenship as a big obstacle to their plans to enslave the American people and turning them into medieval serfs in a society they disingenuously call the New World Order. That’s the Thesis.

So, in order to brainwash us into voluntarily accepting being deprived of guns for self-defense, both against criminals and the agents of the New World Order, they artificially create a big, horrible problem. In this particular case it is mass shootings, that they blame on guns in the hands of lawful citizens, and they use the mainstream press which under their control to scare the people about the problem. That’s the Antithesis.

Then, to stop the carnage they have created, they offer a solution to the problem: gun control as a first step to fully disarm Americans. It is a solution that, without the shootings and the fear nobody would have previously accepted, but now seems the lesser of two evils. That’s the Synthesis.

Evidence that the shootings are artificially created is the fact that most of them show a sort of pre-arranged pattern, similar to a script for a Netflix series:

  1. The shooter is described as a deranged, solitary individual without a previous record of violence.
  2. Soon after the shooting, it is found that he is linked, directly or indirectly, to a right wing extremist group
  3. Later it is revealed that he had been taking some type of psychotropic prescription drugs.
  4. A few weeks later it is also revealed that he had been monitored for several months by the police or the FBI, but they never took action against him and eventually lost interest and stopped monitoring him.
  5. In most cases, witnesses either doubt that the individual in custody was the real shooter or that there was a single shooter, but the authorities deny it and fail to clarify the veracity of the claims.
  6. Those allegedly crazy individuals always carry out the shootings in schools, nightclubs, government offices and public places where there are strict gun control laws in place. They never attack a police station. Why? Well, they may be crazy, but they are not stupid. They know that in a police station everybody is carrying a gun, and nobody can carry out a mass shooting in a place where everybody is carrying a gun.[3]

So, the most elementary logic indicates that, instead a passing laws restricting gun possession, the best way to stop mass shootings is by passing laws making it mandatory for citizens with no criminal record to carry guns, both concealed and openly, for self-defense at all times. Of course, if your secret plan is to enslave the American people you will not like this logical solution.

By the way, thirty years ago the individual who carry out the mass shooting in El Paso would have been dead thirty seconds after he began shooting. But the fact that nobody opposed him shows that the progressive virus has contaminated even Texas.

Ohio State Rep. Candice Keller, blames mass shootings on homosexual marriage.[4] But this is a farfetched theory as implausible as blaming mass shootings on guns. Blaming mass shooting for what people have in their hands instead of what they have in their minds is a gross mistake.

I cannot end this article without mentioning my displeasure regarding the unnecessary show of force put in action by the El Paso police department’s SWAT team. The photos shows dozens of police officers carrying military weapons and more ornaments that Christmas trees, and moving around in armored vehicles. This explains why they arrived twenty minutes after the assassin had accomplished his goal. I wonder what would have been the response if the Chinese Army had invaded El Paso.[5]

Also, to me, the photos of people abandoning the buildings with their hands raised over their heads like a defeated army to avoid being shot down by the militarized police was very disheartening, to say the least. Americans, who were never defeated by an invading army, now seem to be defeated by their own army. Incredible!

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. Books such as Ralph de Toledano, Seeds of Treason (1950); Joseph McCarthy, America’s Retreat From Victory (1951); John Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason (1964); Emanuel Josephson, The Truth About Rockefeller (1964); Phoebe Courtney, The CFR (1968); Medford Evans, The Usurpers (1968); Gary Allen, None Dare Call It Conspiracy (1971), just to mention a few.
  2. German philosopher Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel (1770-1831). Karl Marx turned Hegel’s idealistic theory of dialectics into a tool for political action.
  3. In the so-called “Shooter’s Manifesto,” which appeared online just minutes before the killings, the alleged El Paso shooter wrote:

“Don’t attack heavily guarded areas to fulfill your super soldier COD fantasy. Attack low security targets. Even though you might out gun a security guard or policeman, they likely beat you in armor, training and numbers. Do not throw away your life on an unnecessarily dangerous target. If a target seems too hot, live to fight another day.” [Link]

In other part of his Manifesto, the shooter wrote: “If we can get rid of enough people, then our way of life can be more sustainable,” which is exactly what Bill Gates, Ted Turner and many key CFR members have been openly saying for years, but nobody calls them terrorists.

  1. Alanna Vagianos, “Ohio GOP Lawmaker Blames Mass Shootings On Trans People, Gay Marriage And More.” The Huffpost, August 5, 2019.
  2. Most Americans seem to ignore that despite their mottos of serving and protecting us, the police carry their guns to protect themselves and their families. Moreover, they usually arrive at the scene of a crime after it has been committed. Actually, they are not required by law to respond your call and come over to protect you. Lynda Greenhouse, “Justices Rule Police Do Not Have a Constitutional Duty to Protect Someone,” The New York Times, June 28, 2005.



Bullshitting Americans

“If we didn’t have all the bullshit” —President Donald Trump.[1]

In a book published last year, David Graeber, a professor of anthropology at the London School of Economics, studies a widespread phenomenon that until now had escaped detection even from the most sharp observers: bullshit jobs.[2] According to him,

“A bullshit job is a form of paid employment that is so pointless unnecessary or pernicious that even the employee cannot justify its existence even though, as part of the conditions of employment, the employee feels obliged to pretend that it is not the case.” “There are millions of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs.” [3]

Of course, even if Graeber doesn’t mention it, but everybody with a modicum of intelligence at the CIA’s Directorate of Intelligence knows, nobody pays attention to their National Security Estimates, a fact that has changed their jobs into bullshit jobs. Nevertheless, probably the most bullshit of all bullshit U.S. agencies is the Office of Homeland Security, which was created for the sole purpose of producing bullshit estimates such as “a non-specific threat from a credible source.”

Actually, most government jobs, particularly in the U.S., are pointless, unnecessary and pernicious, that is, they are bullshit jobs. Graeber even quotes a survey showing the amount of time U.S. workers spend on their primary, true duties decreasing from 49 percent in 2015 to 39 percent in 2016. What do they do in the time they don’t spend doing their jobs? They bullshit around to make believe they are working hard. I’ll bet that today the amount of bullshitting time is higher.

Most American politicians are born bullshitters. To justify their high salaries and perks, they create non-existing problems, scare everyone and his uncle about them (global warming, terrorism anyone?), and bullshit others into finding solutions to solve them. As expected, most of the solutions they propose are bullshit.

Now, who gets the bullshit jobs? Obviously, bullshitters. Actually, the only requirement to get a bullshit job is to be a bullshitter. Another never-mentioned requirement is the never-openly-expressed, but well understood admission that the bullshitter will give his vote to the party of the person who hired him to do the bullshit job.

Where do American bullshitters get their training? For sure, at U.S. universities and colleges. Of course, there is no Bullshit 101 per se or even something similar. Bullshitters are very good at hiding their bullshit. Those bullshit courses are called Feminism 101, Environmental Studies 101, Race and Gender Studies 102, Global Warming 102, Climate Change 103, White Privilege 101, Cultural Appropriation 101. etc. We need to recognize that those universities have been doing a very good job, because currently American bullshitters are second to none. Americans have raised bullshitting to an art form.

Once graduated, bullshitters join their peers and become part of the Bullshitting Secret Society, or something like that. Like Masons, Odfellows and Rosicrucians, bullshitters also have secret identification codes. I discovered by pure chance that one of these identification codes is the phrase “at the end of the day.” If you hear somebody saying it, most likely he[4] is a bullshitter.

Nevertheless, as a profession, bullshitting has reached a saturation point, and currently there are not enough jobs for the new generations of bullshitters graduating from American colleges and universities. Recently graduated students cannot get a job anymore, not even in the very same colleges and universities that are teeming with bullshitting jobs. Instead of a job, what they have got is a huge mountain of student loan debt.

Granted, bullshitting is not an American invention. Most likely it is the one of the earliest professions developed on planet Earth. But Americans are very good at it. Just recently, we had a professional bullshitter — he called himself a “community organizer” — for eight years in the White House, and nobody can dispute that he did an excellent bullshitting job. He was so good at it that he even got a Nobel Prize from a prestigious bullshitting institution.

Now, given the fact that currently the Federal Government is the main employer in the U.S., we must assume that there are millions of professional bullshitters in America doing their bullshit jobs every day from 9 to 6. But bullshitting does not create any tangible value. Bullshitters do not make cars, design clothes or build houses. They don’t grow fruits or vegetables; much less produce milk or bourbon. They don’t make butter, bread, bacon or sushi. They don’t write books, play music, create videogames or produce action films. Their only production consist in pure, unadulterated bovine manure, that is, bullshit.

The bad side of bullshitting is that there is a high economic price we, as a society, are paying for it. Government bullshitters drive to work every day, occupy office space, consume electricity, use expensive computers, print thousand of useless documents, sent billions of emails, get paid vacations and even get medical insurance. A total waste of people’s money and resources. Would not be better to keep them at home?

From the pure economic point of view, it makes a lot of sense to keep bullshitters at home while keep paying them government checks. The result of their bullshit jobs will be the same — actually better, because they will not be able to create artificial problems to justify the existence of their jobs — but, as a society, we will save a lot of money.

In his book, Graeber suggests exactly this: send them home and keep paying them for doing nothing — a sort of universal basic income. But I think this is a bullshit solution. Bullshitters enjoy bulshitting so much they would never accept this second-tier status in American society.

And that’s no bull!

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. Tom Elliott, “Trump: ‘If We Didn’t Have All Of The Bullshit,’ We’d Be Much Further Along,” grabiennews, July 17, 2019. Most likely, Trump had the Mueller Report in mind when he uttered that phrase. He was right. The recent Mueller Senate testimony proved beyond any doubt that his Report was pure bullshit.
  2. David Graeber, Bullshit Jobs (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2018).
  3. When I read it, the image that first came to my mind was that of TSA employees. With the exception of the few sexual degenerates who enjoy patting down their victims, most TSA employees are fully aware that their job is bullshit. You can see it in their faces. The TSA is probably the most bullshit organization among the many bullshit organizations created by the U.S. government. No wonder the TSA motto is “See something, say something.” Pure bullshit.
  4. I use the pronoun “he” in the old, non-politically correct, usage of the word, meaning “he” and “she.” Actually the new generations of American women have proven to be great bullshitters.



Symbolism is in the Mind of the Beholder

A few weeks ago a political storm erupted in El Sobrante, a small town north of Oakland, California, when one of the residents designed a cement swastika on the surface of his driveway.[1] Soon after, a group of offended neighbors started a group, called it “Not in Our Town,” and wrote a petition to the city asking to forcefully remove what they considered an offensive, widely known symbol of hate. After a few days they had gathered 3,450 signatures, most from California, but others from around the world as well.

“The presence of a swastika in our community makes many people feel unsafe to live in a community that tolerates visible expressions of hate and bigotry,” a statement from the group said. The wording of the statement clearly indicates the political persuasion of most of the signatories: bleeding-heart progressive (I call them “regressive”) liberals.

But the El Sobrante neighbor defended his decision to have the cement swastika in his front yard, saying that he interpreted it as a symbol of “peace, tranquility and harmony.” He dismissed the widely-accepted associations the image has to Nazi Germany and said he will not erase it.

Well, actually he is right on two counts.

In the first place, it is true that for many centuries the swastika has been a symbol of peace.

Farmers in Tibet frequently place a swastika on their home doors, as a talisman, so that no evil can enter the place. Irish farmers follow a similar custom, where the swastika placed in their doors is called a Brigit’s Cross. Cuna Indians in Panama design their blouses with colorful swastikas. Navajo medicine men use colored sand to draw swastikas on the floor while performing their curative rites. As a form of benediction boys in India paint a swastika on their shaved heads. The swastika is, without a doubt, an ever-present symbol.

There are swastikas in museums all around the world, from Zürich to New York and from Moscow to London, San Francisco and Mexico City. A frieze of swastikas decorates the floor at the entrance of the Philadelphia Museum of Art. The huge lanterns of the Senso-ji Buddhist temple in Tokyo’s Asakusa district, made famous to Westerners through the prints by Hiroshige, show several swastikas.

But you don’t need to go far away to see swastikas. Many pieces in the collections at the Metropolitan Museum in New York City show them. A close look at the Capitol building in Washington D.C. and other federal buildings will reveal friezes formed out of swastikas. The fabric of the seats at the U. S. Congress chamber depicts swastikas. It is difficult, in fact, to find an old book on art, mythology, or archaeology, without seeing swastikas profusely represented.

Moreover, the swastika had a long life before Hitler and the Nazis misappropriated it. It has been for centuries a symbol of peace, laughter, joy and good luck. It is one of the oldest symbols of mankind. It appears in wall paintings in Christian Roman catacombs as well as carved in rock lintel, side by side to the Menorah, in an ancient synagogue in Cafarnaum. Its Nazi links are only a minor speck in its very long existence. It is a symbol that deserves a better treatment from history.

Also, leaving the swastika in Nazi hands is the worst disservice we can do to the Indians of North, Central and South America such as the Tlingit of Alaska, the Aztec and the Maya in Mexico, the Cuna in Panama, the Muisca in Colombia and the Inca in Peru. It is also a disservice to the Navajo, the Zuni, the Anazasi, the Cherokee, the Hopi, the Apache, the Pima, the Wolpi and other tribes in the United States. Even the Pomo Indians, who habited in the Bay Area, used the swastika as a symbol to decorate their baskets. It is a disservice to the peoples of Tibet, India and China. It is a disservice to the Basque, to the French, to the Greeks, to the Swiss, to the Japanese and to the Irish. It is a disservice to the Ashanti of Africa.[2]

Secondly, even if the El Sobrante neighbor actually made his swastika to honor the Nazis, he is lucky to live in the United States of America, where the First Amendment of the Bill of Rights protects his freedom of expression, even if it is offensive to others. Moreover, he is lucky to live in a Republic guided by laws, not in a Democracy controlled by mobs of ignorants with a nefarious, secret political agenda.

But this ignorant group of detractors[3] who allegedly “feel unsafe to live in a community that tolerates visible expressions of hate and bigotry,” are also lucky to live in the United States of America, where a Bill of Rights protects their freedom of expression. And it was conceived to protect the freedom to express ideas that are offensive to others.

To me it is very offensive to see people wearing T-shirts depicting the image of Che Guevara, a cruel assassin who sent hundreds of innocent Cubans to be shot at the wall. Even more, his image is even more offensive to thousands of Cuban homosexuals who escaped to the U.S, during the 1980 Mariel boatlift. They were escaping from the concentration camps for homosexuals created by Guevara with the support of Raúl Castro and his brother Fidel. Nevertheless, I would never try to deprive the right of those idiots to depict Guevara as their symbol of love, which for many Cubans is actually a symbol of hate and bigotry.

There are many theories about why Hitler chose the Swastika as a symbol of the Nazi movement and displayed it proudly in their parades celebrating Nazi pride. Soon after, displaying the Nazi flag in your home or business acted as a sort of talisman protecting you from attacks by Nazi thugs. Once the Nazis took power, the swastika began appearing side-by-side to the German flag in government buildings and German embassies abroad, until the swastika flag finally displaced it and became the official flag of Nazi Germany.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Liza Amin Guilezian, “Swastika Symbol in El Sobrante Man’s Front Yard has Some Neighbors Upset,” ABC7, June 5, 2019.
  2. For a profusely illustrated, detailed analysis of the many theories about why Hitler adopted the Swastika as the Nazi symbol, see Servando Gonzalez, The Swastika and the Nazis: A Study of the Misuse of the Swastika by the Nazis, available at Amazon.com
  3. The ignorant lefties are always talking about multiculturalism while ignoring even the most elementary information about other cultures.



Venezuela’s True Problem. Part III

Venezuela, a country sitting atop the world’s largest known oil reserves that just a few decades ago was incredibly prosperous, thriving, and Latin America’s richest nation, is now plagued with chaos, starvation, and an oppressive police state. An economist calls it “the single largest economic collapse outside of war in at least 45 years.”[1]

Nevertheless, while most people see this as a disaster, at least some people see it as a total success, another example of the implementation of the New World Order in a former successful country. The first success was Cuba.

The lifestyle in Cuba under more than half a century of Castro’s regime has been disastrous. Cuba, a country that in 1959 was one of the most prosperous in the hemisphere, in many aspects just second to the U.S., is now way below Haiti. Nevertheless, in some ways Cuba still pales in comparison to the disaster unfolding right now in Venezuela as a result of the failed ideas of puppets Hugo Chávez and Nicolás Maduro.

Venezuela’s economic collapse and the destruction of its oil production capabilities have contributed to the rise in the global price of oil. The Rockefellers cannot be happier. The deadly sin of economic competition has been eliminated.[2] But there are even more sinister reasons for their happiness that go beyond just monetary gains.

Soon after the Rockefellers became extremely rich, they reached the conclusion that planet Earth was overpopulated and that the rest of us were depleting its natural resources which, by natural law, belonged to them. So, they began developing plans to kill at least 85 percent of the population of this planet and reducing the survivors to pre-industrial levels of consumption. This medieval-like society they envisioned would have just two social classes: the super-rich and the hyper-poor. They euphemistically called it the New World Order.

To carry out their plans, they have been instrumental in fomenting wars and revolutions, by all means the best tools of population control, but also promoting abortion and homosexuality, as well as destroying the successful economies of countries such as Cuba and Venezuela. They have also been working had to destroy the economy of the U.S. The methodology to carry out their plan is exposed in detail in a document called Agenda 21.

During a recess in the meetings at the 1990 World Economic Forum, in Davos, Switzerland, billionaire Maurice Strong, a Rockefeller stooge, declared that the goal of a group of billionaires like him was the collapse of industrial civilization. Then, Strong gave his own depiction of a sustainable society under the coming New World Order. It is very similar to Cuba after 55 years under Castro’s rule and Venezuela under Maduro.

Two years later, at the 1992 UN Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) held in Rio de Janeiro, Maurice Strong (CFR), Secretary General of the Earth Summit II, addressed the gathering, declaring that the only hope for the planet was the collapse of industrial civilization. According to Strong,

“It is clear that current life styles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class involving high meat intake, consumption of large amounts of frozen and convenience foods, use of fossil fuels, appliances, home and work place air conditioning, suburban housing are not sustainable. … A shift is necessary toward life-styles less geared to environmentally damaging consumption patterns.”

The Conference produced the Biodiversity Treaty and a program called Agenda 21. Both provide the justification for the global implementation of what they call “sustainable development,” necessary to reach the Conference’s alleged goal of transferring the First World wealth to the Third World — actually to destroy the World’s wealth. President George H.W. Bush (CFR) and 177 other world leaders who attended the UNCED agreed to pursue the implementation of Agenda 21.

According to Agenda 21, population, consumption and technology are the primary driving forces of environmental degradation. It lays out what needs to be done to reduce wasteful and inefficient consumption patterns in some parts of the world while encouraging increased but sustainable development in others. The Agenda 21 plan openly targets private property. Its ultimate goal is the elimination of private property ownership, single-family homes, private car ownership and privately-owned farms.

It goes without saying that this is exactly what Castro did in Cuba and Chavez and Mauro did in Venezuela, and the Bushes, Clinton and Obama have stealthily done in the U.S. The Rockefellers and their minions are extremely happy with the successful results. Proof of it this that, in February 2001, a delegation of Wall Street bankers, led by David Rockefeller and including William Rogers, Carla Hills, Mark Falloff, James Jones and other CFR members visited Cuba, where they had several long meetings with Fidel Castro. All of them expressed their appreciation for Castro’s good job in destroying Cuba’s economy and culture.

During a visit to Cuba in April that same year, World Bank Director CFR Director Peter Peterson declared to the press in which he praises Castro for the high levels of education and public health in Cuba. And he adds: “I believe that Cuba is one of the best educated countries in the Western Hemisphere.” expresses his conviction that Castro’s Cuba is an example to follow. The Bank’s 2001 edition of World Development Indicators shows Cuba topping virtually all other poor countries in health and education — at least according to Castro’s official statistics.[3]

Some years ago, one of Castro’s mouthpieces, Juan Valdes, head of the Latin American Department of the Cuban Center of American Studies, explained in some detail the philosophy of his boss, the Cuban misery specialist.[4] According to him, “the goal of the Cuban system is not to give the same things capitalism gives — more houses, more cars, more suits, more videocassettes—, but to place the people on the same egalitarian level.”

In that sense, Valdes added, the rationing card [in force since 1962] should not be seen as a fault of Cuba’s economic system, but as a political and economic success. The reason for this is that rationing “places the population at the same subsistence level, unifying them in that egalitarian base.”[5] Valdes never mentioned, though, that Castro and the cleptocracy surrounding him were living way above the subsistence level of poverty imposed on the Cuban people.[6]

In another publication, Valdés explained in detail Cuba’s goal, “We are never going to have a consumer society.” Then, after making clear that this is “a Cuban position that has found opposition inside the socialist camp,” Valdés added, “We believe that socialism should not be oriented toward giving [the people] the same things capitalism gives; more houses, more cars, more clothes, more video recorders.”

Due to its intrinsic faults, communism was a social and economic failure. Nevertheless, the communists’ goal was never the destruction of their countries. Soviet leaders, particularly Nikita Khrushchev, always tried to make the Soviet Union an economically advanced country. Not even Stalin would have uttered such a statement as Valdés. But what we are witnessing in Cuba and Venezuela is not a failure as a result of unsound policies, but the success of the deliberate planned destruction of a country and its people.

This philosophical option, expressed in Agenda 21, was championed by Castro and his Rockefeller friends, and it still blessed by liberation theologizers, “progressive” Leftists and New Agers, all of them united in their efforts to force their New World Order upon the rest of us.[7] This explains why they are so nervous and infuriated by the presence of Donald Trump in the White House. They see President Trump, a person they do not control, as the major obstacle to carrying out their plans.

Nevertheless, as I mentioned in the first article of this series, if we want to solve this problem we need to go to its roots. Unfortunately, as Thoreau once said, “There are a thousand hacking at the branches of evil to one who is striking at the root.”

There was a saying in the ancient classical world: “All roads lead to Rome.” Well, just a little historical digging shows that in America all roads to treason lead to the Rockefellers’ Council on Foreign relations, the main source of evil in the U.S.[8]

As Roman statesman Marcus Tullius Cicero put it,

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself.”

Footnotes:

  1. Anatoly Kurmanaev, “Venezuela’s Collapse is the Worst Outside of War in Decades, Economists Say,” The NY Times, May 17, 2019.
  2. John D. Rockefeller, patriarch of the clan, once stated: “Competition is a sin.”
  3. Jim Lobe, “Learn From Cuba: World Bank Says,” Inter Press Service Finance,

April 30, 2001

  1. The American Left, particularly the so-called “progressive” Left, is the creation of the most reactionary Right. If one follows the money, all roads lead to corporations and foundations directly of indirectly controlled by the Rockefellers and their fellow bankers and transnational corporations. See, Evan Gahr, “Looking at Philanthropy: Paymasters of the PC Brigades,” The Wall Street Journal, January 27, 1995; Daniel Brandt, “Philanthropists at War,” NameBase NewsLine, No. 15, October-November 1996, HYPERLINK “http://pir.org/news15.html”; Teresa Odendahl, Charity Begins at Home: Generosity and Self-Interest Among the Philanthropic Elite (New York: Basic Books, 1990; Wes Vernon, “Conservatives’ Billions Fuel Leftist Establishment, NewsMax.com, Aug. 8, 2002; Ben Johnson, “’Charitable’ Foundations: ATM for the Left,” FrontPage Magazine, March 2, 2004.
  2. Valdés quoted in Gonzalo Guimaraens, “Cuba comunista: el miserabilismo como escuela de ateísmo,” [“Communist Cuba: Misery as a School of Atheism”] Diario Las Américas, April 7, 2001.
  3. See, “Fidel Castro’s Son is Enjoying a Millionaire Vacation, While Cubans Are Starving,” 50 Years of Oppresion, July 1, 2015.
  4. Here in the U.S. the globalist conspirators realized they could not impose their New World Order upon us by force, so they resorted to brainwashing and PsyOps to convince us to voluntarily accept it. All the brouhaha about global warming, CO2 poisoning, “fossil” fuel, overpopulation and the rest of their ideological construct are just ideological tools they have created to scare us into accepting their New World Order as the lesser of two evils. See, Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People.
  5. See Servando Gonzalez, I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America.



Venezuela’s True Problem. Part II

Attracted by the country’s oil riches, since the beginning of the past century the Rockefellers have had a strong presence in Venezuela.

In 1941, U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt appointed Nelson Rockefeller as coordinator of the newly-created Office of Inter-American Affairs, thus saving him from the draft and giving him a free hand to mess in the politics and the economies of the countries South of the border. As expected, one of his main targets was Venezuela.

In typical Rockefeller fashion, as soon as he was in charge, “coordinator” Nelson began advancing the family businesses, particularly the Creole Petroleum Company,[1] a subsidiary of Standard Oil, of which he was an officer and large stockholder. Nelson’s activities were so crude and blatant that Venezuela’s President Rómulo Betancourt openly accused him of “exploiting our country” under his specious, hypocritical pretense of humanity and “philanthropy.”[2]

President Betancourt was right. “Coordinator” Rockefeller took advantage of his position to acquire vast, rich tracts of land in Venezuela, including the Monte Sacro ranch, formerly owned by Simón Bolívar, with high agricultural and strategic military value

Continued Rockefeller-generated public violence and subversive activity against President Rómulo Betancourt prevented the Venezuelan government from concentrating efforts on solving economic problems by economic diversification. Among these activities, Betancourt had to suppress serious attempts by Communist-pro-Castro groups to oust him. In the spring of 1963, Rockefeller agent Fidel Castro sent several tons of weapons and ammo to a revolutionary group who was planning to kill Betancourt.[3]

Castro’s obsession to assassinate Betancourt has been amply documented. It is revealing though, that Castro’s attempts to overthrow the Venezuelan government were not directed to overthrow a pro-American, tyrannical or antidemocratic government. On the contrary, they were directed to avoid the establishment of a nationalist democracy in Venezuela by sabotaging the coming presidential elections in 1963.

Castro’s plan on behalf of his Rockefeller friends consisted in inciting some of the Venezuela’s military to stage a coup d’état and that way derail the democratic process in the country. But Betancourt and his democratic reformists were fully committed to carry on with the elections and, eventually, Castro lost interest in the Venezuelan process. Unfortunately, Venezuela’s three-year economic decline, thanks mostly as the result of the activities of the Rockefellers and other oil speculators, left Betancourt vulnerable to attacks from both leftist-Communist and rightist opposition groups.

Nevertheless, despite all their effort, in the 1980s Venezuela’s economy boomed thanks mainly to oil, and the Rockefellers were not happy. So, they conceived a clever way to destroy Venezuela’s economy with the help of their agent Fidel Castro.

Hugo Chávez was the typical Latin American gorilla, a knuckle-dragging military man, abundant in muscle and lacking in brains. In 2000, with the secret help of Castro and the CIA, he managed to grab power in Venezuela. Immediately, following Castro’s advice, he began a process of destruction of his country very similar to what Castro did in Cuba and the CFR conspirators are currently doing in other Latin American countries.

As soon as Chavez took power, Castro began taking control of the country. Thousands of Cuban soldiers joined the Venezuelan army, particularly controlling heavy equipment and the air force.[4] Cubans also developed a repressive apparatus similar to the one already existing in Cuba. Soon after, Venezuela’s economy began to decline.

In April 2002 opposition against Chávez grew to the point that a group of the military attempted to overthrow him, but rumors circulated that the CIA alerted him about the upcoming coup. The CIA strongly denied it, but on November 24, 2004, State Department Deputy Spokesman Adam Ereli pointed out, citing a 2002 report of the Office of Inspector General on U.S. policy toward Venezuela in the run-up to the coup, that the U.S. Government had alerted the Government of Venezuela of possible coup attempts, and a credible assassination threat.[5] Evidently, keeping Chávez in power in Venezuela was another Castro-CIA joint operation on behalf of their Rockefellers masters.

In 2004, tired of seen how Chávez’ disastrous policies were destroying the country, some democratic sectors of the Venezuelan people called for a referendum. As if on cue, senior CFR agent Jimmy Carter flew to Venezuela representing his own Carter Center to monitor the election.[6]

Polls conducted by the very reliable American firm of Penn, Schoen, and Berland showed Chávez losing by a large margin, but Chávez claimed victory by a small margin. Widespread cases of irregularities and evidence of fraud were reported, but Carter saved the day by legitimizing Chávez fraudulent victory.

After the event, there was speculation that Carter blessed Chávez’s stolen election to prevent further violence. But one should keep in mind that Carter was actually protecting the interest of his Rockefeller masters, and Chávez’s role as Latin American bogeyman was vital in the conspirators’ plans for keeping Venezuela’s oil industry under control.

Nevertheless, despite his corruption and incompetence, Chavez was a true believer who didn’t want to destroy his country. Actually, he had plans to increase Venezuela’s oil production. Even worse, he had mentioned his intentions to help struggling Caribbean nations with oil imports at a discount to 11 regional nations — Barbados, Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Nicaragua, Panama and the Dominican Republic. Moreover, since 2007, following Chavez’s orders, Venezuela’s CITGO began sending free heating oil to low-income families in the U.S.[7]

As expected, the Rockefellers were not happy. So, they decided to get rid of Chavez and assigned the task to their hit man, Fidel Castro. Soon after, Chávez died in a Havana clinic, allegedly of a sudden devastating cancer.[8]

Nicolás Maduro, the man Castro selected to substitute for Chavez, had been trained in Cuba both ideologically and militarily.[9] So, wittingly or unwittingly, Maduro has continued the disastrous policies initiated by Chávez, whose ultimate goal is the destruction of Venezuela’s oil industry. The result is the present crisis.

Some time ago, Mexican President Porfirio Díaz said: “Poor Mexico. So far from God and so close to the U.S.” Unfortunately, this would be easily applied to most of the countries south of the border, including Venezuela. What Díaz missed, though, was that what he called “the U.S.” was actually the Invisible Government of the U.S., whose visible head is the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), an organization created and controlled by the Rockefellers.

When Hugo Chávez took power in Venezuela,  Petróleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA) was the fifth largest oil company in the world. Today it has fully collapsed. Currently, its political system, dominated by the United Socialist Party, has led to Venezuela being ranked one of the most corrupt countries since 1995.

On the other hand, Venezuela’s economic collapse and the destruction of its oil production capabilities have contributed to the rising global price of oil. The Rockefellers cannot be happier. The deadly sin of economic competition has been eliminated.

Even more important, like Cuba, Venezuela, a country that, just a few decades ago, was incredibly prosperous and thriving, has become another successful example of the establishment of the coming New World Order. Latin America’s once-richest nation, sitting atop the world’s largest known oil reserves, is now plagued with chaos, starvation, and an oppressive police state.

The lifestyle in Cuba under Castro’s regime, as a direct result of the implementation of the Rockefeller’s Agenda 21, has been absolutely brutal. Nevertheless, in some ways it still pales in comparison to the chaos unfolding right now in Venezuela.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. The Creole Petroleum ties to the CIA have always been vox populi in Venezuela. See, “Ex-Agent Says C.I.A. Screened Oil Staff,” The New York Times, Jan 113, 1975.
  2. Robert Silverberg, The Fabulous Rockefellers (Monarch Books: Chicago, 1961), p. 107.
  3. “Communist Activities in Latin America,” Report of the Subcommittee on Inter-American Affairs, U. S. House of Representatives Committee on Foreign Affairs (July 1967).
  4. At some time Cuba had 8 battalions with 4,500 infantry troops plus a battalion at Fuerte Tiuna, under the command of 2 generals, 4 colonels, 8 lieutenant colonels and 25 lower officials. All of them wear Venezuelan uniforms.
  5. See, http://www.state.gov/r/pa/prs/dpb/2004/38758.htm.
  6. Steven F, Hayward, “The Carter-Chavez Connection,” Front Page Magazine, August 26, 2004.
  7. Jasmine Garsd, “Strange Bedfellows: How Venezuela Keeps Low-Income Americans Warm,” ABCNews, March 4, 2013.
  8. Alexis Barrionuevo, “Chávez Puts His Trust in Castro for Care,” The New York Times, July 16, 2011. See also, Servando Gonzalez “Hugo Chavez: Another Victim of Fidel Castro’s High-Tech Political Assassinations?.”
  1. Ethan Bronner et al, “How Has Maduro Survived? With Lots of Help From Cuban Operatives,” Bloomberg, April 1, 2019.



Venezuela’s True Problem. Part I

“A genuine man goes to the roots. To be a radical is no more than that: to go to the roots.” — José Martí

For the past weeks we have following the reports, mostly biased, of the dramatic events occurring in Venezuela. There have been quite a few articles trying to explain what the problem is with Venezuela, a country that a decade ago was one of the richest in the American hemisphere. Nevertheless I will offer a very simple, one-word explanation of what I consider the cause of Venezuela’s true problem: oil.

Yes, oil. Venezuela has one of the largest oil reserves in the world, probably larger than Saudi Arabia. This has been Venezuela’s blessing, but also its greatest curse, mostly thanks to the criminal activities of John D. Rockefeller, an evil man who once said: “Competition is a sin.”

One of the main goals of the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil was destroying competitors by all means necessary, including threats, arson, dynamite and even assassination.[1] In order to hide his fortunes, JDR created a legal aberration called the trust. He also invented the so-called “charitable foundations,” a way to give away some of his money to avoid paying taxes while still having control over it.

The foundations directly or indirectly under the control of the Rockefeller family have been a powerful force brainwashing people into accepting the New World Order they envision. Disguised by alleged good intentions, the foundations they control have promoted most of the worst things going on in America and the world, from eugenics to cultural Marxism.

Even more, JDR invented the trust, a corporation of corporations, another aberration that has proven to be highly damaging to modern civilization. Actually, corporative capitalism, whose main goal is destroying competition, is not capitalism at all, but either Fascism [Benito Mussolini called Fascism “the corporative state.”] or Communism.

Nevertheless, John D. Rockefeller faced a big problem: contrary to being a scarce, limited resource, as he and is minions claimed, it is an abundant commodity. The Earth holds almost limitless amounts of oil. Moreover, oil is abiotic; it is not a “fossil” fuel and has nothing to do with the dinosaurs. Actually, oil and natural gas deposits are mostly formed by inorganic means, rather than by the decomposition of organisms. [2]

Explaining the current U.S. war drive as an imperialist fight for economic resources —the die hard leftist myth of “war for oil”— has actually helped the conspirators’ efforts in hiding their true current goals, which they have expressed on innumerable occasions: the elimination of at least 85 percent of the world’s population and the destruction of industrial civilization. This will result in the reduction of the few survivors to pre-industrial, medieval levels of consumption in a communo-fascist totalitarian system they call the New World Order. Obviously, this has nothing to do with greed and exploitation, but with something much worse and evil.

So, once he was in control of most oil resources in the world, JDR worked hard to hide or destroy oil resources he didn’t control. A typical case was Russia.

At the end of the 19th century, the Russians discovered a large amount of oil in Baku, near the Caspian Sea in Azerbaijan. At the time, the Baku oil field was considered the largest known oil deposit in the world. By the early 1880s, Russian crude production reached 10.8 million, almost a third of U.S. production.[3]

As expected, Rockefeller and his criminal associates of the American International Corporation (AIC), Andrew Mellon, J.P. Morgan and Andrew Carnegie, were deeply alarmed about the Russians challenging their ambitions of controlling the world oil supply, and they began conspiring to develop a plan to stop the Russians in their tracks.[4] They concluded that the only way to achieve their goal was to depose Czar Nicholas II, and the only way to accomplish that was through a “revolution.”

History books, mostly written by unscrupulous CFR-controlled disinformers passing as historians, have painted the Russian revolution as the result of a spontaneous uprising of the Russian exploited proletarian masses against their oppressive government.

According to this vision, Russia’s disastrous participation in WWI, which had cost the lives of four million men, created widespread discontent. A growing economic crisis and food scarcities contributed to increase the problems. Demonstrations of people asking for food started in many cities. This chaotic situation created the conditions for the revolt that overthrew the czarist government and eventually changed Russia into the Soviet Union, a new society based on the anti-capitalist, communist principles of Marxism.

But this vision is not exactly true.

Mainly thanks to the efforts of scholars like Antony Sutton,[5] G. Edward Griffin[6] and others, now we know that the “spontaneous” Russian “revolution” was actually a covert operation planned and carried out by international bankers and oil magnates. It would have been impossible to succeed without the money supplied by some of the most notable millionaires at that time.

Tsar Nicholas II already had initiated the implementation of a series of reforms directed to change Russia from a medieval into a modern society, which included the emancipation of the serfs, the creation of a Duma —a national assembly—, and rural communes. These reforms would have encouraged the Russian people to think about the possibility of a benign government in which the people would democratically participate.

But some influential Wall Street bankers and oil magnates were not happy with these changes in Russia, and conceived another plan. In order to proceed with their plan, John D. Rockefeller, together with fellow conspirators, such as bankers Mellon and Morgan and steel magnate Andrew Carnegie, plus several of America’s robber barons, joined their resources for up to $50 million (an enormous sum at the time), and created the American International Corporation (AIC), a powerful cartel allegedly devoted to stimulate world trade. The truth, however, is that the AIC was created to fund the overthrow of Tsar Nicholas II by a small group of professional revolutionaries: the Bolsheviks.

To this effect, between 1907 and 1910 the conspirators met several times with Russian revolutionary Leon Trotsky, already living in exile in New York, and with Vladimir I. Lenin, another Russian revolutionary living in exile in Zürich. Eventually the arch-capitalists struck a deal with the arch-anti-capitalists: in exchange for financing their “revolution,” the capitalists would be allowed to have a hidden hand in designing the economy of what was soon to become the Soviet Union —allegedly the staunchest anti-capitalist nation in the world.

With the help of the conspirators, Lenin returned to Russia with plenty of gold in his famous “sealed” train, and, soon after Trotsky, under the protection of President Wilson and Colonel House, followed Lenin’s path with more gold. This gold made possible the Russian “revolution” that eliminated Russia as a competitor in the oil business.

After the Bolsheviks they had sent to overthrow the Russian government took power over Russia, the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil bought 50 percent of the huge oil fields in the Caucasus, thus having control over the oil production in the area. Moreover, in 1927 their Standard Oil built a modern refinery in Russia and, soon after, the Vacuum Oil Company, a subsidiary of Standard Oil, made a deal with the Soviet government to market Russian oil in Europe.

So, controlling oil production was the key goal of he Rockefellers to control competition. That was the reason why the CIA, an organization they created and controlled, orchestrated the assassination of Jorge Gaitán in Colombia, Patrice Lumumba in the Congo, and Enrico Mattei in Italy, as well as the coup that overthrew Mossadegh in Iran. It was also the reason why, following David Rockefeller’s orders, Castro invaded Angola, [7] an oil producing country.

It was also the reason why the U.S. military invaded Iraq to overthrew Saddam Hussein, after falsely accusing him of developing weapons of mass destruction, and why, more recently, the U.S. overthrew Muammar Gadaffi in Libya. It is not a coincidence that all of them wanted their countries to compete in the oil market.

Something similar happened to Venezuela, another potential competitor the Rockefellers feared and managed to keep under their control.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Ida Tarbell, The History of the Standard Oil Company, McClure, Phillips and Co., 1904.
  2. “Fossils From Animals And Plants Are Not Necessary For Crude Oil And Natural Gas, Swedish Researchers Find,” http://www.viewzone.com/abioticoilx.html. Also, Jerome Corsi, The Great Oil Conspiracy: How the U.S. Government Hid the Nazi Discovery of Abiotic Oil from the American People. For information about how the Rockefellers and their minions manage to hide America’s huge oil reserves in Alaska, see Lindsey Williams, The Energy Non Crisis.
  3. Daniel Yergin, The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money and Power, Part I (New York: Pocket Books, 1991), p. 59.
  4. John Christian Ryter, “The Secret Life of AIC,” NewsWithViews.com, March 31, 2009.
  5. Antony C. Sutton, Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution (New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House, 1974).
  6. G Edward Griffin, The Creature From Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve (Appleton, Wisconsin: American Opinion, 1994).
  7. Castro’s soldiers protected the Gulf Oil refineries in Cabinda from “saboteurs,” and Castro was paid in dollars for their services. Half of the production of Gulf Oil in Angola ended up in U.S. refineries.

At the time, the Rockefellers’ Gulf Oil Company reported that Secretary of State Henry Kissinger (CFR) had given the company permission to pay the Castro-backed regime in Angola about $100 million in oil royalties that Gulf had placed in escrow. Gulf holds the concession to operate the oil fields in Cabinda, an Angolan province.

In 1976, CFR agents inside the State Department pushed the Clark Amendment, named after Senator Dick Clark (CFR). The Amendment forbade the U.S. to give any help to Jonas Savimbi’s UNITA group in Angola in its fight against the Rockefeller-backed Castroite troops.

What was the result of Castro’s victory in Angola? A few months after Castro’s troops took control of the country, Angola became one of the U.S. largest commercial partners in Africa. Chase Manhattan Bank, Bankers Trust, Citibank, and Morgan Guaranty, gave large loans to Angola. The business of General Motors, General Tire, Caterpillar, Boeing, IBM, NCR, Pfizer, Xerox, and other American corporations, flourished in the country. Ninety-five percent of Angolan oil was exported to Western countries.

For one of the best analysis of how oil has been the true motivation behind most U.S. military actions in the XX century, see William Engdahl, A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order. Unfortunately, it has continued in the XXI century.




Much Ado About Nothing

A few days ago, after close to two years of “investigation” by a special counsel and his team trying to find proofs of President Trump’s secret agreement or cooperation with the Russians to help him win the election, Mr. Mueller found out only one thing: nothing.

One of the early episodes of Seinfeld was about how they initially tried to sell the idea of the program to a TV station. When asked what the program would be about, Seinfeld answered: “Nothing. It will be about nothing.” In the same fashion, most of what “progressive” Democrats have been lately devoting their time and effort has been to nothing.

For example, despite Al Gore’s claims on the contrary, most scientists who don’t get grants from Rockefeller-controlled foundations agree that there is no such thing as a “global warming.” Also, Polar bears are not dying, the polar caskets are not shrinking, glaciers are not disappearing, Miami is not under 20 feet of sea water and cow flatulence is not killing children in Timbuktu. None of this has happened.[1]

In the same fashion, oil is not a fossil fuel. Actually, oil is abiotic.[2] The Earth produces oil just as flowers produce honey. We will not run out of oil for the foreseeable future. The efforts to find substitutes for oil are efforts for nothing.

Also, carbon dioxide is not poisonous, but a quite benign gas necessary for the conservation of animal and plant life on planet Earth. While humans and animals inhale oxygen and exhale carbon dioxide, plants inhale carbon dioxide and exhale oxygen. This is called the life cycle. The more carbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere the more fertile the land is. So, the fight against the dangers of CO2 is a fight against nothing.

Moreover, in some languages, such as Spanish, Russian and German, sustantives, that is, words used to designate things, people, animals or places, have gender: masculine, feminine and neuter. On the other hand, from a biological point of view, humans and animals have sex: masculine or  feminine. Gender cannot be applied to them. Therefore, gender ideology is an ideology about nothing.

For some unexplainable reason, Democrats are very fond of democracy. Most of their efforts seem directed to protect democracy in America and export it to the whole world. Nevertheless, our Founding Fathers were fully aware that all democracies sooner or later evolve into tyrannies. That’s why they chose a representative republic as the political system to implement in America. This explains why there is nothing about democracy in any of the three documents that created this Republic: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Obviously, we cannot export something we don’t have. So, exporting democracy to the world is tantamount to exporting nothing.

So, most of the battles the “progressive” Left have been waging against the American people are based on nothing. Zero, zilch, nada.

But wait! The “progressive” Left is not alone. The “conservative” Right has been as busy as the Left waging its own unwinnable battles against nothing.

After the 9/11 events, President George W. Bush gave us his version of what had happened on that day, and he declared a war on terrorism. But terrorism is a method of waging war, and you cannot fight against a methodology, but instead fight against the people using it, that is, the terrorists. Curiously, we have been very inefficient at fighting the terrorists.

Moreover, it seems that his version of the events was quite different from what really happened.[3] So, the war on terror has been a war on nothing, No wonder it has been a total failure.

The war on terror was a makeshift solution to find a substitute for the implosion and fall of the Soviet Union.[4] It was also the pretext to create the Office of Homeland Security and the Transportation Security Administration. The OHS has been a way to sneak in a national police, something the creators of this country firmly opposed, as well as the pretext for current militarization o f local police, a strong step in the way of creating a totalitarian police state.

The TSA has proven to be one of the most inefficient organizations man has created. Curiously, though created by Republicans it is based on a principle shared by Democrats: focus on the tools. But, as guns don’t kill people, people do, bombs do not destroy planes, terrorists do. Nevertheless, instead of trying to find out what some passengers have in their minds, TSA employees make us waste our time trying to find what we carry in our luggage. A costly effort for nothing.

Moreover, Saddam Hussein had nothing to do with the 9/11 events, and Iraq had no weapons of mass destruction. This explains why the war on Iraq brought nothing, except the destruction of Iraq’s oil producing capabilities[5] and the killing of many Iranians and American soldiers. So, the war on Iraq was a war about nothing.

The bottom line is that, though the efforts to find proof of collusion between Trump and Putin ended in nothing, it made evident the collusion between the CFR, the CIA, the FBI, key members of Congress belonging to both branches of the Repucratic Party and the mainstream media. At least we got something positive from it.

But the colluders’ efforts to find President Trump’s collusion with Putin were about nothing. It was a charade, a canard, a hoax. It was a desperate effort to overthrow President Trump, which they see as a major obstacle in their plans to implement their beloved New World Order.

Anyway, I am very happy that Mr. Mueller and his minions didn’t find any evidence of collusion between Putin and Trump. Had it been found, now we would be frantically raising funds to pay sculptors to carve Putin’s head on Mount Rushmore, honoring the guy who saved us from Hitlary.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Nevertheless, an article by Jared Diamond, “The Global Peril of Inequality,” appeared in the December 2018 issue of National Geographic, a globalist-controlled publication, claims that climate change “Is already rising average temperatures, droughts, increasing weather variability, decreased food production, spree of diseases, and rising sea levels.”
  2. Fossils From Animals And Plants Are Not Necessary For Crude Oil And Natural Gas, Swedish Researchers Find,” also “Jerome Corsi – The Great Oil Conspiracy (abiotic oil),”
  3. Just recently, Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, an organization of more than 300 architects and engineers, filed a lawsuit against the FBI, aimed at forcing the Bureau to assess and report the evidence known to the FBI of the World Trade Center’s explosive demolition as well as other unreported 9/11 evidence, see “Families, Lawyers, AE911Truth File Lawsuit against FBI over ‘9/11 Review Commission Report,” See also, Steven Jones, Robert Korol, Anthony Szamboti and Ted Walker, “15 Year Later: On the Physics of High-Rise Building Collapses,” Europhysics News, Vol. 47, No. 4, 2016, which concludes that “the evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that the three buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition.”
  4. Faced with the failure of the war on terror, the globalist conspirators have been busy trying to pick up a fight with the Russian bear. Unfortunately, or fortunately, depending one’s point of view, Putin has not taken the bait.
  5. Which perhaps was the true hidden reason for the war. As John D. Rockefeller once said, “competition is a sin.”



Global Warming: Climatological Warfare Against Us?

A long time ago, some of the richest people on this planet reached the conclusion that the world was overpopulated and that we, the deplorables, were depleting the natural resources of the world that, by natural law, belonged to them. So, they conceived a plan to kill at least 85 percent of the population of the world and reduce the survivors to medieval-like pre-industrial levels of consumption.

They called this future society that they envisioned the New World Order. The goal has been successfully reached in Cuba, and Venezuela is next.

The New World Order they plan to impose upon us is a world without gas, electricity, running water, flush toilets, abundance of food, clothing hygiene, single-family homes, cars, planes as well as without privately owned farms and small businesses. It will be a world controlled by powerful, immensely rich mega corporations that put their own interests above the interests of the people.

But, how would they convince us to willingly become dirt poor without complaining about it? Well, they invented a monster and accused us of having created it. They called this monster “global warming.”

Soon after they created their monster, a veritable army of scientists profiting from grants provided by non-profit foundations under the control of the mega corporations began publishing an enormous volume of “scientific” papers and “academic” books warning us that, unless stopped, the coming global warming would mean the death of every living organism on Earth. They also provided “scientific” proof that this global warming was the result of humans releasing enormous quantities of CO2 into the atmosphere, and most people, particularly the young already brainwashed in public schools, believed their theories. As expected, the only way to stop the life-threatening global warming is by creating a global government.

Nevertheless, just reading a biology textbook published before the 1950s will show you that, contrary to the new “scientific” interpretation, CO2 is an inert gas essential for life on this planet. While humans and animals inhale oxygen and exhale carbon dioxide, plants inhale carbon dioxide and exhale oxygen. This is called the carbon cycle or the cycle of life. Actually, an increase of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere will mean more plant life and more food.

Contrary to the brainwashers’ theory, the Earth began a global warming trend some decades ago, although human behavior had nothing to do with it. Nevertheless, after realizing that, despite all their efforts on the contrary, currently the Earth is approaching a cooling trend, they changed their tune and began calling it “climate change.”

The main point of contention about the global warming argument (now conveniently transmogrified into climate change) is not that the climate is changing, because it has always been changing since the beginning of recorded history. What most people do not accept, though, is that it is anthropogenic, that is, human-made —which is the key argument advanced by the global warming/climate changing conspirators.

But perhaps there is a kernel of truth in the theory that at least some of the current climate changes the earth is experiencing are caused by humans, though not by the ones driving SUVs, smoking Havana cigars or eating too much red meat. Most likely global warming is actually a self-fulfilling prophecy, and the true global-warmers are the CFR globalist conspirators themselves, the ones pushing the global warming scare.

It is known that in the 1960s and 1970s the Soviet Union developed an efficient climate modification technology for military purposes. In a speech delivered in January 1960 to the Presidium of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, Premier Nikita Khrushchev said, “Our scientists have created a new weapon so powerful that it could erase all life in this planet. It is a fantastic weapon.” Tom Bearden, a scientist who studied the subject, published several interesting articles devoted to the use of climate manipulation used by the Soviet military in asymmetrical warfare.[1]

But the Soviets were not alone. On April 28 1997, U.S. Secretary of Defense William Cohen confirmed the fact when he declared that some states have created eco-terrorism weapons that “can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic weaves.”[2] He didn’t mention, though, that the U.S. government might have been using it against the American People.

This technology, known as “scalar technology,” is based on the discoveries made at the beginning of the 20th century by Nikola Tesla, and kept secret until a few years ago. The mysterious HAARP facility in Alaska, based on Tesla’s scalar technology, has been active for many years, and some scientists have speculated that it may have been related to some strange weather and phenomena —such as the series of huge hurricanes that affected the U.S. in 2005, the year hurricane Katrina devastated New Orleans.

Later, on January 12, 2010, Haiti suffered a strangely localized strong earthquake that destroyed most of the country’s capital, Port-au-Prince, which some think it was artificially provoked.[3] Just a few hours later, before any humanitarian help was sent to the Haiti, the U.S. armed forces took control of the country.[4] A few weeks later it became known that Haiti’s mineral resources not only include gold and other strategic minerals, but also huge oil reserves.[5] It may have been just the product of a coincidence but, just a few months before the earthquake, the UN had designated CFR agent Bill Clinton as special envoy for Haiti.[6]

In his 1970 book Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era, senior CFR agent Zbigniew Brzezinski shamelessly forecasted that in the near future the governments of some technologically-advanced countries might resort to climate warfare. This would include the artificial alteration of the climate to create droughts, intense cold or heat waves, floods, powerful storms, earthquakes and tsunamis to attack other countries. And the beauty of it, shamelessly expressed Brzezinski, is that the enemy would not know that he was under attack.

According to Brzezinski,

“Technology will make available, to the leaders of major nations, techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised. . . . Technology of weather modification could be employed to produce prolonged periods of drought or storm.”[7]

When Brzezinski made his forecast, he was not theorizing. He was actually referring to an already-existing technology the U.S. had secretly developed. In August 1996, the U.S. Air Force published a secret report entitled “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2055,” in which the possibilities of climate warfare are studied in detail.[8] Another indication that climate modification for military purposes is a reality is that on March 3, 2005, Texas senator Kay Bailey Hutchinson introduced a bill with a highly revealing title: The Weather Modification and Research Technology Transfer Authorization Act of 2005.

Now, an objection could be made that, if the technology for climate control already exists, how come the conspirator’s global warming has turned to be a global cooling? There are several explanations for this. In the first place, there are many factors affecting the earth’s climate, such as solar activity and undersea volcanoes, which are out of the conspirators’ control. Secondly, scalar technology is still experimental, and some of their attempts may have failed.

But there is another possibility. Given the fact that other countries such as China and Russia have already developed climate warfare capabilities, it might be that, after discovering that we have been secretly waging climatological warfare against them, they are now retaliating by waging climatological warfare against us. So, we should not discard the possibility that we have actually been at war for many years, though our government has never informed us about it.

Nevertheless, the evidence indicates that the Secret Government of the U.S. has been for many years fighting climatological warfare against us. Adding to chemtrails, more recently, they also began waging radiological warfare against us. It began with the installation of the so-called smart meters, whose dangers have been ignored despite widespread protest, and currently they are busy installing the new 5G technology whose strong radiation seems to be a hundred times worse than the radiation from smart meters.

Are we totally defenseless against these attacks? What we can do to defend our loved ones and ourselves? The first thing we must do is to get informed about these issues. Secondly, we must contact the people in government we elected to represent us and ask them, in the strongest possible terms, to help us fight against these issues. Our health and our mental health depend on it.

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Tom Bearden, “Scalar Electromagnetics and Weather Control: Anomalous Weather Worldwide,” BibliotecaPleyades.net, May 1988. Also, Tom Bearden, “Weird Weather Warfare & ‘Energetic Weapons,’” BibliotecaPleyades.net.
  2. “Department of Defense News Briefing by Secretary of Defense William S. Cohen at the Conference on Terrorism, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and U.S. Strategy,” University of Georgia, Athens, April 28, 1997.
  3. Russian Navy: The U.S. Created the Earthquake in Haiti.”
  4. The Militarization of Emergency Aid to Haiti: Is it a Humanitarian Operation or an Invasion?”.
  5. Massive Reserves Of Gold And Oil In Haiti?”.
  6. AP: “U.N. Names Bill Clinton Special Envoy to Haiti,” USAToday.com, April 19, 2009.
  7. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era (New York: Viking, 1976), p. 57.
  8. The study was available in .pdf format at the web site of the Federation of American Scientists, but now the link points to a different document.



Another Missile Crisis In The Making?

On Wednesday, February 21, Russian President Vladimir Putin issued strong words of warning to the people who are planning to deploy nuclear missiles near Russia’s borders.[1] After stating that the current tensions between Russia and the U.S. are no reason to ratchet up confrontation to the levels of the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962, and that in any case that is not what the Russians want, he added: “If someone wants that, well, OK, they are welcome.”

Putin’s words were his own version of Dirty Harry’s “Go ahead. Make my day.”

Putin also said that Russia is militarily ready for a Cuban Missile-style crisis if the United States is foolish enough to want one and that his country currently has the edge when it comes to a first nuclear strike. He added that Moscow will match any U.S. move to deploy new missiles closer to Russia by stationing its own missiles closer to the United States or by deploying faster missiles or both. Putin fleshed out his warning in detail for the first time, saying Russia could deploy hypersonic missiles on ships and submarines that could lurk undetected just outside U.S. territorial waters if Washington moves to deploy intermediate-range nuclear weapons in Europe.

Putin’s words are surprising, because until now he had been extremely cautious about what he said even while facing overtly aggressive moves from the U.S.[2] We must keep in mind that, despite promises on the contrary, NATO, a military alliance fully controlled and financed by the U.S., has aggressively expanded to most countries bordering Russia. Now, given the fact that NATO actually means North Atlantic Treaty Organization, just looking at a map will show you that Bulgaria, Albania, Hungary and Poland, just to mention a few of the new NATO members, are not even close to the North Atlantic.

The most elementary logic indicates that most countries prefer to have friendly rather than hostile neighbors. Until now, the Russians accepted as an unwanted outcome of the fall of the Soviet Union the transition, after U.S. pressures and encouragement, of many of its neighboring countries into hostile ones. But placing American nuclear missiles targeted to Moscow just a few miles from the Russian border evidently crossed a line that the Russians are not going to accept quietly.

But, contrary to what Putin said, this crisis in the making, if U.S. leaders are so foolish to create one, will not be another Cuban Missile Crisis. The reason for this is because, despite all you have read in books written by “serious” scholars, most of them CFR members, and published by “prestigious” publishing houses, about how close we were to the brink in 1962, most of it is simply poppycock. Proof of this is that there are some strange things about the Cuban Missile Crisis that defy any logical explanation.

According to the official U.S. version of the crisis, the high-definition photographs taken by a U-2 plane on October 14, 1962, provided incontrovertible evidence of the presence of medium-range ballistic missiles [MRBM] with nuclear capability deployed on Cuban soil. But the fact remains that nobody actually saw the missiles, measured them, touched them, and much less measured the gamma radiation from their nuclear warheads.

Moreover, the U-2 pictures have since been published in high resolution and are available on the Web for anybody to see. Surprisingly, such photos only show long objects covered with tarps and a few concrete bunkers which, according to the CIA, allegedly contained the nuclear warheads. But the nuclear missiles do not appear anywhere.

The CIA subsequently admitted that it had no agents in the field that might have physically verified the existence of the strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil. When the Soviets were shipping back to the Soviet Union what they claimed were the strategic nuclear missiles, Kennedy had an excellent opportunity to order the Navy to board the ships and physically verify the withdrawal of the missiles, but he did not. Why did Kennedy decide not to verify the existence of the missiles and their actual withdrawal from Cuba?

Even more difficult to explain is why, in the most critical point of the crisis President Kennedy ordered the removal of the fuses and warheads from the U.S. Jupiter missiles in Turkey.

Also, as of today, nobody has provided a credible explanation of why Khrushchev allegedly placed the missiles in Cuba and why he ordered their removal in such a rush. Most analysts agree in that it was a mystery.[3]

Putin’s words have made some people think that we are close to facing another Missile Crisis similar to the Cuban Missile Crisis of October 1962. Unfortunately, however, this will not be another missile crisis. This crisis, if President Trump does not keep on a short leash the eugenicist madmen we still have at the highest levels of the U.S. Government and the Pentagon[4], will be a true nuclear crisis, not a hoax like the one we experienced in 1962. This crisis, if we get to that point, will be a real, true and dangerous nuclear crisis.

Now, why do the globalist conspirators’ hold this animosity against Russia? Are they willing to nuke Moscow because the Russians have refused to change it into another San Francisco? Are they going to destroy Russia because Russian doctors have not assassinated 6 million unborn and born babies in the past ten years? Does the fact that the Russians don’t have a Marxist graduated tax, but a flat one, anger them so much that they want to send the Russian people to a mass nuclear grave? Will they use the threat of nuclear war to force the Russians to change St. Petersburg into a crime-ridden city such as Chicago or Oakland? Or the fact that Russians are not under the exploitation of Big Pharma and Big Med make them nervous because of the bad example? Or the real problem is that, adding insult to injury, Russia has not allowed an invasion of illegal aliens to trespass its borders?

Well, those are questions that may explain why the CFR globalist conspirators and their agents hate Russia so much. My guess, however, is that the main reason for their hatred and fear is because the Russians have decided not to join the conspirator’s New World Order. Moreover, I think that the true purpose of the never-ending Mueller investigation has nothing to do with the past election, but to drive a wedge between Trump and Putin to avoid an alliance that scares the globalist conspirators. That is the collusion they fear the most. Unfortunately, the real traitors have been successful in putting President Trump is a position in which any Russian-friendly action is seen as close to treason.

It is known that some of our eugenicist madmen have been frantically buying land and building nuclear shelters in New Zealand and in Patagonia. For obvious reasons, they don’t want themselves and their families to be among the dead after a nuclear Armageddon. Nevertheless, I don’t think that even they will survive a post-Apocalyptic Earth.

John F. Kennedy is quoted as saying: “A war today or tomorrow, if it led to nuclear war, would not be like any war in history.” Chairman Khrushchev warned that, after a nuclear war, “The survivors would envy the dead.”

My only hope is that our globalist madmen with their nervous hands near the red buttons keep in mind what is perhaps the highest philosophical statement of the nuclear era:

In the nuclear age, superpowers make war like porcupines make love—carefully.[5]

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Vladimir Putin says ready new Cuban Missile crisis Donald Trump wants one
  2. The fact was acknowledged by some CFR members. In an extremely biased article he wrote for Foreign Affairs, Ivo H. Daalder wrote: “Russia has so far not threatened the territorial integrity of any NATO member state.” Ivo H. Daalder, “Responding to Russia’s Resurgence,” Foreign Affairs, November/December 2017, p. 30.
  3. For a quite divergent analysis of the 1962 crisis see my book The Nuclear Hoax: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis, available at Amazon.com
  4. The CFR eugenicists are convinced that the world is overpopulated and think that, to solve the problem, the current levels of population need to be drastically reduced by at least 85 percent. According to the Report On Iron Mountain: On the Possibility and Desirability of Peace, a 1967 study commissioned by the Rockefellers, peace is not desirable and war is the best eugenic tool money can buy. With nuclear war you can get even more bang for your buck.
  5. Attributed to Robert F. Kennedy.



Socialism is Dead

I think that the most important element of President Trump’s 2019 State of the Union Address was his firm, unequivocal commitment:

“America was founded on liberty and independence, not government coercion, domination, and control. We are born free, and we will stay free.” Adding, “Tonight, we renew our resolve that America will never be a socialist country.”

There were many other important items in his speech, but that categorical statement, which he properly emphasized, will mark the tone of his tenure as a U.S. President.

There was, however, something in the event that, as a Cuban-born American who risked everything to escape from a bloody totalitarian dictatorship, was highly offensive to me: the presence of a group of women politicians dressed. The reason I am offended is because it is precisely in Cuba where a small group of women, commonly called the “ladies in white,” have for many years peacefully marched in protest against the arbitrary imprisonment of their husbands, the killings of their sons and the lack of freedom in that slave Island. Moreover, contrary to their American counterparts, the Cuban ladies in white hate socialism.

Cubans who have been suffering for long decades the system our women politicians in white love so much don’t call it “socialism.” One of the few things Cubans have not lost is their sense of humor. So, instead of “socialism,” they call the Cuban system “sociolism,” with an “o”, as a pun for “socio,” Spanish for “crony.” They do it because the system the Castros and their Rockefeller friends imposed upon the Cuban people is actually crony socialism. History has shown that, if crony capitalism is bad, crony socialism is much worse.

Progressive leftists are now accusing people of what they call “cultural appropriation.” Well, dressing in white is a despicable form of cultural and political appropriation of which they should be ashamed. If our pro-socialism women politicians still have an ounce of decency left they should publicly apologize for their offensive, insensitive behavior to the Cuban ladies in white. Shame on them!

Adding insult to injury, this bunch of idiotic, selfish women politicians seem convinced that changing America into a communo-fascist dictatorship is the best thing that may happen to the American Republic. The fact that they call it “socialism,” only shows their supreme ignorance, because the Nazis called themselves “national socialists.” Moreover, as the Nazis firmly believed that the Earth was hollow, our women politicians in white firmly believe in this idiocy they call “global warming.” Most likely none of them visited Chicago three weeks ago.

I don’t know where this group of ignorant, idiotic women politicians came from. Were they assembled in a super-secret robot factory in China? Probably not. I guess they are the product of our so-called “public schools.” Only people miseducated in American public schools and universities still ignore the fact that socialism has proven to be one of the most disastrous social failures of all times. But don’t blame them. Blame yourself, because you are the one who has footed the bill for their communist indoctrination.

But not everybody sends their children to the idiot’s factories. Most of the progressive leftist millionaires in Silicon Valley send their children to very expensive private schools where computers are not allowed. The reason for this is because they don’t want their children to be indoctrinated but to become the future brainwashers. As Orwell wrote in his novel Animal Farm, all animals are equal, but some animals are more equal than others.

Currently, even the benign socialism practiced in countries such as Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands and Holland is in deep crisis thanks to their immense love for illegal immigrants whose main hobbies are robbing, raping and killing the locals just for the fun of it. Some years ago, even the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics collapsed under the weight of its own failures. China still survives because they have changed their socialism into a sort of crony capitalism. Venezuela and Nicaragua, key examples of Latin American socialism, are in chaos. France and even the UK, where many socialist measures have been implemented, are facing strong opposition from their own people. In contrast, it seems that this group of women politicians in white hate America so much they would love turning it into a socialist cesspool.

Granted, capitalism is not a perfect system. Nevertheless, most of the evils of current capitalism are not the result of capitalism but of monopoly capitalism, and monopoly capitalism is either fascism or communism, but not true capitalism. The main reason for this is because one of the best elements of true capitalism is competition, and monopoly capitalism is fiercely against competition. It was John D. Rockefeller, the man most people still see as a epitome of capitalism, who said: “Competition is a sin.” No wonder the Rockefeller family is so fond of socialism that they liberally contribute to all socialist causes.

But the Rockefellers still make most of their money from oil. This explains why they give so much money to the people and organizations who are against efficient sources of power such as coal, natural gas and nuclear, and wholeheartedly support the use of inefficient forms of energy such as wind and solar which cannot compete with their beloved oil.

After the fall of the Soviet Union, when Castro could not milk the Soviet cow anymore, he adopted a mantra with which he ended his speeches. After telling the Cuban people that now they have to tighten their belts even more, he stubbornly told that Cuba will continue to be a socialist country, and yelled: “Socialism or death.”

Well, his failed experiment in Cuba has shown everybody in the world, with the sole exception of our women politicians in white, that the only casualty in this ideological war has been socialism itself.

Socialism has died from natural causes. Don’t let anybody raise it from the dead.

Let’ drive a stake through its heart!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Why Trump Hates Amerika

A few days ago, an ignorant or ill-intentioned political analyst published an article in which he compares President Trump to Russia’s previous leader, Mikhail Gorbachev.[1] According to this analyst, “Like a reverse image of Gorbachev, Trump is a political leader who has lost faith in the efficacy of his country’s governing philosophy,” and added: “Trump doesn’t think our defense of democratic values really works for America anymore.”

What this analyst apparently ignores is that it was the Soviet Union, not Russia, the country in which Gorbachev lost faith. To understand tthis, we need to know what the Soviet Union really was.

The “spontaneous” Russian “revolution,” which changed Russia into the aberration known as the Soviet Union, was actually a covert operation planned and carried out by international bankers and oil magnates. It would have been impossible for the revolutionaries to succeed without the money supplied by some of the most notable millionaires at that time.

Though initially he favored his father’s autocratic ideas, eventually Tsar Nicholas II had initiated the implementation of a series of reforms directed to change Russia from a medieval into a modern society, which included the emancipation of the serfs, the creation of a Duma —a national assembly— and rural communes. These reforms would have encouraged the Russian people to think about the possibility of a benign government in which the people would democratically participate.

But some influential Wall Street bankers and oil magnates were not happy with these changes in Russia, and conceived another plan. In order to proceed with their plan, John D. Rockefeller, together with fellow conspirators, such as bankers Mellon and Morgan and steel magnate Andrew Carnegie, plus several of America’s robber barons, combined their resources for up to $50 million (an enormous sum at the time), and created the American International Corporation (AIC), a powerful cartel allegedly devoted to stimulate world trade. The truth, however, is that the AIC was created to fund the overthrow of Tsar Nicholas II by a small group of professional revolutionaries: the Bolsheviks.

The main problem the conspirators had with Russia, however, was not its efforts to become an industrialized and modern nation, but that a large amount of oil had been discovered in Baku, nears the Caspian Sea in Azerbaijan. At the time, the Baku oil field was considered the largest known oil deposit in the world. By the early 1880s, Russian crude production had reached almost a third of U.S. production.

As expected, Rockefeller and his criminal associates of the AIC, Andrew Mellon, J.P. Morgan and Andrew Carnegie, were deeply alarmed about the Russians challenging their ambitions of controlling the world oil supply, and they began conspiring to develop a plan to stop the Russians in their tracks. They concluded that the only way to achieve their goal was to depose Czar Nicholas II, and the only way to accomplish that was through a “revolution.”

To this effect, between 1907 and 1910 the conspirators met several times with Russian revolutionary Leon Trotsky, already living in exile in New York, and with Vladimir I. Lenin, another Russian revolutionary living in exile in Zurich. Eventually the arch-capitalists struck a deal with the arch-anti-capitalists: in exchange for financing their “revolution,” the capitalists would be allowed to have a hidden hand in designing the disastrous economic system of what was soon to become the Soviet Union —allegedly the staunchest anti-capitalist nation in the world.

With the help of the conspirators, Lenin returned to Russia with plenty of gold in his famous “sealed” train, and, soon after Trotsky, under the protection of President Wilson and Colonel House, followed Lenin’s path with more gold. This gold made possible the Russian “revolution” that plunged Russia for more than sixty years into the dark night of totalitarianism.

But some people knew of Lenin’s activities and his true masters. In a speech to the House of Commons on November 5, 1919, Winston Churchill exposed in a few words the whole conspiracy:

“. . . Lenin was sent into Russia . . . in the same way that you might send a vial containing a culture of typhoid or of cholera to be poured into the water supply of a great city, and it worked with amazing accuracy. No sooner did Lenin arrive than he began beckoning a finger here and a finger there to obscure persons in sheltered retreats in New York, Glasgow, in Bern and other countries, and he gathered together the leading spirits of a formidable sect, the most formidable sect in the world . . . With these spirits around him he set to work with demoniacal ability to tear to pieces every institution on which the Russian State depended.”

What Churchill failed to mention, though, was that the ones who had disseminated the Communist plague were bankers from England, Europe and the U.S., among them the Rothschilds, Sir George Buchanan and Lord Alfred Milner (members of the Round Table, who had been instrumental in the creation of the CFR), the Warburgs, the Rockefellers and J.P. Morgan. With their investment, the conspirators had created a pseudo-enemy they controlled —to some extent. Soon after, the Soviet Union became the bogeyman the conspirators used for many years as a credible threat to manipulate and control the U.S. and other Western countries. The rest is history.

In the same fashion, it is not that President Trump, together with a large majority of Americans, has lost faith in their country. Actually, they have lost faith in communo-fascist Amerika, the aberration the same people who destroyed Russia have been slowly but surely imposing upon the American people.

The main reason why the globalist conspirators didn’t like America was because America, a land of free people, had become the main obstacle in their plans to create a communo-fascist New World Order with just two classes: the super rich and the hyper poor — a sort of modern medieval society. The reason why today they hate Trump so much is because he has become the greatest obstacle in carrying out their evil plans.

But Trump is not anti-American for the same reason that Gorbachev was not anti-Russian. Actually, both of them hated the aberrations imposed upon their countries by the globalist conspirators, and opposed it. President Trump, like many Americas, has lost faith in what current Amerika stands for, because current Amerika is a political, social, economic and moral aberration, and the country badly needs to be brought back to its true origins.

Today’s communo-fascist Amerika has not much to do with the American Republic conceived by our Founding Fathers. Trump doesn’t think our defense of democratic values really works for America anymore because, like many Americans, he has realized that the so-called “defense of democratic values” —the word “democracy” is not mentioned in any of the three documents on which this Republic was founded: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights— has actually been a smoke-screen to hide military interventions in foreign countries to steal their natural resources for the sole benefit of the very same people who created the Soviet Union to prevent the Russian people from exploiting their country’s natural resources.

They didn’t work in the shadows to overthrow Mossadegh in Iran, Arbenz in Guatemala, Sukarno in Indonesia, Diem in Vietnam, Allende in Chile or ordered the assassination of President Kennedy, to defend democratic values, but to defend the narrow interests of a few transnational corporations.[2] They didn’t push the U.S. into a long war in Vietnam or invade Iraq to protect democratic values.[3] They didn’t create the European Union to protect democratic values. Fortunately, the people are awakening, and the conspirators’ house of cards is crumbling.

Like many Americans, President Trump has realized that the so-called “free trade” is nothing but a gimmick to turn America into a Third World country. He is fully aware that the open borders policy is a trick to destroy the country’s integrity and sovereignty. He knows that multiculturalism is a hoax to destroy our values and moral principles. As a true American patriot, he opposes those changes, and the communo-fascist globalist conspirators hate him for this.

Currently, the communo-fascist conspirators are openly talking about their plans to overthrow President Trump by any means necessary. In the alternate reality they have created inside their twisted minds they apparently ignore that overthrowing or assassinating President Trump will surely open a Pandora’s box nobody wants to experience.

My only hope is that cooler heads prevail and the globalist conspirators of both the Left and the Right think twice before provoking the onset of drastic, irreversible events.

© 2019  – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Matt Bai, “Trump, like Gorbachev, has lost faith in what his country stands for,” Yahoo News.
  2. Read General Smedley Butler’s speech, “War is a Racket.”
  3. Not even the conspirators’ role in WWII was solely to defeat Hitler and the Nazis. There is overwhelming evidence showing that several of the largest U.S. corporations, including IBM and the Rockefellers’ Standard Oil and Chase Bank, were in league with Nazi corporations before and after Pearl Harbor. See, Charles Highan, Trading With the Enemy: An Exposé of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949.



The Rise And Fall Of The New World Order

2018 was not a good year for the globalist conspirators and their New World Order. Despite all their desperate efforts to salvage the sinking ship, the machinery that took them more than half a century to assemble is about to collapse, and it has become evident that they don’t know how to repair it.

Proof of this is that, contrary to all predictions and despite the concerted efforts of both sides of the Repucratic Party coin, the mainstream press, the social media, the FBI, the CIA and the rest of the alphabet soup of shadow agencies, as well as some active and retired high-ranking members of the military who have betrayed their Oath of Office[1], Donald Trump is still alive and kicking in the White House. Moreover, every single day President Trump keeps deconstructing the NWO machinery piece by piece: no more global warming threat, no more unfair global trade agreements, no more borders open to illegal immigration … the works.

To top it off, Trump just took the first step to bring home the best of our youth exposed to loss of life and limb while waging unwinable, never-ending wars carried out in foreign lands for the sole purpose of benefiting a few tax-dodging transnational corporations that don’t see themselves as American anymore.

And this is just the beginning, and the NWO conspirators and their minions know it and they are powerless to stop it.

To make things worse, Trump is not alone. To the globalist conspirators’ utter dismay, nationalism is coming back in force and growing in most of the world. The yellow vest riots that erupted in France now have spread to Belgium and the Netherlands. Even in Londonistan, until recently an inexpugnable reduct of the globalist conspirators, some people wearing yellow vests have appeared on the streets in protest against the government’s unfair treatment of the working class and its inaction when faced with the attacks of religious fanatics on people they see as infidels.

It is important to notice that the yellow vest protesters have nothing in common with the so-called color revolutions that took place some years ago in the Middle East during the so-called Arab Spring, much less with the current fascist Antifa thugs. Those are mostly brainwashed young people backed by Soros’s money. In contrast, the yellow-vested men and women we see now on the streets are working people fed up by their governments’ rising gas prices under the pretext of curbing a non-existing global warming.

Currently, not only the governments under the control of globalists such as May in the UK, Merkel in Germany and Macron in France, just to mention the most notorious ones, are in deep crises, but also nationalist, antiglobalist leaders are in rising up all around the world. Currently, it is not only Trump who is fighting the NWO globalists. Nationalist leaders, such as Orban in Hungary, Widodo in Indonesia, Salvini in Italy, Kurz in Austria, Wilders in the Netherlands, Akesson in Sweden, Le Pen in France, Jansa in Slovenia, Babis in the Czech Republic, Putin in Russia and Bolsonaro in Brazil, just to name a few, are openly defying the globalists’ New World Order.

Adding to the globalist conspirators’ surprise, a strong anti-NWO order reaction is growing in many Latin American countries. More and more people in Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Brazil now see political correctness, ecological and climatological extremism, women’s liberation and gender ideology as manifestations of U.S. cultural imperialism, and they oppose it.

By the way, one interesting characteristic of these alleged fans of democracy[2] is that, when the people democratically vote against their wishes, the pro-democracy fans do everything in their hands to avoid following the people’s mandate. This explains why they are so mad about two examples of true democracy in action: the Brexit in the U.K. and the election of Donald Trump in the U.S.

Apparently, the globalist conspirators have not yet realized that the world’s correlation of forces has changed dramatically during the last ten years. The key conspirators pushing for a New World Order: David Rockefeller and his secret ally Fidel Castro, George H.W. Bush, Maurice Strong, Henry Kissinger, George Soros, Zbigniew Brzezinski and Hillary Clinton, are either dead or too old to continue the fight. Even worse, they failed to nurture an effective replacement —Obama has turned out to be a total failure— and the conspiracy is approaching a standstill.

A characteristic of totalitarian-minded people is that they don’t see people who disagree with them as opponents, but as enemies. Hitler called them “vermin.” Castro called them “gusanos” [worms]. Hillary called them “deplorables.” Once you dehumanize your enemies, the next step is destroying them by any means necessary, including physical elimination.

Unfortunately, still many well-intentioned Americans, not used to this new phenomenon still don’t see it, and believe that what is going on is just politics as usual, but it is not. Currently America is at war, and its worst enemies are not abroad, but inside the gates. The two new recently-elected members of Congress, Ocasio-Cortez and Rashida Tlaib, are early examples of the new line sociopaths whose most cherished dream is destroying America.

Nevertheless, the good news is that the New World Order conspirators are losing the battle. The bad news is that, in their desperation, they may decide to resort to extreme measures in an effort to change the outcome of the battle.[3] Anyway, if they do, that will prove to be their greatest mistake.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Notes:

  1. “I, (state your name), having been appointed a (rank) in the United States (branch of service), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the office upon which I am about to enter. So help me God.” Nevertheless, instead supporting and defending the Constitution from our domestic enemies some high-ranking officers of the U.S. military have joined them.
  2. The word “democracy” does not appear in any of the three key documents that created the American Republic: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, and the Bill of Rights. Having read Plato, the Founding Fathers knew about the failings of democracies and created instead a representative republic.
  3. Some of them have been frantically buying land and building nuclear shelters in New Zealand and the Patagonia.

In my latest NWV article, “Don’t Believe Everything Trump Says,” I mentioned my suspicion that President Trump was applying in his politics the tactics in the book The Art of War Sun Tzu advised his generals to follow. To my surprise, the day after the article appeared I got an email from a reader. According to this reader:

“Sun Tzu’s masterpiece, The Art of War is mandatory reading —or used to be— at the Wharton School of Business. It is his favorite book. In 1987 Trump wrote The Art of the Deal. Coincidence? Likely not.”




Don’t Believe Everything Trump Says

Since Donald Trump was elected President of the United States, almost every single headline in the CFR-controlled mainstreams press, the so-called Public Radio, TV news and “progressive” web sites is fully devoted to subtly insinuate — and sometimes not so subtly — that Donald Trump is either unqualified or illegitimate to be the President, or both. What most people have not yet realized is that what we are seeing is actually a carefully planned and executed psychological warfare operation, a PsyWar,[1] whose goal is to unseat President Trump.

Since the days of JFK, no American President has been under such a concerted attack than Donald Trump. Actually —further indication that both attack strategies were conceived at the same place— there is a strong similarity to the attacks on both Trump and Kennedy.

Soon after he was sworn into office, JFK’s enemies launched a coordinated campaign accusing him of being “soft on communism,” and an outright traitor and a commie. The CFR-controlled mainstream press criticism on Kennedy grew to the point in which David Rockefeller himself wrote and article for Life magazine strongly criticizing Kennedy’s economic policies.[2] Even the current stab in the back General Motors recently played on President Trump is highly similar to the stab in the back big steel companies carried out on JFK.[3]

A key leitmotiv in this PsyWar is accusing Trump of being a liar. To prove it, they accuse Trump of saying one thing and doing another quite different thing.

Aside from the fact that U.S. Presidents lying to the American public is nothing new, just remember the lies told by the Bushes, the Clintons and Obama. Now, coming from people who fully supported them, their criticism of Trump is an ultimate form of hypocrisy. On the other hand, I have to confess that sometimes President Trump has confused me. But, seen from a different perspective, who is the fool that tells his enemies in advance about his plans to defeat them? Actually, it is a brilliant strategy to keep your enemies in dark and in a state of confusion.

A side effect of this strategy, however, is that, while confusing his enemies, Trump is also confusing some of his supporters. Nevertheless, his successes show that this is an acceptable price to pay.

I don’t know if Donald Trump has ever read Sun Tzu’s classic book The Art of  War,[4] but what he is doing closely follows Tzu’s advice to his generals on how to deal effectively with their opponents. According to Sun Tzu,

“All Warfare is based on deception. Therefore, when capable, feign incapacity; when active, inactivity. When near, make it appear that you are far away; when far away, that you are near. Offer the enemy a bait to lure him; feign disorder and strike him. Anger his general and confuse him. Pretend inferiority and encourage his arrogance. Keep him under a strain and wear him down. When he is united divide him. Attack when he is unprepared; sally out when he does not expect you. “[5]

Nevertheless, Sun Tzu was not the only one who was convinced that telling lies is the best way to confuse your enemy. During the preparations for the upcoming invasion in Normandy, British Prime Minister Winston Churchill once said: “In war-time, truth is so precious that she should always be attended by a bodyguard of lies.”[6] Churchill’s strategy worked. The D-Day allied invasion at Normandy took the Nazis by surprise. The meticulously created lies fed to the Nazis convinced them that the true point of the invasion would be Calais and the landing in Normandy was just a diversion. When they realized their error, it was too late.

Perhaps I am wrong, but I have the impression that, most of the times, President Trump uses his apparently nonsensical tweets as carefully fed disinformation to keep his enemies confused and in disarray. Proof of this is that his tactics are working.[7]

So, if sometimes you feel confused about President Trump’s apparently nonsensical sudden changes of opinion, I have some advice for you: Don’t pay attention to what Trump says and focus on what he is doing. If you do that, you will see that very soon a new picture of Trump emerges. This image shows a very pragmatic and qualified President relentlessly fighting the globalist anti-American forces and making a sincere effort to make America great again.[8]

Granted, Donald Trump is not perfect —nobody is. But, as Cuban patriot José Martí once wrote, “ Even the sun has dark spots, but we must focus on the light, not on the spots.”

By the way, adding to the growing opposition to the globalist policies of Prime Minister May in the U.K., Macron in France and Merkel in Germany, the recent victory of Bolsonaro in Brazil [9] seems to be another headache in the making for the New World Order globalists and their minions. Adding to this, the European Union is dying, and there is a growing opposition in many Latin American countries to the so-called “gender ideology,” which is actually a Trojan horse of the New World Order.

Evidently, the world is awakening. The “deplorables” of the world — as Hillary the Wicca called them — have decided that enough is enough. They are mad as hell and will not take it anymore. The days of the globalist conspirator’s total control over the world is seemingly coming to a catastrophic end.

Good riddance!

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. In the back cover of my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People (Oakland: Spooks Books, 2010), I stated it clearly: “America is at war. But it is not a conventional war waged with tanks, battleships and planes on conventional battlefields—at least not yet. It is a secret, insidious type of war whose battleground is the people’s minds. Its main weapons are propaganda and mass brainwashing by disinformation, cunning, deception and lies on a large scale not used against the people of any nation since Nazi Germany. Though important, however, those elements are just part of a series of carefully planned and executed long and short-term psychological warfare operations. In synthesis, it is a psychological war — a PsyWar.” The current PsyWar against President Trump is part of that larger PsyWar.
  2. The whole story is described in detail in my book Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination (Hayward: Spooks Books, 2017), pp. 58-61
  3. Ibid, pp. 73-76.
  4. Sun Tzu, The Art of War (New York: Oxford University Press, 1963)
  5. Ibid., pp. 66-69.
  6. https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/winston_churchill_111291.
  7. Some of Trump’s critics from the Right accuse him of not being radical enough: he has not put Hillary in jail or hanged Obama. Moreover, he has not disbanded the Fed, the IRS, the CIA and the DHS. Apparently those critics don’t understand that, had Trump done that at this stage in his presidency, an alleged lone nut with ties to the CIA would have assassinated him, as happened to Kennedy.
  8. Curiously, the main theme of JFK’s presidency was “Get America moving again.”
  9. Bolsonaro adds to the list of anti-globalist leaders such Russia’s Putin, Orban in Hungary, as well as potential winners such as Gauland and Weide in Germany, Le Pen in France, Kurz in Austria, Akesson in Sweden, Jansa in Slovenia, Babis in the Czech Republic, Salvini in Italy and Johnson in the U.K.



Impeach The President . . . Who?

Let’s suppose, just for the sake of argument, what would happen if it is discovered that Donald Trump’s real name is Barry Soetoro, that he was born in Kenya, that the birth certificate he produced was an inept CIA falsification, that the Kapiolani Hospital in Hawaii, where he was allegedly born, took that name several years after he was born?

What do you think would happen if Trump’s Social Security card had been issued by a state where he never resided? What if nobody can remember him at the schools he allegedly attended? What if his university records were frozen and closed to the public?

What if it is discovered that Trump’s alleged mother lived in Indonesia at the time it was teeming with CIA operatives who were frantically trying to overthrow the democratically -elected leader of that country and substitute him with a corrupt tyrant they could control?

Let’s suppose that President Trump would have told about his Muslim faith and given $100 million in U.S. taxpayer funds to re-build foreign mosques. That he had bowed in submission before the Saudi King. That he had attended for 20 years a Liberation Theology Church that condemns Christianity and professes Marxism. That he purposefully omitted “endowed by our Creator ” from his recitation of The Declaration of Independence.

Let’s suppose that it was Trump who said that NASA’s “foremost mission” was to outreach to Muslim communities. That Trump was the first President not to give a Christmas Greeting from the White House, and who hanged photos of Chairman Mao on the White House tree. That he funneled $900 million in U.S. taxpayer dollars to Hamas. That he ordered the United States Postal Service to honor a Muslim holiday with a new commemorative stamp. That he said that America was not a Christian nation.

What if it is discovered that Trump’s secret goal is to destroy U.S sovereignty, open the borders to an invasion of illegal aliens, export American jobs abroad and fuse the country into a global government he euphemistically called the “New World Order.”

Would that have been motive for impeachment under the charges of treason of the highest order?

Of course not!

Actually, the impeachment frenzy against President Trump is because he has done nothing of the above. If he were an impostor and a traitor, the Invisible Government of the United States would love him from the bottom of its crooked heart. That love would have been a clear proof that Donald Trump is not in the White House because a large majority of the American people elected him, but that he had been selected by the same people who selected the Bushes, Clinton and Obama: the globalist conspirators ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

If, instead of fighting the anti-American forces trying to make America great again, Trump would have been another traitor compelling big corporations to outsource American jobs to China, the globalist conspirators and their minions in the mainstream press would love him.

If, instead of trying to restore America’s traditional values and more, Trump had worked hard in the shadows to destroy them, the politically-correct crowd would adore him. If Trump had declared that the non-existing global warming was the highest threat to America and its people, and told us that, in order to stop it we must lower our standards of living, the mainstream media would call him a true American hero.

But no. To the globalist traitors President Trump is a real and present danger, and they are working had to get rid of him by any means necessary.

A widely-accepted myth of American politics, repeated over and over, is that the American President is the most powerful man in the world. Well, the Trump presidency has shown that it is true, but only if the alleged most powerful man in the world is a puppet in the hands of the actual most powerful men in the world: the international bankers who control the world’s economy, including the U.S. economy.

Banker Amschel Mayer Rothschild is often quoted as saying: “Give me control of a nation’s money supply and I care not who makes the laws.”

Well, he was right on the money. (pun intended)

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




I Don’t Like White People

I have to confess that I have a problem with white people. Simply, I don’t like them. My distaste for white people, however, is not racial, cultural or political, it is aesthetic. I know that beauty is in the eye of the beholder, but I still don’t like them.

Probably the main reason for my dislike is because I was born and raised in Cuba, and I never saw a white person there. Even though I saw plenty of dark skinned people, and even some yellow-skinned ones, I never saw a white person in my country of origin.

Actually, the first time in my life I saw a white person was in the mid-1980s. At the time I was living in New Orleans, and we were told that a hurricane was approaching southern Louisiana. So, I went to the nearby Piggy Wiggly in South Carrolton to buy some emergency supplies. While I was there, I saw this white woman. Real white.

She was not albino; she was just white, like a sheet of white paper. Frankly, I didn’t like her. To me she was sort of repulsive. She reminded me of a totally white frog I saw in the countryside a long time ago. After that, I have seen only two more white people in the U.S., both of them women, one pulling her luggage at the Phoenix airport and another one entering the Whole Foods store in Berkeley.

Now, I still cannot explain myself why some people claim that Trump won the election thanks to the white vote, when evidently whites in America are just an insignificant minority. This goes beyond my comprehension.

I remember that when we were living in San Francisco my son was only six years old. One day, while strolling on the Presidio trails — this was when Col. Aquino of the LaVey’s Church of Satan had been accused of sexual abuse of children in the Army’s Presidio Child Development Center and the Army was desperately trying to cover up the scandal — so, I kept my son under close view at all times. Then, pointing to his arm, he candidly asked me, “Dad, why people call us ‘white’ when we are actually pink?” At the time I was unable to answer his question. Well, I still don’t know the answer.

Also, I still don’t know why some people called Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) “black.” Actually, he is a light brown mulatto. In fact, Fulgencio Batista, the Cuban President Castro overthrew in 1959, was several shades darker than Obama. He claimed he was not of African descent, but that his ancestors were Siboney Indians, the original inhabitants of the Caribbean Island. It was probably true, because he resembled more an American Indian than an African.

Nevertheless, “progressive” lefties in Berkeley still hate dark-skinned Batista and love the pink-skinned (white to them) man who imposed communo-fascism upon the Cuban people. But everyone knows that Berkelians are a very strange people. This explains why Michael Savage calls the city “Berzerkeley.”

In the same fashion, I still don’t understand why some Americans of African ancestry call themselves “black.” Most of them are actually brown. Granted, there are some black people in Africa. Some of them, mostly from the Congo, are so black that their skin looks bluish. There are some of these truly black people in Cuba, but I have not seen any one like them here in America.

I have the feeling that some Americans are using the color of their skin as a sort of politico-ideological umbrella to hide the fact that most of them are not discriminated against because of the color of their skin but because of the content of their character. They seem to forget that, as the Reverend Martin Luther King rightly pointed out, this is a perfectly legitimate form of discrimination, not only for them, but for people of all skin colors, including the so-called “whites.”

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Is John McCain A True American Hero?

After the death of Senator John McCain, most members of the mainstream media, right and left, who lately do not seem to agree on anything, surprisingly agreed in their opinion that, despite some minor character flaws, John McCain was a true American hero.

Well, I am sorry, but I have to express my humble dissenting opinion.

I am not going to refer here some stories circulating on the Internet about McCain’s expertise in destroying several million dollars of U.S. property. Nor I am going to mention his behavior as a privileged guest of the Hanoi Hilton, which gained him the nickname “songbird” McCain, much less at his role in the cover-up to abandon American POWs in Vietnam.

Also, I am not going to try to rationalize why he fought so hard to destroy the Tea Party or why he facilitated the victory of impostor Barry Soetoro and betrayed his running mate Sarah Palin in an effort to destroy her political career as a potential presidential candidate. I have not studied these allegations in detail and I have no strong proof to offer. What I am going to do, though, is to show a series of easily verifiable facts, so you can reach your own conclusions.

As a member of the U.S. military, and later as an elected member of the U.S. Congress, John McCain took at least twice an oath to protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic. Nevertheless, during his political career, he not only worked hard to destroy the Constitution but, since 2001, he officially appeared in the Council on Foreign Relations’ membership rosters as an active member.[1]

If you still don’t know it, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is one of the most anti-American organizations in the world, whose members have consistently advocated the cancellation of the Constitution, the opening of the U.S. borders, the elimination of U.S. sovereignty, and the fusion of the U.S. into a community of nations they call the New World Order.

But don’t trust my words. See for yourself. I could provide dozens of pages of this organization’s betrayals but, due to space limitations, I will only quote the most blatant ones.

The Council of Foreign Relations was created in 1921. Bankers Otto Kahn and Paul Warburg were on the original board of CFR directors. Funding for the CFR was provided by bankers John D. Rockefeller, J.P. Morgan, Bernard Baruch, Jacob Schiff, Otto Kahn and Paul Warburg. Firms Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and the Rothschilds contributed to the project through their front agents, the Rockefellers.

In 1922, the CFR began the publication of its official theoretical organ, the magazine Foreign Affairs. Soon after, the magazine became a sort of crystal ball, forecasting the direction in which the U.S. and the world were heading. In its very first issue, Foreign Affairs published an attack on the U.S. sovereignty, an article by Philip Kerr stating: “Obviously there is going to be no peace or prosperity for mankind as long as the earth remains divided into 50 or 60 independent states and until some kind of international system is created.”

On November 8, 1924, in a speech at the International House in New York, CFR member John D. Rockefeller Jr. stated “… some day … no one will speak of ‘my country,’ but …. of ‘our world.’” On October 28, 1939, CFR member John Foster Dulles [later U.S. Secretary of State], proposed in an address that America must lead the transition to a new order of less independent, semi-sovereign states bound together by a league or federal union. He proposed that this could be reached by laws, propaganda, and education.

In 1941, CFR agents Lewis Mumford, Reinhold Niebuhr and Herbert Agar published The City of Man: A Declaration of World Democracy, in which they expressed their belief that, “Universal peace can be founded only on the unity of man under one law and one government. … All states, deflated and disciplined, must align themselves under the law of the world-state … the new order … when the heresy of nationalism is conquered and the absurd architecture of the present world is finally dismantled.”

In 1942, Chairman of the National Council of Churches and CFR founder John Foster Dulles, issued a report claiming that “a new order of economic life is both imminent and imperative,” and calling for … “a world government, strong immediate limitation of national sovereignty, international control of all armies and navies, a universal system of money, world-wide freedom of immigration, progressive elimination of all tariff and quota restrictions on world trade and a democratically controlled world bank.”

On May 2, 1943, Supreme Court Justice Owen J. Roberts (CFR), told the Philadelphia Enquirer: “An international government, with police power over every individual citizen in the nations belonging to it … is the only way.” The next year, a confidential CFR memorandum to the State Department reads: “The sovereignty fetish is still so strong in the public mind that there would appear to be little chance of winning popular assent to American membership in anything approaching a superstate organization. Much will depend on the kind of approach which is used in further popular education.”

In 1945, Saturday Review editor Norman Cousins (CFR) published Modern Man is Obsolete. In his book, Cousins states: “We even debate the question of ‘surrendering’ some of our sovereignty — as though there is still something to surrender. There is nothing left to surrender. There is something to gain. A common world sovereignty … would mean that no state could act unilaterally from the central authority as a method to achieve its aims. … There is no need to discuss the historical reasons pointing to and arguing for world government.”

In 1947 CFR agents James P. Warburg and Norman Cousins established the United World Federalists, to endorse “the efforts of the United Nations to bring about a world community favorable to peace.” They also expressed their goal to expand the U.N. into a world-government, the establishment of an international “peace force” and a world income tax. On February 7, 1950, testifying before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee Paul Warburg (CFR), son of CFR founder James Warburg, prophesied: “We shall have world government whether or not you like it —by conquest or consent.”

In 1952, commemorating the 30th anniversary of its creation, Foreign Affairs published “Reflections on Our National Purpose,” a leading article by CFR member Kingman Brewster Jr. In it, he expressed his idea that the U.S. national purpose should be to abolish the American nation. That same year, in response to growing concern regarding the illicit, conspiratorial activities of the CFR, the U.S. Congress created a Special Committee on Tax Exempt Foundations (commonly referred to as the Reece Committee). The final report in 1954 stated that the Committee found that the CFR controlled most of them and its aim was to abolish national sovereignty and “overly propagandizes the globalist concept.” Its two main objectives are world government and global banking.

In a July, 1958, article entitled “School for Statesmen,” Harper’s columnist Joseph Kraft (CFR), wrote: “The CFR was founded for the purpose of promoting disarmament and submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all-powerful one-world government.” The next year, CFR agent James Warburg published The West in Crisis. In it, he proclaimed: “A world order without world law is an anachronism … a world which fails to establish the rule of law over the nation-states cannot long continue to exist. We are living in the perilous period of transition from the era of the fully sovereign nation-state to the era of world government.”

In 1962 Nelson Rockefeller (CFR) gave a series of lectures at Harvard University in which he called for a world federation of countries, a new world order to shape the events. According to him, “The nation-state, standing alone, threatens in many ways to seem as anachronistic as the Greek city-state eventually became in ancient times.” In April 1971, Bryn Mawr College president Harris L. Wofford (CFR), said: “Is there any greater anachronism than the so-called sovereign nation-state?

In 1975, a majority of Senators and Representatives of both Republican and Democrat parties, among them CFR members George McGovern, Clairborne Pel, Christopher Dodd, Les Aspin, and Patricia Schroeder, signed a Declaration of Interdependence written by historian Henry Steele Commager (CFR), which proclaimed: “Two centuries ago our forefathers brought forth a nation; now we must join others to bring forth a New World Order. … Narrow notions of national sovereignty must not be permitted to curtail that obligation.”

In his 1984 book The Power to Lead, James McGregor Burns (CFR) recognized the fact that to carry out their plans the CFR conspirators needed to get rid of the Constitution: “Let’s us face reality. The framers [of the U.S. Constitution] have simply been too shrewd for us. The have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to “turn the Founders upside down” — we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected.”

In The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change, a 1987 book sponsored by the Rockefeller Foundation, Arthur S. Miller stated what the CFR conspirators really had in mind: “Nationalism should be seen as a dangerous social disease. A new vision is required to plan and manage the future, a global vision that will transcend national boundaries and eliminate the poison of nationalistic solutions. A new Constitution is necessary.”

The July 20, 1992, issue of TIME magazine published “The Birth of the Global Nation,” an article by CFR Director Strobe Talbott. According to him, “All countries are basically social arrangements. No matter how permanent or even sacred they may seem at any one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary. Perhaps national sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all.”

In his 1996 memoirs, A Reporter’s Life, CFR member Walter Cronkite stated: “If we are to avoid a catastrophe, a system of world order — preferably a system of world government — is mandatory. The proud nations someday will … yield up their precious sovereignty.”

On April 2001, President George W. Bush (CFR) attended the Quebec Summit of the Americas, accompanied by CFR agents Secretary of State Colin Powell and U.S. Trade Representative Robert Zoellick. Amazingly, New York Times writer David E. Sanger (CFR) let the cat out of the bag in an article about the Summit entitled, “News Analysis: Biggest Obstacle to Selling Trade Pact Is Sovereignty.”

In 2005, a CFR Study Commission, which included William Weld (CFR), Doris Meissner (CFR), and Robert Pastor (CFR), produced a document entitled “Building a North American Community.” It detailed a 5-year plan for the establishment of a common security perimeter around Canada, the United States, and Mexico, and the eventual fusion of the three countries into a single one, the North American Union, with a common currency, the Amero. This would be the initial step for the creation of the American Union, which would extend from Alaska to Patagonia.

On June 20, 2011, CNNWorld published an article by CFR mouthpiece Fareed Zakaria with the revealing title “Is it Time to Update the U.S. Constitution?” In it, Zakaria expressed his masters’ opinion that the U.S. Constitution does not reflect the new times in America and needs to be updated.[2]

A September 5, 2018 anonymous editorial piece published by the New York Times (a.k.a. The Toilet Paper of Record), shamelessly called John McCain  “A lodestar for returning honor to public life and our national dialogue.” Adding, “Mr. Trump may fear such honorable men, but we should revere him.”

Obviously, the Council on Foreign Relations is an organization of traitors, not honorable men, and John McCain was for many years one of its proudest members. So, he may have been a lodestar, though not for the American people but for the anti-American traitors at the CFR

Now, was he a true American hero? Reach your own conclusions and make your own judgment.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

  1. The CFR has acknowledged the fact that they have secret members, so I don’t discount the possibility that McCain joined the organization at an earlier date.
  2. For more detailed information about the CFR’s treasonous activities see Servando Gonzalez, I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America.



The “N” Word Is My Favorite Word

I love the “N” word. It is my favorite word. I use it almost daily. When somebody I don’t know asks me for money, or tries to sell me a product or service I don’t need, I always answer with my favorite word: “NO!”

Currently, however, I heard that somebody is attacking President Trump because he allegedly used the “N” word. According to some people, Trump is in big trouble because he used the “N” word. Am I in trouble too?

In the current upside-down world of political correctness, some words must never be used. You can only use them at your own risk. Currently, a person who is accused — it doesn’t need to be proved, the accusation is enough — of using the “N” word can be fired from his job without any explanation whatsoever. I think this is just the beginning of a very dangerous trend.

Some religions have taboo words that must never be uttered by the adepts. In Cuba, the practitioners of some African religions cannot say the word “snake,” because it is a taboo word. In the same fashion, the practitioners of a cult named political correctness should never say the word . . . well, “N.”

One of the characteristics of most languages is the use of direct and indirect discourse. Direct discourse is when you say something. Indirect discourse is when you quote somebody saying something. The lady who recently wrote the book accusing President Trump of using the “N” word evidences proof that to Gaia (New Agers’ name for Mother Earth) cultists some words are taboo.  She cannot dare to use the word standing for “N” because if she uses it, even allegedly quoting Trump, she could be accused herself of using the taboo word “N,” — which is further proof that “N” is not a derogatory but a taboo word.

Anyway, I have no problem with the fact that they cannot use the “N” word because to them it is a taboo word. I am very respectful of other people’s religions, even if their religion is the New Age and they venerate Gaia. What I don’t like is that they try to impose their taboos on other people, even if they are not believers in Gaia. This is highly unfair.

Some time ago, a group of white, leftist racists entrenched in the English Departments of some American universities, in order to hide their racial prejudices, appointed themselves as the Jiminy Crickets of the black people and decided to tell other people what words they can use and what words can’t use. They have been very successful, particularly among white racists in the closet like themselves. It seems, however, that they failed miserably to impose their ideas on the very people they claim to protect.

In 1986 a group of black musicians from Los Angeles created a hip hop musical group that soon after became famous: Niggas With Attitude. The group was active until 1991. Today they would have been banned. Nevertheless, many young blacks still use the word “nigga” among themselves in a friendly, affectionate way.

There is a big problem if this linguistic craziness continues. If the politically correct crowd keeps on banning words, we may eventually end up using only American Sign Language.

There is also the problem of discrimination. While whites are not supposed to used the “N” word, because it is offensive for black people, but is okay if some blacks use the “C” word [cracker] while referring to whites. Moreover, the banning of the “N” word creates a series of problems difficult to solve, and even to understand.

For example, how do parents and teachers can tell their children not to use the “N” word without using the “N” word? Let’s see:

“Hey. Jimmy, never use the “N” word.”

“But, what’s the “N” word Ms. Thompson?”

“Well, the “N” word is a word you should never use, because it is offensive to ‘Ns’”

“But, why the “N” word is so offensive?”

“It is offensive because some people think so.”

“Who are those people Ms. Thompson?”

“Well, some white people think that the word “N” is very offensive when used by white people like you.”

And so goes on and on this hypothetical dialogue.

Even more difficult to understand is why some people call the letter N a word. May it be that using the “N” word is bad but using the “N” letter is okay?  So, if I see a black man and I tell him: “You are an ‘N’” it is very offensive, but if I say,  “You are a N,” is it okay?

One of the characteristics of primitive thinking is the belief that there is no difference between a thing and a symbol. Ethnologists have reported the fact that people of some primitive tribes in South America didn’t like to be photographed, because they believed the photo would steal their soul. Some voodoo priests in Haiti still stick pins into a doll or a picture of a person to cause him. It seems that, despite iPhones and the Internet, the politically correct crowd are pushing America on its way to primitivism.

Some time ago most people believed that, while sticks and stones may break their bones, words would never break them. Today, thanks to the advances of primitive thinking, apparently some words can break people’s bones.

There is, however, more than meets the eye. Currently, using the “N” word is automatically seen as a clear indication of discrimination for people with a different skin color, when in most occasions it is actually a manifestation of discrimination not for the person’s skin color but because of the content of his character. It seems that the prohibition of the use of the “N” word has become a sort of umbrella used to cover and hide undesirable character traits.

All languages have offensive words. Actually, compared to Spanish or Russian, the English language is very tame, lacking in offensive words. Nevertheless, offensive words exist in every language for a purpose. There are times when you want or need to offend somebody. Now, if you cannot use offensive words, what you can do? Use a baseball bat or a machete to express your distaste? I think that, wittingly or unwittingly, the politically correct crowd has created a cure that is much worse than the disease.

Critics of President Trump, such as this opportunistic woman who is now accusing him of using the “N” word, apparently ignore that one of the main reasons why most Americans gave him their votes was because Trump didn’t fear to use the “N” word. I think that the true reason why the politically correct crowd hates Trump so much is because almost every single day he is saying “NO” to the New World Order.

So, I don’t know about you, but, despite all criticism, I will continue using the “N” word every time I think it is necessary to stop the politically correct crowd and the New World Order they love so much. Moreover, I suggest that, unless you are an adept of the New Age cult and love Gaia, you use the “N” word as much as possible.

Saying “NO” to the New World Order is the second-best thing we can currently do to make America great again!

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




Stop Evil Putin Now “A Satire”

(Satire)

I don’t know about you, but Putin never fooled me. I know very well that the fall of the Soviet Union was just a trick to fool us, that communism is alive and kicking in today’s Russia, and that Putin is still a KGB man — once a spy, forever a spy.

Even worse, Putin has mentioned several times that he wants to implement evil communism in America. How does he plan to do it?

Well, according to my secret sources at the highest levels of the Kremlin, Putin, after his great success when Russian hackers stole the election from Hitlary, who had already won thanks to the votes of 2 million illegal Mexicans in California, and gave the presidency to his buddy Trump, has decided to go for the whole enchilada and run for the American presidency himself.

So, given the fact that his hackers are the best the ruble can buy, I am convinced that in the next presidential election Vladimir Putin will run for the presidency of the United States and will get an overwhelming majority of the popular vote as well as control over the Electoral College.

Yes! This not a joke. In 2020, Vladimir Vladimirovich Putin will be elected the next President of the United States. I have no doubts about it.

Of course, crazy conspiracy theorists on the left will claim that Putin was not born in the United States, but he will post on his Facebook page a photocopy of a photocopy of his birth certificate, showing that he actually was born in St. Petersburg, Florida. When asked by the press, he will argue that if we had a president who was born in Kenya, it is nothing to be excited about having one born in St. Petersburg, Florida.

Later on, the KGB will produce more documents showing that Putin got a law degree from Yale, where he joined the Skull and Bones secret society, as well as that he taught at Harvard, even though nobody remembers having met him there.

As soon as Putin knows that the has been elected the 46th president of the United States, he will tell the press that he plans to appoint Hitlary Clinton as Secretary of State and Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) as his National Security Advisor. Marking a big difference from previous administrations, both Republican and Democrats, where no more than 90 percent of cabinet appointees have been CFR members, in the coming Putin administration all of them will be.

A long time ago, Tsun Tzu, a Chinese general who lived in 500 B.C. wrote in his book The Art of War that all warfare is based on deception, and it is known that Putin is an avid reader of the Chinese general. So, in order to destroy America as we know it, the first thing he will do is to create a Soviet-like single political party. Actually, that would not be too difficult, because currently is not easy to distinguish “progressive” Democrats from “conservative” Republicans, particularly since the two factions have become rabidly anti-Trump. So, to make it simple, Putin will get control over the Council on Foreign Relations, change its name to Communists Frantic and Red (CFR) and make it the only official political party of America. All CFR members will love it. From that point on, they will not have to use elected politicians as puppets and will directly control the U.S. government without intermediaries.

Soon after he destroys the two parties, Putin will order the creation of a central bank. He deviously will name it the Federal Reserve Bank, even though it would not be a federal department, but a private corporation controlled by foreign bankers and would have no gold reserves. As soon as he creates it, the new central bank will begin printing worthless pieces of paper and call them Federal Reserve Notes. Some fools will call it “money.”

To top it off, the next thing Putin will do to destroy America is to create an organization to legally steal money from Americans. To do this, he will create a private corporation and call it the Internavsky Revenuskovich Servickaya (IRS). The main goal of this nefarious organization will be to make Americans dirt poor, because a poor population is a lot easier to control than a prosperous one. Of course, the IRS law will have enough loopholes to guarantee that Putin’s oligarchic friends at Apple, Amazon, Wal-Mart, Exxon and other Fortune 100 corporations, will pay very low taxes or no taxes al all.

An important thing that worked fine in the Soviet Union was the total control by the Communist government over the press. So, one of the first things President Putin will do in America is to establish a total control over the Internet, the only still free medium in the U.S., and will close those obnoxious sites publishing anti-government seditious propaganda, such as the site of the guy who claims that 9/11 was an inside job. To stop him, and send a clear message to the rest, Putin will contact his oligarch friends at Apple and Facebook, who will censor him Soviet style.

Communists have always been internationalists, so Putin will push the idea of the need for the creation of a more just, equalitarian New Communist World Order, mentioning it in every speech. To this effect, he will launch a big propaganda campaign through the pages of the New York Pravda and the Washington Izvestia, as well as through the NPR, the traditional organ of American commies, and Democracy Now, the traditional organ of Berkeley’s rabid, progressive commies.

Putin is aware that a key form of political control is population reduction. So, in order to carry out his evil plan to destroy America, he will appoint even more commies to the Supreme Court to join RBG, and they will pass laws approving abortion and sexual aberrations whose only goal is population reduction.

His successful experience in the Soviet Union told Putin that a stupid population is a lot easier to control, so he will create a Department of Education, create thousands of public schools and will sign executive laws for mandatory schooling of American children. As expected, the main role of these public schools, fully under the control of communist extremists and perverts, will not be educating but indoctrinating students into accepting the New Communist World Order.

Moreover, as soon as Putin is elected, colleges and universities will begin implementing their vision of political correctness. From then on, you will have to be very careful of what you say. A wrong word and you will lose your job and become a pariah.

One of Putin’s priorities once he is in the Red House (formerly known as the White House) would be to infiltrate key organizations of the U.S. government, such as the FBI, CIA, NSA and the Pentagon and put them under the control of trusted Communists like himself. To his advantage, he won’t have to infiltrate the State Department because it has been under the control of known communists since the 1930s.

Another thing evil Putin will do is to destroy America’s industrial base by encouraging the oligarchs of industry to outsource jobs to countries where they can pay sweatshop salaries to their workers and where workers’ unions are banned. They will follow Putin’s advice happily, because it will not only help them to make more money but also to hide it from the IRS.

Cardinal in Putin’s plan to destroy America is the creation of a department of public disease — devious Putin will name it Department of Public Health — which not only will benefit Big Med and Big Pharma, but will also guarantee a sick population, fully under the dependency of prescription drugs and incapable of rebelling against totalitarianism.

Following the Roman system of bread and circuses, the Putin administration will encourage Americans to tie themselves to TV screens and cell phones. Soon after he is elected, most Americans will pass half of their time watching the most stupid things on a screen.

Finally, Putin will declare that, as an important step to get rid of America’s outdated, racist, homophobic Constitution, he has signed an executive order turning this country from a Republic into a People’s Democracy. The next day he will sign another executive order canceling the Bill of Rights. After that, Americans will not have any rights whatsoever, only the ones given to them by the government.

So, if you love America as it was, we need to stop evil Putin now, before it is too late. Our freedoms, and perhaps even our lives, depend on it!

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




9/11: The Key To Restore Freedom In America

I disapprove of what you say, but I will defend to the death your right to say it. — Beatrice Evelyn Hall

Today’s America is a highly divided country. It seems that, suddenly, we strongly disagree about everything, even the most simple, mundane things. From opponents, who at least were able to discuss our opinions in an amicable, civilized way, we have changed into fierce enemies incapable of understanding, much less accepting other people’s divergent points of view.

The thing that divides us most, however, is not that some of us are Democrats and other Republicans. Not even that some of us are conservatives and some are progressives. The current attacks by coercive utopians at Google/Youtube, Facebook, Apple[1] Pinterest, Spotify, Twitter[2], AudioBoom, Disqus and others[3] on the freedom of expression of Alex Jones, who is repeatedly described as a conspiracy theorist who thinks that 9/11 was an inside job, and also Pastor James David Manning, a strong critic of Obama and the New World Order, are based on allegations of hate speech.

But hate speech is a tag the “progressive” lefties have also attached to President Trump. In the San Francisco Bay Area, the sign “STOP HATE” posted on the door of a home or a business actually means “WE HATE TRUMP.”

It is difficult, however, to understand why the same people who never raised an eyebrow after seeing a so-called comedian displaying a papier mache representation of President’s Trump decapitated head, who have published dozens of caricatures depicting President Trump assassinated — a recent cover for The New Yorker magazine shows a dead Trump after falling off an escalator —, or have encouraged people to see a play where Trump is assassinated, now claim that they are against all manifestations of hate. It is obvious that, to these people, “hate” is anything that goes against their convictions, ideas and beliefs about subjects such as global warming, evolution, abortion, sexuality, immigration, firearms possession or the New World Order.

Even more important, who is going to tell the self-proclaimed censors what “hate” is and what is not? Well, according to the censors’ twisted logic, most likely the arbiter will be the Southern Poverty Law Center, one of the most subversive institutions in today’s America. Its function is not only to use the law to keep Southern people in poverty, but to lead attacks on people who oppose the New World Order.[4]

In my humble opinion, however, what divides us most is our vision of the 9/11 events.

The 9/11 events marked a turning point in the course of this nation. 9/11 was the pretext used by our government to declare the so-called War on Terror, which justified unnecessary military conflicts abroad as well as pushing down our throats an aberration called the Department of Homeland Security, a veritable Gestapo. It opened the gates to create other aberrations such as the Transportation Security Administration, the militarization of police and the current surveillance state. Eventually, the DHS evolved into a sort of national police, something most Americans had previously opposed.

Currently, as a direct result of 9/11, America resembles more Nazi Germany[5] or the Soviet Union than the representative Republic our Founder Fathers created.

The recent attacks on the First Amendment rights of Alex Jones, mostly centered on his interpretation of the 9/11 events, mark a dangerous trend. If this is not stopped, soon after all internet sites, books and videos analyzing 9/11 from a different perspective than the one offered by the U.S. government will be taken out of circulation and eventually banned. From this point on, it will be a short step to consider as a crime even the possession of any such items. This is what is currently happening in Communist China and Fascist Cuba.

Nevertheless, the globalist conspirators’ vicious attacks on Alex Jones are a clear sign that he is right on most of his criticism of the New World Order. That’s why they fear him so much.

To restore some rationality to the current madness that has grabbed the land, it is necessary, actually vital, to open a thorough, impartial investigation of the 9/11 events. I don’t use the word “reopen” because the 9/11 events were never investigated. Most Americans, as well as the globalist-controlled mainstream media, accepted without reservations the explanations offered by the U.S. government, and that was the end of it.

The evidence shows, however, that the government never carried out an investigation. On the contrary, the U.S. government played a key role in avoiding an investigation. Hundreds on videos still available on the web show people from government agencies diligently working hard to destroy the evidence at the scene of the crime in Manhattan, the Pentagon and the crash of Flight 93 in Pennsylvania. Fortunately, thanks to the advances in recording technology, there is visual evidence that many things in the official narrative don’t add up.

The 9/11 events are without a doubt the greatest failure or our government, our intelligence agencies and our military, for whose services we pay billions of dollars annually, to prevent such events. Surprisingly, nobody was reprimanded, much less fired as the result of such gross incompetence.[6] We need to find out why this happened.

Only a true investigation will put to rest this divisive event, but a fully independent, impartial, reliable Commission must conduct it. We don’t need another Warren Commission.

Current events are showing the high degree of corruption and lack of professionalism affecting organizations such as the FBI, the CIA and the Department of Justice. Consequently, traitorous CFR members must be banned from participating in such an investigation. There are some already existing organizations, such as Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, whose members must be part of this investigation.

If, as a result of this investigation, it is found that the 9/11 was actually an inside job carried out by people at the highest levels of the U.S. government, the culprits must pay for their crimes and all the organizations created as a result of 9/11 must be disbanded. This will mark, once and for all, the end of the globalist conspirators’ War on Terror.

What we are seeing now is not just an attack on Alex Jones. It is an attack on the Internet, the only medium of communication the globalist conspirators have not been able to control. So, it seems that they would rather prefer to destroy the Internet than allow us to use it to fight their totalitarian New World Order.[7]

We need to restore the First Amendment to the Constitution. The current attack on our freedom of expression, carried out by our domestic enemies, is a thousand times worse than any attack our foreign enemies can conceive. These attacks are a real and present danger to the American Republic. We need to stop the perpetrators by any means necessary.

So, if you want to stop the current witch hunt, please write letters to your Congressman, Senator and President Trump asking them to put a stop to the attacks on the First Amendment and to create a truly independent commission to investigate what really happened on September 11, 2001.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1- Apparently Apple, so happy with guarantees offered by the ChiCom government to exploit a quasi-slave working force in China to assemble its products, apparently wants to reproduce the Chinese slavery system in America to make even more money by reducing shipping costs. Currently, both Apple and Facebook have agreed with the Chinese government to produced versions of their products than can be easily controlled by the censors.

2- It seems that we are not too far from the classic papieren, bitte! [papers, please!] we have seen in WWII films. After the full implementation of the so-called “real ID,” we will be required by law to carry it at all times and show it to the authorities on demand.

3- The coordination of the attack, highly resembling the steel companies’ attack against President Kennedy, not only seems a violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, but it also may indicate that it was orchestrated by the same organization who planned the attack on Kennedy: the Council on Foreign Relations.

4- Former DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano used a list created by the SLPC to brand some people as potential “domestic terrorist.” Among them were Ron Paul’s supporters, 2nd Amendment advocates, Christian conservatives, veterans of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars and “Constitutionalists.” See Robert Stacy McCain, PJ Media, April 26, 2010.

5- Twitter suspended the Ron Paul Institute Executive’s Account.

6- Actually only one person was fired. Paradoxically, he was the only person who did his job: José Meléndez Pérez, an immigration officer working at the Orlando, Florida International Airport who smelled a rat and stopped would-be terrorist al-Qahtani from becoming the 20th hijacker to enter the U.S. As a result of his action, Meléndez was systematically harassed and finally fired from his job.

7- I predicted the end f the Internet 15 years ago. See Servando Gonzalez, “Kiss Your Internet Goodbye,” NewsWithViews, April 6, 2003.




Hate Communism? Move to Russia

Mark Twain once wrote that reality always trumps fiction, because, contrary to fiction, reality doesn’t follow any rules. He was right.

If 50 years ago a science-fiction writer would have written a novel in which the Soviet Union turns into a capitalist country and American changes into a carbon-copy of what the Soviet Union was under the Communists’ rule, no publisher would have printed it, because he would have considered the story too farfetched to be credible.

Nevertheless, this is close to what has happened. Let’s see.

In their Communist Manifesto, first published in 1872, Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels enumerate the necessary measures to be taken to implement communism in a particular country. Those are:

  1. Abolition of property in land and application of all rents on land to public purposes.

Currently, the process is pretty advanced in America. Land ownership by small farmers is at an all-time low. Public lands — actually lands under government control — have grown exponentially.

  1. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax.

Most Americans ignore that there was a time in America when all government revenues came out of tariffs and citizens paid no taxes. Those were the best economic times in America. In 1913, however, President Woodrow Wilson, following the advice of “Colonel” Edward Mandell House, a secret agent of the Rothschild-Warburg-Rockefeller banking cartel, pushed the Revenue Act creating the Internal Revenue Service and imposing a heavy progressive or graduated income tax upon Americans.[1]

  1. Abolition of all right of inheritance.

Though all rights to inheritance have not yet abolished in America, heavy draconian taxes make inheritance difficult. Technically, America doesn’t have an inheritance tax, but the federal government does have an estate tax. The distinction is small, but significant. With an inheritance tax, the heirs each pay taxes on what they receive. With an estate tax, the tax is imposed on the decedent’s estate as a whole before the money is paid out to each beneficiary. Anyway, in both cases the intention is depriving the inheritors from their rights to their parent’s fortune.

  1. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels.

Still America is not a land of emigrants, but of immigrants, so this measure has not been implemented.

  1. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly.

In 1913 President Woodrow Wilson signed the Federal Reserve Act that created the Federal Reserve Bank. Contrary to common belief, however, the Federal Reserve Bank is actually a private corporation owned by the Rothschild Bank of London, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy, Goldman, Sachs of New York, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam and Chase Manhattan Bank of New York. These bankers are connected to London banking houses that ultimately control the FED.

  1. Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the state.

While this measure has not been yet implemented in the U.S., currently there are powerful forces working hard in the shadows to control the Internet, a communication medium the Council on Foreign Relations conspirators does not fully control.

  1. Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the State.

Though in the U.S. the State has not appropriated factories and other instruments of production, it has promoted its destruction by outsourcing industrial factories abroad.

  1. Equal liability for all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially in agriculture.

Not implemented in the U.S.

  1. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries.

Currently, a large part of agricultural work in the U.S. is carried out by underpaid illegal aliens — mostly from Mexico and other Latin American countries.

  1. Free education for all children in public Schools.

When in the 1830s Alexis de Tocqueville visited America there were no public schools in this country. Nevertheless, he was impressed by the education of American children, and wrote: “It cannot be doubted that, in the United States, the instruction of the people powerfully contributes to the support of a democratic republic; and such must always be the case, I believe, where instruction which awakens the understanding is not separated from moral education which amends the heart.”

But by the 1840s, Horace Mann of Massachusetts and Henry Barnard of Connecticut began calling for free, compulsory school for every child in the nation. By 1918 a system of public schools had been created and all American children were required by law to attend at least elementary school. Currently, far from being tools for education, American public schools have become the main tool the globalist conspirators use for brainwashing and indoctrination.

Engels to the Rescue

In 1884, a year after the death of Karl Marx, his friend Friedrich Engels published his seminal work The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. In this book, Engels pointed to the traditional patriarchal family, which he saw as the main cause for the existence of private property, as a sort of capitalist aberration that needs to be destroyed in order to fully implement Communism. The fierce fight against the traditional family in the U.S. evidences the communist roots of this fight.

The same happened to private property. Currently, if you think you own any property, particularly real estate or land, just stop paying taxes to the state and you will soon find out who is the true owner.

No More Communism in Russia

In the 1990s, in their continuing effort to implement the totalitarian global government they call the “New World Order,” the globalist conspirators planned the implosion that caused the collapse of the Soviet Union. This was a required step for their agenda to establish global, uncontested full-spectrum economic and military dominance. To that end, they ended the financial support that kept Communists in power in Russia.[2] Then, they put in action their agents inside the Soviet government — Gorbachev was one of them — to carry out the final phase of their plan.

After the total collapse of the Communist regime, the very same banksters who had created the Soviet Union swooped down on Russia like vultures preying on a carcass. Quickly, they managed to put the country under the controls of the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, and other predatory global institutions they control and imposed their shock doctrine upon the Russian people. Also, they allowed some criminal elements of the Russian mafia to control key aspects of the Russian economy. But, to their utter surprise, some of the Russians who love their country got a second wind, managed to disentangle themselves from those treasonous institutions, put the criminals in jail and began a speedy economic recovery.

In strong contrast to the U.S., today Russia, until recently the bastion of Communism in the world, has turned into a type of society much closer to what America’s Founding Fathers had in mind.

While Russia still has a central bank owned by foreign bankers — mostly the Rosthschilds —, there are indications that the Russians are working hard to get rid of them.[3] Currently, Russian citizens pay a13 percent fixed flat rate personal income tax for all. Public schools in Russia are a tool for true learning and instilling in the new generations their love for their country, not for indoctrination in the marvels of the New World Order.

Contrary to the U.S., there is a great respect for Christian values in today’s Russia. Contrary to the U.S., youngest Russians don’t hate their country and are proud of being Russian. No Russian flags are desecrated in Russia.

Contrary to the U.S., the Russian government encourages traditional family relations, and gives support to working mothers. There is no equivalent to Planned Parenthood and wholesale abortion in today’s Russia. Though homosexuals live their private lives unmolested, there are no gay pride parades in today’s Russia.

While Russia struggles to become a capitalist country of laws, freedom and opportunity for all, the United Sates is fast becoming the nightmare dreamt by Marx and Engels. Currently, the business of America in not business anymore, but pushing the Communo-fascist, totalitarian New World Order agenda down the throats of Americans and the people of the world.

So, if you really hate Communism, move to Russia. The only problem is the cold weather!

[Editor’s Note: Thank God we have elected Trump and not Hillary.  At least now there is hope.]

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Though Marx’s initial idea of a progressive tax was to hurt the rich, in the U.S. they created the loopholes to hide their wealth. As a result, the middle class is the most taxed class in America.
  2. In his massive scholarly work, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, and later in his National Suicide: Military Aid to the Soviet Union, and finally in The Best Enemy Money Can Buy, professor Antony Sutton extensively documented how, militarily, the Soviet Union was kept alive thanks to massive technology transfers, mostly from the United States. Moreover, this technology transfer was not the result of the good work of Soviet spies, but of the treachery of CFR agents at the highest levels of the U.S. government.
  3. Putin to nationalize Rothschild’s central bank and purge collaborators



Welcome To The Humorless New World Order

Readers familiar with my books and articles already know about my theory that Castro’s Cuba is actually a testing ground; a successful example of the implementation of the New World Order in a once-great country inhabited mostly by a people with an extraordinary sense of humor.

The first symptom, however, that things were going to change in Cuba happened in early February, 1959, just a month after Castro grabbed power in Cuba with the help of the Rockefellers and their beloved CIA. Zig-Zag, the humorous Cuban political satire weekly newspaper, tried to show through its cartoons that the Castro movement, like virtually every Cuban political movement before, was being high jacked by political hacks. It is pertinent to add that Zig-Zag enjoyed a well-earned reputation for letting the air out of gassy politicians. Its full front page cartoons were brilliant, and even President Batista, often the butt of Zig-Zag’s satire, let it pass with a smile. In this instance, the full-page cartoon showed Castro marching along, followed by a group of his soldiers and a multitude of civilians wearing derby hats. Derby hats are known in Cuba as bombines, an appellation for political turncoats, professional flatterers who follow every government in power.

But Castro’s unexpected reaction was an explosion of rage. Next day, while giving a speech, he accused Zig-Zag of employing “cowardly writers,” who, he alleged, had pictured him as “consorting with bombines.”  “Don’t ever,” threatened an angry Castro, “portray me in the company of bombines.” His threat proved not to be an empty one. A few months later he banned Zig-Zag, which that way won the dubious honor of becoming the first member of the Cuban free press in the long list of the ones destroyed by Fidel Castro.

After the banning of Zig-Zag,[1] just a few humor publications have appeared in Castro’s Cuba, but political satire in these publications was mostly devoted to ridiculing the “Yankee imperialists” and other Castro opponents. Caricatures of the Maximum Leader were conspicuously absent from their pages. But, despite overwhelming government vigilance, the ever-irreverent Cubans kept making jokes of Castro and his cronies behind their backs.

In 1987, however, a caricaturist known as Ajubel published probably the only caricature of Castro that appeared in the Cuban state-controlled press. It depicted a gigantic Castro walking through a field of desks and bureaucrats, destroying them with his feet. It was supposed to be a depiction of Castro fighting the government bureaucracy. After approval from the Ministry of Culture, the caricature was published in one of the magazines. But, almost immediately, the whole edition of was confiscated and destroyed when somebody realized that Ajubel’s caricature could be easily interpreted as Castro destroying the whole country. Soon after, Ajubel managed to escape from the Island to live in exile in Spain.

It seems, though, that the anti-humor techniques successfully carried out by Castro in Cuba are beginning to be implemented in America.

The current brouhaha created by comedian Roseanne Barr’s humorous tweet about former Senior Advisor to impostor Obama Valerie Jarred resembling a monkey from Planet of the Apes, created a frenzy of politically correct outrage.[2] Just a few hours after her tweet was widely circulated, CFR-controlled ABC [3] announced it was canceling her show amid a wave of backlash against the controversial star.

According to ABC’s President Channing Dungey, “Roseanne’s Twitter statement is abhorrent, repugnant and inconsistent with our values, and we have decided to cancel her show.” The statement didn’t mention if jokes about President Donald Trump, including jokes comparing him with a monkey,[4] are abhorrent, repugnant and inconsistent with ABC’s values.

On the other hand, according to the lefties’ and progressives’ idol Charles Darwin, humans and apes descend from a common ancestor, ergo, we are all monkeys to some extent. So, why is it now so offensive when one of them (the leftists, not the monkeys) is compared to an ape? Well, only when the butt of the joke is a progressive leftie. Making fun of President Trump by comparing him to the most awful things, as it appears in every single issue of The New Yorker, or every Saturday Night Live show, is okay, but making fun of Valerie Jarret, Michelle and Barack Obama or, God forbid, Hillary Clinton is anathema.

The progressive Left’s attack on humor is not new. In 2015, comedian Jerry Seinfeld said that political correctness was hurting comedy[5] and that comics were “up against a mighty generation of culturally sensitive people who can’t seem to take a joke.” Seinfeld was right, but what we are seeing now is the culmination of a trend. Currently, you cannot make a joke about women, Muslims, immigrants, illegal aliens, people of different skin color or nationalities (no more Polish jokes), much less about people with different sexual preferences. Practically, in today’s politically correct America you can only joke about President Trump.[6] But political correctness limits the comedians’ field of action so much that it actually marks the end of the profession.   The firing of Roseanne Barr as the result of her joke[7] has sent a clear message to everybody in the comedy profession: the days of humor and laughter in America are gone. Welcome to the humorless New World Order — and this is not a joke!   So, please, no more abhorrent, repugnant jokes about anti-Trump progressive liberals … or else!

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. Eventually, Americans gained with the closing of Zig-Zag. One of its most noted caricaturists, Antonio Prohias, escaped to the U.S. and created his successful comic strip Spy vs Spy for MAD Magazine.
  2. I personally consider the joke, including jokes comparing Michelle Obama to monkeys, very offensive … to monkeys!
  3. For Rockefellers’ control of the media see, Who Controls the Media?,
  4. During an appearance on The Tonight Show with Jay Leno in 2013, Bill Maher joked that Trump was “a love child between a human woman and an orangutan from the Brooklyn zoo.”
  5. Amanda Mikelberg, “Jerry Seinfeld Says Political Correctness is Hurting Comedy,” CBSNEWS, June 8, 2015.
  6. If you are a politically correct progressive liberal, you can also joke about members of the Trump family. Just recently, Samantha Bee, on her TV show called Ivanka Trump “a feckless cunt.” Was she fired? No. Actually she got an award for “advancing change.” Obviously, there is a double standard. See Steve Watson, “Samantha Bee Awarded By TV Academy for “Advancing Social Change,” InfoWars, June 1, 2018.
  7. At least, until the time I am writing this article, Roseanne has not died during a simple medical procedure, as it happened to Joan Rivers a few days after she joked that Obama was gay and Michelle a tranny.



Fake News: As American As Apple Pie

Of late, the term “fake news” has become fairly popular. Just a search on the Web will bring thousands of hits. According to Wikipedia, a site passing as an online encyclopedia, but actually a repository of articles mostly based on false information to advance a political agenda, “Fake news is a type of yellow journalism or propaganda that consists of deliberate misinformation or hoaxes spread via traditional print and broadcast news media or online social media.”

According to a recent poll by Monmouth University,

“Large majorities of the American public believe that traditional media outlets engage in reporting fake news and that outside sources are actively trying to plant fake stories in the mainstream media. When it comes to the meaning of “fake news,” a majority believes that it involves editorial decisions as well as inaccurate reporting.”

The problem with fake news, however, is that even the definition of the term, such as the one advanced by Wikipedia and most of the mainstream press, is actually fake news. Actually, we can properly call fake news any information that offers a different version of events than the one advanced by the U.S. mainstream press fully under he control of the CFR’s anti-American globalist conspirators.

Now, given the fact that currently the term “fake news’ points mostly to information disseminated through the Internet, some people may think we are facing a new phenomenon. Well, it is not.

Though there are previous manifestations of fake news, we can safely surmise that the earliest best example of the use of fake news in America happened in 1898 as the result of the sinking of the USS battleship Maine docked in Havana’s harbor, allegedly as the result of a explosion caused by a Spanish mine. The explosion, which sank the ship and killed 260 U.S. sailors, was the pretext used by warmongers in the U.S. Government to launch a war against Spain. Cardinal in igniting the flames of war was press mogul William Randolph Hearst, owner of The San Francisco Examiner and The New York Journal, whose big headlines printed on yellow paper launched the war campaign by repeating over and over the mantra: Remember the Maine, To Hell With Spain. [1]

Must likely, Hearst’s success in the creation of fake news encouraged U.S. presidents to follow his example. In May 1915, during WWI, a German submarine sank the British ocean liner Lusitania. Of the 1,959 people on board, including passengers and crew, 1,198 died, including 128 Americans

The Germans justified their actions by claiming that the ship was actually carrying war materiel to their enemies in the conflict — which eventually was proven true. But President Wilson, most likely following instructions from his puppet-master, Col. Edward Mandell House, used the incident as a pretext to push America into a war he had promised he would never to send American young men to die in. The American mainstream press, without exception, published the fake news about the event without a hint of criticism or serious analysis.

On December 7, 1941, Japan launched a surprise attack on the U. S. Pacific Fleet in Pearl Harbor, Hawaii territory. The attack was used by the President Roosevelt as the motive to enter a war he had he vowed never sent American young men to die in. Many years later, revisionist historians offered abundant proof that the attack was not a surprise at all, but that the Roosevelt allowed it to happen as a necessary pretext to enter the war. As expected, the CFR conspirators and their minions in the academia and the mainstream press fought tooth and nail to silence those voices offering a different version of the official narrative.

In “The Struggle Against the Historical Blackout,” a chapter of his 1953 book Perpetual War for Perpetual Peace, revisionist historian Harry Elmer Barnes stated, “It has been well established that Roosevelt lied this country into the Second World War against the wishes of at least 80 per cent of the American people.” [2] Adding,

“It may be said, with great restraint, that, never since the Middle Ages, have there been so many powerful forces organized and alerted against the assertion and acceptance of historical truth as are active today to prevent the facts about the responsibility for the second World War and its results from being made generally accessible to the American public. Even the great Rockefeller Foundation frankly admits the subsidizing of historians to anticipate and frustrate the development of any neo-Revisionism in our time. And the only difference between this foundation and several others is that it has been more candid and forthright about its policies. The Sloan Foundation later supplemented this Rockefeller grant.”[3]

Barnes was not the first. In 1947, liberal revisionist historian Charles Austin Beard already had mentioned how,

“The Rockefeller Foundation and the Council on Foreign Relations …. intend to prevent, if they can, a repetition of what they call in the vernacular “the debunking journalistic campaign following World War I.” Translated into precise English, this means that the Foundation and the Council do not want journalists or any other persons to examine too closely and criticize too freely the official propaganda and official statements relative to “our basic aims and activities” during World War II. In short, they hope that, among other things, the policies and measures of Franklin D. Roosevelt will escape in the coming years the critical analysis, evaluation and exposition that befell the policies and measures of Woodrow Wilson and the Entente Allies after World War I.” [4]

A few hours after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, President Roosevelt called December 7, 1941, “A day that will live in infamy.” He failed to say, however that the Japanese carried out this infamous act with the help of Secretary of State Cordell Hull and Secretary of War Henry L. Stimson, both of them CFR members, as well as and Roosevelt himself.

Another example of fake news happened on August 7, 1964, when the U.S. Congress approved the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution that authorized President Johnson to escalate the War in Vietnam. The Resolution was the reaction of an attack by North Vietnamese patrol boats on two U.S. destroyers. The only problem is that the attack never happened. It was a blatant lie fully accepted and disseminated by the mainstream press.

But the most blatant example of fake news in modern American history is without a doubt the U.S, Government’s lie, parroted over and over by the mainstream media and court historians, of the events of September 11, 2001.

A key part of that lie, which justified the already-conceived plan for an invasion of Iraq, was that Saddam Hussein was the mastermind behind the attacks. More recently, fake news about Assad using chemical weapons against the Syrian people, most likely a lie, have been used in several occasions to justify U.S. military attacks on that sovereign country.

The widespread use of the Internet as a source of information broke the monopoly of the CFR-controlled mainstream press over the information reaching the American public. Of course, they didn’t like it, and eventually unleashed a barrage of attacks on what they termed “fake news.” [5]

Now, how we can detect fake news. Well, it is not easy. Nevertheless, as a rule, we may consider fake news (lies) any information whose source is the U.S. Government that is uncritically disseminated by the mainstream press. On the contrary, information coming from the U.S. Government that is strongly criticized by the mainstream press — as is currently the case with the Trump administration — is most likely true.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. The newspaper also published a photo of the round hole caused by the Spanish mine in the Maine’s hull. Later somebody discovered that it was actually the photo of a solar eclipse previously published in the newspaper.
  2. Harry Elmer Barnes, Perpetual War for Perpetual Peace (Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton, 1953), p. 652.
  3. Ibid., pp. 10-11.
  4. Charles Austin Beard, Saturday Evening Post, October 4, 1947, p.172.
  5. See, i.e, Lauren Easton, “The Fight Against fake News“, Decemeber 15, 2016, AP; “The Fight Against Fake News,” MSNBC, November 17, 2016; David Swanson, “Front Lines in the Fight Against Fake News“, The Village Voice, April 23, 2018.



Time For iPhone Control?

In his classic novel 1984, George Orwell painted a dystopian totalitarian society in which people were forced to watch telescreens they could not turn off to stop the flow of government propaganda 24/7. These telescreens doubled both as TV sets and spying devices, recording everything and keeping people under constant surveillance. Orwell never imagined, though, that the new sheeple would voluntarily watch 24/7 the modern version of telescreens: cell phones.

In her 1977 book The Plug-In Drug, Marie Winn Miller studied how the inordinate amount of time children devote to watching television affected the developing child’s mind’s relationship to the real world. Currently, however, this situation has worsened by the extended use of playing video games and using computers, as well as a much more powerful drug than TV: iPhones. [1]

Currently, iPhones have become the modern electronic equivalent of military rifles with high-capacity mags. Actually, using the same reasoning why the Geneva Convention banned the use of shotguns in war because of their extreme killing power, we should ban the use of iPhones because of their destructive power on the human mind, particularly children’s minds.[2]

It makes sense, though, that the same laws proposed by bleeding-heart liberals to control guns should be applied to these gadgets, much more dangerous than guns: iPhones. iPhones have become the door through which American children, behind the backs of their parents, get exposed to violence, and graphic death through Hollywood films and video games, but also to sexual promiscuity and the filth of pornography at levels never reached before. It is also one of the ways the religious, reactionary Left disseminates their unscientific, quasi-religious ideas of the dangers of global warming, the benefits of wholesale abortion, the need for pornography, the beauty of homosexuality and, currently, the need to ban guns in the hands of law-abiding citizens. It has become imperative that, in order to save the children’s impressionable minds, to ban iPhone use among children and youngsters up to eighteen years old.[3]

There is much more danger in the indiscriminate use of iPhones than in the indiscriminate use of guns Lefties fear so much.

In Cell, a 2016 film starring John Cusak and Samuel L. Jackson, based on a Stephen King novel, an electronic signal turns iPhone users into rabid zombies. But, as Mark Twain once observed, reality always trumps fiction. Actually, there is no need to send an electronic signal to turn  iPhone users into zombies.

In his 1964 groundbreaking book Understanding Media, Canadian media expert Marshall McLuhan introduced the concept that it was a medium itself, not the content it carried, which affects society in a negative way, and he expressed this idea in a phrase he coined: “The medium is the message.” Though at the time he wrote the book McLuhan was talking mostly about TV, his concept could be easily applied to the new medium ten times more powerful than TV: the iPhone.

Actually, this is not new. Mass media has always been an open door to the public mind, and the CFR’s globalist conspirators have been using it since the early 1900s. The fact was first studied by Sigmund Freud’s nephew Edward Bernays in a landmark 1947 essay titled “The Engineering of Consent.”[4] According to Bernays,

“Freedom of speech and its democratic corollary, a free press, have tacitly expanded our Bill of Rights to include the right of persuasion. This development was an inevitable result of the expansion of the media of free speech and persuasion, denned in other articles in this volume. All these media provide open doors to the public mind. Any one of us through these media may influence the attitudes and actions of our fellow citizens.”

The only difference is that current digital media devices are much more powerful than the media studied by Bernays. Currently these media are used to impose a veritable mind-control over people, particularly young people. The masses of young people hysterically asking for total gun control after the school shooting in Florida — most likely a pre-staged false flag operation — is the most recent example of this mind control through mass media.

Just observing the behavior of heavy iPhone users show that they have become junkies addicted to their phones. They turn on their devices every few minutes looking for email or text messages. If, for any reason, they cannot check their iPhones for a few minutes, they show the typical deprivation symptoms of drug users deprived of their drugs. A recent study by Common Sense Media reports shows that U.S. teenagers spend nine hours per day using media devices for enjoyment, which adds up to more than 136 days of the year.

By the way, the use of these new electronic technologies to turn people, particularly children, into junkies has not been the result of chance, but of a carefully planned design. Actually, programmers designing software for these devices are specifically trained on techniques to cause psychological addiction. The author of recent article on the subject asks, “Where is the ethical line in marketing between hooking a customer and getting them hooked?”[5]

It is highly revealing, however, that while the big digital drug producers in Cupertino, Apple cardinal among them, have invested billions of dollars convincing us of the benefits of using computers in education, most of them send their children to schools that don’t use computers and iPhones are banned.[6] I don’t think they do this out of stupidity. On the contrary, they know very well the dangers of the new plug-in drugs and want their children to be drug-free.

So, the logical response to the Left’s fight for gun control, whose true goal is to deprive people they don’t like from the means to defend themselves, is to fight back by passing laws to deprive people we don’t like from their main tool to brainwash our children. We need to begin fighting to press our leaders in government to pass a law banning people younger than 18 years old to use iPhones.[7]

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

1. The phenomenon has been studied by Adam Alter in his 1917 book Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked.

2. When I mention iPhones I am actually referring to the type of cell phone initially developed by Apple, which not only can be used as a portable phone, but also as a sound recorder, a picture and movie camera, a device to send and receive text messages, as well as a tool to surf the Internet. As a bonus, banning iPhones would be a great hit against most Silicon Valley companies, who strongly contribute to the Left’s causes, the same way the Left hit the tobacco companies for the sole reason they highly contributed to conservative organizations. Actually, the anti-smoking campaign was the first successful PsyOp against the American people. More on this in a forthcoming article.

3. Again, I want to make clear that I am referring to the particular iPhone-type of cell phone. If some parents feel the need to keep communicating with their children at all times, I am not against the use of basic cell phones by children, that is, cell phones that can only be used to phone and nothing else.

4. Edward Bernays, “The Engineering of Consent,” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science. The article was published in 1955 in a book of the same title by the University of Oklahoma Press.

5. Hal Conick, “Marketing’s Ethical Line Between Social Media Habit and Addiction,” Marketing News, April 6, 2017.

6.  Matt Richtel, “A Silicon Valley School That Doesn’t Compute“, The New York Times, October 22, 2011. Also, Eames Yates, “This Silicon Valley school shuns technology — yet most of the students are children of tech exec,” Business Insider, March 23, 2017.




Time To Ban Public Schools?

When the sage points at the moon the fool looks at the finger. — Zen koan.

Jeff Cooper, a true philosopher of firearms who, among his many achievements in the field, created the color-coded levels of readiness, wrote that men fight with their minds; the tools they use are irrelevant. Rapper Ice-T, who most likely never heard about Cooper, reached the same conclusion when he wrote the lyrics, “My lethal weapon in my mind.”

Nevertheless, the overall reaction of the CFR-controlled presstitutes, brainwashed high school teenagers, bleeding heart liberals and corrupt politicians after the recent shooting at a school in Florida, shows that the anti-gun lobby is focused only in the tools the killers had in their hands, but doesn’t care much about what they had in their minds when they were mercilessly killing their classmates.

According to this twisted reasoning, a fast remedy to stop school killings would be to totally ban the sale and possession of M-15 rifles. Following their twisted logic, somebody may suggest that, in coming shootings, the cold-blooded assassins should use only shotguns or AK-47s.[1]

Not surprisingly, not only “progressive” liberals have adopted this wrong point of view, but also some “conservative” Republicans are not alien to this erroneous reasoning. Proof of this is that the Transportation Security Administration, one of the most useless organizations ever created by man,[2] is totally focused in detecting the tools terrorists have previously used.

I have seen a video in which a TSA female employee, wearing Muslim garb, is giving a thorough pat down to a Catholic nun. On the other hand, security officers of El-Al, the Israeli airline, are focused mostly not on checking what the travelers carry in their bags, but what they carry in their minds, and their record shows that this approach has been highly successful.

In the mid-1980s, somebody coined the phrase “going postal” as part of the American English slang. It meant becoming extremely and uncontrollably angry, often to the point of violence, and usually in a workplace environment. The expression derived from a series of incidents from 1986 onward in which USPS workers shot and killed managers, fellow workers, members of the police and general public in U.S. Post Offices. Between 1970 and 1997, current or former postal employees in at least 20 incidents of workplace rage killed more than 40 people.

Some years later somebody made the connection and found out that most of these killers were Vietnam vets, whom the USPS had given preference in hiring. Most of them suffered from Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, a mental health condition triggered by terrifying events such as wars, causing flashbacks, nightmares and severe anxiety. But, one may ask, the current killings have been committed by students, not by war vets affected by PTSD. These students have never been in war. This doesn’t make any sense.

Well, if you think so, you are wrong.

For the past thirty years there has been a war going on against the American people. But this not a conventional war waged with tanks, battleships and planes on conventional battlefields —at least not yet. It is a secret, insidious type of war whose battleground is the people’s minds. Its main weapons are propaganda and mass brainwashing by disinformation, cunning, deception and lies in a large scale not used against the people of any nation since Nazi Germany. Though important, however, those elements are just part of a series of carefully planned and executed long and short-term psychological warfare operations. In synthesis, it is a war in the people’s minds, a psychological war —a PsyWar — one of whose main battlefields is the public schools, and our children have been the main casualties in this war.[3]

So, instead of focusing on the tools — the current focus of hatred in on the AR-15 semi-auto rifle — why nobody, except President Trump, has mentioned the problem of mental health? Why ha nobody in the mainstream press called for a rigorous, in-depth study of what has been on the minds of the killers. Even more important, why gave most of these killings happened in public schools, to the point that we should coin a new phrase to describe it: “going educational.”

The answer is because focusing on the killers’ minds would reveal the true cause of the shootings; something the anti-gun lobby doesn’t want us to know.

In 1999 I wrote an article I titled “The Real Makers of Lethal Weapons Are In Our Schools,” that was published in an Australian newspaper[4] Eight years later WorldNetDaily reproduced it, adding, “Editor’s note: This prophetic commentary was first published in June 1999.[5] There is not much I can add to my 1999 article, but it is a very long one, so I am going to reproduce just parts of it below and add a few new comments at the end.

The Real Makers of Lethal Weapons Are In Our Schools

Soon after the school shootings at Jonesboro, Ark., and Springfield, Ore., were reported, the American media began rounding up the usual suspects: guns and, by implication, the National Rifle Association and the parents who allow their children access to guns. Since then, school killings in the U.S. have become a common occurrence, and both the national media and gun control advocates keep chanting the mantra that access to firearms is the main reason for the killings. The killings, they claim, are a reminder of the terrible price we all pay for the lax gun control laws in our nation.

It is interesting to notice, however, that the self-appointed “gun control advocates” are actually “selective gun control advocates.” When they talk about gun control, they don’t have in mind controlling the guns in the hands of the government, only in the hands of private citizens. In a country where, in a growing fascistic trend, extensive use of all types of guns among government agencies is mushrooming — even UC Berkeley proudly announced the creation of its own SWAT team — none of the gun control advocates seem to care about veritable private armies controlled by the BATF, IRS, INS, FBI and other federal agencies. The purpose for this selective gun control, they claim, is to curb criminality.

But, as history has proved over and over, criminals don’t destroy countries, governments do. Nazi Germany, Soviet Russia, Communist China and Castro’s Cuba, just to mention a few, are countries where stiff gun control laws were enacted. Yet, as soon as the gun control laws were in place, people were to witness thousands of their fellow citizens killed by guns, in the hands of government thugs. In fact, the disarmament of its citizens was a precondition for allowing their governments to kill them with total impunity.

The inconsistency of the gun grabbers’ reasoning is amazing. The ones that now are blaming guns for the schools killings are the same people that, faced with increasing teenage sex, decided to provide high-school kids with free condoms because, they reasoned, kids were going to continue having sex anyway. These are the same people that, faced with extended drug usage, decided to provide addicts with free hypodermic needles because, they reasoned, addicts were going to continue using drugs anyway. Now, faced with kids killing other kids, I expected from them nothing less than a plan to provide the killers with free guns because, I reason, these kids are going to keep killing people anyway. But no. Because a few kids are killing people with guns, the coercive utopians want to deprive all American citizens from their guns. A very interesting example of convoluted reasoning.

The weak side of the gun control theory is that the famous oxymoron “guns don’t kill people, people do” is absolutely true. Evidence shows that, though many American citizens keep guns at home, they don’t use them to kill their fellow citizens, nor do their kids go to school to shoot at their classmates. On the contrary, most legal gun owners believe that human life is sacred and have passed this belief on to their children.

Once more: Guns don’t kill people

In early 1981, during my first weekend after moving to Zurich, Switzerland, I went with my family to the main railroad station and experienced a cultural shock. Dozens of civilians, carrying powerful rifles and plenty of magazines full of ammo, were getting in and out of the trains, and nobody seemed to pay any attention to it. Later, somebody explained to me that they were reservists going to their monthly military training. Then I learned that most able Swiss citizens keep at home a powerful military rifle and several hundred rounds of ammunition. Curiously, I have never heard of a Swiss schoolboy using his father’s rifle to kill his schoolmates.

The amazing fact is that guns, even guns in the hands of trained soldiers in the battlefield, don’t kill people. While studying the effectiveness of American soldiers during World War II, U.S. Army Brig. Gen. S. L. A. Marshall discovered the incredible fact that less than 20 to 25 percent actually took part in battle using their weapons. After interviewing thousands of soldiers, even soldiers who had been in close combat with German or Japanese troops, Marshall and his team of researchers found that 75 to 80 percent of riflemen did not fire their weapons at the enemy, even to save their lives and the lives of their friends. Some of them prefer to die rather than kill the enemy. The reason for this was the strong inborn resistance of human beings to kill a fellow man. Further research revealed that the rate of soldiers firing at the enemy during the Civil War was very similar.

As a result of Marshall’s findings, Army psychologists created new training methods, and they were applied in the soldier’s training. The results were impressive. During the Korean War, the rate of soldiers firing their weapons in combat rose to 55 percent, and it reached 90 to 95 percent during the Vietnam War. What were these methods? Mostly brainwashing the soldiers to believe that what they were killing were not human beings, but pieces of inanimate matter. This was obtained through a process called manufactured contempt, which includes the dehumanizing of the enemy. Another factor that contributed to the high rate of killing in Vietnam was the extended administration of tranquilizing drugs to the soldiers. Does this ring any bells?

A few years ago, when Florida’s Dade County passed a law allowing citizens to carry concealed weapons, the selective gun control advocates predicted mayhem and civil chaos. But their predictions never materialized, and criminal activity involving guns actually dropped considerably. In Israel’s kibbutzes, assault rifles and submachine guns are always kept fully loaded and at hand. I have never heard of any Israeli child using his parent’s guns to kill classmates.

When somebody uses a car to kill a person nobody blames the car, but the driver. Why, then, when somebody uses a gun to kill a person we always hear the gun control advocates raising their voices? Neither guns nor cars kill people; people do. As the lyrics of a well-known rap song repeats over and over, the most lethal weapon is your mind. Researchers at the North Carolina Center for the Prevention of School Violence seem to agree. They believe that the reason for the current epidemic of school violence has to do with a change in the student’s thinking. Now, how did this change in the children’s mind come to be?

Lowering the violence threshold

In an extraordinary book, “On Killing: The Psychological Cost of Learning to Kill in War and Society,” author Dave Grossman took a look at how conditioning soldiers to overcome the instinctive loathing of killing is the main factor in post-combat stress. He also shows how by lowering the violence threshold contemporary society, especially the media, replicates the army’s conditioning techniques. The result is increased violence in society.

When I was a kid, I was told that human life was sacred because it was a gift given to man by his Creator. The command “Thou shall not kill” included your own life; therefore, suicide was forbidden. Granted, that was a non-scientific fact, just a belief, but it was accepted by most people as normal, civilized human behavior. Even at school, where students were supposed to learn scientific facts, the ones who expressed their belief in the sanctity of human life were not scorned or harassed. But things have changed in America, and not for the better.

Instead of the non-scientific belief that life is a gift, now children are told at public schools the non-scientific belief that life evolved from a piece or unanimated matter. Day after day, over and over, teachers hammer in into their student’s impressionable minds the unscientific belief that, far from being a miracle, life is just an accident of nature.

There is a practical reason for the teachers’ unscientific behavior. The coercive utopians have always seen Judeo-Christian religion as the main obstacle to their plans, so they have been using Darwin’s theory of evolution as a handy tool in their battle against religion. Their main goal is to lower the ethical and moral threshold to brainwash children to accept their views.

The techniques the brainwashers apply to lower the student’s moral threshold are very sophisticated, some of them closely resembling psychological operations used by intelligence services all around the world. For example, most schools have instituted a “pajama day,” in which students come to school wearing their pajamas. That seems pretty inoffensive, and no parent would question it. But the “pajama day” is just the first step for the creation of the “cross-dressing day,” in which students come to school dressed as members of the opposite sex. The “cross-dressing day” is actually a “transvestite day” in disguise. Its only purpose is to lower the student’s moral threshold into accepting previously socially unaccepted behavior. After the “cross-dressing day” has been in practice for several years in a school, nobody would object if some day a student decides to come to school every day dressed as a member of the opposite sex. If somebody raises any questions it would be easy to dismiss it by alleging the student’s rights and the fact that everybody does it, at least once a year.

Another common technique successfully applied in some schools is the showing of films like “Natural Born Killers,” and the use of death and suicide rehearsing, in which student’s write suicide notes, visit mortuaries, and even lay in coffins to feel the experience of death. This is carefully planned psychological conditioning to lower the moral threshold of the students to accept violence and death as natural. Death and suicide has become a common subject in “progressive” school curricula.

In their ferocious fight against religion, the social engineers have been successful in the de facto banning of Judeo-Christian ethics from our public schools, and a cornerstone of Judeo-Christian ethics is the belief in the sanctity of human life. The result, as we now see, is probably not exactly what they had in mind. But don’t let their anti-gun yelling and shouting confuse you. They are not that foolish. They know exactly the real source of the problem, which is not guns or parents’ behavior. But, unable to publicly accept the blame for their mistake, now they are blaming us for the results of their gross miscalculation and, with the help of a corrupt, accomplice media, pulling a victory out of the jaws of defeat.

Granted, the belief in the sacredness of human life is not a scientific fact, but, even from just the practical point of civilized life on this planet, it is a very useful one. Apart from any religious consideration, it is evident that believing in the sacredness of human life has a strong redeeming social value. But kids who come to public schools holding that value are systematically ridiculed and psychologically harassed. Instead of the Judeo-Christian ethics, students in our public schools are spoon-fed with situational ethics: “If you feel good doing it, then it is OK. Do it.” Therefore, if you feel good lying, stealing, having sex, particularly homosexual sex, or taking drugs, then it is OK. Do it. But, in their rush to lower the moral threshold to gain acceptance for their behavior, they forgot the ubiquitous law of unintended consequences. The coercive utopians apparently failed to realize that they were opening a Pandora’s box – and we are paying for their mistake.

The fascist social engineers are masters in semantic deception, which in plain English means using a fancy, misleading term to name an activity quite different from the one the name suggests. So, they created outcome-based education, constructivism, block scheduling, site-based management, team teaching, Socratic dialogue, holistic grading, and the rest of the tools that, allegedly, were going to improve our system of education. The reality is that all of these supposedly educational techniques are just tricks created to be used as a smoke screen for covering their actual indoctrination and brainwashing activities. The fact that they have been acting for so many years with total impunity has convinced them of their cleverness and our stupidity.

Using the tricks of their trade, the social engineers entrenched in our public schools have been working hard brainwashing the students behind their parents’ backs. To reach their goal they use techniques that range from proven methods of psychological brainwashing to the administration of psychogenic drugs. You’ll be surprised to know the number of students who are taking drugs administered by the school’s nurses, allegedly because they suffer from “attention deficit/hyperactive disorder.” Prozac and Ritalin, some of the drugs of choice, are known for their wide range of side effects.

The main effort of the social engineers entrenched in our schools is directed at modifying the students’ behavior into accepting, among others, the belief that human beings are just pieces of highly evolved matter. Now, if one of these pieces of evolved matter has something you want, why not destroy it? If some of those pieces of evolved matter hurt your feelings or do something you don’t like, why not get rid of them?

The cardinal principle of situational ethics, as currently taught in our public schools, is that if you feel good doing something, then there’s no reason for not doing it. Creating a high sense of self-esteem, the social engineers claim, is paramount, and doing whatever makes you feel good is the key for reaching a high sense of self-esteem. Some witnesses testify that the students who went on a killing rampage in their schools were feeling real good. I bet that, at least while they were pulling the trigger shooting at unarmed victims, the schoolboys turned into assassins were enjoying a very high feeling of superiority and strong self-esteem.

Authors H. Stream and L. Freeman, in an insightful book called “Our Wish to Kill,” probed America’s homicidal obsession, examining everything from “wilding” incidents to serial killers. They conclude that actual killings are simply tangible expressions of the hundreds of thousands of murders that are fantasized in our minds but never committed. One of the functions of the Judeo-Christian and other religions, at some time shared by schools, is to raise the threshold of violence, making it morally unacceptable and, therefore, difficult to commit. Lately, however, schools have joined the media in pushing down the violence threshold, making it morally easier and simpler to commit.

After the massacre at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colo., President Bill Clinton was busy throwing a smoke screen on the true causes of the killings. According to Clinton, the responsible for the creation of the monsters next door were guns and parents. But Bill Clinton, a natural born liar, knows better. The roots of this recent trend in school violence are to be found in the Arkansas brainwashing labs, whose three main elements, AGATE (Arkansas Gifted and Talented Education), the Arkansas Governor’s School and the Arkansas School of Mathematics and Science, are the aberrant creation of none others than Bill and Hillary Clinton. It was there, and not at the student’s homes, where the seed of violence and death was planted for the first time in the minds of impressionable children. It was there where the brainwashing techniques were first tested and fine-tuned for many years. Now, the brainwashers are pushing for its nationwide implementation.

The national media, Hollywood, computer game designers, death metal bands, television and, particularly, “progressive” teachers working hard at brainwashing our children at the public schools are the true makers of lethal weapons. They are the ones who have created the abominable monsters who unmercifully kill other human beings. Sometimes the monsters use guns, though knives, poison, explosives, baseball bats and rocks have also been used as murder tools. The media, Hollywood, computer game designers, death metal bands, television, teachers, and not the parents and gun makers as some claim, are the ones who are poisoning our children’s brains, turning their minds into lethal weapons. Now, because they have absolutely no decency, the makers of lethal weapons want to use the problem they have created to carry out two of their cherished agendas: taking guns away from the citizen’s hands and curtailing parents’ rights even more.

Far from disappearing, school violence in America will keep rising, and this is just the beginning. The nationwide implementation through Goals 2000 and other federal government programs of the brainwashing techniques tested in Arkansas and now successfully applied in many public schools will bring momentous consequences to the future of this nation.

Well, close to twenty years have passed since I wrote this article, but still there is not much I can add to it. As I predicted, far from disappearing, shootings at public schools have kept rising and the people in charge have done nothing to stop it. The only thing I would like to advise Americans is, first, to begin using the term “going educational” when referring to this type of incidents[6] and, second, to fight hard to eliminate the main source of the problem, that is not guns but government-controlled public schools.[7]

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. Shotguns are so deadly that for many years the Geneva Convention banned its use in war. Moreover, some people ignore that war rifles use ammo designed not to kill but to main, because a wounded soldier creates more logistic and morale problems to the enemy than a dead one, but the Soviet AK-47 uses ammo designed to kill. On the other hand, when you are shooting a defenseless target such as school children, even a sling shot can prove lethal.
2. Well, if its true purpose was to change Americans into obedient sheeple I have to recognize that the TSA has been very successful. There is a new generation of Americans that can’t conceive boarding a plane without taking off their shoes, passing through an X-ray machines or being groped by a pervert.
3. For an in-depth study of this PsyWar see my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People.
4. The New Australian, No. 123 (12-20 June), Sydney, 1999.
5. World Net Daily.com, http://www.wnd.com/2007/04/41175/
6. I don’t discard up front some conspiracy theories which, though apparently farfetched, are the only ones that can explain some apparently unexplainable facts surrounding these incidents — such as the fact that in most of the school shootings the students had been told in advance that there was an active shooting exercise planned for that day. By the way, on 9-11-2001, Air Force pilots were told not to follow procedures to stop unresponsive planes because there was a terrorist attack exercise planned for that day. Rings any bells?
7. If you think that banning public schools is a extreme measure I would like to remind you that, according to what Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels wrote in The Communist Manifesto, among the ten key measures that must be taken to implement communism in a country, a cardinal one is “Free education for all children in pubic schools.” Karl Marx and Freidrich Engerls, The Communist Manifesto (Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books, 1967), p. 105. Other necessary requirements were “A heavy progressive or graduated income tax,” as well as “Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank,” an organization we in America call the Federal Reserve Bank. But discussing this would take another whole article.




Why I Strongly Oppose Banning Cars

First of all, to avoid misunderstandings I will make it very clear that I am not part of the car lobby in Washington D.C., I don’t get any money from car companies and I am not even a member of the American Car Association. The reason why I am against banning cars is because, contrary to what some people believe, cars don’t kill people; people kill people.

Granted, cars are one of the main causes of violent death in America. Also, on many occasions terrorists have used cars to kill non-combatants, that is, innocent people. But I have noticed that, except in a couple of Hollywood films, every time a car has killed a person is because somebody was behind the wheel.

Now, if everything I have said about cars can be applied to guns,[1] why it is that every time some crazy guy kills people with a gun, the anti-gun lobby cries out — actually yells — for gun control as a first step for fully banning them? Is there a hidden motive for this obviously irrational behavior? You bet there is. Essentially, they don’t care about cars because you cannot use cars to defend yourself from a tyrannical government.

One of the things the mainstream presstitutes immediate emphasized in their reporting of the recent deadly shooting at a Florida school is that the killer used an “assault weapon.” Nevertheless, “assault weapon” is just a notional word — notional is term coined by medieval philosophers to denote entities that exist only in the imagination, such as a square circle, an honest politician, or the Gulf of Tonkin attack on the U.S.S. Maddox LBJ used as a pretext to escalate the Vietnam War.

There are no such things as assault weapons for the same reason there are no defensive weapons per se. Actually, a defensive weapon is anything you can use to defend yourself, your family or your property, ranging from a baseball bat, a kitchen knife, a full-auto rifle and even a pack of keys or a rolled-up glossy magazine. In WWI, the assault weapon of choice was the bayonet.

In the same fashion, an assault weapon is anything you can use to attack other people, ranging from a shotgun to a full-auto rifle. The fact that a rifle has a pistol handle or can take a 30 round mag or a laser sight does not make it an assault weapon. The same way that cars don’t kill people, but people do, rifles don’t assault, people do. Proof of it is that despite carrying full auto rifles with 30 round mags and laser sights, our current militarized police never use their weapons to assault.

As the photos and videos of recent school shootings[2] clearly show, when the police wearing their bullet-proof vests and carrying their full-auto rifles on the ready arrive in their armored vehicles at the scene of a shooting in progress what they do is to take defensive positions behind their vehicles and wait patiently until the killer runs out of ammo, kills everybody or kills himself — whatever comes first. But, as a rule, they NEVER assault the place. If you want to see a police SWAT team assaulting you hve to watch Hollywood films or TV serials.

The reason for this is because, contrary to what some people believe, the police don’t carry guns to protect you, but to protect themselves, their families and their property. If you expect that they are going to risk their precious lives rescuing you from a killer, you are dead wrong.

In the recent school shootings in Florida three of the teachers lost their lives acting as barriers and took the bullets intended for their students. Have you ever heard of a policeman doing something similar? Well, if you know any, just let me know.

One of the things that have become evident about these never-ending shootings is that the deranged individuals who commit this type of crime always select a school, a church or a nightclub to carry out their killing, but never a police station. The reason is simple: they may be crazy, but they are not fools, and they know that a police station is a place where everybody is carrying a gun. Actually, some police officers carry two guns; they are trained to use them and, of lately, some of them have proved to be very trigger-happy. No wonder none of the crazy shooters has ever dared to attack a police station.

So, the most elementary logic indicates that, instead of depriving law-abiding citizens from their means to protect themselves, the best way to stop these attacks on schools would be to change them into veritable police stations, where most of the teachers, administrators and other employees must carry guns. It would be very easy to deputize these people, train them and allow them to legally carry guns, openly or concealed, as a deterrent against these type of attacks.

But some bleeding heart liberals, as well as some bleeding heart “conservatives,” will cry that allowing this to happen will create chaos and blood will run down the streets. This however, is simply not true. Despite the fact that the “Wild West,” where most people carried guns, was much safer than today’s cities such as Oakland, Chicago and Washington D.C., where strict gun control laws have been enacted, this idea seems to prevail among most Americans. Well, I have a personal story proving the contrary, which I will share with you.

From 1959 to late 1963 I witnessed a curious phenomenon in Cuba, my country of birth. After the victorious popular rebellion against President Batista, a corrupt politician who turned into a corrupt dictator, most Cuban citizens were carrying, openly and concealed, all types of weapons, ranging from pistols and revolvers to fully automatic rifles and sub-machine guns. Most of the people involved in the rebellion against Batista were very young, so many of the citizens carrying guns were teenagers.

At the time I was an officer in the Cuban army, and I remember attending some of my evening classes at the University of Havana carrying not only my sidearm, a 1911 .45 ACP, but also my Czech Sa 25 19mm full-auto submachine gun with folding stock and five 32 round mags. But I was not alone. Most of my classmates and even some of the professors were carrying guns of all types. I remember a girl who proudly carried to classes her bolo Mauser pistol and another guy, a former soldier in Castro’s guerrilla, who always kept his .45 Thompson machine gun on the floor, right under his desk.

If you took a bus, or strolled through Havana’s streets, you saw that most people, men and women, old and young, were openly carrying guns. Some of them were wearing army or militia uniforms, but also most of the civilians were also carrying all types of firearms. I don’t remember that guns were prohibited in any public or private building or businesses.

Surprisingly, those were probably the most peaceful times in Cuba’s recent history. Criminality dropped to its lowest, and violence involving guns was almost unheard of. Despite the fact that most schools also doubled as militia training centers and guns and ammo were kept there, I never heard of a case of school violence involving guns.

By mid 1963, however, when Castro felt that he was solidly established in power, people were told to register their guns. A few months later, a law was passed confiscating guns in the hands of private citizens. Soon after, not only criminality came back with a vengeance, but also criminal actions involving guns increased considerably, particularly criminal actions committed by the Castro government thugs against the now-unarmed Cuban citizens.

It is an easy verifiable fact that guns act as a deterrent against aggression if only for the simple reason that it is a lot safer to attack and kill an unarmed individual than an armed one, who can shoot back. But gun control advocates apparently believe that the best deterrent against aggression is to be unarmed. There is, however, some inconsistency in the behavior of some of our politicians, because they never ask for the elimination of the U.S. military. According to their logic about guns, if we don’t have a powerful military nobody would think about attacking us.

But no. Not even the craziest members of the anti-gun lobby have ever suggested that we must get rid or our military. Well, what’s good for the gander must also be good for the goose!

Notes:

  1. [1]Some may argue that my comparison is not valid, because you are forced by law to register cars and their operation is strictly regulated. But, contrary to cars, that getting a permit to drive them is a privilege, owning a gun is actually a right — the necessary complement to protect your natural rights to life, freedom and property. This explains why these rights, the most important of all, are not even mentioned in the Bill of Rights because the Founding Fathers believed that, even if the Constitution was changed, or the Bill of Rights abolished, nobody can deprive us of these rights inherent to any human being.
  2. [2]Just a few days after the Florida school shooting, some disturbing facts began surfacing. Among them was that the FBI had had the suspect under observation for many months prior to the incident, but did nothing to stop him; that some witnesses claim there was more than one shooter; that the suspect had been taking prescription psychotropic, mind-altering drugs; that the students had been told that an active shooter exercise was going to take place that day and when they heard the initial shots they believed it was part of it. Moreover, somebody recorded the police placing in a vehicle something that looked like a body bag. If this was the case, at best, it is tampering with the evidence; at worst it means that most of what we have been told about the whole incident is a lie.

Do you see a pattern here? Do you see similarities not only with other school shootings but also with the gay bar shooting in Orlando, the shooting in San Bernardino, the Boston Marathon bombings and even the 9/11 events? Was the recent shooting at the Florida High School another false flag operation? Are we becoming paranoid? Just keep in mind that even paranoids have enemies.

Moreover, a disturbing fact is that some of the surviving students have been so thoroughly brainwashed that, just after the shooting, they began claiming for the banning of the very guns that would have saved the lives of their classmates and teachers. This shows that the daily brainwashing going on in our public schools has been highly effective.

In a book published 25 years ago, William Cooper wrote these prophetic words:

“The government encouraged the manufacture and importation of military firearms for the criminals to use. This is intended to foster a feeling of insecurity, which would lead the American people to voluntarily disarming themselves by passing laws against firearms. Using drugs and hypnosis on mental patients in a process called Orion, the CIA inculcated the desire in these people to open fire on schoolyards and thus inflame the antigun lobby.” — William Cooper, Behold a Pale Horse (Sedona, Arizona: Light Technology Publishing, 1991), p. 225.

While researching for my recently released book Partners in Crime I discovered that the most important clue to detect a false flag operation is the subsequent cover-up. Let’s wait and see if there is one about the recent school shooting in Florida.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




What Happened To The American Republic?

According to a well-known anecdote, after he exited from the deliberations of the Constitutional Convention, held in strict secrecy in Philadelphia in 1787, a lady asked Benjamin Franklin, “Well, Doctor, what have we got, a republic or a monarchy?” Known for his sharp wit, Franklin’s answer was lapidary: “A Republic, if you can keep it.” Unfortunately, it seems that we have failed to keep it, and the marvelous experiment the Founding Fathers created is crumbling apart, not by mistake, but by design.

Part of the American Republic’s success indicates that the Founding Fathers had read Plato’s Republic. While a democracy is controlled by masses of people congregating in public squares or mobs rioting on the streets, a Republic is a form of government in which the supreme power rests not on a king or an oligarchy but in a body of educated citizens entitled to vote and is exercised by representatives chosen directly or indirectly by them. A Republic is based on laws, not on the whims of a majority.

Luckily, iPhones had not been invented yet, and people read. The Rockefellers had not yet imposed upon us a system of public education whose main goal was not to educate but to indoctrinate. Hollywood and TV were not already working hard to foment a culture of promiscuity and trash. Foreign visitors were surprised by the high cultural levels of Americans even in remote parts of the country.

To guard our democracy from the tyranny of the majority and the passions of the mob, the Founding Fathers built barriers between the will of the masses and the exercise of power. Voting rights were restricted to educated, responsible citizens. The president and vice-president were not elected by popular vote, but selected by an Electoral College, whose representatives had been selected by the various states, often through state legislatures. The Senate’s structure consisted of two members from every state, independently of its size or population. Supreme Court members were selected by the President and confirmed by the Senate, and their job was not to interpret but to apply the Constitution. This separation of powers was created to build strong walls around the Republic to protect it from democracy’s attacks.

Since its very creation the globalist anti-American conspirators ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations launched an attack of the U.S. Constitution, which they saw as the main obstacle to advance their globalists’ plans. As early as 1948, CFR member James McGregor Burns, in his book The Power to Lead recognized the fact that to carry out their plans the CFR conspirators needed to get rid of the Constitution. He wrote:

“Let’s us face reality. The framers [of the U.S. Constitution] have simply been too shrewd for us. The have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to ‘turn the Founders upside down’ — we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected.”

In 1975, a majority of Senators and Representatives of both Republican and Democrat Parties — which I call the Repucratic Party — among them CFR members George McGovern, Clairborne Pel, Christopher Dodd, Les Aspin, and Patricia Schroeder, signed a Declaration of Interdependence written by historian Henry Steele Commager (CFR), which proclaimed,

“When in the course of history the threat of extinction confronts mankind, it is necessary for the people of the United States to declare their interdependence with the people of all nations … Two centuries ago our forefathers brought forth a nation; now we must join others to bring forth a New World Order. … Narrow notions of national sovereignty must not be permitted to curtail that obligation.”

So, the CFR conspirators’ own words and deeds confirm the suspicions already advance by many American patriots that the ultimate goal of this traitorous organization has always been the destruction of the American Republic as it was conceived by the Founding Fathers of this nation. One of the most cherished goals of the Council on Foreign Relations is the elimination of the Constitution, the end of U.S. sovereignty, and its dissolution into a CFR-controlled community of states — what the CFR conspirators call the New World Order. Obviously, the CFR is without a doubt the highest threat to the national security of the United States.

Therefore, I was extremely offended, though not surprised, after reading the recent Summary of the 2018 National Defense Strategy of the United States of America, “Sharpening the American Military’s Competitive Edge,”[1] produced by current Secretary of Defense, Gen. James Mattis. According to this document, “We will unapologetically represent America’s values and belief in democracy,” as well as maintain our “principles of democracy.”

Some time ago I read that U.S. military officers took an oath by which they solemnly swore to support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic, and that they would bear true faith and allegiance to the same without any reservations or purpose of evasion. Now, after reading the 2018 National Defense Strategy of the U.S.A., I see that this has changed dramatically, and what some high ranking officers of the U.S. military are committed instead to is their “belief in democracy” and maintaining their “shared principles of democracy.””

So, given the fact that the word “democracy” is not mentioned in any of the founding documents on which this country was created: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, it seems that, while I was taking my siesta, somebody changed the officers’ Oath of Allegiance. Currently, instead of protecting and defending the Constitution from all enemies, their main role is to impose democracy — something we don’t have and the Funding Fathers abhorred — down the throats of all people, foreign and domestic.

Well, if the American values Gen. Mattis wants to maintain are based on the belief of democracy, I have the feeling that most of the people who gave their votes to Donald Trump do not share those values. Moreover, the very title of the document, mentioning the words “competitive edge,” resembling more the terminology of a corporate boardroom than a military institution, shows that the whole document is based on wrong premises and originated in the wrong place, most likely in the Council on Foreign Relations, the place where most traitorous documents are usually created, and an organization of which Gen. Mattis has been a proud member for many years.[2]

The document also mentions “the impact on current readiness from the longest continuous stretch of armed conflict in our Nation’s history.” It fails to mention however, that these never-ending, non-declared wars have been carried out in violation of the Constitution, which wisely placed the authorization to wage war in the hands of the Congress, not in a dictatorial president.

It also tells about “During conflict, attacks against our critical defense, government and infrastructure must be anticipated,” implicating attacks just from foreign enemies, without explaining why the U.S. military has failed to protect us from those attacks coming from our domestic enemies. Actually, the worst attacks on our government, our critical defense, the destruction of America’s infrastructure and industrial and economic base by outsourcing jobs to China and Mexico, as well as destroying our culture and well being by opening the borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens, was not planned in Moscow or Beijing, but in New York, at the CFR’s secret conciliabula and carried out by their agents infiltrated in the U.S. Government and the military.

In another part, the document expresses the purpose of the U.S. military,

“To restore warfighting readiness and field a lethal force. The size of our force matters. The Nation must field sufficient, capable forces to defeat enemies and achieve sustainable outcomes that protect the American people and our vital interests.”

Again, it fails to mention that the loss of fighting readiness now in need of restoration came as the result of changing our military from a lethal force capable of defeating our enemies, foreign and domestic, into a vehicle for social engineering based on a New World Order blueprint.

Obviously, the people who conceived this document were not thinking in protecting the national security of the American people, much less the U.S. Constitution, but in advancing and protecting the interest of international banks and transnational corporations — which, according to Gen. Smedley Butler, it is exactly what the U.S. military has been doing since 1878. [3].

Moreover, how can one explain why so many senior officers of the U.S. military, including Gen. Mattis, belong to an organization whose senior members despise so much the men and women in the military? Henry Kissinger, a senior CFR member and one of its most outspoken mouthpieces, once expressed in stark clarity the conspirators’ opinion of the American military men and women who, unwittingly, have been risking their lives to advance the conspirators’ anti-American global agenda. According to investigative journalists Woodward and Bernstein, Kissinger, in the presence of CFR member Gen. Alexander Haig, pointedly referred to military men as “dumb, stupid animals to be used” as pawns for foreign policy. [4]

It is time to stop sending the best of our youth to die in remote lands defending and advancing the interests of people who see them as dumb, stupid animals and pawns to impose on other people’s the globalists’ foreign policy. Enough is enough!

I think that Americans who selected with their votes Donald Trump as the U.S. President should write him letters demanding the immediate firing of Gen. Mattis as Secretary of Defense and appointing in his place a true defender of the Constitution who can write a new National Defense Strategy of the United States of America whose ultimate goal should be the defense of the U.S. Constitution against all enemies, foreign and, specially, domestic, by any means necessary.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1] You may read the whole document here.

[2] Alex Newman, “Some of Trump’s Picks Have Troubling Links to Globalism, CFR,” The New American, February 25, 2017. According to Newman,  “Secretary of Defense James Mattis, a military man who attended the 2015 Bilderberg meeting in Austria as a “distinguished fellow” of the Hoover Institution.”  Also, AFP Editor, “Gen. James Mattis: a Liberal Trojan Horse in the Trump Administration?,” AmericanFreePress.net.

[3] Gen. Smedley Butler, War is a Racket.

[4] Kissinger-Haig exchange in Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein, The Final Days (New York: Touchstone, 1994), pp. 194-195.




The Power Of Images

According to a Chinese saying, “an image is worth a thousand words.” So, an image that has generated several thousand words is a photo of ultra-capitalist David Rockefeller warmly smiling while shaking hands with ultra-communist Fidel Castro.[i]  Several explanations have been advanced to explain this seemingly obvious incongruence, all them unsatisfactory. How can we explain this anomaly?

In his Memoirs, David deceptively refers to this October 23, 1995, photo as the result of a chance encounter with Castro at a reception commemorating the fiftieth anniversary of the U.N. as his first one. According to David, he knew that Castro wanted to meet him, but a convenient time had not been found. Then,

“At the formal reception hosted by Secretary-General Boutros-Ghali at the U.N., Castro spotted me, charged across the delegates’ lounge, and grabbed my hand, shaking it warmly. I was chagrined, sensing the photo frenzy about to erupt. But I smiled as the paparazzi snapped away. Predictably, the photo of “the Capitalist and the Communist” appeared on the front page of newspapers from Ankara to Zanzibar; and just as predictably I was criticized for appearing with a man considered one of the nation’s bitterest enemies.”[ii]

In his Memoirs, David also mentioned how he enjoyed meeting leaders of the most undemocratic, dictatorial countries, such as Romania’s Nicolae Ceausescu, Poland’s Wojciech Jaruzelski, Paraguay’s Alfredo Stroessner, Algeria’s Houari Boumedien, Zaire’s Mobutu Sese Seko, Chile’s Augusto Pinochet, Iraq’s Saddam Hussein and Soviet Union’s Nikita Khrushchev.[iii] Last, but not least, he enjoyed visiting his buddy Fidel Castro. No wonder some of his critics have said, as David himself mentioned in his Memoirs, “David Rockefeller has never met a dictator he didn’t like.”[iv]

As he mentioned in his Memoirs, many people criticized David for meeting Castro, but I haven’t found any criticism of Castro shaking David’s hand, allegedly considered one of Cuban tyrant’s bitterest enemies, so warmly and affectionately as you can verify in the photo of their “chance” encounter. Obviously, the love and admiration was mutual. I haven not found, however, a single mention of the fact that, as David never met a dictaor he didn’t like, Castro never met a member of the Council of Foreign Relations he didn‘t like. Key CFR members Castro loved were Herbert Matthews, Dean Acheson, Dan Rather, Barbara Walters, Peter Peterson, Robert McNamara, George McGovern, Jesse Jackson, Julia Sweig. John Kerry, William Rogers, and, of course, David Rockefeller himself, who always maintained a cozy relationship with the Cuban “Communist” tyrant.

But David was highly disingenuous. Actually, when he shook hands with Castro he actually already had met Castro several times. In April 1959, when Castro visited the CFR headquarters in New York[v] after he had grabbed power in Cuba mostly thanks to David Rockefeller,[vi] he had a long private meeting with Castro. He also had a long meeting with Castro in February 2001, when he led a high-level CFR delegation visiting Cuba.[vii]

In February 2001, a high-level delegation of the Council on Foreign Relations led by David Rockefeller visited Cuba and held a long meeting with Castro. After the meeting, CFR chairman Peter Peterson praised the Cuban leadership’s passionate commitment to providing high education and health standards for its people. “I suspect that Cuba is among the best educated countries in the entire hemisphere,” he added.[viii]

Moreover, I found a source claiming that David’s first secret meeting with Castro was in 1955, while preparing his expedition to overthrow Cuban President Batista.[ix] Unfortunately, I have not found independent confirmation of this Castro-David meeting.

So, if David never met a tyrant he didn’t like, on his part Castro never met a CFR member he didn’t like. Again, how can we explain this oddity? Well, the answer is very simple; everything was a hoax. Neither David Rockefeller was a Capitalist nor Fidel Castro a Communist.

One of the best characteristics of capitalism is competition, because competition brings choice and choice equals freedom. On the contrary, monopoly capitalism hates competition. John D. Rockefeller once said, “competition is a sin,” and he fought tooth and nail to destroy competition by all means necessary. This was a tradition inherited by both Nelson and David Rockefeller.

What most people ignore, though, is that monopoly capitalism is not capitalism at all. It is either Fascism, in which the corporations control the state, or communism, in which the state controls the corporations. Aside from ideological considerations,[x] the two systems are quite similar, and in both the people get screwed by the monopoly capitalists.

It seems, however, that the New World Order David and his fellow co-conspirators envisioned is a mixture of the worst characteristics of both Fascism and communism. Nevertheless, people are awakening, and everything indicates that more and more people are becoming aware that, fortunately, the NWO is dying. Nevertheless, we have to be careful because, quoting again a Chinese saying, “the most dangerous part of the dragon is its tail.”

Srvando Gonzalez’ new book “Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination has just been released.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[i] The photo never appeared in the U.S. media and was kept hidden from the public’s eye for long years. It was known relatively recently when somebody posted it on the Internet.

[ii] David Rockefeller, Memoirs (New York: Random House, 2002), pp. 404-405.

[iii] Ibid., p. 222.

[iv] Ibid., p. 223.

[v] Lawrence Shoup and William Minter, Imperial Brain Trust (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1977), p. 42, and in Dan Smoot, The Invisible Government (Dallas: The Dan Smoot Report, 1962), p. 18.

[vi] See Servando Gonzalez. Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination (Hayward, California: Spooks Books, 2017), pp. 177-180.

[vii] Pascal Fletcher “U.S. Policy Experts Encouraged by Talks in Cuba,” Reuters (Havana), February 18, 2001. Also, Rockefeller-led U.S. delegation cozies up to Castro. http://www.cubanet.org/CNews/y01/feb01/23e11.htm

[viii]  Pascal Fletcher “U.S. Policy Experts Encouraged by Talks in Cuba,” Reuters (Havana), February 18, 2001.

[ix] Octavio Guerra, “The Cuban Conspiracy (Two): Castro & Rockefeller,” HavanaSchool, October 1, 2010, https://havanaschooleng.blogspot.com/2010/10/cuban-conspiracy-two-castro-rockefeller.html?showComment=1485533239611#c558149597116512350

[x] The presence of a charismatic leader is one of the characteristics of Fascism. Mussolini, Hitler and Castro were charismatic, but neither Lenin, Stalin nor Mao was charismatic. Despite the CFR-controlled mainsteam press’ efforts to paint Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) as a charismatic leader, he failed miserably to be up to his task.




Thanks Mr. Talbot

Finally, the cat is out of the bag. My book Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination is already available at Amazon.com and other bookstores online.

Writing this book has been a real tour de force for me. Though I have been interested in the Kennedy assassination for many years and I had been writing notes, most of which I incorporated into this book, the idea of writing a book about the JFK assassination came to my mind around April of this year. Having it ready before the end of the year was an apparently impossible goal, but worked hard and I accomplished it.

Though I began working based on my old notes, I realized that I had to become current with recent research, which, with a few exceptions, brought nothing new. Reading some of the new books about the Kennedy assassination was sort of frustrating, because most of them just repeated the very same old lies and misinformation told by the Warren Commission. Probably the most asinine of these books is Gerald Posner’s Case Closed. According to Posner, Oswald was a mentally disturbed individual who acted alone and there was not conspiracy behind him: case closed!

A book that I found useful, though, in what I call the assassination “post-cover-up,” is Oliver Stone’s JFK: The Book on the Film. Stone’s 1991 film JFK provoked a veritable tsunami of ad hominem abuse, insults, vituperation and vilification in, mostly by CFR members in the mainstream media, against both film director Oliver Stone and District Attorney of Orleans Parish, Louisiana, Jim Garrison. Stone’s film JFK was mostly based on Garrison’s suspicions that the CIA was behind the Kennedy assassination. Stone, an unrepentant liberal, was the first surprised by the fierce opposition and relentless attack on him and his film, which began even before it was shown in theaters. Evidently, Stone had no idea of what his opponents’ true motives were.

When I read books, sometimes I agree with the author, sometimes I disagree, and sometimes I even strongly disagree. If I write a review, I avoid personal criticism and try to be as specific as possible about the points on which I disagree with the author. There is, however, a book I read during my research whose author’s opinions really incensed me. I am talking about David Talbot, whose book The Devil’s Chessboard I read because it was highly recommended by the critics.

Talbot, a San Francisco bleeding heart “progressive” liberal, is the former editor in chief of Salon.com. In a 1213 article, Talbot strongly criticizes author Philip Shenon because in his book about the Kennedy assassination, A Cruel and Shocking Act, “following the conspiracy trail Shenon quickly takes a wrong turn down the ‘Castro-as-mastermind’ path.”[1]. One must keep in mind that most American “progressives” follow the line created by CFR reactionaries that Castro is untouchable. So, in Talbot’s view, pointing to Castro as a possible culprit in the Kennedy assassination turned Shenon into a conspiracy nut.

Nevertheless, in 2013 Talbot published The Devil’s Chessboard, a book that is a notable addition to the post-cover-up disinformation campaign.[2]

In his book, however, Talbot not only didn’t mention that Castro was the only one of the suspects who publicly threatened the Kennedy brothers with assassination, but puts all the blame for the JFK assassination on Allen Dulles. But, as one of the book’s reviewers in Amazon.com pointed out, “Talbot has rightly castigated the Dulles brothers but is remiss in examining their puppet masters, the real wire-pullers.”

This reader is right on the money. In his book, Talbot reaches the conclusion that “Nobody occupied a more central position in the Dulles brother’s circle than the Rockefeller brothers, Nelson and David.”[3] The only problem with this asinine assumption is that it is absolutely wrong. It was the Rockefeller brothers who controlled the Dulles brothers, and not the other way around. And the Rockefellers also controlled Fidel Castro.

Nevertheless, I don’t think that Talbot’s omissions and errors are the product of sloppy research or faulty analysis of the facts. I think that Talbot is a dishonest writer who pushes his own political agenda regardless of the facts. Proof of this is that, far from mentioning Castro’s possible links to the JFK assassination, he devotes thirteen pages of his book to paint a rose-colored, disingenuous image of Fidel Castro as a Latin American hero.[4]

As the saying goes, however, every dark cloud has a silver lining. Perhaps taken by his admiration for the two assassins, Castro and Guevara, Talbot expresses his approval because Castro, “was not only intellectually formidable and politically fearless; his dream of national liberation was backed up by guns,” and also because Castro and Guevara, “put the hard-core thugs of the old regime against a wall,” and shot them.[5]

So, if you believe the fancy tale that the “progressives” drive to take your guns is because they want to make America safer from violent crime, you are wrong. Actually, they don’t want you to be armed when they knock at your door to take you to the wall to be shot, and we should thank Mr. Talbot for reminding us about that.

Speaking about the death of the Cuban tyrant, President elect Donald Trump said: “Fidel Castro’s legacy is one of firing squads, theft, unimaginable suffering, poverty and the denial of fundamental human rights.”[6] Evidently, this is a legacy that David Talbot and his liberal progressive friends in San Francisco and Berkeley love from the bottom of their hearts. That’s why I always call them “regressives.”

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

  1. David Talbot, “The JFK Assassination: CIA and New York Times are Still Lying to Us,” Salon.com, November 6, 2013,
  2. David Talbot, The Devil’s Chessboard (New York: Harper Perennial, 2015).
  3. Ibid., p. 551.
  4. In a letter to Castro, Che Guevara advised: “Hatred as an element of the struggle; a relentless hatred of the enemy, impelling us over and beyond the natural limitations that man is heir to and transforming him into an effective, violent, selective and cold killing machine. Our soldiers must be thus; a people without hatred cannot vanquish a brutal enemy. We must carry the war into every corner the enemy happens to carry it: to his home, to his centers of entertainment; a total war.” Ernesto (Che) Guevara, Message to the Tricontinental Conference, April 16, 1967. It is good to remember that Guevara’s hatred turned into fear when he was captured in Bolivia. According to witnesses, Guevara dropped his own fully functional rifle, with a near full magazine, and begged, “Don’t shoot! Don’t shoot! I am Che Guevara and I am worth more to you alive than dead!” See Dan White, “Che Guevara Worth More To You Alive Than Dead,” The Historical Truth Project, November 26, 2014.  The fool apparently ignored that to Castro and the CIA he was worth more dead than alive, because dead men don’t tell tales.
  5. Most of the people Talbot call “thugs” actually were farmers whose land was stolen and small business owners whose properties had been “confiscated” by Castro and his thugs.
  6. Eugene Scott, “Donald Trump: Fidel Castro is Dead!,” CNN, November 26, 2016.



Servando Is Alive And Well And Has Not Been Abducted By Aliens

A few days ago I got an email from a reader. She asked what happened to me, because she is missing my articles at NewsWithViews.com. Well, let me tell you why I have momentarily stopped writing articles.

I have not been writing articles for the past six months because I have been hiding, not from the IRS or credit card collectors, but from the whole world. And I have been hiding from the whole world because I have been feverishly writing a new book, and the only way to write a book is by hiding yourself from the worst enemies of writing: your friends, your family and, in my case, also from my NewsWithViews readers.

What is my book about? It is about a subject promised myself a long time ago that I would never write about: the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

Yes, I know, and you don’t need to tell me, that about two thousand books have been written about the JFK assassination. Of these, probably close to 90 percent are only good for a cold winter night after you have run out of firewood. I’m talking about books such as Gerald Posner’s Case Closed (probably the most asinine of all), Bill O’Reilly’s Killing Kennedy, Vincent Bugliosi’s pitiful Reclaiming History,[1] or the many books about the JFK assassination written by a professional disinformer named Edward Jay Epstein.

According to the authors I have mentioned above, Lee Harvey Oswald was a solitary drifter with a loose screw, and he fired with his seventeen-buck rifle the three bullets that killed JFK. Proof of it is that one of the bullets was later found intact on Kennedy’s stretcher. Then, another loony named Ruby killed Oswald, and another nutcase killed Ruby, and another batty killed Ruby’s killer, and another loco killed the killer of Ruby’s killer and another . . . or so the story goes.

Nevertheless, close to 90 percent of the authors who have written about the JFK assassination fully agree with the Warren Commission. By the way, the Commission that investigated the Kennedy assassination was under the control of Allen Dulles, a guy Kennedy had fired from his job as CIA Director. Finally, the Commission concluded that Oswald acted alone and there was no conspiracy. Case closed!

Now, why did I decide to fail to keep my own promise and write a book about the Kennedy assassination? Because I found that there is an amazing parallel between John F. Kennedy and Donald Trump. Even their campaign slogans were quite similar. Kennedy: “Get America moving again.” Trump: “Make America great again.”

Like Trump’s, Kennedy’s inaugural address was a clear defiance of the treasonous Council on Foreign Relations-created American foreign policy. Like Trump, Kennedy also wanted to put an end to the U.S. imperial foreign policy, which only benefited a small group of bankers and transnational corporations, not the American people.

Kennedy was not aware that the negative trend of the American economy he was trying to stop and reverse had not been the result of chance or incompetence, but of a carefully-conceived plan to destroy the U.S. economy and change America into a Third World country. Unfortunately, it seems that Trump is making the same mistake.

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy in 1963 was a dagger stuck into the very heart and soul of America. It was the day Americans began losing their country. It marked the end of the American Dream and the beginning of the American Nightmare.

This nightmare opened the doors for the Vietnam War, the total destruction of the U.S. industrial base, the impoverishing of farmers and workers, the growing mass of unemployed, and the planned obsolescence of the country’s energy and transportation infrastructure. The American Nightmare was exacerbated in the calamitous 20 years of Bushes and Clintons, of which the 9/11 events and the so-called War on Terror marked a sharp turn to a police state and totalitarianism that culminated in the eight disastrous Obama years.[2]

At the same time, while a large majority of the American people was becoming dirt-poor, a very small minority was turning filthy rich. From a rich, powerful country, America has rapidly turned into an economic, social and cultural disaster. For the first time since the end of WWII, Americans were experiencing the new reality that their children were going to be poorer than their parents.

Currently, the same people who told us that Saddam Hussein was stockpiling weapons of mass destruction in Iraq are now desperately trying to delegitimize Trump by claiming that the Russian government influenced the results of the election. Moreover, impostor Barry Soetoro has declared that he plans to stay in Washington D.C. with Michael, in order to create a “shadow government” to fight President Trump.[3]

Now, given the fact that Soetoro is a mentally-challenged moron, one has to conclude that his “shadow government” will be fully under the control of the current Invisible Government controlled by the Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan. Nevertheless, we should not be surprised by the globalist conspirators’ knee-jerk reaction. They have plenty of reasons to be scared to death.

Contrary to what most people think, the result of the past election was not a victory for Donald Trump. Actually, it was a calamitous defeat for the forces behind the New Gay World Order, particularly the CFR conspirators and their minions.

It is evident that one of Trump’s goals was to disassemble the New World Order machinery the globalist conspirators have so carefully been assembling during the past hundred years. An investigation of Obama’s true place of birth may bring the impostor to a long vacation in a federal prison and will automatically invalidate all his executive orders and maybe even his nominations to the Supreme Court. An investigation into Hillary’s shady deals through her Foundation may send her to join Obama. An investigation of McCain’s activities at the Hanoi Hilton may uncover his dirtiest secret.[4] An investigation of the roles of George W. Bush, Dick Cheney and other CFR members in the 9/11 events may bring stiff penalties to them and their accomplices. Even worse, an investigation of the treacherous role of the Council on Foreign Relations in all that is rotten in America may result in its destruction.[5]

Obviously, the CFR conspirators cannot risk these possibilities. For them, preventing the success of Trump’s presidency is a matter of life or death. So, either the same people who killed Kennedy will co-opt Trump or will assassinate him.

Actually, they have no other option. The globalist conspirators will not tolerate Donald Trump dismantling the machinery of treason that took them close to a century to assemble.

Sun Tzu, a Chinese general who lived in 544-496 B.C., wrote in his book The Art of War that only who the general knows his enemy like himself would win all the battles. Unfortunately, every day it is becoming more and more evident that President Donald Trump doesn’t know who the true enemies of America are.

In the meantime, I’ll keep writing my book. I expect to have it ready by early next year. I’ll keep you informed.

Notes.

[1]. Bugliosi’s book is 1612 pages long, so I highly recommend keeping a copy at hand in your bathroom if you suffer from chronic constipation.

[2]. See Servando Gonzalez, Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama): The Pupet and His Puppeteers.

[3]. See Robert Jonathan, “President Obama Creating an Anti-Trump Shadow Government, Author Ed Klein Claims,” Inquisitr.com, December 19, 2016. Similarly, after JFK fired him, Allen Dulles turned his Georgetown home into a sort of anti-Kennedy government in exile. See David Talbot, The Devil’s Chessboard (New York: Harper, 2015), p. 7.

[4]. See Sydney Schamberg, “The War Secrets Senator John McCain Hides,” in Russ Kick (ed.), The Disinformation Guide to Media Distortion, Historical Whitewashes and Cultural Myths (New York: The Disinformation Company, 2001), pp. 88-94.

[5]. In 1956 FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover (not a CFR member) received hundreds of letters from concerned citizens and members of Congress, accusing the Council on Foreign Relations of treason and promoting Communism through its agents infiltrated in the U.S. government. Hoover ordered an investigation but, soon after, President Eisenhower (CFR) dictated an order prohibiting the FBI from investigating federal government employees. For the whole story see “Warning! How the FBI’s Criminal-Espionage Investigation of the CFR Was Foiled.”

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




How Jesse Ventura Fell Under Castro’s Powers of Fascination – And Never Recovered

I have always felt a great admiration and respect for former Governor Jesse Ventura. I consider him a person of honesty and integrity and a straight shooter. I admired him as an actor in Predator, one of my favorite Sci-Fi films. Nevertheless, I found difficult to understand why in his TV programs and books about conspiracy theories he has never mentioned the mother of them all: the fact that Fidel Castro was for close to 60 years a key CIA agent.

I also found it strange that Ventura never mentioned Castro — the only one among the possible suspects who publicly threatened Kennedy with assassination  — in any of the books and articles he has written about the assassination of President Kennedy. Just recently, however, I think I found an explanation for it.

In September 2002, Governor Ventura visited Cuba and met Fidel Castro. It was not until recently, however that I found on the Web Ventura’s first impression of the Cuban tyrant: “And I’ll tell you what he first said to me. Fidel Castro looked into my eyes and told me I was a man of great courage because I defied my President to come to Cuba.” “Maybe he (Castro) saw a little of him in me,” he added.[i]

Well, if Jesse Ventura actually said this, there is no doubt whatsoever that he is another victim of Castro’s mesmerizing powers of fascination.

Castro’s Powers of Fascination

The original meaning of the word “fascination” is a reference to the power of casting a spell through looking. It is a usage that has survived to our times in relation to the ability of snakes to immobilize their prey through their gaze. The subject of fascination has interested writers and thinkers for centuries. In his insightful essay “Of Envy,” published in 1625, Sir Francis Bacon wrote his reflections on the subject of fascination:

“There be none of the affections which have been noted to fascinate and to bewitch, but love and envy; they both have vehement witches, they frame themselves readily into imaginations and suggestions and they come easily into the eye, especially upon the presence of the objects which are the points that conduce to fascination, if any such be. We see likewise the Scripture calleth envy and evil eye . . .”[ii]

So, for lack of a better term, I am using the term “fascination” in an effort to describe as accurately as possible the strange phenomenon by which Castro has exerted an extraordinary control over both individuals and masses of people, though other terms have been used as well. Most of Castro’s biographers have noticed the phenomenon, but there is no agreement among them about what to call it. For example, in her biography of Fidel Castro, Georgie Anne Geyer, mentions the word “spell” 10 times (pp. 38, 103, 108, 140, 212, 224, 240, 287, 241), and the word “magical” 5 times (pp. 207, 208, 279, 286, 329). Other terms she also uses are “personal hallucinatory power,” (p. 254); “mystical,” (p. 208); “sorcerer,” (pp. 176, 297); “master illusionist,” (p. 331); and “master political alchemist,” (p. 332). She also mentions Castro’s “mesmerizing techniques,” (p. 337); “intuitive feelings,” (pp. 226, 271); and “hyper-psychic level of intensity,” (p. 159).[iii]

Philip Bonsal, the last American Ambassador to Cuba before the two countries broke diplomatic relations in 1960, was also witness to Castro’s strange powers. In a book he wrote about Cuba, he tells about the “mysterious force” that drives Castro (p. 56); about the way he weaves “his spells” (p. 57). He also tells how, when Castro spoke in private to a CIA officer for over an hour, the man “emerged in a state of ecstasy” about Castro’s receptivity (p. 64); and how Castro exerts his form of personal, “hypnotic rule” over the Cuban people (p. 190).[iv] In his report, the CIA officer described Castro as “a new spiritual leader of Latin American democratic and anti-dictator forces.”[v]

In a book about Castro, Juan Arcocha, a writer and former official in the Castro government who met Castro during his university days, says that Fidel always exerted a great “fascination” on him (pp. 17, 19), and mentions the “almost hypnotic” current emanating from the TV screens when Fidel was giving one of his speeches (p. 33).[vi] Similarly, author Edwin Tetlow mentions Fidel’s “Hypnotic powers of persuasion.”[vii]

The above terms used by Geyer, Bonsal and other authors and journalists who met Castro are no exception. They are mentioned over and over to describe Castro’s unexplainable powers and are repeatedly used by his biographers. No serious effort, however, has been made to clarify the use of those terms or to analyze the true source of Castro’s power, but many mentioned it.

For example, in 1961 Herbert Mathews mentioned that Castro had a “magnetic personality,” and his speech is “hypnotic in its repetitive rhythm.”[viii] Writing about Castro in 1964, Matthews also said, “He has enormous personal magnetism, so that he wins blind loyalty.”[ix] Matthews also observed, “One must listen to him; hear the hoarse, impassioned voice, feel the magnetism of his extraordinary personality. He is a spellbinder.”[x]

Cuban writer Guillermo Cabrera Infante once told a revealing anecdote about his Argentinean colleague Julio Cortázar. According to Cabrera Infante, Cortázar told him his vivid recollection of the moment when he was granted an audience with Fidel Castro. Cortázar said that during the meeting Castro looked him in the eye and put his hand on Julio’s knee. “I felt the vibes,” said Cortázar, “that told me that I was in the presence of a revolutionary.”[xi]

Notable among the people who fell under Castro’s spell are ex-Soviet ambassador and KGB officer Aleksandr Alekseev, Colombian Nobel Prize-winner Gabriel García Márquez,[xii] former Head of U.S. Interests Office in Havana Wayne S. Smith, Italian publisher Giangiacomo Feltrinelli,[xiii] French philosophers Jean-Paul Sartre and Regis Debray, Senator George McGovern, UNESCO’s director Federico Mayor, media mogul Ted Turner, Robert S. McNamara, and a large group of the American liberal press and Hollywood stars who met him.

Other additions to the long list of Americans who fell under Castro’s spell are historian Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., Oakland former Mayor, now California Governor Jerry Brown,[xiv] and Robert Reynolds, former CIA station chief in Miami in 1961. Schlesinger and Reynolds visited Cuba in early 2001 to attend a conference on the Bay of Pigs organized by the Castro government and were instantly fascinated by Castro.[xv]

Ruby Hart Phillips, an American journalist in Havana, described the first time Castro addressed the Cuban masses from the Presidential Palace in Havana. “As he stood there with his rifle hung over his shoulder, his big voice rolling out over the crowd through a microphone, the magic of his personality was apparent.”[xvi] Another journalist, describing the same event, tells how the crowd gazed up at the bearded figure on a balcony of the Presidential Palace “in hypnotized fascination.”[xvii]

Castro’s powers of fascination were not limited to the Cuban people. He has used them on foreign masses as well, as in Venezuela in 1959. Matthews observed that, “When he went to Caracas, Venezuela, a few weeks after his triumph, the tremendous popular emotions aroused frightened the Venezuelan Government.”[xviii] Tad Szulc wrote about the uneasiness of President Betancourt during Castro’s visit, mentioning Betancourt’s confession that, if elections were held that day in Venezuela, Castro would win.[xix] The phenomenon was repeated again when he visited the Soviet Union in 1963. Some Soviet officers privately commented that, since the death of Lenin, they had not seen any other person having such control over the Russian crowds like Castro.[xx] It happened again when Castro traveled to Chile in 1971 to pay a visit to President Allende.

Soon after Castro approached the Soviets for the first time, Prime Minister Nikita Khrushchev had the opportunity to experience first hand Fidel’s powers of fascination. Khrushchev met Castro for the first time in New York in September, 1960, when both leaders were visiting the United Nations. The Soviet Premier had invited Fidel to a dinner at the Soviet U.N. mission in New York. Castro, as usual, was a half hour late and kept Khrushchev waiting.[xxi] Witnesses to the incident report that Khrushchev was furious. But, as soon as Castro arrived, Khrushchev’s mood changed and was all smiles. Apparently the Soviet leader was another victim of Fidel’s powers of fascination.[xxii]

Authors Frank Mankiewicz and Kirby Jones visited Cuba in 1975 to conduct an in-depth interview with Fidel Castro. Like many others, they were unable to resist Castro’s spell. According to them, Castro is “one of the most charming and entertaining men either of us had ever met,” adding that, “from the moment he looked you straight in the eye and spoke directly to every question, from the moment he first leaned eagerly forward to stress a point, his beard no more than six inches away, each of us knew we were in for a fascinating interview and an exciting experience.”[xxiii]

So, one should not criticize Jesse Ventura for having fallen under Castro’s powers of fascination. He was not the first and, unfortunately, not the last. Nevertheless, I don’t think that, as Ventura believes, “Maybe he (Castro) saw a little of him in me.” This simply can’t be.

Why I think it was impossible for Castro to see even a little of him in Ventura? Because Jesse Ventura never asked Premier Khrushchev to launch a pre-emptive nuclear attack on the U.S. Ventura didn’t destroy Minnesota’s economy and turned it into the poorest state of the Union. Ventura never shot hundreds of his opponents at a wall and didn’t intern Minnesota’s homosexuals in concentration camps. Also, Minnesotans didn’t massively risk their lives sailing on makeshift rafts through Lake Superior in a desperate effort to escape from Ventura’s iron fist. So, I doubt that Castro did actually saw anything in Jesse Ventura that reminded him of his own madness and cruelty.

The information about Castro’s powers of fascination I have mentioned above is just a small part of what I wrote about the subject in my 2001 book The Secret Fidel Castro: Deconstructing the Symbol. When I heard in mid-2002 that Governor Ventura was planning to visit Cuba I send him a complimentary copy of my book hoping that reading it would act like a sort of vaccine immunizing Ventura from Castro’s mesmerizing powers of fascination.

Unfortunately, even though I got a note from Ventura thanking me for the book, I don’t think he ever read it. So, Ventura traveled to Cuba mentally unprotected, met Castro, and was instantly contaminated by the Castroist virus. Since then, Ventura has been an unwitting carrier of this malignant virus.

Anyway, I only wish well to Jesse Ventura. My hope is that some of his friends read this article, pass it to Ventura, he verifies that the information I have provided is factual, and reconsiders his opinion about Castro. It is never too late to recover from a malignant, highly contagious disease.

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[i]           Humberto Fontova, “Oliver Stone & Jesse Ventura Tag-Team For Hugo Chavez To Smack Down America,” Breibart, 14 June 2010,

[ii]            Francis Bacon, “Of Envy,” in The Essays of Counsels, Civil and Moral (Oxford: 1890).

[iii]           Guerrilla Prince (Boston: Little, Brown & Company, 1991).

[iv]           Cuba, Castro, and the United States (Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1971).

[v]            CIA memorandum, 8 May 1959, declassified June 1998.

[vi]           Fidel Castro en rompecabezas (Madrid: Ediciones R, 1973).

[vii]           Eye on Cuba (New York: Hartcourt, Brace & World, 1966), p. 103.

[viii]          The Cuban Story (New York: George Brazillier, 1961), pp. 167-168.

[ix]           Cuba (New York: Macmillan, 1964), p. 105.

[x]            Revolution in Cuba (Hew York: Scribner’s, 1975), p. 127.

[xi]           Andrew Graham -Yool, After the Despots (London: Bloomsbury, 1991), p. 194.

[xii]           In a study about García Márquez’ literary work, Cuban writer in exile César Leante offers some interesting insights about García Márquez’ irrational relationship with Castro, see Gabriel García Márquez, el hechicero (Madrid: Pliegos, 1996).

[xiii]          It seems, however, that eventually Feltrinelli was put off by Castro’s intolerance and virulent homophobia. The fact is revealed in Feltrinelli’s biography written by his son Carlo. See, Gina Montaner, “El millonario que quería revolución,” El Nuevo Herald, May 29, 2001.

[xiv]          Carl Limbacher, “Jerry Brown: Castro Grooming Elián as Successor,” NewsMax.com, July 2, 2001.

[xv]           Ronald Radosh, “Human Rights and Foreign Policy: How to Deal with the Totalitarian Remnant,” FrontPageMagazine.com, March 27, 2001. Radosh described the reunion as “a love fest between Castro and a group of Americans,” where “As usual, the American guests quickly fell under the dictator’s spell.”

[xvi]          The Cuban Dilemma (New York: Ivan Obolensky, 1962), p. 15.

[xvii]         Paul D. Bethel, The Losers (New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1969), p. 124.

[xviii]         Matthews, op. cit., p. 152.

[xix]          Betancourt’s statement in Tad Szulc, “Exporting the Cuban Revolution,” in John Plank, ed., Cuba and the United States (Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution, 1967), p. 78.

[xx]           Castro does not speak Russian, therefore, his power of fascination had nothing to do with language.

[xxi]          Carlos Franqui, op. cit,, p. 86.

[xxii]         Vladislav Zubok and Constantine Pleshakov, Inside the Kremlin’s Cold War (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1996), p. 207.

[xxiii]         With Fidel (New York: Ballantine, 1975), p. 9.




Death Of A President

A few months ago an American sitting President died. Surprisingly, no state funeral was held. No flags flew at half-mast, the White House was not draped in black, no official ceremonies were arranged, and no mourning period was declared. His body did not lie in state in the Capitol Rotunda and no funeral procession from the Capitol to Arlington National Cemetery occurred.

No guard of honor provided a ceremonial presence at his burial, a nine-person team did not carry the casket, and no military chaplain escorted his family. No military caisson carried the casket and no American flag draped it. No riderless horse with a pair of boots reversed in the stirrups and an empty saddle followed it. No rifle salute was fired over his grave.

Even stranger, we still don’t know who will pick up the torch of the American power he held for more than half a century.

I am not talking about any of the puppets the American sheeple elect every four years to live in the White House, who, not surprisingly, seamlessly continue the policy of destruction of the American economy, its culture and its people carried out by his predecessor. No. I am talking about the true American President, the one who elected himself to the highest office of the land in 1949, when he appointed himself director of the Council on Foreign Relations and thus became the President of the Invisible Government of the United States and thus became the de facto President of the United States.

I am talking about David Rockefeller, the man who, like the Wizard of Oz, was the true power behind the U.S. Presidential throne. Of course, if you are an average American citizen who gets your information from the mainstream press, watches the TV news and reads history books written by “serious” scholars, you will most likely ignore the death of President David Rockefeller because neither the politicians in Washington D.C. nor the mainstream media want you to know about it.

How did David Rockefeller become the President of the Invisible Government? It is a long, long story, but I’ll give you the short version.

In 1947, the Rockefellers — who somebody has called the family that has done the most damage ever to mankind — took a big step to get control of the U.S. government when their puppet Harry S. Truman signed the National Security Act that created both the CIA and the National Security Council. By the late-1960s, U.S. Presidents, fully under David Rockefeller’s control,[i] had accumulated so much power that somebody coined the term “Imperial Presidency” to describe it.[ii] Practical men, the Rockefellers realized that it was a lot easier, and cheaper, to control a single corrupt politician than the lawless, corrupt mob we call the Congress.

The fact that David Rockefeller was the true and only President of the United States was known to everybody in the world except the American people. Proof of this is that any place David visited, he was given the treatment due of a head of state. And he traveled a lot. During 1973 alone, David met 27 heads of state, including the rulers of the Soviet Union and Communist China, plus scores of lesser dignitaries.[iii]

In his Memoirs, David mentions how he enjoyed meeting leaders of the most undemocratic, dictatorial countries, such as Romania’s Nicolae Ceausescu, Poland’s Wojciech Jaruzelski, Paraguay’s Alfredo Stroessner, Algeria’s Houari Boumedien, Zaire’s Mobutu Sese Seko, Chile’s Augusto Pinochet, Iraq’s Saddam Hussein and Soviet Union’s Nikita Khrushchev.[iv] Last, but not least, he enjoyed visiting his buddy Fidel Castro.

In February 2001, a high-level delegation of the Council on Foreign Relations led by David Rockefeller visited Cuba and held a long meeting with Castro. After the meeting, CFR chairman Peter Peterson praised the Cuban leadership’s passionate commitment to providing high education and health standards for its people. “I suspect that Cuba is among the best educated countries in the entire hemisphere,” he added.[v]

No wonder some of his critics have said, “David Rockefeller has never met a dictator he didn’t like.”[vi]

Actually, however, he not only couldn’t find a tyrant he didn’t like but also discovered and nurtured monsters such as Henry Kissinger, Allen Dulles, John McCloy, Fidel Castro and Barack Obama, just to mention a few. David Rockefeller, his banks and his allies, working hand-in-hand with the CIA, bolstered repressive regimes in Peru, Brazil, Ecuador, Cuba and Paraguay. He contributed to the forcible dislocation of native peoples in South America. Hunger, genocide disease, and the ongoing destruction of the Amazon rain forest, are the direct legacy of his policies.

David Rockefeller managed to hide himself his whole life behind a disingenuous façade of altruist, philanthropist and patron of the arts. Nevertheless, one day he will be remembered for what he really was: one of the darkest characters of the America’s recent history.

David exercised almost total control over America’s foreign policy through his control of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission, as well as his sponsorship of Bilderberg Group – all of them shadowy organizations of the world’s elite class who determine behind closed doors the monetary, foreign, and military policies of most of the world. His funding of Columbia University and the University of Chicago helped to produce several generations of brainwashed, unethical individuals who unfortunately became an important part of the American cultural elite.

David was a traitor who openly worked behind the curtains to destroy the U.S. economy, its borders, its Constitution and its cultural and social mores. He profoundly hated his country and its people, and devoted his whole life to conspire together with his CFR goons to turn this Republic into a communo-fascist totalitarian dictatorship of international bankers and CEOs of transnational corporations he euphemistically called the New World Order, and he had the gall to publicly admit it.

In his Memoirs, he is quoted as saying,

“For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated political and economic structure — one world, if you will.

If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”[vii]

During one of the secret meetings of the Bilderberg —an international organization of globalist conspirators closely linked to the CFR— in Baden-Baden, Germany, 1991, David Rockefeller, after thanking his friends in the press for keeping the CFR out of the American eye, told them: “The supra-national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”[viii]

None of the younger Rockefellers seem willing or equipped to follow in David Rockefeller Sr.’s footsteps. As Warren T. Lindquist, a longtime friend, put it: “No one can step into his shoes. Not because they aren’t good, smart, talented people but because it’s just a different world, and they have different interests.”

Now, after the death of the monster, there is a void begging to be filled. Even within the family, however, there is the feeling that David Rockefeller represented the end of an era.

It was an era, however, of diminishing hopes for Americans and the world, mainly thanks to him and his occult machinations. And probably the main reason why President Trump is still alive and living in the White House is because U.S. President David Rockefeller is no longer in command.

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

[i] Perhaps the two exceptions have been John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan. Kennedy made the mistake of believing he was the true President and paid it with this life. An attempt on the life of Reagan put CFR agent Bush very close to become the President. Luckily, Reagan survived the assassination attempt.

[ii] Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., The Imperial Presidency (New York: Houghton Mifflin Co. 1973).

[iii] Gary Allen, The Rockefeller File (Seal Beach, California: ’76 Press, 1976), p. 28.

[iv] David Rockefeller, Memoirs (New York: Random House, 2002), p. 222.

[v]  Pascal Fletcher “U.S. Policy Experts Encouraged by Talks in Cuba,” Reuters (Havana), February 18, 2001.

[vi] David Rockefeller, Memoirs, p. 223.

[vii] Ibid., p. 405.

[viii] The New American, 27th December 2012. David’s statement and other remarks from the Bilderberg meeting were obtained by French intelligence agents, who were tasked with monitoring the gathering, because of the obvious implications for French national interests and security. The information was then leaked to two French publications. Hilaire du Berrier, a contributing editor to The New American, verified the authenticity of the reports through his friend, former head of French intelligence, Count Alexander de Marenches, and other sources, and provided the first account in English in his Monaco-based monthly HduB Reports in September 1991.

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved




Betrayal At The Bay Of Pigs, Part 2

In less than 72 hours Castro’s forces defeated the CIA-trained and backed brigade; about 114 men were killed, and more than 1,100 men were captured and held until the United States traded $53 million in food and medicine for their freedom. It was an outstanding military victory for Castro.

Even more important, the U.S. failed invasion gave Castro a legitimacy he could not have won in any other way. No other American act could have helped him any more. In addition, the invasion struck a mortal blow to the anti-Castro underground movement in Cuba and, soon after, to the anti-Castro guerrillas in the Escambray mountains. Also, after Bissell had united all anti-Castro groups in the U.S., the invasion’s failure had decapitated them with a single blow.

Moreover, since the image of the opposition to Castro has always been an American one, with Cubans in the U.S. appearing to participate in a subordinate capacity, the harsh treatment given to the anti-Castro underground appeared to be justified by the circumstances. All opposition to the regime had been identified in the Cuban people’s mind as American-inspired and counter-revolutionary, thus playing right into Castro’s hands.

The bottom line is that, contrary to common wisdom, far from being a failure the Bay of Pigs PSYOP was a total success. Its main goals: boosting Castro’s bona fides vis-à-vis the Soviets, and strengthening Castro’s iron grip over the Island, were fully accomplished. After their success, the CFR conspirators were now dangling[1] Castro as a mouthwatering bait for the Soviets to bite.

Further proof that the CFR conspirators who control the CIA planned the invasion to fail is that they knew it beforehand. In this case, we also have the smoking gun showing that the CIA knew five months before the Bay of Pigs invasion that the invasion was going to fail.

A declassified 300-page document with an internal CIA history shows that on November 15, 1960, five months before the Bay of Pigs invasion, a CIA task force code-named Western Hemisphere Branch Four (WH/4), in charge of plotting to overthrow Fidel Castro, met to prepare a memo for CFR agent and CIA deputy director of Plans, Richard Bissell. The memo would be used to help CFR agent and CIA Director Allen Dulles brief President-elect John F. Kennedy on foreign affairs. Present at the WH/4 meeting were not only Bissell, but also Dean Rusk, who was then Secretary of State; Robert S. McNamara, Secretary of Defense, and McGeorge Bundy, the President’s special assistant for national security affairs — all of them CFR agents.[2]

The memo concluded that the invasion was unachievable as a covert paramilitary operation without the direct support of U.S. military forces.[3]. The document was found in June 2005, among several declassified documents in a box marked “Miscellaneous” at the National Security Archive

An interesting detail that shows the conspirators’ hands behind the curtains is that the document mentions the key role played by William Pawley in the Bay of Pigs PSYOP. This is the same Pawley who attended the meeting at Mario Lazo’s home where Castro was initially recruited; the same Pawley who was in Bogotá during the Bogotazo riots and later claimed he had listened to Castro on the radio saying that he was a Communist. This is the same person who, in late 1958, was sent to Cuba to inform Batista that the U.S. no longer supported him and that he had to go.[4]. Again, coincidence is not a scientific concept.

Though the finding of the document is new, its existence was known since a long time ago. In 1987, Jack Pfeiffer, CIA’s former chief historian, sued the CIA to release what he knew was a view of the Bay of Pigs quite different from the official one. He suspected that despite CIA’s Inspector General Lyman Kirkpatrick ordered to destroy the document some copies may still remain. He was right. [5]

But Pfeiffer was wrong when he reached the conclusion that Kirkpatrick had destroyed the records and blamed Bissell for the disaster because of personal motives —according to Pfeiffer, Kirkpatrick ambitioned Bissell’s position and wanted to discredit him for that reason. But, knowing that Bissell was a CFR agent, and that Kirkpatrick most likely was a CFR asset, we may safely surmise that everything was part of a CFR cover-up intended to distort the historical record.

National Security Archive director and professional disinformer Peter Kornbluh mentioned that the WH/4 analysis was so sound that it eerily foreshadowed a scathing and sometimes controversial report written by CIA Inspector General Lyman Kirkpatrick in the summer of 1961.[6]. Kirkpatrick, however, blamed the Bay of Pigs fiasco on the usual human frailties the CFR disinformers commonly use as a excuse to hide treason: arrogance, ignorance and incompetence.

But now, thanks to this document, we know that this is not true. The fact that in mid-November 1960 the WH/4 concluded that the goal that a 1,500-3,000 man force could secure a beachhead with an airstrip was “unachievable” except with direct Pentagon participation, and five months later become “achievable” with only 1,200 men and as a sole CIA covert operation without U.S. military support was not the product of arrogance, ignorance or incompetence.[1] It was sheer treason.

In conclusion, the failed Bay of Pigs invasion had far-reaching implications. As professor Peter H. Smith rightly pointed out,

“It boosted Castro’s political stature in Cuba, Latin America, and the developing world. And it helped him drive his revolution toward the Soviet Union; it was in December 1961, not before, that Castro declared his lifelong allegiance to Marxist-Leninism.”[7]

According to Nikita Khrushchev’s son Sergei, now an American citizen living in the U.S., when Castro took power in Cuba the Soviet leaders did not know who he really was. Sergei recalls that, on an occasion he was visiting his father at the Kremlin, he overheard him talking with other Soviet leaders about Castro with. According to Sergei Khrushchev, “They were sure Castro was a CIA agent and was working together with the United States.”[8]

But the event that changed the whole picture was the U.S.-backed invasion at the Bay of Pigs. Castro consciously chose the support of the Soviet Union, a support he had been pushing for a long ago. He was gratuitously delivering the Soviets on a silver plate what they had never dreamed of having: an ally in what the Americans had always considered their own backyard.

But this was very unusual. A parade of Communist leaders all over the Americas had been preaching communism for more than thirty years, and not one of them had been ever able to gain political power. Now Fidel Castro, who was not a Communist, was presenting the Russians with the gift of a power base ninety miles from the Unites States. The Russians had ample reasons for being suspicious. Why was Castro delivering Cuba over to Communism? How could he become a Communist when the Cuban Communists themselves opposed the revolution that brought him to power?

But the temptation was too big. Despite all the warning signs, the Soviets swallowed the dangling bait line, hook and sinker. And the event that ultimately convinced them that Castro was what he purported to be was his unexpected victory at the Bay of Pigs. Because the invasion was on his birthday, Nikita Khrushchev mentioned to his Kremlin colleague that this invasion was a birthday present from the United States. [9].

Somebody with a cooler head should have warned the Soviet leader about never accepting gifts from the Greeks —particularly when the gift was a Horse. [10]

Click here for part one —–> 1

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

FootNotes:

  1. Dangle. An intelligence officer who is intentionally put into the path of an enemy agent in hopes that he will draw his attention. The idea is that the enemy agent eventually may try to recruit the dangle. Given the fact, however, that the basic rule of thumb of the intelligence job is to suspect anyone who takes the initiative in making an intelligence contact, “dangles” make red lights flash and are usually not recruited.
  2. CFR agents present at the WH/4 meeting in Robert Pear, “The Pointing of Fingers at the Bay of Pigs,” The New York Times, December 30, 1987, p. B-6.

[1]  Carol Rosenberg, “Bay of Pigs U.S. Invades Cuba Failure on Many Levels,” The Miami Herald, August 11, 2005.

  1. As it has become too common among people who know too much, Pawley eventually committed suicide under strange circumstances.
  2. See, “New Look at an Old Failure. An Ex-CIA Historian Fights to Air His Version of the Bay of Pigs,” TME magazine, June 1, 1987, p. 29. See also, Robert Pear, “The Pointing of Fingers at the Bay of Pigs,” The New York Times, December 30, 1987, p. B-6.
  3. Rosenberg, Ibid.
  4. Keep in mind that these were the common excuses the CFR disinformers used before they discover the new catch-all excuse: failure to connect the dots!
  5. Peter H. Smith, Talons of the Eagle: Dynamics of U.S. – Latin American Relations ( New York: Oxford University Press, 1996), p. 167.
  6. Sergei Khrushchev’s on Castro in Carrie Linin, “Khrushchev Outlines Missile Crisis,” The Collegian, Kansas State University.
  7. Khrushchev seeing the Bay of Pigs invasion as birthday present, mentioned by his son Sergei Khrushchev in a speech he gave at Kansas State University, see Carrie Linin, “Khrushchev Outlines Missile Crisis,” The Collegian, Kansas State University.
  8. One of Castro’s most known nicknames was“El Caballo”[The Horse]

[1]  Keep in mind that these were the common excuses the CFR disinformes used before they discover the new catch-all excuse: failure to connect the dots!




Betrayal at the Bay of Pigs, Part 1

In the morning of April 17, 1961, just three months after John F. Kennedy had been inaugurated as American president, 1400 Cuban exiles sent by the United States were wading toward disaster at a beach called Playa Girón, in a bay south of the central part of the Cuba —the Bay of Pigs. The first news about the invasion that appeared in the Soviet press reflected the general consensus that Castro’s revolution was living its very last hours in the face of an American direct invasion.[1] But then, the Soviet leaders watched in disbelief how President Kennedy, with the power to command enough military force to destroy the world, did nothing as Fidel Castro’s troops repelled the attack and captured prisoners off the beach.

CIA officials were privately assuring the Eisenhower and the Kennedy administrations that Cuba would become another Guatemala. But as early as March 1960, Castro had already begun telling the world that Cuba would not be another Guatemala.[2] CFR agents inside CIA must have been quite efficient informing Castro, for it was precisely in March, when President Eisenhower approved the invasion plan.[3]

The original invasion plan, on which the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the CIA had agreed, involved a one-shot confrontation of Castro’s already formidable armed forces with a vest-pocket-sized force of Cuban exiles trained in regular WWII combat techniques rather than in guerrilla operations and political subversion. The plan amounted to asking the fifteen hundred patriots landed at the Bay of Pigs to seize control of the Island from over a hundred thousand relatively well trained, well armed Castroite soldiers and militia.[4]

It was clear beforehand that, in the event that the invasion failed, Castro’s prestige and strength were going to be greatly enhanced. Undersecretary of State Chester Bowles, who had heard of the plan, expressed precisely those concerns to Secretary of State Rusk.[5] With the benefit of hindsight, however, the evidence indicates that the whole operation had been planned to fail.

In the first place, the American government supplied the Cubans with obsolete aircraft and decrepit ships allegedly chosen with the idea that such equipment would not be identified with the ones used by American regular forces. That justification is unconvincing, because the Americans would never be able to hide their massive participation in the invasion, even if it was indirect.

Secondly, when President Kennedy approved the initial plan he had promised that the American forces would provide that air cover to the invasion. Two U.S. carriers were to stand by, within easy range, their decks loaded with armed fighter planes, to secure the vital air cover for the invasion. Confident in this assurance from the highest American levels of government that air support would be provided, the invaders disembarked.

Castro hurriedly sent his tanks and infantry, and the invasion force fought valiantly while waiting for the U.S. air support to arrive. But that very Sunday evening, following the advice of his CFR advisors, President Kennedy made the fateful decision to prohibit the U.S. planes from providing the vital air cover. Without that support, the invasion was doomed to fail.[6]

Several authors have popularized the notion that the failure of the invasion was not due to President Kennedy’s order proscribing U.S. air cover, but because of lack of Cuban popular support to the invaders, a key assumption in the CIA’s invasion plans.[7] The invasion failed, they conclude, because the people stood for Castro instead of turning to back the invaders as expected.

These authors seem to forget, however, that because of the gross error of alerting Castro two days in advance by way of an ill planned and ineffective air attack on his planes on April 16, the Cuban dictator was put on alert. After the air raid Castro moved quickly, sending all potential enemies to jail to avoid any internal uprising.

But the most important thing they seem to ignore is that people usually support a winning invasion, not a failed one, and just a few hours after the invasion began it was evident that it had failed. As a matter of fact, in the first hours of the invasion some peasants of the region, including a few of Castro’s militiamen, voluntarily joined the invading forces. Therefore, the invasion did not fail for lack of popular Cuban support; it failed because Kennedy’s CFR advisors convinced him not to provide air support to the invasion.

A few months after the failed invasion attempt intriguing details on why the Bay of Pigs operation had failed began appearing through the dust clouds of official excuses, explanations and disinformation evidencing a massive cover-up. The controversy raged for several months over whether or not air cover was originally planned and later withdrawn from the invasion. Then, in the last months of 1961, Ambassador Whiting Willauer provided disturbing first-hand information in a testimony he gave to a U.S. Senate committee.

According to Willauer, an specialist in this type of military operations, on December 10, 1960, he was recalled from his ambassadorial post in Honduras and charged with planning an invasion of Cuba in conjunction with the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the CIA. In his initial plan, air cover, both for low-level and high-level support, was to be provided by Cuban-flown B-26 bombers and by carrier-based Navy jets.[8]

Willauer’s job began before President Kennedy took office in the White House. He held the title of Special Assistant to Secretary of State Christian Herter, a CFR agent. After Kennedy’s inauguration, CFR agent Dean Rusk asked him to continue in this capacity. But, within two weeks, he was left out of the loop, his CIA contacts were ordered to avoid him and he was completely ignored in the State Department. For 30 days, his immediate superior, CFR secret agent Chester Bowles, refused to see him. He was never debriefed by a successor for the useful information he could have passed on. After nearly two months in “isolation,” Willauer received, on April 16, 1961, the day before the Bay of Pigs invasion, a telephone call dismissing him from the State Department [9]

Though the story was largely ignored by the CFR-controlled American mainstream press, the disturbing information provided by Willauer about the Bay of Pigs invasion was extremely important. But the invaders Castro has captured didn’t need to hear Willauer’s explanation. At the trial in Havana, some of the 1,179 captives of the failed operation had arrived at the same conclusion and reportedly said that false intelligence, presumably by the U.S., led them to disaster.[10] Some of them commented that the U.S. had betrayed them. They didn’t know however, that it was not the U.S., but CFR agents infiltrated in the U.S. government the ones who betrayed them.

But the Bay of Pigs invaders were not the only ones who had been betrayed. At the time of the invasion, a strong anti-Castro urban underground movement already existed in most large Cuban cities. Plans for an uprising, coordinated with the invasion, had already been laid out, but were so mismanaged in their execution as to indicate deliberate sabotage. To be successful, even with air cover, such a small force had to be supported by uprisings all over Cuba.

But one of he main reasons why the uprisings never occurred was because the leaders of the underground movement were left in the dark about the landing date and did not know whether the Bay of Pigs operation was a real or a diversionary invasion. The CIA’s short wave broadcast station (Radio Swan) failed to broadcast the pre-arranged signals to trigger the waiting underground into action. Instead the station broadcasted a series of conflicting and false reports of uprisings in Cuba.[11]

In 1960 CFR agent Richard M. Bissell, Jr., a CIA Deputy Director, was made responsible for the unification of the exiled anti-Castro Cubans under a single leadership movement called the “Cuban Revolutionary Council.”[12] Just before the invasion began, the coordinators of the Cuban Revolutionary Council, based in the U.S., and of nearly 100 underground anti-Castro organizations in Cuba, together with the invasion leaders, were rounded up by CIA agents and held incommunicado at a secluded spot in the Opa-locka military base near Miami. They were not alerted that the invasion had started until it had already failed and were in that way prevented from alerting their contacts in Cuba.[13]

In October 1959, Huber Matos, a Rebel Army major in charge of Camagüey province, was accused of treason and condemned to 20 years hard labor. The prosecution of Huber Matos stirred strong opposition among several anti-Communist leaders in Castro’s own Rebel Army. Some months after Matos was sentenced, several anti-Communist clandestine groups became active in the cities and in the countryside. By mid 1961 the Escambray Mountains in the central part of Cuba were teeming with anti-Castro guerrilla rebels. For a while the Escambray guerrillas were a virtual focus of anti-Castro resistance, and they were desperately asking for military supplies.

But the CIA apparently had decided some months before the Bay of Pigs invasion that the guerrillas were not useful to advance the secret CFR objectives. At the beginning of the operations the CIA sabotaged the guerrillas by supplying them with 30.06 caliber ammunition, but with M-3’s grease guns that fired .45 caliber bullets. In other areas the CIA supplied .45-caliber ammunition to accompany Browning Automatic Rifles that shoot 30.06 caliber bullets. Finally, a few months before the invasion, the CIA stopped sending supplies and urged the rebel leaders to stop fighting and wait for the invasion that was about to take place. In this way the CIA paralyzed the ongoing guerrilla campaign and the spontaneous opposition against Castro’s regime, bringing about the guerrilla’s defeat.[14]

The Bay of Pigs invasion presented to any skeptical counterintelligence officer with an incredible collection of mistakes —perhaps too many to be the product of a coincidence.

First of all, the operation was one of the worst kept secrets in the recent military history of the United States. The CIA plans were exposed in the press more than a month before the actual invasion began. The leak started when Professor Ronald Hilton, editor of Stanford’s authoritative Hispanic American Report, called attention to the anti-Castro bases in Guatemala. In due course the New York Times, Time magazine, UPI and AP were leading the press barrage about the coming invasion.

On April 15, 1961, rebel planes struck Havana and Santiago de Cuba. Some authors have rightly pointed out that the ineffective air strike two days before the invasion had only the effect of alerting Castro about the coming invasion.[15] But this does not seem to be the case. Early in November 1960, just six months before the invasion, Castro had carefully inspected the Bay of Pigs area —the very same place where the invasion later took place. Was this another coincidence?[16]

Among the most incredible blunders, the following were paramount: In an effort to avoid identifying the invasion force with the U.S. the CIA armed the 1400 men with weapons requiring 30 different types of ammunition. The invaders made the big mistake of placing most of the ammunition and communication equipment in a single ship, the Houston. By a strange coincidence (coincidence is not a scientific term) the Houston was singled out as a priority target by Castro himself and sunk at the very beginning of the landing, and the vital communication and ammunition cargo in it was lost.

An aerial photograph of the Bay of Pigs taken from a U-2 plane at an altitude of more than 70,000 feet shows coral reefs clearly visible off the beaches. It is known that the photographs were used for intelligence purposes in the invasion operation. It is therefore difficult to explain how the photo analysts didn’t detect the dangerous reefs and alert the invaders.[17] The invaders discovered the coral reef only after the bottoms of most of their landing crafts had been destroyed by it.

Contrary to the city of Trinidad, where in case of failure the invaders could easily have gained access to the Escambray Mountains to reorganize and begin a guerilla warfare operation, the Bay of Pigs was surrounded by a swamp with no ways of escape—a veritable mousetrap. Moreover, the choice of the Bay of Pigs for the landing was strange, because, unlike Trinidad, the region was known to be a hotbed of pro-Castroism. Author Hugh Thomas manifested his surprise when his remark, “It would have been hard indeed to have found a region in Cuba in which a rebellion could have been less easily inspired among the local people.”

On June 11, 1961, a New York congressman and Chairman of the Republican National Committee charged that the Bay of Pigs invasion had failed because Kennedy rescinded and revoked the Eisenhower plan to have the invaders protected by American air power. Almost two years later, in January 1963, Robert Kennedy denied the accusation in interviews with the Miami Herald and U.S. News and World Report. According to Robert Kennedy, his brother never withdrew U.S. air cover.[18] Admiral Arleigh Burke (not a CFR agent), however, believed that the invasion very nearly succeeded and probably would have if the President had not cancelled the second air strike. The invasion might have worked even without air support of any kind, the admiral argued, if the first strike had not been scheduled two days in advance of the landing, eliminating the element of surprise.

More recent information, however, has shown the CFR’s hands behind every single “mistake” that caused the failure of the Bay of Pigs invasion. They were the ones who manipulated Kennedy to make the fateful decisions.

For example, both CIA Director Allen Dulles (CFR) and Deputy Director for Plans Richard Bissell (CFR) were so enthusiastic about the operation that Dulles told President Kennedy he was certain that “our Guatemalan operation would succeed,” adding that the prospects for the invasion’s plan to succeed were even better than they were for that one.[19] Kennedy assumed that Dulles’s and Bissell’s optimism about the success of the Cuban invasion was because the operation had “the Agency’s full authority behind them.”[20] Kennedy ignored, however, that both Dulles and Bissell had never informed the analysts working in CIA’s Intelligence Directorate about the upcoming invasion.[21]

Other authors blame President Kennedy for giving the fateful order that changed the invasion’s landing point. They don’t tell, however, that Kennedy ordered the fateful change following the advice of McGeorge Bundy (CFR), Adlai Stevenson (CFR), and John McCloy (CFR) A few days later, on April 4,1961, CIA’s Richard Bissell (CFR), outlined an alternative plan for the invasion, with the Bay of Pigs instead of Trinidad as the landing place. The trap had been set.

In is also true that Kennedy ordered the cancellation of the rest of the planned air strikes previous to the invasion. As a result, some of Castro’s fighter planes were left untouched. These were the planes that shoot down the invaders’ planes and sank their ships, thus guaranteeing that the Bay of Pigs invasion failed. But Kennedy cancelled the air strikes only after McGeorge Bundy (CFR), Dean Rusk (CFR), and Adlai Stevenson (CFR), persuaded him to do so.

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

FootNotes:

  1. Soviet consensus about Castro’s revolution living its last hours, Prof. Mikhail Berstram in conversation with the author at his office in Stanford University.
  2. Castro’s warnings in Tad Szulc and Meyer, The Cuban Invasion (New York: Praeger, 1962), p. 74.
  3. Eisenhower’s approval of invasion plan in ibid., p. 77.
  4. Invasion plan in Philip Bonsal, Cuba, Castro, and the United States (Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1971 )p. 183.
  5. Bowles concerns to Rusk in David Halberstam, The Best and the Brightest (Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett Crest Books, 1972), p. 85.
  6. Details of invasion’s failure in U.S. News and World Report, September 17, 1962.
  7. CIA’s assumptions about popular support for the invaders in Daniel M. Rohrer, Mark G. Arnold, and Roger L. Conner, By Weight of Arms: American Military Policy (Skokie, Illinois: National Textbook Co., 1969), pp. 44-45.
  8. Willauer’s testimony in Communist Threat to the U.S.Through the Caribbean, 86th Congress, 1st Sess., Part. 3, Nov. 5, 1959, pp. 874-875.
  9. Willauer “frozen out” and dismissed from State Department in ibid., pp. 875-878
  10. Invasion prisoners’ report of false intelligence in The New York Times, April 1, 1962, p. 40.
  11. Radio Swan’s false reports in St. Louis Post Dispatch, April 22, p. 1961.
  12. Bissell reunifies anti-Castro Cubans, in “Inside Story of the Cuban Fiasco,” U.S. News and World Report, May 15, 1961.
  13. Invasion leaders held incommunicado in National Review, August 13, 1963, p. 106.
  14. For an interesting testimony on how the CIA left the anti-Castro guerrillas in the lurch, see Air Force Colonel Fred D. Stevens, “J.F.K. Muzzled Me,” The Miami Herald, December 1, 1961.
  15. Air strike alerting Castro in Peter Wyden, The Bay of Pigs (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979), p. 219.
  16. Castro inspecting area in ibid., p. 104.
  17. Failure to detect coral reefs, in ibid., p. 219.
  18. Robert Kennedy denied accusation in Wise and Ross, The Invisible Government (New York: Bantam, 1962) pp. 201-202.
  19. Theodore Sorensen, Kennedy (New York: Haroer & Row, 1965), p. 296.
  20. Arthur Schlessinger, Jr., A Thousand Days (London: André Deutsch, 1965), p.
  21. Christopher Andrew, For the President’s Eyes Only: Secret Intelligence and the American Presidency from Washington to Bush (New York: Harper Perennial, 1996), p. 261.



Syria: Trump’s Bay of Pigs?

There are extraordinary parallels between John F. Kennedy and Donald Trump.

Since the end of WWII, most American presidents have been members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) or have been under its control. Perhaps the only exception in this series of American presidents “elected” by the CFR conspirators was John F. Kennedy, who came to be elected president thanks to his father’s money and links to the Chicago Mafia. The conspirators simply accepted him because they though he was too young and inexperienced, his only interest was chasing girls and, therefore, easy to handle. But, particularly after the Bay of Pigs, Kennedy woke up to the reality surrounding him and began seeing many things he had not noticed before, and he didn’t like them.

On January 20, 1961, John F. Kennedy was inaugurated as the Thirty-Fifth President of the United States. His inaugural address was a patriotic call for advancing America socially and economically. In it, he challenged the Soviets to use the “wonders of science” for economic progress and space exploration instead of militarism.

President Kennedy’s inaugural address was a true harbinger of the big changes he planned to make in American foreign policy. In the first part the new president clearly expressed his intention to end the ongoing imperial policies:

“To those new states whom we welcome to the ranks of the free, we pledge our word that one form of colonial control shall not have passed away merely to be replaced by a far more iron tyranny. We shall not always expect to find them supporting our view. But we shall always hope to find them strongly supporting their own freedom.” [1]

The second part of his speech was a clear reference to the futility of the Cold War policy and the risks to mankind it involved,

“Finally, to those nations who would make themselves our adversary, we offer not a pledge but a request: that both sides begin anew the quest for peace, before the dark powers of destruction unleashed by science engulf all humanity in planned or accidental self-destruction.” [2]

Soon after, Kennedy began an aggressive program to “get America moving again,” and declared that the 1960s would be the decade of development for America. He stressed the importance of creating an abundant and growing supply of cheap energy. Unfortunately, however, Kennedy was not aware that the CFR conspirators had already decided that the 1960s would be the decade that would mark the beginning of energy scarcity, deindustrialization and non-development in America.

Kennedy began pushing his agenda to accomplish his promise to the American people clearly expressed in the motto of his presidential campaign: “Get America Moving Again” — closely resembling Trump’s “Make America Great Again.” JFK was aware that, for some reason he may not have fully understood at the time, America had stopped in its tracks toward progress. Therefore, economic growth was Kennedy’s main goal of his domestic agenda. He expressed this concern in a speech to the Congress on February 2, 1961, where he presented his Program to Restore Momentum to the American Economy.[3]

Like Trump’s, Kennedy’s inaugural address was a clear defiance of the traditional CFR-created American foreign policy. It marked the beginning of a new type of foreign policy seeking a peaceful solution to the unproductive, dangerous Cold War against the Soviet Union and changing the world’s future direction. Kennedy wanted to make clear to Soviet chairman Nikita Khrushchev that he did not prefer a Cold War, much less a nuclear war, but a genuine peace based on negotiations and mutual cooperation.[4] He also wanted to put and end to the U.S. imperial foreign policy, which only benefited a small group of bankers and transnational corporations, not the American people, and begin a new approach of U.S. policy toward Latin America and the Third World.

In foreign policy, Kennedy also took some policy initiatives that indicated he was going to carry out the promises he had made as a candidate. The measures he had in mind indicated a radical change from traditional U.S. foreign policy. Among these were respect for the sovereignty; autonomy and independence of other nations, as well as promoting expanded opportunities and higher standards of living.

Kennedy was opposed to foreign policies based on the domination of weak, poor nations by powerful ones, conducive to perpetuating economic backwardness and exploitation of natural resources. He expressed this clearly in a message he sent to Congress just two months after he was sworn into office in which he stated: “1960s can be — and must be — the crucial “decade of development” for Latin America, Africa, the Middle east, and Asia.”[5]

On February 1959, in a speech to the Senate, Senator Kennedy had strongly criticized what he saw as a gap more dangerous than the missile gap. It was precisely in that speech where Kennedy clearly expressed his critical view of what was wrong with U.S. foreign policy

“As nation, we [should] think not of war but of peace; not of crusades of conflict but of covenants of cooperation; not of the pageantry of imperialism but of the pride of new states freshly risen to independence.” [6]

Kennedy’s mention of what he defined as “the pageantry of imperialism,” was a direct attack on the architects of the so-called “American imperialism” — which was actually the imperialism of the oil magnates, Wall Street bankers and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations. Proof of it was that, soon after Kennedy began implementing his policies, the CFR-controlled media, particularly the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, Time, LIFE, Fortune and the emerging TV news, launched a systematic stream of criticism — exactly as they have been doing to Donald Trump.

Unfortunately, Kennedy was not aware that the negative trend of the American economy he was trying to stop and reverse had not been the result of chance or incompetence, but of a carefully-conceived plan to destroy the U.S. economy and change America into a third world country. Many years before, the globalist conspirators at the Council on Foreign Relations have already decided that, far from being the decade of development, the 1960s would be the decade devoted to lowering the levels of education by turning it into indoctrination as well as lowering American standards of living and increasing poverty levels by systematically destroying the U.S. industrial base.

June 10, 1963. In the commencement address at American University in Washington, D.C., President Kennedy announced that the Soviets had expressed a desire to negotiate a nuclear test ban treaty and that the U.S had postponed some planned atmospheric nuclear tests.[7] An interesting detail is that President Kennedy’s efforts to end the Cold War closely resembled Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev’s Doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence.[8]

One of the fateful steps taken by Kennedy after he was sworn as president was to scrap the National Security Council mechanism. Being statutory, he could not abolish the NSC unilaterally, but he simply ignored it.[9] Then, after the Bay of Pigs debacle —which actually was a very successful PSYOP carried out by the CFR conspirators[10] — he fired CIA Director Allen Dulles, a senior CFR conspirator closely associated to the Rockefeller gang, as well as Richard Bissell, the man in charge of CIA’s covert operations and also a CFR member, and told some close friends that he wanted to “splitter” the CIA “into a thousand pieces and scatter [it] to the winds.”[11] Unfortunately, the CFR conspirators already had a counter plan to prevent JFK from carrying out his plan.

Most Americans who gave their votes to Trump are still shocked trying to understand the logic of his ordering a missile attack against Syria, a sovereign state we are not at war with. Even if the sarin gas attack on civilians was real — something that has all the characteristics of a false flag operation — the U.S. has no right whatsoever to continue acting as the policeman of the world. Actually, to stop these foreign entanglements was one of the reasons why most people gave their vote to Trump.

Moreover, the fact that Hillary Clinton, Nancy Pelosi, John McCain, Lindsey Graham, Chuck Schumer, the Neocons, the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal and other CFR-controlled media praised Trump’s illegal military action against Syria is a clear indication that his decision was wrong.

I hope that, after President Trump realizes his advisors lied about Syria[12] exactly as JFK’s advisors lied about the Bay of Pigs operation,[13] he admits his mistake, gets rid of the traitors around him and corrects the course of the ship of state according to what he solemnly promised the American people in his Inaugural Address.

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

FootNotes:

  1. President John F. Kennedy Washington, D.C. January 20, 1961, [Link]
  2. President John F. Kennedy Washington, D.C. January 20, 1961, [Link]
  3. Ibid.
  4. See Ted Sorenson, “JFK’s inaugural address was world-changingThe Guardian, April 22, 2007.
  1. John F. Kennnedy, “Foreign Aid,” House Documents, 87th Congress, 1st Session, Doc. No. 117, Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.
  2. Remarks of Senator John F. Kennedy in the Senate, February 19, 1959, John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, [Link
  3. Ibid.
  4. Early in July 1955, at a closed plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party, Premier Khrushchev laid out the new goals of Soviet policy. He solidified the concept of a new approach in Soviet foreign policy in 1956 at the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, and again at Twenty-First Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, held in Moscow from January 25 to February 5, 1959, of what later was known as his “Doctrine of Peaceful Co-existence,” accompanied by the slogan “To catch up and overtake the West” in economic well-being, and an improvement in the Soviet Union’s internal affairs.
  5. Lyman B. Kirkpatrick, Jr., The Real CIA (New York: McMillan, 1968), p. 261.
  6. Contrary to common lore, the Bay of Pigs operation was a total success for the CFR conspirators: its true goal was to destroy the anti-Castro opposition in Cuba and the U.S. and consolidate Castro in power, and it was fully accomplished. For a detailed analysis of the Bay of Pigs PsyOp, see Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, CA: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 193-200.
  7. Kennedy’s words about the splintering the CIA quoted in Taylor Branch and George Crile, “The Kennedy Vendetta,” Harper’s, August 1975, p. 50.
  8. There is strong evidence that the whole chemical attack on the Syrian people by its own government is a fabrication, part of a PsyOp to justify U.S. military intervention against Syria.
  9. Kennedy made the fateful decision of changing the landing place of the invasion from Trinidad to the Bay of Pigs, which caused the failure of the operation because CFR secret agents McGeorge Bundy and Adlai Stevenson persuaded him to do so. Also. CIA Director Allen Dulles (CFR) and CIA Chief of Covert Operations Richard Bissell (CFR) told Kennedy the invasion would be a success.



Disband the NSA -now!

The current scandal about the resignation of Gen. Michael Flynn, President Trump’s National Security Advisor, as a result of phone conversations he had with the Russian Ambassador became national news. The most important thing, however, is how the person or persons who leaked the information managed to listen to Gen. Flynn’s phone conversations. Many people suspect the only organization that has the capability to do this is the National Security Agency.

If one is to believe the CFR-controlled mainstream media, the people in control of the U.S. intelligence agencies don’t trust President Trump and have decided to withhold providing him with intelligence.[1] Now, just a customary analysis of the proficiency of U.S. intelligence organizations during the past half-century indicates that Trump should be extremely thankful, because, far from helping to protect America from its enemies, foreign and domestic, these intelligence organizations have failed miserably to do their job.

The main reason given to the American public for the creation of the Central Intelligence Agency was to prevent Pearl Harbor-like “surprises.” Yet, as some CIA’s critics have pointed out, over and over, since its very creation, the CIA has been taken by surprise by events it didn’t foresee.[2]

The Bogotazo riots in Colombia in 1948, the Soviets launching the Sputnik in 1957, Castro grabbing power in Cuba in 1959, the Bay of Pigs debacle in 1961, the Cuban missile crisis in 1962, the coup that deposed Nikita Khrushchev in 1964, the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia in 1968, the attack launched by Egypt and Syria against Israel in 1973, Castro’s invasion of Angola in 1975, the fall of the Shah in Iran in 1979, the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989, the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1990, India’s testing of a nuclear bomb in 1998, and the events of September 11, 2001, just to mention a few, are cases in which the CIA was apparently caught asleep at the wheel.

Evidence indicates, however, that in every single one of these cases where the CIA allegedly failed to alert the U.S. government about the possibility of an important event, one can find that, on the contrary, CIA analysts did their job right, but nobody paid attention. The excuse developed by the CFR conspirators to justify these failures was that, though the CIA and other intelligence agencies provided the intelligence, they failed to connect the dots.

Nevertheless, even a simple analysis of the CIA’s intelligence “failures” shows that they seamlessly dovetail with the CFR conspirators’ successes. Indeed, most of the international political goals of the CFR conspirators have been reached thanks to CIA’s alleged “intelligence failures.” This may be the reason why after every alleged “failure” nobody in the CIA is ever disciplined, let alone fired.[3] Consequently, one can safely reach the conclusion that people at the higher levels of the U.S. government, most of them CFR agents, failed to connect the dots because the lines connecting the dots pointed to CFR treason.

Contrary to some disinformers’ claims, far from accumulating failures, the CIA has always been one of the most successful organizations created by the U.S. Government. The problem is that the CIA has never worked for the American taxpayers, the people that foot the bill. Actually, the CIA is just one of the tools the globalist conspirators entrenched in the Council on Foreign Relations use in the pursuit of their hidden goal: the creation of a communo-fascist global government controlled by Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and multinational corporations —what they euphemistically call the New World Order.

In the same fashion, the globalist conspirators created the National Security Agency, ostensibly for global monitoring, collection, and processing of information and data for foreign intelligence and counterintelligence purposes, a discipline known as signals intelligence (SIGINT). But, following the similar pattern created by the CIA, this gigantic spying mechanism created by the NSA failed miserably to alert the U.S. government about the attacks on September 11, 2001.[4]

The huge extent of the NSA’s spying, both foreign and domestic, was revealed to the American people by former NSA contractor Edward Snowden in a series of detailed disclosures of internal NSA documents beginning in June 2013. Most of the disclosures leaked by Snowden were telephone intercepts and Internet communications of over a billion people worldwide, mostly about economics and private conversations of leaders of foreign countries, many of them U.S. friends.[5]

After this NSA whistleblower revealed the extent and depth of the NSA’s surveillance on friendly global leaders and even American citizens, it showed that the true job of the NSA differed considerably from the one stated in their mission. Even in the aftermath of Snowden’s revelations, the House failed to pass an amendment defunding the NSA’s warrantless spying on U.S. citizens.

However, in order to understand the House’s reluctance to clip the NSA’s long tentacles it is necessary to know the true reasons why it was created.

Before the NSA was created, all U.S. cryptological organizations had been unified under the Armed Forces Security Agency. But, according to the official story, some military and civilian leaders were not satisfied with the AFSA’s job. Among these leaders were CFR members Walter Bedell Smith and Dean Acheson, two prominent figures in the Truman administration. In response to this dissatisfaction with AFSA, on December 13, 1951, President Harry S Truman ordered a study to determine corrective measures. His directive was issued to Secretary of State Dean Acheson (CFR) and Secretary of Defense Robert A. Lovett, (CFR asset) who further entrusted this responsibility to a committee chaired by prominent New York attorney George Brownell (CFR). Serving with him on the committee were Charles E. Bohlen (CFR) of the State Department, Brigadier General John B. Magruder (CFR), and William H. Jackson (CFR), Special Assistant to the DCI.[6]

After six months of meetings, housed at the CIA, the Brownell Committee produced the Brownell Report, highly critical of the AFSA, and following suggestions of the Report, the AFSA was redesignated the as National Security Agency, without change in personnel, funds, or facilities. In synthesis, like the OSS, the CIA, the UN and many other organizations created for the sole purpose of protecting the interest of the CFR globalist conspirators, the NSA is a Rockefeller baby.

Histories of the Standard Oil written by most authors, pro or con, show that John D. Rockefeller, the originator of the family empire, was a person of a deeply conspiratorial, scheming nature. U.S. Senator Robert Lafollette went a step further, and called him “The greatest criminal of the age.”[7] John D. himself would later in his life discover that his father’s primary occupation had been pitchman and con artist.[8] “Cut from the same mold as the legendary P. T. Barnum, he was far from chagrined by his secret life. In fact, he seemed to revel in his petty larcenies.”[9]

Since its very creation, John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Company —which other oil producers used to call “a gang of thieves” —[10], worked like an intelligence and espionage organization. It had created a cult of silence and deception and enforced a policy of total secrecy.[11] It is known that some of the people who did business with John D. were forced to sign an oath of secrecy, promising to keep any deals strictly private.[12]

John D. pioneered the use of industrial espionage to advance his business interests.[13] According to author Gary Allen, the “Rockefeller’s industrial espionage system was by far the most elaborate, most sophisticated and most successful that had been established.”[14]

According to some witnesses, Rockefeller recruited agents everywhere, among competitors, politicians and in the media. In its continuous effort to monopolize the oil industry by eliminating all competition, Standard employed spies who gathered information about foreign and American markets,[15] as well as analysts who evaluated the raw information and produced useful intelligence.[16]

Ida Tarbell, who wrote an authoritative study of the Standard Oil, called John D. Rockefeller, “a brooding, cautious, secretive man …”[17] Tarbell’s research assistant wrote her: “I tell you this John D. Rockefeller is the strangest, most silent, most mysterious, and most interesting figure in America.”[18] According to Tarbell, Mr. Rockefeller employed force, fraud and blackmailing to reach his ends.[19]

Matthew Josephson, another author who studied the life of John D. Rockefeller, confirms Tarbell’s vision. According to Josephson, “He was given to secrecy; he loathed all display. … His wife, Laura Spellman, proved an excellent mate. She encouraged his furtiveness, advising him always to be silent, to say as little as possible.”[20] He also mentions how John D. Rockefeller customarily resorted to violence to destroy his competitors, “But where the Standard Oil could not carry on its expansion by peaceful means, it was ready with violence; its faithful servants knew even how to apply the modern weapon of dynamite.”[21]

In his book The Rockefeller Syndrome, Ferdinand Lundberg expands on John D. Rockefeller’s abilities for intelligence and espionage. According to Lundberg,

“How, in a nutshell, cutting through volumes of apologetics, did the original Standard Oil operate? It operated in such a way as to be a model for any secret service operation such as the CIA or the GRU and KGB. Standard Oil had nothing to learn from them.”[22]

Unfortunately for the rest of mankind John D. passed these traits to his children and grandchildren augmented, and they eventually passed them on to the organizations they created, among them the CFR, the OSS and the CIA and the NSA. It is not by chance, though, that most of the evil traits critics blame on the CIA and the NSA, are the same traits some critics blamed on the CIA’s true masters, the Rockefellers.

The true purpose for the Rockefellers creating the NSA was to spy on their business competitors and to pick up dirt to blackmail politicians, journalists and anybody who opposed them. They also created the CIA to destroy or physically eliminate the ones who either had not enough dirt that could be used against them or refused to be blackmailed. As a bonus, the NSA has also become a good tool used by corrupt business insiders to enrich themselves.[23]

By creating these dysfunctional organizations the Rockefellers, a dysfunctional family, have turned the United States into a dysfunctional country. Now they are using these organizations to prevent President Trump from making America great again.

We, the American people, should not allow them to do destroy Trump. It is time to ban both the CIA and the NSA and open a serious investigation of the CFR’s treasonous activities. Our lives and our freedom depend on it.

© 2017 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

 

Footnotes:

1. See, i.e., “Spies Keep Intelligence From Donald Trump on Leak Concerns: Decision to Withhold Information Underscores Deep Mistrust Between Intelligence Community and President,” The Wall Street Journal, February 16, 2017. The WSJ is a CFR corporate member. For a contrasting point of view, see Danielle Ryan, “Is Michael Flynn the First Casualty of a “Deep State” coup? It’s Not Unthinkable, Salon.com, February 16, 2017.
2. See Servando Gonzalez, Disband the CIA – Now! NewsWithViews.com, December 23, 2016.
3. The only exception was Allen Dulles, and we know what happened to President Kennedy for firing him.
4. For the sake of arguments, lets us accept the U.S. Government’s conspiracy theory offered about the 9/11 attack.
6. Cryptological Almanac 50th Anniversary Series, The Creation of the NSA – Part 2 of 3: The Brownell Committee, The Creation of NSA Part 3.pdf .
7. Peter Collier and David Horowitz, The Rockefellers: An American Dynasty(New York: Signet, 1976), p. 4.
8. Ibid., p. 8.
9. Ibid.
10. Daniel Yergin, The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money, and Power(New York: Pocket Books, 1993), p. 43.
11. Ibid., pp. 43, 10.
12. See, Collier and Horowitz, op. cit., p. 23.
13. See, Myer Kutz, Rockefeller Power (New York: Pinnacle, 1974), p. 36.
14. Gary Allen, The Rockefeller File (Seal Beach, California: ’76 Press, 1976), p. 23.
15. Ida Tarbell, “The Standard Oil Company,” in Earl Latham (ed.), John D. Rockefeller: Robber Baron or Industrial Statesman? (Boston: D.C. Heath and Company, 1949.), p. 33.
16. See, Appendix II, “The Evaluation of Information.”.
17. Tarbell, op. cit., p. 10.
18. Yergin, op. cit., p. 102.
19. Tarbell, op. cit., pp. 30-31.
20. Matthew Josephson , “The Robber Barons,” in Earl Latham (ed.), John D. Rockefeller: Robber Baron or Industrial Statesman? (Boston: D.C. Heath and Company, 1949.), p. 36.
21. Ibid., p. 40.
22. Ferdinand Lundberg, The Rockefeller Syndrome (New York: Zebra Books, 1976), pp. 134-135.
23. Michael Krieger, “It’s Not Just Spying – How the NSA Has Turned Into a Giant Profit Center for Corrupt Insiders,” Liberty Blitzkrieg, October 21, 2014.




President Trump: destroy the alien queen

There are a thousand hacking at the branches of evil – to one who is striking at the root. — Henry David Thoreau

The American Republic is in grave danger, and we are past the time for Band Aid cures. In order to produce major changes, we need to find the true source of the problem and strike at it hard.

In the film Aliens, the spaceship’s crew under attack finally realizes that just taking out the aliens one by one is an exercise in futility and frustration, because they reproduce faster than the crew can kill them. Then a member of the crew realizes that in order to solve the problem they must begin by taking out the alien queen.

In the same fashion, taking out the CIA will not solve the problem. To eliminate the cause of evil, we most strike at the root. Unless we get rid of the Alien Queen, we will not solve the problem. The best solution to our problem is to terminate the Alien Queen with extreme prejudice.

This alien queen is the one who hatched not only the CIA, but also the Fed, the DHS, the IRS, NSC, NSA, FEMA, TSA and the rest of the aberrations working hard to destroy the freedoms guaranteed by our Constitution. The Alien Queen is currently hatching dozens of eggs that will provide replacements for the new generations of Kissingers, Brzezinskis, Carters, Soroses, Strongs, Clintons and Bushes. And the evil Alien Queen’s nest is at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the Council on Foreign Relations and center of the Invisible Government of the United States.

It has become evident that the people who control the Invisible Government of the United States want to destroy this country — this is basically what the New Gay World Order is all about. This is difficult to understand, because not even some of the worst dictators and tyrants the world has known wanted to destroy their own countries. Perhaps an explanation for this is that, with the exception of the Rockefellers and the Morgans, the rest of the people who constitute the Invisible Government of the United States — the Warburgs, the Rothschilds, the Schiffs, the Lehmans, the Kuhns, the Loebs, — are not even Americans and don’t care a rat’s ass about this country, its Constitution and its people

For close to a century, the CFR has been the main source of anti-American activity in the world. The main goals of this group of international bankers have been the elimination of the U.S. sovereignty, the opening of the borders and the cancellation of the Constitution, as well as the elimination of 85 percent of the planet’s population and the reduction of the survivors to pre-industrial levels of consumption in a global government under their control.

CFR members have openly spoken about their agenda in innumerable occasions.

In 1942, the chairman of the National Council of Churches and CFR founder John Foster Dulles, issued a report claiming that “a new order of economic life is both imminent and imperative,” and called for

… a world government, strong immediate limitation of national sovereignty, international control of all armies and navies, a universal system of money, world-wide freedom of immigration, progressive elimination of all tariff and quota restrictions on world trade and a democratically controlled world bank.

In 1944, a Confidential CFR memorandum to the State Department read:

The sovereignty fetish is still so strong in the public mind that there would appear to be little chance of winning popular assent to American membership in anything approaching a superstate organization. Much will depend on the kind of approach which is used in further popular education….

In his 1945 book Modern Man is Obsolete, CFR member Norman Cousins stated:

We even debate the question of “surrendering” some of our sovereignty — as though there is still something to surrender. There is nothing left to surrender. There is something to gain. A common world sovereignty … would mean that no state could act unilaterally from the central authority as a method to achieve its aims. . . . There is no need to discuss the historical reasons pointing to and arguing for world government.

In September 1946, in an address to the UNESCO, Assistant Secretary of State William B. Benton (CFR), stated:

You are expected to help carry out the UNESCO program within the United States. … We are at the beginning of a long process of breaking down the walls of national sovereignty.

In 1952, the 30th anniversary issue of Foreign Affairs published “Reflections on Our National Purpose,” a leading article by CFR member Kingman Brewster, Jr. In it, he expresses his idea that the U.S. national purpose should be to abolish the American nation. According to Brewster,

It is hard to see how we will engage the youth, and stand any chance of competing for the respect of mankind generally, if we continue to be more concerned with the sovereignty of nations than with the ultimate sovereignty of peoples.

The CFR’s concerted attack on the U.S. sovereignty didn’t pass unnoticed by the American people and many Americans expressed their distaste for this treacherous organization. As a result, in 1952, in response to growing concern about the illicit, conspiratorial activities of the CFR, the U.S. Congress created a Special Committee on Tax Exempt Foundations (commonly referred to as the Reece Committee). The final report in 1954 stated that the Committee had found that the CFR controlled most of these Foundations and it’s aim was to abolish national sovereignty and that the CFR “overly propagandizes the globalist concept.” Its two main objectives are world government and global banking.

Unfortunately, nothing came out of the Reece Committee. But, in 1956 the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) J. Edgar Hoover (not a CFR member), received hundreds of letters from concerned citizens and members of Congress, accusing the Council on Foreign Relations of treason and promoting communism through its agents infiltrated into the U.S. government. Hoover ordered an investigation but, soon after, President Eisenhower (CFR) dictated an order prohibiting the FBI from investigating federal government employees.

You don’t need to be a “conspiracy theorist” to reach the conclusion that an anti-American, internationalist organization, whose goal is the elimination of the U.S. national sovereignty and borders as a first step to create a one-world government, has infiltrated and is now in control of the U.S. government.

As an American, you should be concerned after knowing that the CFR, an organization whose members have not been elected by the American people, has successfully penetrated the three branches of the American government, particularly the executive branch. The CFR has penetrated since its creation the U.S. diplomatic corps and its intelligence services. It is now in an accelerated process of penetrating the U.S. military.

During the administration of George H. W. Bush, most Cabinet members were also CFR members. You should be even more concerned after knowing that the number of CFR members in the Clinton, George W. Bush and Obama administrations was even higher. In these four administrations, most members of the powerful National Security Council have been also CFR members. The number of CFR members in the Obama administration has broken all previous records.

Given the fact that, like horse whisperers, members of the Cabinet and the NSC are the ones who tell American presidents what to do, it happens that the list of the people who have had a cardinal role in the revolutionary changes America has experienced in the past 50 years reads like a membership roster of the Council on Foreign Relations. This cannot be the product of a coincidence.

Actually, behind every act of treason to the American people, and aggression against the peoples of the world, you will find, hiding in the shadows, one or more members of the Council on Foreign Relations.

I think that one of the things President Trump should do as soon as he is sworn as President is to reopen the investigation of the CFR’s treacherous activities. If what we suspect is confirmed by the facts, this anti-American organization must be banned and its members banned to run for office or occupy government positions. The main culprits must be charged with treason and, if found guilty, sent to prison.

Also, the more than a hundred of senior members of the U.S. military who have betrayed America by joining this treacherous organization must be dishonorably discharged and tried for high treason. The ones already retired must lose their retirement benefits.

The CFR is mainly an organization of the bankers, to the bankers and for the bankers. Those bankers are the ones who own the U.S. national is rapidly reaching $20 billion. This means that every American citizen owes $61,339.00 to the bankers and every taxpayer owes them $166,773.00.

This humongous debt is unpayable. Moreover, is morally repugnant and unethical that American taxpayers need to work so hard to feed the banking leeches by paying every year the interest of this debt. Usury must end. The U.S. debt must be terminated!

So, one of the first things President Trump should do is to cancel the U.S. national debt. He can accomplish this very easily by sending, delivered by military courier, a letter to every loan shark banker who owns the Fed containing a $1.00 bill as final payment for the debt, politely reminding them that the U.S. has the most powerful military forces in the world and would not tolerate any reprisals. Next, he should end the Federal Reserve Bank and order the Treasury Department to print U.S. dollars backed by gold and silver.

Once the evil Alien Queen is deprived of her sustenance and her nest is destroyed, she will die and Americans will finally heave a huge sigh of relief.

Requiescat in Inferno!

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2017 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




We must not trust agent Trumpovsky

By Paco the Toad

(Servando is on vacation visiting friends in Rwanda and Burundi. This article was written by his colleague Paco the Toad. Paco is Pepe the Frog’s twin brother. He lives in Commiefornia.)

Humor and satire are the second-best tools to fight tyranny. — Servando Gonzalez.

I really liked Donald Trump. I never doubted his intention of making America great again. Nevertheless, after knowing that John McCain, a real American hero who never told a lie and a true conservative who has never found a war he didn’t like, is accusing Trump of being a secret agent of the Communist tyrant Vladimir Putin,[1] I have to confess that now I have some serious doubts about Tump.

Moreover, after doing some research on the Internet I found disturbing facts that have compounded my doubts. Why does Trump refuse to show his birth certificate? Is it true that he never drives because he doesn’t have a valid driver’s license? Why has he ordered to seal all his student records? Why does he have a Social Security card from Oklahoma, a state where he has never lived?

The idea that Donald Trump is nothing but an impostor and Putin’s secret agent may seem a little difficult to accept, but actually it is the only one that can fully explain why Trump won the election. Evidently, Trump stole the election from Hillary Clinton thanks to an anti-democratic feature called the Electoral College. Some people suspect that it was introduced in the American electoral system by Putin’s agents. Adding to the suspicion is the fact that, as I found in WikiLies, the term “electoral college” is actually the literal translation of the Russian term “electaralnya callegya,” a concept introduced to the Soviet Constitution in 1929 by Communist leader Vladimir Lenin.

What if McCain is right? What if, as some Liberal progressive CIA officers suspect, Donald Trump is actually Ivan Ivanovitch Trumpovsky, a KGB sleeper[2] who has been pushed to the White House by Putin’s KGB hackers? What if agent Trumpovsky’s true goal is not to make America great again, but to destroy America as we know it and turning it into a Communist dictatorship?

These are very serious concerns we should consider.

Now, if agent Trumpovsky wants to destroy America, how he will do it? What measures he would take? His KGB controllers most likely have already given him a cell phone and a pen. What Executive Orders he would sign?

Well, the very first thing he will do is to destroy America’s integrity as a sovereign country by opening the borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens, some of them people who don’t share America’s values and some who are outright criminals. Another thing he may do is bringing to the country thousands of “refugees” from Muslim countries.

Then, to guarantee that eventually the alien invaders take control of America by sheer force of their numbers, he will promote abortion among American women. To this effect he will create a pro-abortion organization he will duplicitously call Planned Parenthood.

Moreover, to guarantee the destruction of the family, he most promote feminism and the right of women to work. This will leave the children in the hands of Communist militants to be educated as anti-Christian Communists.

In coordination with the above, agent Trumpovsky will turn our schools and universities into centers of Communist indoctrination. In order to avoid criticism from American patriots he may also create the concept of “palitichesky karrectnyesni” [Russian for political correctness]. Also, under the false idea of multiculturalism he may encourage the substitution of American values for other values [or lack of them]. This is very dangerous, because, as John McCain and other conservative patriots know, Vladimir Putting has turned Russia into a Communist anti-Christian nation. So, Christianity is one of the things agent Trumpovsky will try to eradicate in America.

Also, if he wants to destroy the American middle class and the U.S. economy as a whole, Trumpovsky may encourage big corporations to close their factories here and outsource the jobs to lower-paying countries such as Mexico and China. He may also pass laws allowing the corporations to avoid paying taxes for earnings abroad.

In order to force Americans to lower their standard of living without being blamed for it, he may use the mainstream media and corrupt scientists to convince the people that the planet is warming up, the Polar bears are dying, Miami will soon be under 30 feet of sea water, and the only way to stop the catastrophe is by eating less, driving less, and becoming dirty poor.

One sure thing agent Trumpovsky may try is to impose on Americans an ineffcient system of public health. He may call it the Affordable Communist Care Act — which will prove to be totally unaffordable for most Americans.

Also, following the principle of “divide and conquer,” agent Trumpovsky may foment racial hatred and discontent among minorities. He will easily accomplish this by allegedly fighting against racial prejudices and discrimination.

Another thing this KGB agent will surely do is change the U.S. military, a fine-tuned fighting machine, into a lab for social engineering. Soon after we will see gay flags flying at the Pentagon.

If agent Trumpovsky really wants to destroy America’s love for freedom a sure thing to do is to create, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorists, a KGB-operated Transportation Security Administration. The TSA would be an efficient tool in turning Americans into sheep. In a short time we will have generations of American sheeple who cannot conceive boarding a plane without taking their shoes off and being groped by a commie pervert.

Communists detest freedom, so, a thing agent Trumpovsky most likely may try is to create a false flag attack on a big American city and blame foreign terrorists for it. This attack may justify his creation of a Stasi-like organization he may name the Officialnyi Homelandsky Securichestvy (Office of Homeland Security). After this, he may militarize the police and change America into a police state very similar to what a country occupied by the Russian Army would look like.

Also, in coordination with the Communists-controlled CIA, agent Trumpovsky will launch a disinformation campaign to make Americans believe that the 9/11 attacks were carried out by Muslim terrorists, not by members of the anti-American organization Communists for Revolution (CFR) infiltrated in the U.S. government. People who questioned this will be called “conspiracy theorists.”

Last, but not least, one thing agent Trumpovsky surely will do is ban guns in the hands of law-abiding Americans.[3] Guns are the people’s last line of defense against tyranny, so the Russian Communists will try to deprive Americans of their guns before invading and imposing their Communist totalitarian dictatorship upon us.

Well, all of this is very scary.

I don’t know about you, but as a true Liberal progressive I am awash in frustration, anger, hopelessness, confusion and fear. It seems that agent Trumpovsky’s goal is to destroy our cherished democracy and force us to live in fear without even a semblance of honor, dignity and safety in a communist representative Republic guided by a Constitution written long ago by white male rich Communists.

Finally, one of the things that will give us a clear indication if agent Trumpovsky is pushing America into the road of Communism is the composition of his Cabinet. If his Secretary of State, National Security Adviser, Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the Treasure, CIA Director, UN Ambassador and Chief of Staff are members of the dreaded Communists for Revolution (CFR) organization, this would be a danger red flag. The CFR is a treacherous anti-American organization whose ultimate goal is turning America into a Communist country.

So, if you see any of those things I have mentioned above beginning to happen in America, it would be a clear signal to run for the hills and rebel against agent Trumpovsky and his evil master, Communist atheist Vladimir Putin.[4]

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinions expressed in this article are solely the opinions of Paco the Toad and are not necessarily the opinions of NewsWithViews.com, its employees, representatives, their pets, or other contributing writers, including Servando Gonzalez.]

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2017 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




Are the CFR conspirators trying to overthrow Trump

In a previous article I explained how the CFR globalist conspirators created the Central Intelligence Agency only to protect and advance their own interests, and how the Agency has never worked for the American people.[1]It seems that currently they are using their CIA to overthrow President-Elect Donald Trump.

Granted, this is not the first time the CFR conspirators have used the CIA to overthrow world leaders who don’t comply with their wishes. Just a few years after they created the CIA in 1948, they used it to overthrow the Prime Minister of Iran and the President of Guatemala.

Initially, the CIA was structurally divided into four different directorates: Intelligence, Support, Administration, and Plans, each one headed by a Deputy Director. Eventually the Directorate of Administration disappeared, and the Directorate of Science and technology was created. As is everything related to the CIA, however, the name “Directorate of Plans” was intentionally highly misleading. It actually had to do with the armed branch of the CIA, the one devoted to covert military operations of sabotage, subversion, terrorism, and psychological warfare.

After the end of World War II, Allen Dulles served as a government consultant in matters of intelligence. In 1948, after the CIA’s “failure” to forecast Colombia’s Bogotazo riots of April 9, 1948, Dulles was appointed to chair a three-man commission responsible for assessing the U.S. Pintelligence system and the CIA’s failure to predict the Bogotazo.[2]

The Dulles Report of 1949 (also known as the “Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report”) was a hatchet job on CIA Director Admiral Roscoe Hillenkoetter. It held Hillenkoetter responsible for what it considered a major and ongoing failure in intelligence coordination.[3] It is interesting to see that the common explanation for CIA’s alleged “failures” —not connecting the dots for lack of inter-agency communication— was an excuse invented less than a year after the Agency was created and the CFR conspirators have consistently continued using it ad nauseam. One of the latest examples was the 9/11 Commission Report.

Hillenkoetter was a professional military man, the first CIA Director and the third Director of Central Intelligence of three short-tenured directors of a transitional organization called the Central Intelligence Group —the first two had been Admiral Sidney Souers and General Hoyt Vandenberg. When in the spring of 1947 the Central Intelligence Group was renamed Central Intelligence Agency, Admiral Hillenkoetter, who was not under the control of the CFR conspirators, became CIA’s first Director.

As a result of Dulles’ biased report and his conspiratorial activities behind the curtains, supported by undersecretary of State Robert Lovett (CFR-controlled, Skull & Bones) and Robert Blum (CFR), an aide to Defense Secretary James Forrestal (CFR),[4] in October 1950 Hillenkoetter was substituted by General Walter Bedell Smith, a CFR member.[5] A year later, in 1951, Dulles was made CIA’s Deputy Director for Plans, the CIA’s clandestine arm in charge of covert operations.

Two years later, in 1953, CFR agent President Dwight D. Eisenhower appointed Allen Dulles Director of Central Intelligence and CIA Director. Finally, the CFR conspirators were in full command of the aberrant monster they had created: the CIA. The very same year he was appointed CIA Director, Dulles and his Wall Street masters used the CIA to overthrow the Iranian nationalist leader, Prime Minister Mohammed Mossadegh.

In 1928 the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, the Royal Dutch-Shell, and the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company had formed a powerful oil cartel. But Mossadegh nationalized Iran’s oil production, breaking the oil cartel. This action sealed Mossadegh’s fate. Some American oil companies, in which Dulles was directly involved, feared their interests had been threatened by Mossadegh’s nationalist views. In 1953 Dulles used the newly created CIA’s covert action branch to overthrow Mossadegh by a CIA planned and executed coup d’ètat. The CIA had used its covert action capacity not to protect the interests of the American people, but the interests of the CFR conspirators.

The Iranian operation was so successful, that they repeated it a year later. In 1954 the CIA planned and executed Operation Ajax, the coup d’ètat that overthrew Guatemala’s democratically-elected head of state President Jacobo Arbenz. The reason for this was not because Arbenz threatened the American people but because, a few months after being elected, he nationalized some unused land owned by the United Fruit Company.

Allen Dulles and his brother John Foster Dulles were partners in the Wall Street law firm of Sullivan & Cromwell. Among their important clients was the Rockefeller-owned United Fruit. With John Foster Dulles heading the State Department and Allen Dulles heading the CIA, they were the czars of Eisenhower’s foreign policy, and they made sure that the interests of Sullivan & Cromwell clients weren’t ignored.

The Guatemalan coup, which cost American taxpayers $20 million (a considerable amount of money at the time), was perhaps a setback for American interests in Latin America, because it reinforced the image of an imperial U.S. forcibly affecting the destinies of her Latin American neighbors. It was, however, a total success for CIA director Allen Dulles and his powerful CFR masters.

The Mossadegh and Arbenz operations were so successful that the CFR conspirators have repeated the same procedure again and again with good results. Some years later they repeated it again in Chile.

In 1973, after a long process of destabilization carried out by both the CIA and Fidel Castro, democratically-elected Chilean President Salvador Allende was overthrown by a coup d’ètat. The Agency had run a powerful propaganda campaign against Allende, directed at convincing the conservative middle classes that Allende was a Stalinist would-be despot and a tool of Moscow and Castro. On his part, Castro carried out a propaganda campaign directed at convincing the Left that Allende was not radical enough.

It was not a coincidence that John McCone (CFR), a former CIA Director, headed ITT, one of the U.S. corporations actively involved in the coup. Also, war criminal Henry Kissinger (CFR) played an active role in the coup against Allende.

But the CIA’s nefarious activities have not been limited to actions abroad. Despite the fact that the CIA is not supposed to act in US territory, CFR agents infiltrated inside the Agency have used it to overthrow at least two American presidents: John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon, and were very close to overthrowing President Reagan to bring their secret agent George H.W. Bush into the White House.

What is new, however, is that the CFR conspirators are currently using the CIA in a desperate effort to overthrow not a sitting US president but a President Elect. Now, in order to fully understand why the CFR conspirators are planning such an unprecedented thing we need to really understand what really happened in the past presidential election.

If you believe what the mainstream media and the disinformers of both sides of the Repucratic coin are trying to make us believe, the past election was a victory for Republican candidate Donald Trump over Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. Moreover, it was a victory for conservative Americans in their fight against liberal, progressives.

 Nothing could be farther from the truth.

The result of the past election was not a victory for Donald Trump. Actually, it was a calamitous defeat for the forces behind the New Gay World Order, particularly the CFR conspirators and their minions.

To top it off, Trump’s election by the American people has coincided with the Brexit, the growing collapse of the European Union, Russia’s strong opposition to their New Gay World Order, the CFR’s failure to overthrow Assad in Syria to give control of the whole Middle East to extremist Muslims, the refusal of Philippine’s President Duterte to play their game, and the Colombian people’s rejection of a Peace Accord with the murderous, corrupt FARC guerrilla.[6]

No wonder the CFR conspirators are so nervous and concerned about their future. It seems, though, that they still refuse to accept the reality of their defeat and are desperately planning to avoid at all costs that Donald Trump becomes the next president of the United States — even if to avoid it they have to push America into a nuclear Armageddon. The CIA, Obama, and their lapdog John McCain, a traitor and one of the most despicable characters of American politics, are working hard to push America into it.

Currently, the same people who told us that Saddam Hussein was stockpiling weapons of mass destruction in Iraq are now desperately trying to delegitimize Trump by claiming that the Russian government influenced the results of the election. Moreover, impostor Barry Soetoro has declared that he plans to stay in Washington D.C. with Michael in order to create a “shadow government” to fight President Trump.[7] Now, given the fact that Soetoro is a mentally-retarded moron, one has to conclude that his “shadow government” will be fully under the control of the Invisible Government controlled by the Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

Nevertheless, we should not be surprised by the globalist conspirators’ knee-jerk reaction. They have plenty of reasons to be scared to death.

It is evident that one of Trump’s goals is to disassemble the New Gay World Order machinery the globalist conspirators have so carefully been assembling during the past hundred years. An investigation of Obama’s true place of birth may bring him to a long vacation in a federal prison and will automatically invalidate all his executive orders and maybe even his nominations to the Supreme Court. An investigation into Hillary’s shady deals through her Foundation may send her to join Obama. An investigation of McCain’s activities at the Hanoi Hilton may uncover his dirtiest secret. An investigation of the roles of George W. Bush, Dick Cheney and other CFR members in the 9/11 events may bring stiff penalties to them and their accomplices. Even worse, an investigation of the treacherous role of the Council on Foreign Relations may result in its destruction.[8]

Obviously, the CFR conspirators cannot risk these possibilities. For them, preventing a Trump presidency is a matter of life or death.

During a 1992 interview with Sarah McLendon, at the time a senior journalist of the White House press corps, George G.W. Bush told her: “Sarah, if the American people ever find out what we have done, they would chase us down the street and lynch us.”[9] Well, currently a large majority of the American people has found out, and apparently the CFR conspirators have not yet realized that the only person who stands between them and the lynch mobs is Donald Trump. He is their only chance they have to solve this problem in a legal, civilized way.

So, the traitorous CFR conspirators should tread carefully, and not underestimate Trump and his allies. The fact that he has already selected for this cabinet several prestigious retired military officers indicates that he is prepared for any contingency, including an attempt at coup d’etat.

The best the CFR conspirators should do is accept their defeat, keep their agents and puppets under a tight leash, and avoid an incident that may bring them dire consequences.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.


Footnotes:

1. Servando Gonzalez, “Ban the CIA. Now!” NewsWithViews.com, December 23, 2006.
2. For an in depth analysis of the Bogotazo and Fidel Castro’s role in it see Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order.
3. In his study of the first years of the CIA, The Central Intelligence Agency: An Instrument of Government to 1950 (University Park, Pennsylvania: The Pennsylvania State University Press, 1990), Arthur B. Darling, the Agency’s first official historian and a scholar of honor and integrity, heavily criticized the Dulles-Jackson-Correa report. When Allen Dulles became CIA Director in 1953 he restricted access to Darling’s study, which was not made public until 1990.
4. Forrestal eventually became one of the CFR’s strongest critics, but at the time of the Hillenkoetter affair he was still under the control of the conspirators. Like many CFR critics, Forrestal committed suicide under strange circumstances.
5. In honor to truth, at that time even some CFR members were not fully under the control of the CFR conspirators. I think General Bedell Smith was one of them.
6. According to some analysts, the main reason why the “No” won the plebiscite was because of the several mentions of special treatment for LGBT people. See Nicholas Casey, “Colombian Opposition to Peace Deal Feeds Off Gay Rights Backlash.” The New York Times, October 8, 2016. Given the fact that the initial document allegedly was created in Cuba, I have the feeling that it was actually written at the CFR.
7. See Roberet Jonatan, “President Obama Creating an Anti-Trump Shadow Government, Author Ed Klein Claims,” Inquieitr.com, December 19, 2016.
8. In 1956 FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover (not a CFR member) received hundreds of letters from concerned citizens and members of Congress, accusing the Council on Foreign Relations of treason and promoting communism through its agents infiltrated in the U.S. government. Hoover ordered an investigation but, soon after, President Eisenhower (CFR) dictated an order prohibiting the FBI from investigating federal government employees. For the whole story see “Warning! How the FBI’s Criminal-Espionage Investigation of the CFR Was Foiled. [Link]
9. Robert Morrow. “Jeb Bush, Oliver North and the Murder of CIA Drug Smuggler Barry Seal in 1986.” Daily Kos. May 13, 2013.


 

 




Disband the CIA – now!

Currently, the same people who created “Remember the Maine,” “Remember Pearl Harbor,” “Remember he Gulf of Tonkin” and “Remember 9/11,” have pulled another rabbit out of their magician’s hat: “Remember the Russians.” Seemingly, they want to kill two birds with the same stone: stealing the election from Trump and begin the new Cold War they have been craving. Obviously, they are still under the wrong assumption that we are nothing but a bunch of idiots.

The ongoing disinformation campaign has been orchestrated by the CFR’s globalist conspirators using their beloved CIA[1] to launch a disinformation PsyOp accusing the Russians of messing in the recent election in an effort to undermine the nomination of President-Elect Donald Trump. Nevertheless, the CIA’s role in the charade has given us the best opportunity to get rid once and for all of this treacherous organization.

It is difficult, however, to understand the CIA’s current behavior without taking a look at the true reason why it was created and who created it.

After the disaster at the Bay of Pigs[2] President Kennedy in private cursed “CIA bastards” for luring him into the debacle and told a friend he wanted to “splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it into the winds.”[3] Then, he fired CFR agent and CIA Director Allen Dulles. Soon after, it was the CIA, in close collaboration with their agent Castro, the ones who splintered Kennedy into a thousand pieces.[4]

The CIA was the illegitimate child of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), a spy agency fully under the control of the CFR globalist conspirators.[5] A spate of books has been written about the OSS’s heroic actions during WWII. The truth, however, is quite different. The OSS’s three main successes were serving East Europe to Joe Stalin on a silver platter, creating the Rat Lines to allow Nazi war criminals escape from justice, and assassinating General George Patton.[6]

Of the many books about the CIA, written by both apologists and critics, only a few authors have found the true key to decipher the mystery behind this secretive organization. One of them is Col. L. Fletcher Prouty, U.S. Air Force (Ret.), and the other is Ralph W. McGehee, a retired CIA officer.

In his excellent study of the CIA, The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World, Prouty explains how a group of CIA officers managed, through the administration of selective information to the President and other government leaders, to virtually control the U.S. Government. According to Prouty, “The CIA is a great, monstrous machine with tremendous and terrible power.”

Prouty’s book was initially published in New York by Prentice Hall in 1973, but the book was practically censored and disappeared from the bookstores. Then, new editions were printed in 1992 and 1997. In the Preface of the second edition of his book, published in 1992, Prouty affirms:

I was the first author to point out that the CIA’s most important ‘Cover Story’ is that of an ‘Intelligence’ agency.” Of course the CIA does make use of ‘intelligence’ and ‘intelligence gathering,’ but that is largely a front for its primary interest, ‘Fun and Games.’ Its allies, and its method of operation, are the principal subjects of this book.

In the Preface to the 1997 edition of his book, Prouty expanded even more on the subject,

The CIA is the center of a vast, and amorphous mechanism that specializes in Covert Operations … or as Allen Dulles always called it, “Peacetime Operations.” In this sense, the CIA is the willing tool of a higher level High Cabal, that may include representatives and highly skilled agents of the CIA and other instrumentality’s of the government, certain cells of the business and professional world and, almost always, foreign participation. It is this ultimate Secret Team, its allies, and its method of operation that are the principal subject of this book.

Contrary to other authors and perhaps conscious of the principle that in intelligence and espionage things are seldom what they seem, Prouty was not fooled by misleading appearances. At the very end of his book, he clearly states that, though the CIA is very powerful, “. . . in the majority of cases, the power behind it is big business, big banks, big law firms and big money. The Agency exists to be used by them.”

Moreover, in an article Prouty wrote for the February 1986 issue of Freedom magazine, he clarifies even more the issue:

The CIA is the best friend of the top executives of America’s biggest business, and it works for them at home and abroad. It is always successful in the highest echelons of government and finance. … Translated into everyday terms, [William] Casey’s CIA, as was Allen Dulles’ CIA, is one of the true bastions of power as a servant of the American and transnational business and financial community.

The other author who cut to the chase was Ralph W. McGehee, a former CIA officer. In the Introduction to his book Deadly Deceits: My 25 Years in the CIA, McGehee states,

… the CIA is the covert action arm of the Presidency. Most of its money, manpower, and energy go into covert operations that, as we have seen over the years, include backing dictators and overthrowing democratically-elected governments. The CIA is not an intelligence agency. In fact it is an anti-intelligence agency, producing only the information wanted by policymakers to support their plans and suppressing information that does not support those plans. As the covert action arm of the President, the CIA uses disinformation, much of it aimed at the U.S. public, to mold opinion. It employs the gamut of disinformation techniques from forging documents to planting and discovering “communist” weapons caches. But the major weapon in its arsenal of disinformation is the “intelligence” it feeds to policymakers.[7]

At the end of his book McGehee gets even closer to the source of the problem when he modifies his previous statement that the CIA is the covert arm of the President, and changes it to affirm that actually it is the covert action arm of the President’s policy advisers. And that simple modification makes a great difference, because in it resides the hidden truth of the matter. I am quoting below his statement in full:

The CIA is not now nor has it ever been a central intelligence agency. It is the covert action arm of the President’s foreign policy advisers. In that capacity it overthrows or supports foreign governments while reporting “intelligence” justifying those activities. It shapes its intelligence, even in such critical areas as Soviet nuclear weapon capability, to support presidential policy. Disinformation is a large part of its covert action responsibility, and the American people are the primary target audience of its lies.[8]

If you still don’t know it, most CIA Directors and foreign policy advisers of U.S. Presidents since WWII have been members of the treasonous Council on Foreign Relations.

So, it is obvious that both Prouty and McGehee were convinced that, far from being the ultimate culprit, the CIA is just a tool. But, whose tool? Unfortunately, neither Prouty nor McGehee name names. But it is obvious that both authors are talking about the people behind the curtains who control our lives, the ones Prouty calls “The Secret Team,” and others have called the Invisible Government of the United States of America.[9]

More recently, a few more authors are reaching the same conclusion. For example, Paul David Collins is convinced that,

The problematic intelligence organization seems to have been engaged in nefarious activity since its inception. What is the explanation for the Agency’s seemingly systemic corruption? Anti-government writers claim that CIA corruption stems from the fact that the Agency is an organ of a corrupt government. However, this contention is a gross oversimplification. While the Agency does have a government charter, it can only be considered a quasi-governmental organization. For the most part, the Agency is the enforcement arm of its “founding fathers.” While these “founding fathers” use national governments as their personal prostitutes, they inhabit a stratum that exists above governments. The “founding fathers” are the Power Elite.[9]

Another author who pointed exactly to the right direction is Henry Makow. According to Makow,

Our main misconception about the CIA is that it serves U.S. interests. In fact, it has always been the instrument of a dynastic international banking and oil elite (Rothschild, Rockefeller, Morgan) coordinated by the Royal Institute of International Affairs[10] in London and their U.S. branch, the Council on Foreign Relations.[11]

In an article entitled “Chinagate: The Third-Way Scandal,” author Richard Poe reaches a similar conclusion. According to Poe, “When the Cold War ended, the CIA took on a new job —helping U.S. corporations compete in the global marketplace.”[12]

Poe’s assertion, however, is not fully true. The CIA didn’t take a new job. Since its very creation — actually since its very conception in the minds of its true creators— the CIA’s real, secret job has never been protecting and advancing the interests of the American people but of the Invisible Government of the United States: Wall Street and international bankers, oil magnates, and CEOs of global corporations. The CIA’s job is not new, the only difference is that the Agency is now doing it more openly and that the corporations the CIA is helping in their fight to destroy their competitors are transnational, not American.

Since its very creation the CIA has never been an intelligence agency, but an elaborate hoax, a subterfuge and a cover to justify and disguise the existence of the conspirators’ secret military arm. It has also served as a sort of bullfighters’ red cape to distract the American people’s attention by focusing it on the puppet instead of the real source of the problem: the puppeteers who control the action behind the curtains.

On July 26, 1947, President Harry S. Truman signed into law the National Security Act establishing the National Security Council (NSC). It also created the Central Intelligence Agency as well as the Secretary of Defense, the Joints Chiefs of Staff and a separate Air Force branch of the military. This marked the official beginning of the Cold War, an artificial creation of the CFR conspirators.

The NSC was allegedly created to manage the bloated foreign policy, military and intelligence apparatus of the U.S. government. But the National Security Act, like most important U.S. Government documents, had not been written at the White House but at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the CFR. Given the fact that at the time some American presidents were not fully under the conspirators’ control, its true purpose was to create a shadow organization whose members, acting as blinders, controlled the presidents by controlling the information reaching them. It is not a coincidence that, since its creation, most National Security Council members, including the Presidents’ National Security Advisors, have been secret CFR agents.

The National Security Council included the President, the secretary of state, the new secretary of defense, the secretaries of the military departments, and the chairman of the new National Security Resources Board. According to the act, the responsibility of the NSC was:

To advise the President with respect to the integration of domestic, foreign, and military policies relating to the national security so as to enable the military services and the other departments and agencies of the Government to cooperate more effectively in matters involving the national security.

The National Security Act gave the National Security Council just advisory, not executive powers, much less gave the newly created CIA authority to carry on covert operations abroad. But, just a few months later, on December 1947, NSC directive 4-A made the Director of Central Intelligence responsible for psychological warfare.

Then, less than a year after it was created, the NSC pushed the envelope even further and illegally assumed executive powers. On June 18, 1948, the National Security Council produced NSC 10-2, a directive that superseded NSC 4-A and was kept secret from the American government and people for many long years. NSC 10-2 authorized the CIA to conduct not only psychological but also all types of covert warfare operations.

The result is that, since the end of the Second World War, the CFR conspirators, through their secret agents in the NSC, have been putting blinders on American Presidents and giving them the mushroom treatment — keeping them in the dark, and feeding them manure. This guarantees that the President’s most important policy decisions are the ones already made at the Harold Pratt House in Manhatttan.

If one is to believe he U.S. Government’s narrative about the 9/11 events (which I never bought), the CIA, the NSA and the rest of alphabet soup of intelligence agencies failed miserably to alert us about the attacks. Surprisingly, however, nobody at the CIA or the NSA was demoted, much less fired, as the result of such catastrophic failure to accomplish their mission for which We the People pay billions of dollars every year.

So, I think that, as soon as he is sworn into Office, the first thing President Donald Trump should do is to sign an Executive Order disbanding the National Security Council, the CIA and the NSA and passing their functions to the military — the place where such functions belong.

Or, even better, he should sell the CIA and the NSA tax free to Amazon and Apple so they can create their own CIA (Central Intelligence Amazon) and their own NSA (National Security Apple). This way they may save some dough by not having to redesign their logos and we, the American taxpayers, will save a lot of money by not paying for the work of these bunch of useless incompetents and traitors.[13]

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

Footnotes:

1. Out of unavoidable oversimplification, people always refer to actions taken by intelligence services as “the CIA knew,” “the KGB acted,” “the Mossad believed,” etc., forgetting that intelligence services are not homogeneous entities. Due to the application of the need-to-know and compartmentation principles, an inherent characteristic of all intelligence services, the right hand doesn’t know what the left hand is doing, and vice versa. Therefore, when one says, “the CIA knew,” it actually means “some people at the CIA knew.” In the case of critical operations, as in the case of assassination attempts on a foreign leader, it is likely that most people at CIA, including very senior officers, were left in the dark about the operation. On the other hand, there is some evidence that, since the Sixties, the CIA has been not only teeming with liberals but it has had some crypto-leftists among its ranks. Contrary to what most people think, Castro has always had many secret admirers among CIA officers. Some CIA defectors, like Philip Agee, were notoriously pro-Castro. By the way, the story that the CIA tried to kill Castro on several occasions, but always failed due to incompetence, is just bovine manure. For Castro as a secret CIA agent see my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order.
2. The Bay of Pigs operation was actually a success for the CFR conspirators. Its goal was to destroy the anti-Castro opposition and consolidate him in power so that the Russians accepted him as member of the communist camp, and both goals were accomplished. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Spooks Books: Oakland, 2010), pp. 193-200.
3. “CIA: Marker of Policy or Tool? Survey finds widely feared agency is tightly controlled,” The New York Times, April 25, 1966.
4. The assassination of President Kennedy was a CIA-Castro joint operation. More on this on a forthcoming article.
5. On the OSS see, Servando Gonzalez, The Secret Fidel Castro (Spooks Books: Oakland, 2001-2016), pp. 91-107.
6. On the role of the OSS in the assassination of Gen. Patton see Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order, OpCit., pp. 103-107.
7. Ralph W. McGehee, Deadly Deceits: My 25 Years in the CIA (New York, Sheridan Square Publications, 1983), p. xi.
8. Ibid., p. 192.
9. Paul David Collins, “Unholy Matrimony: The Tie Between the Cult of Intelligence and the Cult of Oligarchy,” Conspiracy Archive, Sept. 9th, 2006.
10. The RIIA later changed its name to Chatham House.
11. Henry Makow, “Gloria Steinem: How the CIA Used Feminism to Destabilize Society,” NewsWithViews.com (July 1, 2002).
12. Richard Poe, “Chinagate: The Third-Way Scandal,” in Christopher Ruddy and Carl Limbacher Jr., (eds.), Bitter Legacy: NewsMax.com Reveals the Untold Story of the Clinton- Gore Years (West Palm Beach, Florida: NewsMax.com, 2001), p. 83.
13. Due to limitations of space, the vision of the CIA I have painted is not totally accurate. Actually there are some true patriots working at the CIA. For a more in-depth analysis of the CIA, see my Psychological Warfare and the New World Order, pp. 108-149.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




The beast is finally dead

At end of Fidel Castro’s long life one has to pass a balance and ask what were his biggest successes and what were his biggest failures. I think that the Cuban tyrant had several major accomplishments in his life, and just a single, big failure.

One of his main accomplishments was to fool both friends and enemies into thinking that he was a Communist. Evidence, however, shows that Castro’s ideology — or lack of it[1] — was much more closer to fascism than to communism.

Castro was the son of a rich landlord who sent him to be educated by the Jesuits at the Belén High School in Havana. At the school he fell under the influence of some reactionary priests, and became an avid reader of works by Mussolini, Hitler and Spanish Fascist Primo de Rivera.

Despite his claims on the contrary, Castro was never a Marxist or a Communist, nor a member of the pro-Soviet Cuban Communist Party. By his own admission, he was totally ignorant of Marxist doctrine. Paradoxically, the ones who over and over have claimed that he was a Communist have been Castro himself and his enemies in Miami.

Evidence of Castro’s fascist leanings is shown in his last words in his own defense at the trial for his failed assault of the Moncada Garrison in 1953, “Condemn me, never mind, History will absolve me.” They were very similar to Hitler’s final words in his own defense at the trial for the frustrated 1923 beer-hall putsch “Condemn me, never mind. The Goddess of History will absolve me.” Castro’s words didn’t pass unnoticed to the Cuban Communists,[2] who many times called him a “putchist” — communist lingo for Fascist.

Another of Castro’s accomplishments was his excellent work as a secret agent first for the CIA and later for the CIA’s masters, the CFR globalist conspirators.

In early 1948, when he was a law student at the University of Havana, Castro became a secret tool of the American invisible government when he was recruited by the Central Intelligence Agency, recently created by the Council on Foreign Relations’ conspirators, and sent to Bogotá, Colombia as an agent provocateur to participate in the assassination of leader Jorge Eliécer Gaitán and instigate the Bogotazo riots. Castro’s job was to plant false clues implicating the Colombian communists and the Soviet Union for the riots. The CFR conspirators blamed the Communists for Bogotazo, and used the fear of communism and the Soviet Union to justify the beginning of a long psychological warfare operation against the American people called the Cold War.[3]

Some years later, in 1956, Soviet premier Nikita Khrushchev had launched his new policy of Peaceful Coexistence. According to Khrushchev, the competition between the Soviet Union and the U.S. should continue, but in the commercial, cultural and technological field, not as a military confrontation. The CFR conspirators saw this as a threat to dismantle the enemy they had artificially created. So, they called their good agent Castro to help them solve their problem.

As soon as the CFR conspirators allowed Castro to take power in Cuba in 1959, he managed to infiltrate the Soviets. Nevertheless, to their utter surprise, as soon as they accepted him as part of the Communist Bloc, he began attacking Khrushchev’s doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. To this end, he created and bankrolled anti-U.S. guerrilla movements in Latin America and terrorist groups all around the world and destroyed the pro-Soviet Communist parties in Latin America.

Acting on behalf of his CFR masters, he heated up the Cold War. Nevertheless, despite the fact that Castro was an agent of the most reactionary right, the world leftists saw him as a man of the Left. They failed to see that he was actually a secret agent of the most reactionary people in this planet: oil magnates, international bankers and CEOs of transnational corporations. Nevertheless, he was extremely successful in fooling the lefties and “progressives” of the world to think that he was a man of the Left who cared for the rights of the poor farmers and workers.

Castro’s second main accomplishment in his life was using Cuba as a successful testing ground for the New World Order.

The New World Order conspirators ensconced at the CFR believe that the world is overpopulated and that we the people consume too much of the world’s resources that, by natural law, belong to them. So, their two main goals are depopulation and deindustrialization. That is exactly what Castro accomplished in Cuba.

Contrary to common belief, before Castro took power in 1959, Cuba was not an underdeveloped country. The standard of living and mind-set of average Cubans was so close to their American neighbors that, since the early Fifties, many American marketing companies were using the Island as a proving ground to test their products before launching them in the U.S. Seemingly, the use of Cuba as a testing ground for American products, services and ideas, did not end when Castro took power in 1959. Actually, Castro’s Cuba became a large-scale experiment in social engineering, a test run of the New World Order before its worldwide implementation by the globalist conspirators.

And Castro was highly successful. Less that ten years after he took power, Cuba became one of poorest countries in Latin America. At the time of his death, in most economic and social indexes Cuba today ranks barely above Haiti.

Because of its intrinsic faults, communism was a social and economic failure. But what we are witnessing in Cuba today is not a failure as a result of unsound policies, much less the inefficient American “embargo,” but the success of the deliberate planned destruction of a country and its people, very similar to what the CFR conspirators and their minions have been doing in the U.S.

Castro’s third major accomplishments is having managed to keep having the support and admiration of the American “progressive” Left despite being the main killer of leftist leaders.

There is strong evidence indicating that Castro, acting on behalf of his CFR masters, played a key role in the assassinations of U.S. President John F. Kennedy[4] Chile’s President Salvador Allende[5] and Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez.[6] Also, he betrayed Che Guevara and allowed for Che’s capture and killing in Bolivia.[7]

Another of Castro’s greatest accomplishments is that, despite his hatred for homosexuals, American gays still love him.

Since Castro took power in Cuba, his regime was particularly repressive toward homosexuals, and imposed a maximum 20 years sentence for public expression of homosexuality. Even Castro-friendly CFR agent Herbert Matthews, who visited Cuba several times and moved freely among senior officers of the Castro government, once commented that “There seems to be an unusually strong emotional aversion to homosexuals in Cuba — which Castro shares.”[8]

In 1963 Castro approved Operation P, so called because of a big, black “P” (for prostitutas, pederastas, proxenetas—prostitutes, pederasts, pimps) painted on the uniform of the inmates. Operation P was a massive dragnet that began with a nation-wide census of effeminate homosexuals. Operation P was the first step leading to the creation of the UMAPs (Military Units to Help Production), a euphemism for concentration camps for effeminate homosexuals and other “deviates.” UMAP inmates were under a regime of hard labor and subject to constant verbal and physical abuse, including open attacks and homosexual harassment from their butch, macho jailers.[9]

Those are what I consider Castro’s main accomplishments. But, what about his failures?

I think that Castro’s major failure was his unsuccessful attempt when to destroy the U.S. and the world in 1962. Contrary to his wishes, Castro never became the greatest killer in the modern history of mankind. But it was not for his lack of trying. Neither Hitler nor Stalin ever came as close as Castro to setting off a worldwide nuclear holocaust that would have made the horrors of WWII look pale in comparison.

On October 3, 1962, a few days before the onset of the Cuban missile crisis, Castro sent one of his trusted men, trained terrorist Jorge Santiesteban, to New York on a key mission. As soon as Santiesteban arrived in New York, he contacted the rest of his team that, according to FBI estimates, ranged from twenty-five to fifty people. Their mission was to blow up a big portion of Manhattan, including the Statue of Liberty, Macy’s department store, several subway stations, the 42nd street bus terminal and Grand Central Station, as well as several refineries along the New Jersey shore, including the Humble Oil and Refining Company in Linden. To this effect they stored a huge cache of explosives at Garcia’s shop.[10]

But the saboteurs’ plan was too ambitious and included too many people, and soon the FBI got word of it and detained the main conspirators. Had their plan worked out the way it had been conceived, it would undoubtedly have ignited American public opinion and prompted retaliation against Cuba. Had it occurred during the tense days of the crisis it may have been taken for a Russian preemptive attack on the United States and may have triggered a spasm-like retaliatory strike on the Soviet Union, with unpredictable consequences.

Fortunately, the plan failed. But Fidel Castro is a very resourceful man. After his failed attempt to create a provocation that may have brought a nuclear confrontation between the superpowers, Castro pulled another ace from his sleeve.

On October 26, 1962, at the most critical moment of the Cuban Missile Crisis, Castro visited the Soviet embassy in Havana and stayed through the early hours of the next day writing a letter to Khrushchev. The most important part of the letter is Castro’s efforts to convince Khrushchev that an American invasion of Cuba was imminent, and his request that, in case of such invasion, the Soviet Union should launch a preemptive nuclear attack against the United States. This attack, if carried out, would have unleashed a devastating nuclear exchange that would have killed most of the people in the northern hemisphere.

Fortunately, the Soviet leader didn’t pay attention to Castro’s wishes and the world was saved from nuclear Armageddon. Obviously, Castro’s letter scared Khrushchev, because that same day he began sending conciliatory messages to Kennedy in a desperate effort to put an end to the crisis.

Nevertheless, Castro’s obsession with destroying the U.S. and the world did not end when he wrote this letter to Khrushchev. The next day, at the apex of the crisis, on October 27, 1962, an American U-2 spy plane was shot down on the eastern part of Cuba by a Soviet surface-to-air missile (SAM). Several explanations, some of them conflicting with each other, have been given to explain that bizarre event, but most people agree that the missile was fired in violation of orders from Khrushchev and the Soviet high command.

Following Castro’s orders, and disregarding Soviet advice, in the morning of Saturday, October 27, antiaircraft batteries manned by the Cuban army began firing at American low-flying reconnaissance planes, damaging at least one. As Castro himself told Tad Szulc, “I am absolutely certain that if the low-level flights had been resumed we would have shot down one, two, or three of these planes. . . With so many batteries firing, we would have shot down some planes. I don’t know whether this would have started nuclear war.”[11] Though Cuban crews were operating anti-aircraft guns, the powerful surface-to-air missiles (SAMs) were under the Soviet’s tight control, and the Cubans had no access to the bases and didn’t know how to operate them. Nevertheless, at about 10:00 a.m. of that same Saturday morning, an American U-2 was shot down by a SAM fired from a battery at Los Angeles, near Banes, Oriente province.

Some years later, in 1989, Aleksandr Alekseev, former Soviet ambassador to Cuba and a senior KGB officer who was “turned” by Castro, said that the U-2 was shot down by a “trigger-happy Soviet air defense commander.”[12]

There is, however, another version to the story. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban Army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation is based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and was living in the U.S., seem to confirm Ellsberg’s report.[13]

Though both Castro and the Russians have categorically denied that the attack took place, Raymond L. Garthoff, Special Assistant for Soviet bloc Political/Military Affairs in the State Department during the Kennedy administration, claims that, in fact, from October 28, the Cuban army did surround the Soviet missile bases for three days.[14] It is evident that, whatever really happened, Castro was trying to precipitate a nuclear confrontation between the Soviet Union and the United States.

The Cuban missile crisis was finally resolved in a peaceful way, which apparently was not the way Castro envisioned. Evidence indicates that, since the crisis days, Dr. Strangelove Castro dreaming about pulverizing the United States, and he took strong steps to fulfill his cherished dream. And don’t be misled by the relatively small size of the island of Cuba when compared with the United States. Rest assured that Castro was no small enemy. Herbert Matthews, who knew Castro well, once said, “He is the most dangerous enemy that the United States has ever had in the Western Hemisphere.”[15]

Nevertheless, it seems that Castro never forgot his dream of destroying America and the world.

In 1989 General Rafael del Pino Díaz, the highest-ranking Cuban defector, said that at the time of the Grenada operation in 1983, Castro ordered Cuban MiG 23 pilots to program their computers to attack targets in Florida. Among the selected targets was the Turkey Point nuclear plant, which Castro said had the potential of producing a nuclear disaster larger than Chernobyl.[16] According to Gen. del Pino, Castro’s words were: “I don’t have nuclear bombs, but I can produce a nuclear explosion.”[17]

Gen. del Pino said that, in 1968, when a group of Cubans were authorized to recover a MiG-17 taken to the U. S. by a defector, Cuban agents secretly made detailed photographs of Homestead Air Force Base in Florida. The base, Gen. del Pino said, had been targeted for an air attack by Cuban planes. The intention of the attack, Castro told the Cuban Air Force officers, was to provoke the United States into an even stronger action “so the Soviet Union would become involved.”[18]

So, I think that not being able to become the destroyer of the world was Castro’s main failure in his life.[19]

Finally, if I had to sum up the man in a single sentence, what would I say?

Many years ago, when he was a Law student at the University of Havana, Fidel Castro told a friend that his main ambition in life was to have a page in Cuban history. Well, he may not have a full page dedicated to him, but it is likely that he will get at least one sentence. Fifty years from now, Cuban history textbooks will show a very short mention of Castro in a single sentence:

“Fidel Castro: a corrupt, bloodthirsty tyrant who lived in the times of singer Celia Cruz.”

My hope is that very soon Henry Kissinger, George Soros and their master David Rockefeller may join Fidel Castro in Hell.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

Footnotes:

1. I think that Castro’s true ideology was absolute power. Fidel Castro was basically a Castroist. Proof of it is that Celia Sánchez, Castro’s secretary since the guerrilla days and one of the few person he trusted, was a known anticommunist.
2. Jules Dubois, Fidel Castro (New York: Bobbs-Merrill, 1959), p. 83, and elsewhere. For a comparison of Castro’s and Hitler’s words in their own legal defense see “History Will Absolve Me,” in F. Castro and R. Debray, On Trial (London: Lorringer, 1968), p. 40, and Konrad Heiden, Der Führer (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1944), p. 206. See also William Shirer, The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich (Greenwich, Conn.: Fawcett, 1962), p. 118.
3. The whole event is told in detail in my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Spooks Books: Oakland, California, 210), pp. 150-179.
4. On Castro’s role in the assassination of President Kennedy see Servando Gonzalez, The Secret Fidel Castro ((Spooks Books: Oakland, California, 2001), pp. 96-131.
5. Both Castro and the CIA collaborated in destabilizing the Allende government —the CIA by painting him as a radical leftist and Castro by openly criticizing him for not being radical enough. Moreover, if information that surfaced a few years ago is true, Allende did not commit suicide: the chief of his security detall, Cuban General Patricio de la Guardia, killed him following Castro’s direct orders. See my article “Fidel Castro: Asesino de Allende?,”
6. Servando Gonzalez, “Hugo Chavez: Another Victim of Castro’s High-Tech Political Assassinations?,”
7. On how Castro betrayed Che Guevara see Servando Gonzalez, “We Have Seen the Enemy and He is One of Them,” Part Two.
8. Herbert Matthews, Revolution in Cuba (New York: Scribner’s, 1975), p. 333.
9. See Servando Gonzalez, The Secret Fidel Castro (Spooks Books: Oakland, California, 2001), pp. 220-223.
10. Andrew Tully, White Tie and Dagger (New York: Pocket Books, 1968), pp. 74-78. Tully mistakenly believes the plot was a Soviet idea, but it was Castro’s. The plot is also reported in Andres Oppenheimer, Castro’s Final Hour (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992).
11. Daniel Ellsberg, “The Day Castro Almost Started World War III,” The New York Times, October 31, 1987, p. A7.
12. Dino A. Brugioni, Eyeball To Eyeball (New York: Random House, 1991), pp. 462, 463.
13. [Seymour Hersh, “Was Castro Out of Control in 1962?” in the Washington Post, October 11, 1987; Adrián Montoro, “Moscow Was Caught Between Cuba and U.S.,” the New York Times, November 17, 1987; Rodríguez Menier in personal communication to the author, December 20, 1994. Menier claims he heard the story from Gen. José Abrahantes.
14. James Blight and David Welch, On the Brink (New York: Hill and Wang, 1989), p. 56.
15. See Herbert Matthews, Cuba (New York: Macmillan, 1964), p. 105. CFR agent Herbert Matthews was wrong. The most dangerous enemy of the United States is not foreign but domestic. It is the Council on Foreign Relations, the true masters of Fidel Castro, who allowed him to get in power in Cuba and have been secretly backing him all these years.]
16. See Ernesto Betancourt, “Is Castro Planning a Preemptive Strike Against the U.S.? (Washington, D.C., 1996), p. 4.
17. Jeanne Kirkpatrick, “Is a Stubborn Castro Testing U.S. Defenses?,” the Miami Herald, March 31, 1991, p. 3C.
18. Joseph B. Trester, “Defecting General Says Cuba Has Plans to Raid Base in the U.S if It Is Attacked,” the New York Times, October 11, 1987.
19. American liberals and “progressives” claim they are scared because Trump may push the U.S. to nuclear war, but love from he bottom of their hearts the monster who has brought the world closer to nuclear Armageddon. They are nothing but a bunch of hypocrites.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




Why NWV conspirators fear guns in the hands of the people?

Liberty is not inherent in any form of government, it is in the heart of the free man. — Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Reveries.

No amount of force can control a free man; the most you can do is kill him. — Robert A. Heinlein, “If This Go On.”

New World Order globalist conspirators and their agents keep churning out books advancing all types of anti-gun theories. Among the latest barrage of anti-gun books are: Adam Winkle, Gun Fight: The Battle Over the Right to Bear Arms in America; Dennis A. Henigan, Lethal Logic: Exploding the Myths that Paralyze American Gun Policy; Richard Feldman, Ricochet: Confessions of a Gun Lobbyist; Pamela Haag, The Gunning of America: Business and the Making of American Culture; Robert J. Spitzer, Guns Across America: Reconciling Gun Rules and Gun Rights, and Firmin DeBrabander, Do Guns Make Us Free: Democracy and the Armed Society.

Though the theories advanced in these books range from the illogical to the ridiculous, there are two main arguments characterizing them: first, the authors of these books only fear guns in the hands of law-abiding citizens but not in the hands of criminals or the government. Second, they mostly blame the NRA, gun makers, and the so-called “pro-gun lobby,” for Americans’ love of guns.

Facts, however, refute the NRA-gun lobby theory. The highest number of gun-related deaths in the past twenty years have occurred in Chicago, Detroit, Baltimore, Philadelphia, Cleveland and Oakland,cities under strict gun control laws. So, it makes sense to guess that most of these crimes were committed by people who have acquired their guns by illegal means. Therefore, I’d bet that none of the criminals who committed the murders were NRA members. So, why this fixation of the Left on blaming the NRA for the illegal use of guns by criminals who are not NRA members?

Before going on with this article I would like to make clear two things: I am not a NRA member and, contrary to the NRA, I am not a Second Amendment supporter for the simple reason that basic rights don’t need protection — which explains why there are no amendments to the Constitution protecting the right to life, freedom and property. The reason for this is because those are inherent human rights that don’t need government “protection.”

Actually, the Second Amendment to the U.S. Constitution is redundant, superfluous and unnecessary: the right of the people to own and bear arms should not be infringed because those who own and bear arms will use them against whoever tries to infringe those rights. The government would not protect those rights because historically governments have been the main violators of those rights. Also, if there are rights that need to be protected by the government, they stop being rights and become privileges — such as a driving or fishing license — the government can cancel at will.

Nevertheless, my facetious article “Abolish the Second Amendment,”[1] in which among other things I suggested the NRA should make Obama an honorary member — every time Obama has made an anti-gun speech the NRA membership has increased dramatically — was so misinterpreted and generated such strong criticism from readers lacking a sense of humor that it compelled me to write an even more satirical second part where I further clarified my points.

The second part brought no criticism. I suggest the reader to take a look at my article to see why.

One of the sources of my skepticism about the true motives of the anti-gun activists is that abortionists and prescription drug corporations kill more people in this country than gun owners, but they have never been criticized by the gun grabbers. Another is that the U.S. is the largest seller of military hardware in the world and this role has only increased under the guidance of the impostor and Nobel Peace Prize winner currently living in the White House. No wonder the anti-gun Lefties never include tanks, attack helicopters, aircraft carriers and killer drones[2] among the tools of mass murderers they are so eager to ban.

So, it seems that, at least to some people with a weird sense of logic, killing somebody with a hand gun is bad, but killing his children with a scalpel, or killing him, his family and his dog using a drone is okay.

Nevertheless, the impostor in the White House has used every mass shooting to advance his CFR masters’ anti-gun agenda and has made at least fourteen public statements against guns in the hands of the people. As expected, the CFR-controlled presstitutes in the mainstream media have written innumerable editorials and opinion pieces calling for new laws limiting the people’s access to the tools of protection — which they have tendentiously named “tools of mass murder.”

In an article titled “The Terror of Our Guns,” anti-gun author David Cole expressed his belief that the “individuals inspired by terrorist groups have eagerly adopted the military-style semi-automatic rifle capable of shooting multiple rounds of bullets quickly and accurately as a tool to produce maximum fatalities, mayhem and fear.”[3] Unfortunately, however, Cole does not explain who the “our” in his article is, but it seems he is not referring to al-Qaida or ISIS.

After the Nice, France terrorist attack that killed 85 people dead and injured 303 people, I will expect the gun grabbers adding automatic trucks to the list of killer weapons they want to ban.

One of the anti-gun authors I mention above, Firmin Debrabander, contends that, contrary to the NRA’s claims that the right to bear arms is essential to liberty, guns actually undermine both liberty and democracy. Of course, the guns that he sees undermining both liberty and democracy are the ones in the hands of the people, not in the hands of government thugs.

Another of the authors, Pamela Haag, argues that gun manufacturers have successfully exploited notions of frontier individuality, responsibility and masculinity. Obviously, CFR-brainwashed authors who love collectivism, lack of responsibility and gender confusion are not happy with traditional “frontier” values.

Now, why does the conspirators’-bankrolled “progressive Left” fear guns in the hands of law-abiding, peaceful NRA members but not in the hands of criminals? In the first place, because there is a symbiotic relationship between criminals and the government. Criminals, and now terrorists, give the U.S. government the justification they need for the growing police state in America. Secondly, because while criminals have never rebelled against a tyrannical government, armed citizens are capable of doing so.

Moreover, there has always been a symbiotic relationship between criminals and tyrannical governments. Higher levels of criminality give the government needed pretext for a growing militarized police force.[4]

Both “conservative” Republicans and “progressive” Democrats apparently forget that some of the larger mass shootings in America — from Wounded Knee to Waco — have not been committed by free-lance criminals but by the U.S. government. Nevertheless, most of the people who fear gun in the hands of the citizens don’t seem to fear guns in the hands of government thugs of the growing police state.

According to many of the anti-gun crowd fighting for gun control laws, the National Rifle Association, which they see as a tool of the gun manufacturing industry, is the main force against gun control.[5] But this is nothing but smoke and mirrors. They fear NRA members for the sole reason that most of them are law-abiding, patriotic Americans armed and capable of overthrowing a tyrannical government.

The NRA is the maximum defender of Second Amendment rights. Nevertheless, reading its publications one may reach the conclusion that they do it mostly to protect the people’s right to hunting and self-defense. The truth, however, is that the only reason the Founding Fathers included the Second Amendment in the Bill of Rights had nothing to do with “self-defense” but because they believed that the people needed to keep and bear arms for potential use in an armed insurrection against a tyrannical government.

This explains why a noted scholar specializing in the Second Amendment reached the conclusion that it “had almost nothing to do with the classic ‘self defense’ and everything to do with a civic republican argument that ‘the people’ as a collectivity were entitled to keep and bear arms for potential use in an armed insurrection against a tyrannical government.” He also criticizes most lawyers, whether conservative or liberal, who ignore what he calls “the ‘insurrectionist’ origins” of the Second Amendment.[6]

Now, why does the U.S. Government not want guns in the hands of the American people? Because guns don’t kill people, governments do, and the U.S. Government, hijacked by and fully under the control of the CFR globalist monopolists, hates competition.

The bottom line is that Americans love guns not because of NRA lobbying but because they love freedom and don’t trust the greatest potential enemy of their freedom: the armed to the teeth, CFR-controlled U.S. Government.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews,

Footnotes:

1. Servando Gonzalez, “Abolish the Second Amendment: We Don’t Need it” NewsWithViews.com, December 27, 2014
2. See Jeremy Scahill, The Assassination Complex: Inside the Government’s Secret Drone Warfare Program; David Cortwright, ed., Drones and the Future of Armed Conflict: Ethical, Legal and Strategic Implications, and Andrew Cockburn, Kill Chain: Drones and the Rise of High-Tech Assassins.
3. David Cole, “The Terror of Our Guns,” The New York Review of Books, July 14, 2016, p. 28.
4. See David Whitney, “On Our Knees for America While Domestic Government Agencies Increase Their Arms,” NewsWithViews.com, August 21, 2016,
5. Actually, the NRA has for many years been playing an important role in true gun control by educating its members and their children on safe gun practices by actually having full control on their firearms.
6. Sanford Levinson, “The NRA Didn’t Help,” The New York Review of Books, August 18, 2016, p. 73. Dr. Levinson is Centenial Chair in Law Professor, Department of Government, University of Texas at Austin Law School.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




Seymour Hersh: greatest dots unconnector of American journalism

Though I had read many of Seymour Hersh’s articles about the CIA in the New Yorker and the Washington Post, and read some reviews of his book about the Kennedys, The Dark Side of Camelot, I have to confess that I had never read any of his books in detail, much less critically. Nevertheless, I had a favorable opinion of him, and I thought he was an impartial critic of what is wrong with American politics.

Some months ago, however, mainly motivated by my interest in the Abu Ghraib incident, I began reading his Chain of Command: The Road from 9/11 to Abu Ghraib.[1] What I found has considerably changed my opinion about Hersh.

If there are some elementary norms for writing articles, the ones for writing non-fiction books are much more strict. Probably the most important one is to supply the reader with detailed notes, including name of publication, dates, and page numbers, so that the sources can be verified as truthful and that the quotes or references have not been taken out of context or misinterpreted.

Hersh’s articles show no references at all — which is bad, but somehow acceptable to some extent — but he has extended this sui generis style to book writing, and this is totally unacceptable. A direct result is that Hersh’s articles and books have absolutely no academic or informational value at all.

Moreover, for a person who deals mostly with intelligence and espionage, Hersh shows a total ignorance of a relevant concept in the intelligence profession: the distinction between intelligence and information.

Though intelligence is perhaps one of the most used terms in recent times, it is also one of the most misused. Just after a perfunctory reading of the mainstream press one can conclude that, most of the time, they use the term “intelligence” as a synonym for “information.” But that is a big mistake, because intelligence and information are not synonyms. Actually, they denote two very different things

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[2] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, has to do with the analysis of a piece of information itself in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy of both the source and the information itself, to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information, which must follow a very specific set of rules, is accomplished at the fourth stage of the intelligence cycle.[3]

Unfortunately, just a perfunctory reading of Hersh’s articles and books shows that he does not know the most essential concept of the trade; the difference between information and intelligence. As a result, most, if not all, of the information Hersh provides and tries to pass as intelligence is just information.

Even worse, most of this information is based on hearsay. For example, just by reading a few pages of his Chain of Command, one can find this: “A senior Pentagon Officer said …” (p. 41), “A military consultant with close ties to the Special Operations community told me …” (p. 42), “An attorney involved in the case old me …” (p. 44), “The senior C.I.A. official told me …” (p. 48), “… a former senior intelligence official with direct information about the SAP gave me an account of how …” (p. 49).

Hersh’s violations of the most elementary rules of investigation are so blatant, that David Remnick, his New Yorker editor, felt forced to give an explanation in the Introduction he wrote for the book. According to Remnick,

A word about sources: Throughout this book you will encounter unnamed sources — officials, analysts, ambassadors, soldiers, and covert operatives — described by their jobs or their ranks, by their levels of expertise or their possible motivations, but not their proper names. Readers are often frustrated by this, and understandably so. Far lesser reporters conceal names because it is easier to do or even gives the piece a shadowy sense of big-time investigation. The problem is that in the areas in which Hearst reports, especially intelligence, it is usually impossible to get officials to provide revelatory, even classified, information and, at the same time, announce themselves to the world. They risk their jobs and, at times, prosecution. Also, contrary to what seems to be a very popular belief, the editors do not read the phrase “one high-ranking Army official said” and nod an immediate and grave assent. Trust but verify, as one president used to say. In every case, at The New Yorker, editors working on a piece ask the reporter who the unnamed sources are, what their motivations might be, and if they can be corroborated. (pp. xv-xvi)

Is Seymour Hersh a conduit for CIA disinformation? Well, wittingly or unwittingly he might be. Keep in mind that the best agent[4] is the one that does not know (or doesn’t want to know) that he has been recruited.

I am not implying that what Hersh writes is not true. I am just pointing to the fact that, because there is no way to verify what he writes, you need to take his word as truth. Now, given the fact that intelligence agencies are not reliable sources of information, and that most of what Hersh writes about allegedly has been told to him by intelligence operatives who are trained to become professional liars, one has to conclude that Seymour Hersh is not a reliable source of information. Therefore, the value of this book, as well as much of what he has written about, is highly questionable.

Last January, Hersh shocked the public with another revelation in an article published in the London Review of Books, “Military to Military,” in which he gives alleged inside information about some U.S. military leaders ignoring Obama and bypassing him by having direct contacts with the Russian military.[5]

The most notable thing about Hersh’s article is that both he and the military leaders he interviewed for his article totally ignore the elephant in the living room: the Invisible Government of the United States.

Like many other leftists Hersh apparently believes that a deep, dark cabal is running the U.S. government. Unfortunately, he always looks for it in the wrong place. Initially his target was the “military-industrial complex.” Currently it is the neocons. In a presentation at UC Berkeley on Oct. 8, 2004 he told the audience, “They (the neocons) overran the bureaucracy, they overran the Congress, they overran the press, and they overran the military!”

Hersh apparently ignores that when CFR member President Dwight Eisenhower mentioned the military-industrial-complex in his Farewell address, it had already changed into the military-industrial-banking complex — fully under the control of Wall Street bankers. Moreover, nowhere in his writings Hersh mentions that most of the neocons are members of the nefarious Council on Foreign Relations — the true power behind the throne of American politics and the site of the Invisible Government of the United States.

It seems that, wittingly or unwittingly, legendary investigative journalist Seymour Hersh has always been unable to connect the myriad of evident dots that link every act of treason committed against the American people to the globalist conspirators at the Council on Foreign Relations. This makes him a totally unreliable source of useful intelligence.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews,

Footnotes:

1. Seymour Hersh, Chain of Command: The Road from 9/11 to Abu Ghraib, (New York: HarperCollins, 2001).
2. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence. For a more detailed analysis of this process, see Servando Gonzalez, Pyschological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California : Spooks Books, 2010), Appendix II, The Evaluation of Information, pp. 330-336.
3. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps that constitute the intelligence cycle: 1. Planning and direction; 2. Collection; 3. Processing; 4. Analysis and evaluation; and 5. Dissemination.
4. In the field of intelligence and espionage, professional spies are called intelligence officers. Agents are the persons, usually foreigners who betray their own countries, who are recruited by intelligence officers.
5. Seymour Hersh, “Military to Military,” the London Review of Books, Vol. 38 No. 1, January 7, 2016, pp. 11-14.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




Thank you, Mr. Trump

Some CFR-controlled Republican disinformers are still mentioning the old theory that selecting Trump as the Republican candidate will guarantee Hillary’s victory. Just the opposite, however is true. What Trump is doing is systematically destroying the CFR conspirators’ carefully-conceived deception to guarantee Hillary’s victory.

It is not, as some have speculated, that the GOP establishment hates Trump so much that they prefer Hillary. The Republican plan, which now has become evident, was to elect as a candidate a loser — most likely Cruz – which would guarantee that the CFR’s previously-selected candidate — Hillary — would be elected.

This is nothing new in American presidential politics. This was exactly the role Gore, Kerry, McCain and Romney played in previous elections.

Nevertheless, Donald Trump has single-handedly outshined, outclassed, upstaged, eclipsed, surpassed, outdone, outperformed, beaten, bettered, topped, capped and put in the shade all his enemies, detractors and critics. In one word, he has trumped them!

Even more important, Trump has shown that the seemingly all-powerful globalist conspirators are nothing but a bunch of cowards hiding in the shadows like cockroaches. A single, fearless American has destroyed all their psychological warfare operations that were carefully planned in their think tanks.

Donald Trump has proven that the CFR conspirators are nothing but a paper tiger — a mouse that roared. Now they are suffering defeat after defeat on all fronts, and are staging a disorganized retreat. Their New Gay World Order is falling apart, and they don’t know what to do to avoid the final disaster.

And most of it is thanks to Donald Trump.

Now, do I agree with Donald Trump in everything he says? Of course not.

I don’t agree with Trump’s idea of continuing to use torture against terrorist suspects. In the first place because torture has proven a very inefficient way of extracting information. A person under torture will say anything and confess any crime, to stop the people torturing him.

Moreover, torture is not only inefficient but also illegal, immoral and inhumane. It is also dangerous because it degrades not only the tortured but also the torturer and, once we create the profession of torturer, in order to advance their careers, the torturers will always find ways to find people who deserve to be tortured — which may include you and me.

Like a scorpion, torture will eventually turn against us. That’s why I don’t approve the use of torture on any persons suspected of committing a terrorist act — not even against Bush and Cheney, the main suspects in the 9/11 events.

Another thing that I don’t agree with Trump is his idea that a big fence alone would stop illegal immigration coming from Mexico. The only way to stop illegal aliens coming from Mexico and other countries south of the border is to stop the need of their people to leave their countries by allowing these countries to develop their economies and eventually raising the standard of living of their citizens.

Most of these countries, particularly Mexico, are not only rich in national resources but also have a mass of hard-working, educated people. One reason they cannot develop their economies is because corrupt politicians lead them. The main reason, however, is because they live south of America’s border and the Invisible Government of the U.S. wants to keep them underdeveloped and under its control.

Proof of this is that in 1980, Mexico was poised to fully industrialize and become a developed country, but the CFR globalist conspirators used the IMF to step in to stifle Mexico’s economy. National Security Council advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski (CFR) is quoted as saying that they didn’t want a “Japan south of the border.” The policy proposals which later appeared in U.S. sources, whether “conservative” or “liberal” shared the same basic goals: how to assure the globalist conspirators’ control over Mexican oil, and prevent Mexico from developing as an advanced industrial nation.[1]

What Donald Trump has done is to tear down the house of cards the CFR conspirators built. Trump has effectively taken a wrecking ball not only to the GOP but also to politics as usual. No presidential candidate in American history has ever exposed the inner workings of both the Republican and Democratic National Committees the way Trump has done.

We need to thank Mr. Trump for showing beyond any doubt that both Republicans and Democrats are the two sides of the same corrupt, counterfeited coin.

We need to thank Mr. Trump for forcing the so-called neocons to drop their masks of patriotism and show their ugly faces. It is a disgrace that this bunch of cowards and traitors, most of them CFR members, at some time had considerable influence over U.S. foreign policy.

What truly distinguishes this 2016 campaign season from all the previous ones is that there has been a veritable avalanche of unprecedented disclosures about the corruption and criminality of the CFR-controlled U.S. government. Trump has shown how thieves, criminals and psychopaths have occupied the highest offices in the U.S.

The CFR-controlled administrations of Clinton, Bush I and II, and now Obama, have acted with a degree of lawlessness and impropriety surpassing previous administrations. Donald Trump has shown that the USA is but a shadow of its former self, which explains why most of the American people share his dream of making America great again.

America has sustained irreparable damage and the globalist conspirators infiltrated into the U.S. government are fully responsible for the present state of affairs. They sold their souls to America’s enemies and it is time to clean the Augean stables.

In their frantic attempt to justify the unjustifiable unending wars and launching a new Cold War, the conspirators’ agents in both the Democratic and Republican parties are now trying to convince Americans that Donald Trump is a commie in the closet and an agent of Vladimir Putin. Fortunately, however, a large majority of the American people has awakened and is not buying this lie.

Once Donald Trump is sworn into office and becomes the 45th President of the United States, one of the first things he should is to cut by 50 percent the pay and retirement benefits of generals and admirals of the U.S. armed forces. Though many of them have arguably protected us from our foreign enemies, most of them have failed miserably in protecting us from our domestic enemies.[2] Despite the fact that they took an Oath of Office by which they swore to defend and protect the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic, the only two recent generals who have tried to protect us from our domestic enemies are Smedley Butler and George Patton.

So, if they have done only half of the job they were supposed to do, they should get just half of the pay.

In the opening scene to the pilot episode of HBO’s “The Newsroom,” Will McAvoy, played by Jeff Daniels, gives a convincing explanation of why America is not the greatest country of the world anymore. What he fails to say, though, is that America is not the greatest country of the world anymore thanks to the concerted efforts of a small group of globalist conspirators and their agents in both branches of the Repucratic Party, the judiciary and the mainstream press. This explains why all of them fear so much Donald Trump’s plan for making America great again.

It is up to us to help Donald Trump send the globalist conspirators and their minions to the dustbin of history and make America great again.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

Footnotes:

1. Kissinger-Haig Policy on Mexico Fed on Conservatives, Executive Intelligence Review, March 27, 1979.
2. Far from protecting the Constitution from its domestic enemies, some officers have committed treason by joining the Council on Foreign Relations, an organization that for many years has openly declared its intentions to abolish the Constitution. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 289-294.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




Did we lose the culture war?

The reports of my death have been greatly exaggerated. —Mark Twain.

After the fall of the Soviet Union, the Russians finally realized that they had been given the short end of the stick and began fighting their new oppressors, the IMF, World Bank and transnational corporations.[1] Angered by their reaction, U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry (CFR) told them: “You lost the Cold War. Get Over It.”

In a similar fashion, Harvard Professor Mark Tushnet recently posted in his blog an entry entitled “Abandoning Defensive Crouch Liberal Constitutionalism,” in which he claims that we, the American people, have lost the culture war, and advises the winners to give us the same treatment given to the Germans and Japanese after they lost WWII.[2]

In his post, Professor Tushnet defines what he calls “Defensive Crouch Liberal Constitutionalism” as a way of acting in which “every liberal position asserted nervously, its proponents looking over their shoulders for retaliation by conservatives (in its elevated forms, fear of a backlash against aggressively liberal positions)”[3]

In his arrogance, however, Kerry forgot that the Russians had defeated the Nazis in WWII and the fool professor apparently has forgotten that, contrary to the Germans and the Japanese after WWII, the Americans he claims have lost the culture war own millions of firearms and are ready to use them. He also forgot Mao’s dictum that power comes out of the barrel of a gun.

According to Tushnet,

The culture wars are over; they lost, we won. … For liberals, the question now is how to deal with the losers in the culture wars. That’s mostly a question of tactics. My own judgment is that taking a hard line (“You lost, live with it”) is better than trying to accommodate the losers, who – remember – defended, and are defending, positions that liberals regard as having no normative pull at all. Trying to be nice to the losers didn’t work well after the Civil War … (And taking a hard line seemed to work reasonably well in Germany and Japan after 1945.) I should note that LGBT activists in particular seem to have settled on the hard-line approach, while some liberal academics defend more accommodating approaches. When specific battles in the culture wars were being fought, it might have made sense to try to be accommodating after a local victory, because other related fights were going on, and a hard line might have stiffened the opposition in those fights. But the war’s over, and we won.[4]

Of course, Professor Tushnet posted his hateful piece of trash on May 6, 2016, that is, before the Brexit and the surge of Donald Trump’s popularity. So, paraphrasing Mark Twain I can say that the reports that we lost the Culture War have been greatly exaggerated. Nevertheless, we have to recognize that, until recently, we were losing the Culture War, and the reason for it was because most of us didn’t realize that we were at war at all.

What we are currently experiencing is the final steps of a long, protracted war against the American people. It began a century ago in Woodrow Wilson’s era, or perhaps even before, when the battleship Maine was mysteriously blown up in Havana’s bay, and this war has not abated. This is not a conventional war waged with tanks, battleships and planes in conventional battlefields — at least not yet.

It is a secret, insidious type of war whose main battleground is the people’s minds. Its main weapons are propaganda and mass brainwashing mostly by using disinformation, deception and lies on a large scale not used against the people of a nation since the end of Nazi Germany. Though important, those elements are just part of a series of carefully planned and executed long and short-term psychological warfare operations.

The reason why the CFR conspirators have resorted to defeat the American people using a much more devious form of war, a PsyWar, is because Americans love freedom and are armed to the teeth to defend their freedom.[5]

Now, what is a PsyWar? According to the U.S. Army’s Joint Strategic Plans Committee, August 2, 1948,

Psychological warfare employs all moral and physical means, other than orthodox military operations, which tend to:

destroy the will and the ability of the enemy to fight;
deprive him of the support of his allies and neutrals;
increase in our own troops and allies the will to victory.

Psychological warfare employs any weapon to influence the mind of the enemy. The weapons are psychological only in the effect they produce and not because of the nature of the weapons themselves. In this light, overt (white), covert (black), and gray propaganda; subversion; sabotage; special operations; guerrilla warfare; espionage’s political, cultural, economic, and racial pressures are all effective weapons. They are effective because they produce dissention, distrust, fear and hopelessness in the minds of the enemy, not because they originate in the psyche of propaganda or psychological warfare agencies.[6]

Of latel, however, particularly after the 9/11 events and even more after Barry Soetoro moved to the White House,[7] the existence of this conspiracy has become more evident for anybody with eyes to see. This is only because the conspirators were so confident that they were so close to their goal that, in their arrogance, they became careless. They despise us so much that they didn’t care about what we can do to defend ourselves from their devious attack.

Nevertheless, despite that the existence of this conspiracy became obvious and most people suspected that something was very wrong, still a large percentage of the American people were unable to pinpoint the true source of the conspiracy. Most of them had been brainwashed to believe that just by changing the treacherous rascals in Washington D.C. everything would be okay.

That was the mistake made by the Republicans in 2000, when they got rid of Clinton to have Bush, and by the Democrats in 2008, when they trashed Bush to get Obama. But, as the true liberals in the Democratic Party soon found out, just by changing the puppets and leaving the puppet-masters untouched would not solve the problem.

Currently, a powerful psychological warfare operation (PsyOp) is in place to convince diehard Republicans that Trump will not be the solution to the problem. I hope that when the true conservatives among the Republicans discover their mistake it would not be too late to correct it.

What Professor Tushnet seemingly ignores is that the “progressive” (I call them “regressives”) Leftists waging the Culture War against us are not winning because of their cleverness, insight and intelligence, but because of the hidden support of the most reactionary Right, including Republican traitors, is giving them. Proof of it is that the so-called gains of the progressive Left — gay rights, women’s rights, sexual liberation, social justice, pro-abortion laws, open borders, affirmative action, forced integration in schools, free trade, globalization — came hand in hand with huge economic inequality, destruction of the working and farming classes, further obscene enrichment of the one percent, iniquitous exploitation of workers and farmers in Third World countries, corporate crime, pervasive government corruption, massive unemployment, a police state, government-sponsored terrorism, widespread surveillance, loss of personal freedom and unending imperialist wars to protect the interests of bankers and corporations.

This is not the result of happenstance or chance. Unknowingly, Liberal “progressives” became the useful fools manipulated by the corporate and banking elites they claim to hate to implement their communo-fascist New Gay World Order — which is anything but Leftist or progressive by any stretch of the imagination.

Tushnet believes the cultural war is over, and they won it. Apparently he is still immersed in the false reality created by the “progressive” Left. I’ll bet that he faithfully reads the New Yorker and New York Times, listens to NPR News and watches NBC. So, he ignores that currently there is an awakening of the American people and people all around the world who are sick and tired of being manipulated and lied to. He also seemingly ignores that, if Trump reaches the White House, one of the first things he will do is open an investigation about Barry Soetoro and, once the impostor is proven guilty of his many crimes and sent to jail to join Hillary, all the executives orders he signed will be nullified and the corrupt judges he has appointed will be automatically fired.

The second thing Trump will most likely do is to open a truly impartial investigation of the 9/11 events — which will end up by sending Bush, Cheney and some neocons to join their buddies Barry and Hillary. Hopefully, we will finally find a good use for Guantanamo.

Tushnet is dead wrong. The Culture War is not over; actually it has just begun.

Previously there was no war in the strict sense, because one section of the American people didn’t know there was a war being conducted against them. But now we know, and it is time to launch a devastating PsyWar counterattack to force the conspirators to face reality.

One conclusion one may arrive at after reading Tushnet’s piece is that the communo-fascist “Liberals” don’t see us just as opponents they have to take political power from. Like genocidal war criminal General William Sherman, who advocated the extermination, not the coexistence with Native Americans, the progressive Left sees us as enemies they have to conquer, enslave and destroy.

So, I think that, following Tushnet’s advice, once we win this war we should treat the losers the same way he advises his lefty friends to treat us.

Nobody has won a war on the defensive. It is time to give the communo-fascist elitists a taste of their own medicine.

It takes two to tango.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




How the CFR globalist conspirators miscalculated Pt. 3

On September 19th, 1962, the CIA’s Office of National Estimates (ONE), motivated by concerns about strange developments in Cuba, produced its September Estimate. It predicted that the possibility of the Soviet Union deploying strategic nuclear missiles on Cuban soil was extremely low because it “would be incompatible with Soviet practice to date and with Soviet policy as we presently estimate it.” Less than a month later, however, a U-2 reconnaissance plane flying over Cuba photographed installations very similar to what the CIA believed were strategic nuclear missile bases in the Soviet Union. The CIA showed the photos to President Kennedy who in turn ordered a blockade of Cuba. This was the onset of what later was known as the Cuban missile crisis.

The CIA analysts at the ONE were left with egg all over their faces. Nevertheless, some time later, ONE Director Sherman Kent adamantly told a friend that the one who had miscalculated had been Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev not the ONE analysts, because logic and previous Soviet practice indicated that Khrushchev should not had taken that foolish decision. Many years later, I discovered strong evidence that professor Kent was right — to the point that I dedicated my book The Nuclear Hoax: Kennedy, Khrushchev, Castro and the Cuban Missile Crisis to his memory.

In a similar fashion, in “The Obama PsyOp,” an article I wrote in early 2007, I predicted that the CFR conspirators would never appoint Obama for a second term. I reached that conclusion because doing otherwise was incompatible with the conspirators’ policy and practice — their modus operandi — but that was exactly what they did. Nevertheless, following Dr. Kent’s line of reasoning, I think that it was not me, but the CFR conspirators, who miscalculated. The direct consequence of their big miscalculation is Donald Trump.

Why was I convinced that the President the CFR conspirators would appoint in 2012 would be a Republican? Because one of the most important things the CFR conspirators need to accomplish before turning the United States into a full-fledged communo-fascist totalitarian dictatorship is taking the guns from the hands of law-abiding, patriotic Americans.

Traditionally, there were two ways to illegally grab control of a country: by force through a mass revolt — the communist way — or through a coup d’état — the fascist way. But the CFR conspirators have used a not-well-known third way: by infiltration and brainwashing. That’s the Fabian way. No wonder the symbol of the Fabian Society is the wolf under a sheep’s skin. And we have to admit that the Fabian system has worked to perfection.

The first step the CFR conspirators took on their way to implement totalitarianism in America was to infiltrate and take control of the mainstream press — a key brainwashing tool. The second step was to infiltrate, first, the Republican Party and, second, the Democratic Party. The third step was to infiltrate public schools, colleges and universities. Once they had full control over these they were ready for the next step.

Nevertheless, despite all their advances into forcing Americans into totalitarianism, the CFR conspirators have found several major obstacles they have not been able to bypass. In the first place, Americans believe that freedom and liberty are their birthrights. Secondly, and even more important, they are fully convinced that the only thing that ultimately guarantees such natural rights is the possession of firearms.

Testifying before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on February 17, 1950, Paul Warburg (CFR), son of CFR founder James Warburg, threatened the spineless politicians: “We shall have world government whether or not you like it—by conquest or consent.” It seems that it will not be easy for the conspirators to enslave the American people by consent, so they are getting ready to do it by force.

Their problem, however, is that despite all their control over the American government, the military, the press and the most important institutions, the CFR conspirators cannot impose their communo-fascist New Gay World Order upon the American people without depriving them of their firearms first. This is exactly what the Bolsheviks did in Russia, the Nazis in Germany Mao in China and Castro in Cuba.

But there was something Barry Soetoro, or any “progressive” Democrat cannot do: taking the guns from Americans. If any Democrat president tries to ban and confiscate guns, it would trigger a shooting war. After Soetoro was appointed to a second term and he began openly attacking Americans who owned guns, the result was counterproductive, though not surprising: many Americans of all political persuasions ran to the gun stores to buy guns and plenty of ammo.

In their arrogance, the CFR conspirators failed to see that, as it happened after hurricane Katrina, gun confiscation has to be done by a “conservative” Republican — much better as the reaction to a 9/11-like catastrophic event. Currently they have compounded their mistake by trying to push Hitlary Clinton into the White House.

The direct result of the CFR conspirators’ miscalculations is none other than Donald Trump. He is the enemy they themselves unknowingly created. The reason I erred in my 2007 prediction is because I overestimated the conspirators’ intelligence. Far from being clever, however, they have proved to be a bunch of arrogant fools.

Granted, puppet impostor Barry Soetoro has advanced the cause of totalitarianism in America by leaps and bounds. We are entangled in several never-ending military conflicts abroad, unemployment is growing, the economy is in shambles, and a veritable invasion of illegal aliens is making is turning America into a Third World hellhole. The so-called Obamacare — created to benefit Big Med, Big Pharma and Big Insurance — will tax even more the limited resources of American workers.

Other valuable “accomplishments” of Soetoro are the success of CFR-backed gay politics: gay marriage, gays in the military, gays in the Boys Scouts, and appointing more openly gay officials than any other president in the U.S. history. Last, but not least, he has pushed the rights of transgenders to use the public restrooms as they see fit. Of course, this is very difficult to understand if you ignore that the gay movement has wittingly become a spear point, a fifth column of the New Gay World Order the globalist conspirators are working hard to impose upon us and the rest of the world.

Paradoxically, despite their constant claims of patriotism and respect for the Constitution, “conservative” Republicans have always been eager to justify the thrashing of the Constitution — provided the thrashers are members of the Republican Party. They loved it when George W. Bush approved the Patriot Act, one of the most antipatriotic laws ever signed by an American President, after having been passed without even a perfunctory reading by a Congress with a Republican majority.

The conspirator’s plans for the 2016 elections were simple: using Ted Cruz to play the same bogus role Gore, Kerry, McCain and Romney played in previous elections. This time their goal was putting Hitlary Clinton in the White House. But then, out of the blue, the unexpected happened: an American who never before had been involved in politics, but loves his country and became sick and tired of its systematic destruction by a group of America-haters, decided to run for President of the United States and make America great again — and all hell broke loose!

Why so many Americans of all walks of life support Donald Trump.

Probably their main reason is because Trump is not a Council on Foreign Relations or Skull and Bones member. In addition, he has never attended the globalist conspirators’ conciliabula at the Bohemian Grove, the Bilderberger Group or the World Economic Forum. Moreover he has never called for the elimination of U.S. sovereignty, the opening of borders, the cancellation of the Constitution and its fusion into a global government. Trump sympathizers have interpreted this as a clear sign that he is not an America-hater.

Of course, being human, Trump is not perfect — which makes him even more attractive for the masses of people who are sick and tired of the CFR globalists’ control over the U.S. government. Until now he has shown he has what is needed to oppose the CFR globalists.

According to some “conservative” commentators, Trump’s idea of repudiating the so called “free trade” and imposing protectionist tariffs on goods that could be easily made in the U.S. by American workers will negatively impact the American working class. They claim that currently American workers are profiting from buying cheap merchandise made in China at Walmart and other big chain monopolistic stores. What these commentators don’t see, however, is that American workers need to buy cheapo Chinese-made merchandise in Wal-Mart because, due to the outsourcing of well-paid jobs, they need to save every penny.

Before the implementation of “free trade” and outsourcing, American workers enjoyed one of the highest standards of living in the whole world. They were the backbone of the American middle class. Currently, however, most of them live paycheck-to-paycheck from low-end jobs, barely making ends meet while worrying about huge credit card debt.

It is obvious that “free trade” and globalization have been beneficial, but only to the big international corporations who have outsourced their production to countries where workers earn miserable salaries in sweatshops. Also, they have not passed on some of their huge profits to the American consumers, but to their stockholders and executives. This explains why they love “free trade” and globalization as much as slave masters loved slavery.

During an interview with journalist Sarah McClendon in 1992, President George H.W. Bush shamelessly told her “Sarah, if the American people ever find out what we have done, they would chase us down the street and lynch us.” Well, the American people finally are finding out what they have done to us and, if the globalist conspirators were less stupid than they are, they should be thankful to Donald Trump because he is the only one who may solve this critical situation in a civilized, legal way. Otherwise, Americans wielding pitchforks and ropes will soon be chasing the CFR traitors and their minions down the streets.

Recently, Rush Limbaugh has been repeating his opinion that presidential elections are not ideological but situational, meaning that the important matters are the economy, employment and the like. Well, he cannot be more wrong, because this coming election is perhaps the most ideological one in the recent political history of America.

Granted, the dismal state of the economy, the unemployment and sub employment, the growing police state, the inept foreign policy, the social chaos and the government’s lies, corruption and disrespect for the Laws of the Land and the Constitution are factors Trump’s supporters are not happy with. But the main thing not many people seem to see is that most people support Donald Trump essentially is because they believe he is against the destructive ideology of the New Gay World Order.

Americans are sick and tired of seen their government encouraging corporations to outsource jobs abroad and destroying the country’s industrial base. But we are even more sick and tired of political correctness, censorship, moral dissolution, the attacks on the family and religion and the imposition of destructive social practices. We are sick and tired of the two-party hoax. We are sick and tired of the U.S. government opening the borders to a disruptive mass of illegal aliens sneaking into the U.S. We are sick and tired of the brainwashing by the mainstream media. We are sick and tired of schools and universities indoctrinating our children and turning them against their parents.

We are sick and tired of global warming, carbon taxes, “free” trade, globalization, open borders and gay pride. We are sick and tired of American becoming the major producer of pornography in the world. We are sick and tired of sending the best of our youth to fight never-ending wars to benefit spurious interests. We are sick and tired of having the largest incarceration rate in the whole world, of being one of the largest consumers of drugs, of the hypersexualisation of our culture and mores.

Enough is enough!

No wonder a large majority of Americans see Donald Trump as the only one who has had the guts to openly and firmly say “no” to this madness.

The Trump phenomenon took the CFR conspirators by surprise, and they still don’t know how to deal with him. Their off-the-cuff reaction was to unleash all their agents in the media against him. But they were out for a big surprise.

To the CFR conspirators’ utter surprise, Trump became overnight the Godzilla of American politics: the more bombs they dropped on him the stronger he got. He has also shown that the seemingly all-powerful CFR globalist conspirators were not what they seemed to be. Their power resided in the fact that they have brainwashed us not fight back against their attacks. But Trump opened the way fighting them back with courage, intelligence and wit and showed us that they are just a bunch of cowards and their CFR is a paper tiger.

The bottom line is this: The Council on Foreign Relations is against Trump. The Bilderbergers are against Trump. The Rockefellers are against Trump. Warmongering neocons are against Trump. The CFR-controlled mainstream media is against Trump. Both “conservative” Republicans and “progressive” Democrats are against Trump. The UN and the EU are against Trump. The Pope is against Trump. The Clintons and the Bushes are against Trump. New Agers are against Trump. Satanists are against Trump. Fanatic Muslims are against Trump. Most CEOs of transnational corporations are against Trump. Wall Street bankers are against Trump. Gays, lesbians, transgenders, and queers are against Trump. Blacks racists are against Trump. Illegal aliens are against Trump. La Raza is against Trump. The Southern Poverty Law Center is against Trump. Corrupt politicians are against Trump. Constitution haters are against Trump. Gun grabbers are against Trump. Brainwashing college professors are against Trump. The Hollywood cesspool is against Trump. Glenn Beck is against Trump.

Well, if as the saying goes the enemy of my enemy is my friend, it seems that our enemies are clearly telling us whom we should vote for.

Unfortunately, however, I feel compelled to end this article with a pessimistic tone.

In his book The Second World War, Volume I: The Gathering Storm, UK Prime Minister Winston Curchill wrote:

If you will not fight for the right when you can easily win without bloodshed; if you will not fight when your victory is sure and not too costly; you may come to the moment when you will have to fight with all the odds against you and only a precarious chance of survival. There may even be a worse case. You may have to fight when there is no hope of victory, because it is better to perish than to live as slaves.

I think that, unfortunately, we Americans have waited too long to solve this problem. I don’t think that the globalist conspirators would ever allow Donald Trump to become President without a fight and let him to destroy in a few months the huge machinery of treason, deception and lies that took them more than a century to create. So, I have no doubts whatsoever that the same globalist conspirators who planned and carried out the 9/11 false flag PsyOp will resort to extreme measures to stop Donald Trump — including termination with extreme prejudice.

If everything fails, however, the CFR sociopaths most likely will create another 9/11-like incident, but in a larger scale, such as detonating a low-yield nuclear device in a large American city — a possibility Dick Cheney has repeatedly mentioned. After that, Barry Soetoro would declare Martial Law and postpone the elections indefinitely. What this may trigger I don’t want even to think about.

I sincerely hope I am wrong.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




How the CFR globalist conspirators miscalculated Pt. 2

Part Two: Putin’s New Russia

The creation of the Soviet Union was not the result of a conspiracy of ragtag Marxists, but of a few rich and powerful international bankers and oil magnates who feared Russia’s growing economic power — monopoly capitalists hate competition. The conspirators’ purpose was to put Russia into a freezer —which they did for 60 long years— and curtail Tsar Nicholas II’s intentions of turning the country into a major oil competitor in the free market.

The main problem the conspirators had with Russia, however, was not its efforts to become an industrialized nation, but that a large amount of oil had been discovered in Baku, near the Caspian Sea in Azerbaijan. At the time, the Baku oil field was considered the largest known oil deposit in the world. By the early 1880s, Russian crude production reached 10.8 million, almost a third of U.S. production.[1]

As expected, Rockefeller and his criminal associates of the American International Corporation (AIC), Andrew Mellon, J.P. Morgan and Andrew Carnegie, were deeply alarmed about the Russians challenging their ambitions of controlling the world oil supply, and they began conspiring to develop a plan to stop the Russians in their tracks. They concluded that the only way to achieve their goal was to depose Czar Nicholas II, and the only way to accomplish that was through a “revolution.”

History books, mostly written by unscrupulous CFR-controlled disinformers passing as historians, have painted the Russian revolution as the result of a spontaneous uprising of the Russian exploited proletarian masses against their oppressive government. But this vision is not exactly true.

Mainly thanks to the efforts of scholars like Antony Sutton,[2] G. Edward Griffin[3] and others, now we know that the “spontaneous” Russian “revolution” was actually a covert operation planned and carried out by international bankers and oil magnates. It would have been impossible Trotsky and Lenin to succeed without the money supplied by some of the most notable millionaires at that time.

Though initially he favored his father’s autocratic ideas, eventually Tsar Nicholas II had initiated the implementation of a series of reforms directed to change Russia from a medieval into a modern society, which included the emancipation of the serfs, the creation of a Duma —a national assembly—, and rural communes. These reforms would have encouraged the Russian people to think about the possibility of a benign government in which the people would democratically participate.

But some influential Wall Street bankers and oil magnates were not happy with these changes in Russia, and conceived another plan. In order to proceed with their plan, John D. Rockefeller, together with fellow conspirators, such as bankers Mellon and Morgan and steel magnate Andrew Carnegie, plus several of America’s robber barons, pooled some of their resources for up to $50 million (an enormous sum at the time), and created the American International Corporation (AIC), a powerful cartel allegedly devoted to stimulate world trade. The truth, however, is that the AIC was created to fund the overthrow of Tsar Nicholas II by a small group of professional revolutionaries: the Bolsheviks.[4]

To this effect, between 1907 and 1910 the conspirators met several times with Russian revolutionary Leon Trotsky, already living in exile in New York, and with Vladimir I. Lenin, another Russian revolutionary living in exile in Zurich. Eventually the arch-capitalists struck a deal with the arch-anti-capitalists: in exchange for financing their “revolution,” the capitalists would be allowed to have a hidden hand in designing the economy of what was soon to become the Soviet Union —allegedly the staunchest anti-capitalist nation in the world.

With the help of the conspirators, Lenin returned to Russia with plenty of gold in his famous “sealed” train, and, soon after Trotsky, under the protection of President Wilson and Colonel House, followed Lenin’s path with more gold. This gold made possible the Russian “revolution” that created a pseudo-enemy. Soon after, the Soviet Union became the bogeyman they used for many decades as a credible threat to manipulate and control the U.S. and other Western countries.

With the final defeat of Nazi Germany —a monster they had also created — the CFR conspirators needed a new main enemy to justify their imperialist aggressive policies. The new enemy was the Soviet Union and the fight against this enemy was the Cold War. A revealing fact, however, is that the expressed goal of the Cold War was to contain the enemy, not to win the war.[5]

With the support of the mainstream media, the CFR conspirators brainwashed and scared the American people into accepting these treasonous and destructive policies. Despite he fact that communism was a total economic disaster, the Soviet Union, thanks mostly to the conspirator’s constant help, unwittingly played for many years its scripted role of artificially-created bogeyman.

But then, after the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union in 1991, the globalist conspirators found themselves without the needed enemy. So, they carried out the 9/11 PsyOp to create a new one: terrorism. The Cold War was hastily transformed into the makeshift War on Terror.

Nevertheless, the War on Terror has performed way below their expectations. Despite their efforts to push terrorists to commit acts of terrorism, most of them have not materialized, not because of the good job of the antiterrorist agencies, but because the would-be terrorists don’t have the will to commit them. Proof of this is that, despite the fact that the Southern border of the U.S. is a sieve, no terrorist has infiltrated through the border to commit terrorist acts on U.S. territory. This explains why they are now desperately trying to revive the Cold War canard by painting the new Russia as a Soviet Union in disguise.

If one is to believe CFR agent and neocon John Bolton, Vladimir Putin is carrying out a secret plan to “reconstitute the Soviet Union.” According to Bolton, “It’s hard to imagine a worse outcome for U.S. than where we are now.” But Bolton is wrong. There is an even worse outcome for the American people than the one Bolton mentioned. This worse outcome would be the possibility that the CFR conspirators can carry out their secret plan to bring back communism to Russia and to turn the United States into another Soviet Union.

Actually they are working harder to do it.

In a recent book, Exceptional: Why the World Needs a Powerful America, CFR agent and neocon Dick Cheney and his daughter said, “Our next president must be committed to restoring America’s power and strength,” and “Our security and the survival of freedom depend on it.”

The Cheney’s list for creating a powerful America would be a boon for Halliburton. It features a massive military buildup, including new missile-defense systems, more nuclear weapons and a force prepared to wage war in multiple geographic locations simultaneously. They also call for the restoration of National Security Agency’s surveillance authorities, the return of “enhanced interrogation” of terrorism suspects, the deployment of thousands of military “advisors” to battle the Islamic State and a halt to the U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan. They also advocate aggressive actions against rival nations, such as sending troops to NATO countries that border Russia, in order to “signal American determination.”

Initially the Russians lived up to globalist’s expectations as they reduced taxes and pushed entry into the World Trade Organization. But, as early as 2003, they began turning away from their new “friends,” and accelerated the retreat in 2012.

After the sudden collapse of the Soviet Union[6] the globalist conspirators descended upon Russia like hungry piranhas. Using the corrupt institutions they control, mainly the IMF and the World Bank, they forced the Russians to implement their “shock therapy” economic policies. This translated into the wholesale looting of Russia’s economy and natural resources, practically turning Russia into Third World colony with an impoverished populace.

But the Russians were not fooled. As early as 1992 Russian economist Georgi Arbatov exposed the bankers’ strategy for the enslavement of Russia in an article he titled “Neo- Bolsheviks of the I.M.F.” According to Arbatov, IMF officials, like the Bolsheviks, “love taking other people’s money, imposing undemocratic rules and stifling economic freedom.”[7]

Arbatov was not alone. In 1997, At an international meeting in Bonn, Germany, Dr. Sergey Glazyev, Chairman of the Economic Policy Committee of the Russian Federation, exposed in detail the gobalist conspirators’ evil plan or the colonization of Russia.

According to Glazyev, this colonization, masked as reforms, destroyed the basic institutions of Russian society by destroying Russia’s financial system with an endless buildup of state debts, destroying the scientific and technological potential of the country, selling controlling blocks of shares of key Russian firms in industry, power and telecommunications to foreign corporations, and transferring to them rights to exploit raw materials deposits. These reforms also included the foreign control over Russia’s stock exchange and the establishment of foreign control over the country’s domestic and foreign economic policy.[8]

It has been estimated that from 1991 to 1999 the U.S. ripped as much as $500 billion from Russia, in the form of resources, money, equipment and treasures. Most things of value, nailed down or not, were taken. Whole cities would wake up and find that the various manufacturing plants that supported their economies were now empty of all equipment, which had been disassembled and packed in the night.[9]

But the event that fully woke up the Russians about what was really going on in the U.S. was the 9/11 “terrorist” attack.

In the summer of 2001, Russian intelligence notified the CIA that 25 terrorist pilots had been specifically trained for suicide missions. In August, Russian President Putin told Russian intelligence to warn the U.S. government “in the strongest possible terms” of an imminent attack on airports and government buildings,”[10]

This may explain the radical about-face taken by the Russian government —one of the few governments in the world currently not fully under the control of the NWO conspirators— in its relations with the U.S. The Russian leaders may have logically concluded that, if the U.S. Government can inflict, or allow inflicting, something so terrible as 9/11 on its own people, there are no limits to what they can do to other peoples. Consequently, the Russian leaders quietly began preparing themselves to protect their country and its people from the CFR madmen. This explains why the Russians have been arming themselves to the teeth to deter a similar aggression upon the Russian people.

Moreover, most Russians, particularly the young ones, are finally discovering that the people behind the 9/11 events are the direct descendants of the ones who conspired at the beginning of the past century to implement and maintain for 60 years the communofascist nightmare that almost destroyed their country and the Russian culture, and they are not happy about it.

The bottom line is the Russians are not buying the conspirators’ New World Order. Actually, they have become the main stumbling block in the conspirators’ path to carry out their evil plan.[11] Contrary to the U.S., which is almost under the globalist conspirators’ full control, Russia has turned into a Christian nation, where Christian values are not scorned but encouraged. As expressed by Putin himself,

First and foremost we should be governed by common sense. But common sense should be based on moral principles first. And it is not possible today to have morality separated from religious values.[12]

Furthermore, Putin has proposed compulsory religion and ethics classes for Russian students.[13]

Nevertheless, the CFR conspirators are trying harder. To their utter surprise, here in America there are a growing number of people who have become aware of their dirty game of deception and treachery — and they are quietly, but firmly, opposing their New World Order.

Paradoxically, it seems that the Russians currently know more about what is really going on in the U.S. than most Americans. There is an explanation for this. In the first place, because, contrary to Americans who still seem to be living in a dream, the Russian people experienced for 60 years the results of a communofascist totalitarian dictatorship in their country. Secondly, because currently the Russian people are not the target of a psychological warfare operation to make them believe that snow is black.[14]

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. Daniel Yergin, The Prize: The Epic Quest for Oil, Money and Power, Part I (New York: Pocket Books, 1991), p. 59.
2. Antony C. Sutton, Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution (New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House, 1974).
3. G Edward Griffin, The Creature From Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve (Appleton, Wisconsin: American Opinion, 1994).
4. The AIC was just an early version of George Soros’ Non Governmental Organizations (NGOs), created with the sole purpose of undermining governments the globalist conspirators can’t fully control.
5. In a 1947 article in Foreign Affairs, written under the pseudonym “X,” George Kennan (CFR) explained his —actually the conspirators’— theory of “containment.” According to Kennan, the U.S. role in the coming Cold War should be limited to containing the expansion of Soviet Communism, not fighting to win it. Soon after, President Truman made Containment the core of “his” Truman Doctrine.
6. I don’t discard the possibility that the fall of the Soviet Union was actually a carefully planned operation carried out by the globalist conspirators to implement a new phase in their path to fully implement their New World Order.
7. The New York Times, 7 May 1992, p. A27.
8. Sergey Glazyev, “From a Five-Year Plan of Destruction to a Five-Year Plan of Colonization,” EIR Bonn Symposium, 1997.
9. Stanislav Mishin, “Sixteen reasons why Russia should NEVER trust the West,” Pravda.Ru, October 14, 2008.
10. See MS-NBC interview, Sept., 15, 2001.]]] But the U.S. government simply ignored the Russians’ warning.
11. [The fact that the Russians have banned open gay manifestations in their country has nothing to do with sexuality but with politics — the gay movement is not a social, but a political movement in disguise. The Russian leaders have realized that the gay movement is nothing but a spearhead, a Trojan horse for the New World Order conspirators, and have taken effective measures to neutralize it.
12. See, Time magazine, “Person of the Year 2007. Putin Q&A: Full Transcript,” TIME.
13. See, “Putin: Compulsive Religion Classes Must Engage Students,” Sputnik News, August 2, 2012.
14. In his 1951 book The Impact of Science on Society, British Fabian Bertrand Russell saw education as a perfect modern tool of mass brainwashing and mind control through propaganda. According to him, “The social psychologists of the future will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will try different methods of producing an unshakable conviction that snow is black.” “When the technique has been perfected, every government that has been in charge of education for a generation will be able to control its subjects securely without the need of armies or policemen.”




Is Donald Trump’s life in danger?

Once a government is committed to the principle of silencing the voice of opposition, it has only one way to go, and that is down the path of increasingly repressive measures, until it becomes a source of terror to all its citizens and creates a country where everyone lives in fear. —Harry S. Truman.

A few days ago, NewsWithViews Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri mentioned the possibility that somebody may have already carried out the first assassination attempt on Donald Trump.[1] In his article, Kouri mentions how Trump’s personal Boeing 757, on its way from New York to Little Rock, Arkansas, had to make an emergency detour and landed at Nashville International Airport after the plane’s captain reported he was experiencing problems with one engine. Fortunately, the plane landed safely.

Kouri is not the first to raise the possibility. In a July 2015 article, Dave Hodges mentioned the possibility that Donald Trump would be the victim of an assassination attempt.[2]

I think that the concerns raised by Kouri and Hodges are valid. In the CFR-controlled America, political assassination has become a common occurrence. The CFR conspirators have been very successful in assassinating anybody they see as a potential threat to their globalist designs.

CFR psychopaths inside the U.S. government have actively participated in the assassination of foreign leaders, among them Colombia’s leader Jorge Gaitán, Italy’s oil executive Enrico Mattei and Prime Minister Aldo Moro, the Dominican Republic’s President Rafael Trujillo, Panama’s Omar Torrijos, Chile’s President Salvador Allende, Congo’s Patrice Lumumba, South Vietnam’s Ngo Dinh Diem, Sweden’s Olof Palme, Pakistan’s Ali Bhutto and, more recently, Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez,[3] and Poland’s President Lech Kaczynski.

They also planned and carried out the assassination of American leaders, such as General George S. Patton, Admiral James Forrestal, U.S. Senator Joseph McCarthy, President John F. Kennedy and his brother Robert, civil rights leader Martin Luther King, and probably even FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover.[4]

They also carried out the assassinations of people who, for one or another reason, they have considered a potential threat to their plans. Among them are singer John Lennon, Chief of Naval Operations Admiral Jeremy Boorda, ex-CIA director William Colby, Clinton’s secretary of commerce Ron Brown, San Jose Mercury News’ journalist Gary Webb, George W. Bush’s biographer J.H. Hatfield, editor of George magazine and presidential hopeful John F. Kennedy, Jr., U.S. Army corporal and football star Pat Tillman, computer hacker and activist Aaron Swartz, journalist Michael Hastings, publisher Andrew Breitbart, members of SEAL Team 6, comedian Joan Rivers, and perhaps even authors Tom Clancy and Michael Crichton, just to mention a few.

The CFR globalist conspirators have always use assassination as a tool to control U.S foreign and domestic policy, and the CIA has been their main executor. Proof of this is that in 1976 President Gerald Ford signed Executive Order 11905 banning assassinations. It clearly stated: “No employee of the United States Government shall engage in, or conspire to engage in, political assassination.”

The assassination of General Patton

In the spring of 1944, General George S. Patton crossed the Rhine and pushed his victorious Third Army right up to the heart of Germany. His goal was to take Berlin before the Russians arrived. But CFR secret agents Roosevelt, Eisenhower and Marshall ordered Patton to back a hundred miles to await the arrival of the Red Army so that the Russians could capture Berlin and eastern Germany.

Finally, fearing that Patton may disobey their orders and try to take Berlin, the CFR conspirators cut the Third Army’s fuel and ammo lines and thus paralyzed the Third Army. Patton’s Third Army’s failure to advance into Germany resulted in prolonging the war for more than six months, which cost the U.S. Army the unnecessary deaths of many men. This resulted in the division of Germany into two countries, with East Germany becoming a Soviet-block state and Berlin becoming an international zone completely surrounded by East Germany.

Patton was so furious that he openly criticized his superiors for what he suspected was treason. After the end of the war, he had expressed his intentions of using his political contacts and influence to push for opening an investigation of the persons who gave the orders that paralyzed his Third Army on his route into Berlin. Finally, in December1945, following the CFR conspirators’ orders, OSS Chief General William Donovan (CFR), in complicity with Generals Eisenhower (CFR) and Marshall (CFR), ordered the assassination of Gen. Patton.

For many years, the possibility that his own comrades had assassinated Patton had been the motive of speculation. More recently, however, the suspicions seem to have been proved true. In his book Target Patton,[5] military historian Robert Wilcox provides a wealth of information proving that the death of General Patton was not accidental, and pointing to OSS chief, Gen. William Donovan, a secret CFR agent, as the person who gave the order to assassinate Patton. According to Wilcox, OSS head General William Donovan ordered a highly decorated marksman called Douglas Bazata to silence Patton.

But the most surprising thing about this story is that the essential facts reported by Wilcox are not new, because Bazata himself, perhaps tortured by is own conscience, already had told the story in detail, including the fact that Donovan had ordered the assassination.

On September 25, 1979, ex-OSS officer Douglas Bazata told the whole story in front of 450 invited guests, some of them ex-members of the OSS, in the Hilton Hotel in Washington, D.C. Bazata’s confession was published in a minor, small circulation newspaper.[6]

Unknowingly, at the very beginning of his book Wilcox himself provides the clue to the true motives of Patton’s enemies: Patton had told some trusted aides,

… that he was going to resign —not retire as was normal for an exiting officer in order to retain pension and benefits— but resign so he would have no army restraints. He was independently wealthy and did not need the pension or benefits. He would then be free to speak his mind and give his version of the war and what had happened to him —the truth as he saw it. And his side would be a blockbuster. He knew secrets and had revelations, he said, he was sure would “make big headlines.”[7]

Of course, the conspirators realized that they could not run the risk of allowing Patton, a true American hero who gloried in the nickname “Old Blood and Guts,” to go public and destroy their carefully conceived plans. So, following their standard operating procedure, they ordered his assassination.[8]

The assassination of Senator Joseph McCarthy

In 1951 Senator Joseph McCarthy discovered widespread treason at the highest levels of the U.S. government, particularly in the CFR-controlled State Department. He wrote America’s Retreat From Victory, a book in which he accused the traitors. Among them State Department officials Alger Hiss (CFR) and Owen Lattimore (CFR), as well as Harry Hopkins in Franklin Delano Roosevelt’s White House and Harry Dexter White in the Treasury Department. He also accused General George Marshall (CFR) and President Eisenhower of treason.[9] Unfortunately, he made the mistake common at the time of accusing them of being Communists, not CFR agents.

As if on cue, President Eisenhower (CFR), Secretary of State Dean Acheson (CFR), John McCloy (CFR) and journalist Edward Murrow (CFR), joined forces in defending the traitors and vilifying McCarthy. The result was that, despite of the fact that most of the people he accused eventually were proven traitors, McCarthy’s gross mistake cost him his career and his life.[10]

Senator McCarthy was admitted at the Bethesda Naval Hospital April 28, 1957 for a knee injury he suffered while serving in World War II. He was put into an oxygen tent from which he was removed soon after because, though still serious, his condition was improving. Then his health took a turn for the worse, whereupon he died on May 2, with the official cause of death given as “hepatitis, acute, cause unknown” of a “noninfectious type”

Some authors, however, have offered a quite different explanation of his death. According to them, an assassin impersonating a nurse placed McCarthy again in an oxygen tent, through which he was administered carbon tetrachloride, and thus murdered.[11]

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy

In January 20 1961, John F. Kennedy (not a CFR member) was inaugurated President of the United States. His inaugural address was a patriotic call for advancing America socially and economically. In it, he challenged the Soviets to use the “wonders of science” for economic progress and space exploration instead of militarism.

As soon as he got into the White House, Kennedy began an aggressive program to “get America moving again,” (not too different to Trump’s current “Make America great again”) and declared that the 1960s would be the decade of development, stressing the importance of creating an abundant and growing supply of cheap energy.

Unfortunately, however, Kennedy ignored that the CFR conspirators had already decided that the 1960s would be the decade that would mark the beginning of energy scarcity, deindustrialization and non-development in America. Soon after, his own Secretary of State Dean Dusk (CFR), as well as Chester Bowles (CFR) and other CFR agents in the State Department and in the White House, publicly expressed their displeasure with the new policies.

The CFR conspirators’ irritation with Kennedy grew to a point that in July 1962 LIFE magazine featured an unusual exchange of letters between CFR honcho David Rockefeller and President Kennedy. In his critical letter, David showed his hostility to JFK by pointing to the president’s economic policies as the source of the country’s problems.

The true reasons, however, were because after he was sworn in as president Kennedy ignored the National Security Council’s structure. Then, after the Bay of Pigs debacle he not only fired CIA Director Allen Dulles, a senior CFR conspirator, but also told some close friends that he wanted to smash the CIA “into a thousand pieces and scatter [it] to the winds.”

Finally, he made what probably were his two biggest mistakes.

The first one was authorizing the Secretary of the Treasury to issue currency backed by the U.S. Treasury Department, not the Federal Reserve Bank. After Kennedy was assassinated, one of the first measures taken by President Lyndon Johnson after he was sworn was to order the recall and destruction of the bills.

Kennedy’s second biggest mistake was that, contrary to his CFR advisors’ opinion, he began taking measures to end the war in Vietnam. On October 11, 1963, he ordered his National Security Advisor McGeorge Bundy (CFR) to implement plans to withdraw 1,000 U.S. military personnel by the end of the year. This was believed to be the first step to a complete withdrawal of American troops from Vietnam

Firing Allen Dulles and mentioning that he wanted to smash the CIA into a thousand pieces was a slap in the Rockefellers’ face and JFK knew it. That was his not-so-subtle way of telling them that he was the one in command — or so he believed. Ignoring the NSC, and later creating his own Ex-Comm (Executive Committee of the NSC) during the Cuban missile crisis was another direct attack on the Rockefeller’s power. Finally, just the fact that he signed an Executive Order authorizing the U.S. Treasury Department to print silver certificates, that is, real money, not fiat certificates like the ones printed by the Federal Reserve Bank, and ordering the withdrawal of troops from Vietnam, were serious transgressions the CFR conspirators would never tolerate.

As several authors have shown, everything indicates that the main suspects for the assassination of President Kennedy were the Wall Street bankers and oil magnates whose interests JFK had been attacking.[12] According to Professor Donald Gibson, evidence indicates that from an unwitting tool of the CFR conspirators, after the Bay of Pigs[13] JFK turned himself into one of their strongest enemies.[14]

This explains why the one who got destroyed was not the CIA, but John F. Kennedy.

Trump’s threat to the globalist conspirators

Currently, Donald Trump has become not simply a potential threat, but a real and present danger to the globalist conspirators. Proof that Trump has become a nightmare for the conspirators is that he has been a subject of discussion at the recent secret meetings of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, and the World Economic Forum.[15] Just recently, the Washington Post’s Editorial Board called for the GOP leaders “to do everything in your power to stop Trump.”[16] One may wonder if “everything” includes assassination.

The fact that Trump has been consistently attacking George W. Bush for his handling of the 9/11 events indicates the possibility that, if elected president, he would reopen an investigation of the role of the Saudis in the event. But the Saudis are intimately linked to the Bushes and Cheney. A truly independent investigation would open a dangerous can of worms. To top it off, Trump has recently said that, it elected he would prosecute Hillary Clinton for her use of a private email server[17] — which most likely would lead to a new investigation of the Benghazi affair.

Moreover, we must remember that, like many Americans, Trump suspects that Obama is an impostor. He even went to the point of offering a 50 million dollar reward to Obama if he presented his birth certificate as proof of being a natural born American.[18] If he pursues this issue, it would open another can of worms very dangerous to the conspirators who put Obama in power.

Even worse, everything indicates that, if elected president, Trump plans to approach Putin and stop the current U.S. and NATO aggressive anti-Russian policies. This would mark a catastrophic defeat to the conspirators’ globalist designs. No wonder they are horrified about the possibility of Donald Trump becoming the next President of the United States.

Recently, Twitter has been awash with threats on Trump’s life.[19] But those have not been the only threats. In October, after an unidentified woman called the Worcester Telegram & Gazette mentioning the intentions of the “Worcester gangsters” to “Kill Donald Trump” in Massachusetts, the Secret Service began providing protection to Trump.[20]

The most recent threat to Trump came from New York Times’ columnist Ross Douthat, who tweeted about how an assassination attempt could end Donald Trump’s presidential campaign. The tweet included a link to a video clip from the 1983 movie The Dead Zone, which features a character played by Christopher Walken attempting to gun down a political leader played by Martin Sheen.[21]

So, it seems that the only way the globalist conspirators can get rid of Donald Trump is by killing him. But how?

How will the CFR conspirators try to assassinate Trump?

We must discard up front the lonely nut assassin technique involving a Manchurian candidate psychologically programmed to kill. After the assassinations of JFK, his brother Bobby and Martin Luther King, it has become very difficult to fool the American people with that type of assassination.

Also, the type of suicide by shooting yourself 4 times in the head has become so evidently false that I don’t think that they will try it again.

Another option may be friendly fire. One of Trump’s Secret Service “protectors” may kill Trump accidentally while trying to save his life from an assassination attempt in which the would be assassin would also be killed — dead men don’t tell tales.

Would they resort to the oldest trick in the book: a heart attack? That would be an interesting possibility. But recent efforts to open an investigation on the death of J. Edgar Hoover — a powerful CFR enemy — and the current reaction of the public asking to open an investigation on the “natural death” of Justice Scalia indicates that this option would not work anymore.

So, given the circumstance, they may be forced to resort to a technique they have used over an over with great success: the airplane “accident”.[22] The best thing about an airplane “accident” is that it will take a long time to prove it was actually an assassination, and if someday it is proven, it will be too late to do anything about it.

Donald Trump, America’s last hope

Donald Trump is America’s last hope to solve in a peaceful, legal, civilized way the conundrum into which the CFR globalist conspirators have put our country and the world. As Americans who love this country, we must consider it a cardinal moral duty to defend and protect Trump’s life. But how can we do it? I think that the most effective way is to tell the CFR conspirators that things have changed in America and warning them that killing Trump is not a good idea.

We must tell them that we hate their New World Order. We must tell them that we will protect the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic. We must tell them that we will defend our borders. We must tell them that we have discovered that the two parties are the two sides of the same coin. We must tell them that we have finally realized that their War on Terror is a hoax. We must tell them that we are sick and tired of sending our young men and women to fight unwinnable wars to protect the interests of corporations that are not even American anymore.

Finally, we must tell them in a clear way that we know who they are, we know where they are, we know what they are planning, and warn them that if they try to assassinate Trump there will be dire consequences to pay.

Send your e-mails telling them what we think to:

president@cfr.org
jreinke@cfr.org
mhiggins@cfr.org
rkaundal@cfr.org
pcolgan@cfr.org
communications@cfr.org
corporate@cfr.org
meetings@cfr.org
dcmeetings@cfr.org
membership@cfr.org
fellowships@cfr.org
bgude@cfr.org
pdorff@cfr.org

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. Jim Kouri, “Is Donald Trump in Mortal Danger?” NewsWithViews.com, February 6, 2016
2. Dave Hodges, “Will Donald Trump Be Assassinated By a Man with a Diary?” The Common Sense Show, July 23, 2015
3. Servando Gonzalez. “Hugo Chavez: Another Victim of Castro’s High-Tech Political Assassinations?” also “DID CASTRO KILL CHAVEZ?” Karanja’z Place
4. Peter Finn, “Sleuth Suspects J. Edgar Hoover’s Murder,” The Washington Post, November 2, 1997
5. Robert Wilcox, Target Patton: The Plot to Assassinate General George S. Patton (Washington, D.C.: Regnery, 2008).
6. The Spotlight, October 15, 1979, p. 16
7. Wilcox, op. cit., p. 12, quoting Patton’s diaries, August 29, 1945.
8. For a more detailed account of Gen. Patton’s assassination see, Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 103-107.
9. Senator Joseph R. McCarthy, America’s Retreat From Victory: The Story of George Catlett Marshall (Boston: Western Islands, 1951). McCarthy and Patton were not the only ones who accused Eisenhower of treason. In his book 1963 The Politician, Robert Welch provided a wealth of information on how the CFR conspirators helped Eisenhower’s military career by pushing him up from being and unknown lieutenant colonel without much military experience to becoming the Supreme Commander of the largest military force ever organized. The CFR conspirators feared a Patton president for the same reasons they now fear Trump.
10. Medford Evans, The Assassination of Joe McCarthy (Boston: Western Islands, 1970), p. 113.
11. Rosemary Pennington, “The Destruction of Joe McCarthy,” National Vanguard, October 3rd, 2015, also, Dave Martin, “James Forrestal and Joe McCarthy,” rense.com, September 29, 2011
12. See, i.e., Jim Marrs, Crossfire: The Plot That Killed Kennedy (New York: Carroll & Graf, 1989).
13. Contrary to common belief, the CIA’s Bay of Pigs operation was a total success. Its true goals were to destroy the opposition against Castro, consolidate him in power and thus convince the reluctant Soviets that he was the anti-American Communist he claimed to be. See, Servando Gonzalez, “The Disinfo History of the CIA.” The Bay of Pigs PsyOp is studied in more detail in my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 193-200.
14. Donald Gibson, Battling Wall Street: The Kennedy Presidency (New York: Sheridan Square Press, 1994), p.72.
15. Jon Rappoport, “Trump catches attention of CFR, Bilderberg, Trilateral,” August 24, 2015
16. Editorial Board, “GOP leaders, you must do everything in your power to stop Trump,” The Washington Post, February 24, 2016
17. Anna Giaritelli, “Trump: As president, I would prosecute Clinton,” The Washington Examiner, February 22, 2016
18. Bob Unruh, “Donald Trump: Obama Rejected $50 Million For His Birth Records,” WorldNetDaily, May 28, 2015
19. Paul Joseph Watson, “‘Kill Donald Trump’: Twitter Explodes With Violent Threats,” InfoWars, September 22, 2015
20. Kristinn Taylor, “EXCLUSIVE: Secret Service Investigates Donald Trump Worcester Death Threat,” The Gateway Pundit, November 19 2015
21. Paul Joseph Watson, “NY Times Columnist Jokes About Assassination Attempt Ending Trump’s Campaign.” Good news guys I’ve figured out how the Trump campaign ends,” InfoWars, February 25, 2016
22. See Sherman H. Skolnick , “The Secret History of Airplane sabotage,”




How the CFR globalist conspirators miscalculated Pt. 1

Part One: The Internet

Currently, it has become obvious that the globalist conspirators’ juggernaut has stalled. According to their plans, by this time they would have already implemented their New Gay World Order on most of the planet. It is evident, however, that the globalist conspirators have lost the final, decisive battle and are now in a disorganized retreat. Even worse, they are losing the support of some of their more important allies.

Nevertheless, their calamitous failure also carries a great danger. As their past behavior indicates, they will resort to any measure that may guarantee their success. As the old Chinese saying goes, the worst part of the dragon is the tail.

Now, why such a calamitous failure? It seems that, in their arrogance, they failed to foresee the three factors that are currently threatening their carefully-conceived plans: the Internet, Putin’s new Russia, and Donald Trump. The conjunction of these three unexpected elements has become a force multiplier that is relentlessly tearing down the conspirators’ plans of global domination and enslavement.

So, lets begin this series in three parts by studying one of the key stumbling blocks in the globalist conspirators’ path to global control: the Internet.

The Internet

Recent mainstream press headlines are highly revealing:

“Would President Trump Kill Freedom of the Press?,” The Washington Post
“Donald Trump: What Can Stop Him?,” POLITICO Magazine
“It’s Not Too Late to Stop Donald Trump,” US News & World Report
“Inside the Republican Party’s Desperate Mission to Stop Trump,” The New York Times
“The Mainstream Media Should Stop Covering Donald Trump,” The Huffington Post
“Rivals Have Just Two Weeks to Stop Trump,” NBCNews
“What will it take to stop Donald Trump?,” The Guardian
“This might be the only way to stop Donald Trump,” The Washington Times
“Can Donald Trump Be Stopped?,” International Business Times

These headlines reveal a new phenomenon: the CFR-controlled mainstream press’ inability to control public opinion anymore. Finally, the supposedly conservative Fox News made the key question: “ Why Can’t the Media ‘Stop’ Trump?”

The answer is very simple: they can’t stop Trump because of the Internet.

To fully understand why the Internet has become one of the main factors working against the globalist conspirators plans it is necessary to know that, contrary to communists and fascists who rely on brute force to accomplish their plans — Chairman Mao said that political power comes from the barrel of a gun — the globalist conspirators follow the tactics of the British Fabians and Italian communist Antonio Gramsci.

The British Fabians advocate communism as conceived by Karl Marx, but, contrary to Marx, Lenin, Trotsky and other communist ideologues, they believed that the right way to do it was not by violent revolution but gradually, by infiltration, capturing the existing institutions from inside and putting them to work for their goals. This explains why the symbol of the Fabians is a wolf in sheep’s clothing.[1]

Antonio Gramsci was an Italian Communist who lived in the early 20th century. After visiting the Soviet Union, he realized that the best way to implement communism was not by coercion or brute force, but by influencing and shaping the domain of ideas. He called his system “cultural hegemony.” The main tool to change the prevailing ideas was by infiltrating the mainstream media, the schools and universities, in a way that is now known as the “culture wars.”

Very early in their criminal careers the Wall Street bankers realized that their best way to control people was by controlling their minds —what is now called “psychological warfare” or “PsyWar.” So, using their money and power they made a powerful grab to control the American mainstream press. This maneuver was kept secret, and we know about it thanks to a patriotic politician, Congressman Oscar Callaway, whose statement was included in the Congressional Record. Congressman Callaway’s statement is so important that I am quoting it in detail,

On March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interests, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press of the United States.

These 12 men worked the problem out by selecting 170 newspapers, and then began, by an elimination process, to retain only those necessary for the purpose of controlling the general policy of the daily press throughout the country. They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest newspapers. The 25 papers were agreed upon; emissaries were sent to purchase the policy, national and international, of these papers; an agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interest of the purchasers.

This policy also included the suppression of everything in opposition to the wishes of the interests served. The effectiveness of this scheme has been conclusively demonstrated by the character of stuff carried in the daily press throughout the country since March 1915. They have resorted to anything necessary to commercialize public sentiment and sandbag the national congress into making extravagant and wasteful appropriations for the Army and Navy under the false pretense that it was necessary. Their stock argument is that it is “patriotism.” They are playing on every prejudice and passion of the American people.[2]

In the same fashion, in the Introduction to a 1996 book by Carl Jensen, Walter Cronkite, a trusted secret CFR agent, wrote:

A handful of us determine what will be on the evening news broadcasts, or, for that matter, in the New York Times or Washington Post or Wall Street Journal. . . . Indeed it is a handful of us with this awesome power. . . . a strongly editorial power. . . . we must decide which news items out of hundreds available we are going to expose that day. And those [news stories] available to us already have been culled and re-culled by persons far outside our control.[3]

This almost total control of the U.S. mainstream press has continued almost uninterrupted to this day. Proof of this is that speaking at the Bilderberg meeting in Baden-Baden, Germany, June 5, 1991, CFR honcho David Rockefeller thanked the sycophantic press for doing a good job keeping the American people in the dark about the treasonous activities of the Wall Street bankers and other conspirators on the Council on Foreign relations.

We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, TIME Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supra-national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.

Conveniently, David forgot to mention the key role of the CFR-controlled CIA in keeping the American sheeple disinformed. According to a critic,

About a third of the whole CIA budget went to media propaganda operations. …We’re talking about hundreds of millions of dollars a year just for that….. close to a billion dollars are being spent every year by the United States on secret propaganda.[4]

Actually, CFR members not only exert an almost total control over the U.S. mainstream media, particularly TV, national newspapers and magazines, and the book and film industries[5]— actually they own most of it[6]— and use their power to control public opinion into accepting the CFR’s traitorous anti-American policies.

As I mentioned above, the conspirators’ control has continued almost uninterrupted to the present day. And I emphasized “almost,” because a few years ago a new, unexpected medium, the Internet, started defying their control.

Despite all their power, however, the conspirators have not won the final battle — at least, not yet. The present economic crisis, which not only is economic, but also political, social, moral and ethical, has occurred at a time when a new pervasive medium of communication they cannot control, the Internet, is dangerously threatening their monopoly on the press.

This informational (and disinformational) tool took them by surprise and, after many unsuccessful attempts to control and infiltrate it, apparently they have reached some conclusions. First, they have realized that the internet is a medium too powerful to allow it to operate out of their control and, second, that because of some intrinsic characteristics of the Internet, it is almost impossible to control or censor it, therefore, they must have to destroy it, at least in the present free, open form.[7]

Moreover, new technologies such as low priced high-resolution video cameras, desktop film editing and print on demand publishing have allowed the people to break the CFR’s media monopoly. But all these new technologies would have amount to nothing without the power of the Internet to make their products accessible to the public.[8]

Finally, the CFR conspirators began to realize their big mistake: not having killed the Internet in the cradle. In 2011, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton declared while appearing before a congressional committee the U.S. —actually the CFR conspirators —was losing the global information war. According to her:

We are in an information war and we are losing that war. Al Jazeera is winning, the Chinese have opened a global multi-language television network, the Russians have opened up an English-language network. I’ve seen it in a few countries, and it is quite instructive.[9]

Two years later, CFR agent Zbigniew Brzezinski confirmed Hillary’s fears. During a short interview with Germany’s Deutsche Welle News on August 2013, former US National Security Adviser and Trilateral Commission co-founder Zbigniew Brzezinski commented on the growing inefficiency of their PsyWar against the people due to the increased political knowledge of the public.[10]

No wonder they are so scared.

Further proof that the conspirators fear the power of the Internet is the fact that senators John Rockefeller (CFR) and Olympia Snowe (CFR) have been working hard to give the President the power to shut down domestic Internet traffic during a “state of emergency.” To such effect they introduced a bill called the Cybersecurity Act of 2009. This Act establishes the Office of the National Cybersecurity Advisor —an arm of the executive branch that would have the power to monitor and control Internet traffic, allegedly to protect the country against threats to critical cyber infrastructure. As expected, the Act does not define what a critical information network or a cybersecurity emergency is. Those definitions would be left to the interpretation of the president’s CFR advisors.[11]

Nevertheless, some brainwashed Americans still believe that we have a free press in this country, and that reporters and journalists provide them objective information based on facts. They ignore, however, that they get most of their news (actually carefully manufactured disinformation) from CFR-controlled, highly biased television, newspapers and magazines.

On its part, the American left has rightly accused the CIA of using the U.S. mainstream press in constant PSYOPs to mold public opinion. This however, is not a figment of some leftists’ imagination. Some years ago, the CIA admitted having recruited more than 400 influential journalists who have secretly carried out assignments, from intelligence gathering to serving as go-betweens, inside at least 25 organizations of the U.S. mainstream media. Eventually, CIA assets in the American media included CBS, NBC, ABC, CNN, Time, Newsweek, U.S. News and World Report, Reader’s Digest, The Miami Herald, The Washington Post, The Los Angeles Times, The Wall Street Journal, the Hearst Newspapers, news agencies AP, UPI, Reuters, and more. Since then, the conspirators’ control over the U.S. mainstream media has increased.[12]

On the other hand, we know that the CIA is nothing but the covert action arm of the people who created it: the CFR globalist conspirators. Contrary to what many Americans still believe, the CIA has never working to protect the interest of the American people but of the oil magnates, Wall Street bankers and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations.

True American patriots are using the Internet to awake the American people to the fact that our supposedly “representative government,” does not represent us anymore but the interests of Wall Street bankers, oil magnates, and CEOs of transnational corporations. And the true seat of this secret government is not in Washington, D.C., but the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the Council on Foreign Relations.

The web is an excellent source of non-manipulated information — provided you know how to use it. In the first place because, due to its inherent characteristics, the Internet is an uncontrollable Hydra with innumerable heads the conspirators cannot control — the Internet is an offshoot of the Arpanet, a military communications decentralized nodular network designed to survive a full-scale nuclear attack on the U.S. Consequently, it the conspirators conclude that they cannot control the Internet, they will find a way to eliminate it.

Another reason why the Inernet is a good source of information is because, contrary to the traditional media, you have the capability to actively interact with it. The Internet has broken the conspirators’ control over the media. Successes like the 9/11 Truth, Ron Paul and Tea Party movements and the current Donald Trump phenomenon have been made possible only because of the Internet.

Even more important, the Internet has also enormously accelerated the speed dissemination information is disseminated. After more than half a century of the Pearl Harbor events, still most Americans believe the official lie. Thanks to the Internet, however, just less than ten years after the 9/11 events took place about a hundred million Americans don’t believe the cock-and-bull story given by the government as an explanation, and this speed is increasing by the day:[13]

Further proof that the globalist conspirators have lost their media monopoly is that, currently, sites like the WND, Drudge Report and Alex Jones’ InfoWars get more readers in a single day than the New York Times in a year. Actually, most Americans have reached the point where they question up-front any information appearing in the mainstream media. Other important site whose popularity is growing is NewsWithViews, a site devoted to articles with an in-depth analysis for a more politically sophisticated public.

In their arrogance, the CFR globalist conspirators totally miscalculated the power of the Internet. Currently, the Internet has become a key tool in commerce, banking, health, and almost in any field of human activity. They can’t control it and they cannot eliminate it. The Internet has become a major threat against their hegemony, and they don’t know what to do to eliminate it.

Subscribe to NewsWithViews Daily Email Alerts

Email Address *
First Name
*required field
During a 1992 interview with journalist Sarah McLandon, George H.W. Bush shamelessly said: “Sarah, if the American people ever find out what we have done, they would chase us down the street and lynch us.”

Well, thanks mostly to the Internet the American people finally discovered most of what the Bushes and the Clintons have done, and they are very angry. Paradoxically, the only person who may solve this situation in civilized, peaceful way is their archenemy Donald Trump. Otherwise, if they eventually manage to get rid of Trump, enraged Americans wielding pitchforks will soon be knocking at their doors.[14]

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. Dennis Cuddy, The Road to Socialism and the New World Order (Highland City, Florida: Florida Pro Family Forum, 2000).
2. Congressional Record, vol. 54, February 9, 1917, p. 2947.
3. Carl Jensen, Censored: The News That Didn’t Make the News—And Why (New York: Seven Stories Press, 1995).
4. Testimony of Mr. William Schaap, attorney, military and intelligence specialization, co-publisher Covert Action Quarterly, on the role of the U.S. Government in the assassination of Martin Luther King MLK Conspiracy Trial Transcript – Volume 9 November 30, 1999. [Link]
5. For a description of how the Wall Street Mafia controls the media, see Denis W. Mazzoco, Networks of Power: Corporate TV’s Threat to Democracy (Boston, Massachusetts: South End, 1994); and Michael Parenti, Inventing Reality: The Politics of Mass Media (New York: ST. Martin’s Press, 1986) Also, James R. Bennett, Control of the Media in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography (New York: Garland, 1992).
6. Democrats believe that conservatives control the mainstream press, while Republicans claim that Democrats control it. Actually, both are right. CFR Liberals control the press, but it is owned by CFR Conservatives, which shows that there is not a dime of difference between both sides of the Repucratic party coin.
7. See, Servando Gonzalez, “Kiss Your Internet Goodbye,” NewsWithViews.com, April 6, 2003.
8. One of the very few who have fully realized the power of the new media in Donald Trump. More on this in the third article of this series.
9. See, “Hillary Clinton declares international information war,” RT, March 2, 2011.
10. See, “Brzezinski: ‘Global Political Awakening’ Making Syrian War Difficult,” Storyleak.com, August 29, 2013.
11. Steve Aquino, “Should Obama Control the Internet? A new bill would give the President emergency authority to halt web traffic and access private data,” Mother Jones, April 2, 2009
12. Carl Bernstein, “The CIA and the Media,” Rolling Stone, October 20, 1977.
13. Just a few hours after the mainstream press gave the news about the strange death of Justice Scalia, other radically different interpretations began circulating the Internet.
14. See, Servando Gonzalez, “And Now … It’s Pitchfork Time,” August 1, 2015.




Why Fidel Castro loves the Embargo

On December 16, 2015, I got a phone call from a producer at Radio Martí. They wanted to interview me about the possibility of the end of the U.S. embargo on Cuba. Even though I was surprised — most likely they had not read any of my books — I accepted the offer.

Radio Martí is a radio station created by the CIA in 1985 following the lines of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty. Its true purpose was to disseminate pseudo anti-Castro propaganda to keep the anti-Castro Cubans in Florida happy and giving their votes to the traitorous Republican Party. Being less gullible and much more cynical than the Europeans, Radio Martí never reached a large audience among the Cuban people.

The next day, at the beginning of the interview, the journalist told me I had been selected for it because of my advocating the end of the embargo. I corrected her, saying that I had never advocated anything; I just had always been against the embargo for many reasons, the main one because the embargo only benefited Castro, adding that the embargo actually was created to give Castro a justification for the economic destruction of Cuba. Finally, I said that while Castro was alive in Cuba, he would do anything he could to avoid the end of the embargo or a rapprochement with the U.S.

Not surprisingly, the interview didn’t last long. Evidently, those were not the answers they were expecting. They never called me asking for more interviews.

Recent events, however, have proven I was right.

Just a few hours after Obama’s poorly-conceived, ill-timed and sloppily executed visit to Cuba ended, Fidel Castro wrote an irate article strongly chastising Obama for his speech to the Cuban people.[1] Obviously, Castro doesn’t like the U.S. efforts to mend relations with Cuba, much less to end the embargo.[2]

However, in order to understand what is really going on in Cuba we need to know two things: first, that Fidel, not his brother Raúl, is the one still in power and having full control of the Cuban government and; secondly, that Fidel has always felt an irrational deep hatred for America and Americans.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding Castro’s evident contempt toward the U.S., most Americans do not seem to understand that Castro cannot care less about the United States. This is best evidenced in the attempts of several administrations to reach an accommodation with Castro and Castro torpedoing those attempts.

For example, in 1971 President Nixon hinted at a possible reconciliation. To his surprise, Castro’s angered response was that “Normal relations with the imperialists would mean renouncing our elementary duties of solidarity with the revolutionary peoples . . . of Latin America.[3]

Three years later the U.S. attitude towards Cuba seemingly had softened, and the Ford administration began seeking a better understanding between the two countries. In November 1974, less than three months after Ford became President, secret talks between American officials and representatives of the Castro government took place, and the possibility of an improvement in relations was explored. On September 23, 1975, Assistant Secretary of State William D. Rogers openly mentioned the U.S. desire to improve relations with Cuba.

Then, when everything indicated that the two countries were moving toward better understanding, American intelligence discovered the first signs of Castro’s involvement in Angola. On December 20, President Ford called a press conference, stating “The action of the Cuban government in sending combat forces to Angola destroys any opportunity for improvement in relations with the United States.”[4]

Two years later, in 1977, during the Carter administration, another effort was made to reach more normal U.S.-Cuba relations. On February 3, 1977, Secretary of State Cyrus Vance expressed U.S. willingness to begin a new cycle of discussions with the Castro government. On September 1977, both countries opened interests offices as a first step for the normalization of diplomatic relations.

But then, on July 17, 1977, Somalian dictator Siad Barre invaded Ethiopia, and, soon after, Castro decided to militarily support the invasion. By January 1978, several thousand Cuban troops, equipped with tanks and artillery, had joined the Somalis in their invasion of Ethiopia. Castro’s decision cut short any American desire to improve relations with Cuba.

In early 1996, the Clinton administration took a series of steps toward a rapprochement with the Castro regime. Secret talks were held in Havana between Cuban government and Washington officials. Then, on February 24, 1996, Cuban MiGs shot down two unarmed American civilian planes over international waters, killing four Americans. The planes belonged to the Miami-based Brothers to the Rescue organization, an anti-Castro group providing help to rafters escaping from Cuba. The incident brought the rapprochement process to an abrupt halt.[5]

Then, during the last months of 1998, the ever-faithful liberals in the Clinton administration, who apparently didn’t get it that Fidel Castro was not interested at all in improving relations with the U.S., tried again to win Fidel’s love by unilaterally taking some measures directed at softening the conditions of the embargo. To everybody’s surprise the reaction of the Castro government was outrage and criticism.[6] Finally Castro rejected the deal, allegedly because of the financial conditions attached. Clinton’s aggressive and treasonous measures, Castro’s officials claimed, were intended to undermine and attack the revolution. And so on and on, ad nauseam.

In early 2015, Obama unexpectedly removed Cuba from the list of state sponsors of terrorism, seeking to normalize relations between the two countries. Then speaking in July from the White House, Obama declared, “This is a historic step forward in our efforts to normalize relations with the Cuban government and people, and begin a new chapter with our neighbors in the Americas.”

But late last year, resorting to the same modus operandi, Castro drove a nail in the coffin of the end of the U.S. embargo. It was reported that Cuban military operatives had been spotted in Syria, where sources believe they are advising President Bashar al-Assad’s soldiers and may be preparing to man Russian-made tanks to aid Damascus in fighting rebel forces backed by the U.S.[7]

To add insult to injury, Castro ordered Raúl[8] to breach protocol by not receiving Obama at Havana’s airport. A person with more intelligence, dignity and guts would have recognized the affront and ordered the Air Force One pilots to turn around and fly back to the U.S. But the impostor lacks these qualities — that was one of the reasons the CFR conspirators selected him as President — and seemingly was not insulted by the offense and kept smiling like the fool he is during the whole visit. Actually the Castros gave Obama the treatment he deserves.

Despite Fidel Castro’s claims on the contrary, one has to conclude that the disastrous state of the Cuban economy, which has brought poverty, malnutrition, disease and all sorts of calamities to the Cuban people, is by Castro’s design and not by mistake or as a result of the U.S. embargo.

Contrary to Castro’s assertions, he has benefited enormously from the U.S. embargo. Far for hurting him, the U.S. economic embargo has greatly helped Castro. It has given him a excuse to claim that the embargo, not Castro’s actions, is the cause for the dismal state of Cuba’s economy.[9]

While the Cuban people lack adequate food supplies, Castro has been exporting food to finance his military adventures abroad. Just a few years after Castro took power in Cuba, a strict system of food rationing was imposed, and is still in force. The daily diet to which most Cubans have been restricted for almost 37 years of rationing is not only inferior to the diet of the 1950s, but also to the nutritional ration normally allocated to slaves in the colonial Cuba of 1842. A final example will provide an indication that the true reason for food scarcities in Cuba is not the American embargo.

One can understand that, because of the embargo, Cubans cannot drink Coca-Cola or eat Burger King’s hamburgers. But Cuba is a big Island with plenty of fertile soil, and a climate that supports four crops a year. Since the Fifties, Cuba was self-sufficient in the production of basic foods for self-consumption, including beef, poultry, fish, vegetables, rice, beans, etc. Now, for the sake of argument, let’s accept that because of the embargo Cuban farmers lack the adequate machinery, fertilizers, and the like to produce enough food. But how about fish? Cuba is a long, narrow island with miles and miles of seacoast where fish and seafood are varied and plentiful. Why, one may ask, don’t Cubans fish to supplement their meager food rations? The answer is very simple: because Fidel Castro strictly prohibits it, the same way he has for many years prohibited Cubans to engage in almost any productive activity he cannot fully control.

Just casting a fishhook on a line over the Malecón, Havana’s promenade facing the sea, would allow a Cuban to bring home a red snapper or some other nutritious fish and have a wonderful dinner almost free. But, although that would make him and his family very happy, it would make Fidel Castro very angry, because other people’s happiness is the worst offense one can inflict on Cuba’s major misery specialist.

So, one has to conclude that the true embargo on the Cuban people is not the inefficient U.S.-created embargo, but Castro’s very effective one. He has created a real-life “Hunger Games” situation in Cuba.

My idea that the embargo was specifically created to help Castro is not a farfetched one. Actually, Castro himself confirmed it. In his Memoirs, published in 2005, former Spanish President José María Aznar wrote that, during a private meeting in October 1998 while Castro was visiting Spain, he told Castro that, if he had the power, he would end the embargo right away, but Castro told him that, although he publicly condemned the embargo to criticize the U.S., he “needed it for this and the next generation.” Aznar added that he was shocked by Castro’s cruelty and hypocrisy in using this duplicitous speech and using he Cuban people as pawns to blame others and thus perpetuate himself in power.[10]

Finally, it is important to understand the Obama is just a puppet in the hands of the Council on Foreign Relations globalist conspirators. His efforts to initiate a rapprochement with the Castro government, culminating in his visit to the Island, just follow a plan carefully concocted at the CFR to continue Castroism after Castro’s death.

The plan was delineated in the 2001 CFR document U.S.-Cuban Relations in the 21st Century: A Follow-On Chairman’s Report of an Independent Task Force Sponsored by the Council on Foreign Relations.[11] The Report was the continuation of a similar one issued in 1998 whose “recommendations” — further proof that the U.S. government is under full CFR control — were immediately adopted in toto by the Clinton administration.

The Report shows that the CFR conspirators have been working frantically to prepare the conditions for a “peaceful, democratic transition after Castro”— CFR lingo for “Castroism after Castro.” Some of the “suggestions” in the Report are: softening the embargo, lifting the travel ban for American tourists and businessmen who want to visit Castro’s paradise, and military-to-military “confidence building” between U.S. and Castroist officers.

Following CFR’s “suggestions,” a group called the Cuba Policy Foundation was created to push the Report’s agenda. The CPF was funded mostly by the Arca Foundation, a CFR front. For years, the Arca guys have been bankrolling every pro-Castro group who has asked them money.

Later, the CFR conspirators chose Julia Sweig as their designated hitter to push the unconditional end of the embargo and the restoration of U.S. relations with Cuba. Since then, she has been churning out innumerable books and articles advocating these policies.

Castro’s response was swift and strong. In Early April, 2003, he cracked down on dissidents, sending a large group of them to jail and eventually sentencing 75 to prison terms as long as 30 years. Coinciding with the crackdown on dissidents, he ordered three black men who had hijacked a boat trying to escape to Florida to be shot.

Castro, a Jesuit-educated fascist at heart, has always been a closet racist. In private conversations with his close associates he always blames blacks for most problems in Cuba. Close witnesses affirm that in informal exchanges with his men, Castro repeatedly called the hijackers “los tres negritos” (lit. “the three little back men”). Not surprisingly, in private they always call Obama “el negro” (the Negro).[12]

Nevertheless, one must keep in mind that, even though Castro is a CFR agent, contrary to Obama, the Clintons and the Bushes, he has never been a CFR puppet. Actually, sometimes he has acted as the tail wagging the CFR’s dog. So, It was foolish to believe that he was going to deal with the puppet when he can deal directly with the puppet’s masters.[13]

As I mentioned above, Castro began his anti-Obama rant with the phrase: “We don’t need the empire to gives us anything.” Well, if by “we” he doesn’t mean the Cuban people but the Castro family, he is absolutely right. In 2005 Forbes magazine published a list of world billionaires. According to Forbes, at the time Castro was worth 1.4 billion dollars. Also, recently Mexico’s Excelsior newspaper reported that Fidel’s son, Antonio Soto, frequently visits Greece and Turkey on board his private luxury yacht.[14] No wonder Fidel Castro loves the U.S. embargo so much.

The bottom line is that, despite CFR efforts to implement Castroism after Castro, there will be no change in Cuba while Castro is alive and in power in the once-prosperous Caribbean Island.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. Castro calls the embargo a “blockade,” and at one time, while he was still harboring plans to launch a nuclear attack on the U.S., during a speech at the U.N. in October 1996 he referred to it as having the effect of “noiseless atom bombs.” On Castro’s plans to launch a nuclear or bacteriological attack on the U.S., see Servando Gonzalez, The Secret Fidel Castro (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2001), pp. 53-75.
2. In a long condescending article titled “Brother Obama,” published in Cuba’s main newspaper, Castro tells Obama, “We don’t need the empire to give us anything” Granma, March 28, 2016. See also, Azam Ahmed, “Fidel Castro Criticizes Barack Obama’s Efforts to Change Cuba,” The New York Times, March 28, 2016.
3. Granma Weekly Review, May 2, 1971. Also, Editorial, “No Ping-Pong for Castro,” The New York Times, April 21, 1971.
4. “Toward Improved United States-Cuban Relations,” a report of a special study mission to Cuba, printed for the use of the Committee on International Relations, May 23, 1977, p. 63.
5. David Rieff, “Cuba Refrozen,” Foreign Affairs, July/August 1996, pp. 62-76.
6. See Ellis Cose, “Castro no cede un ápice. Fidel no le ve mucho valor a una iniciativa de EEUU,” Newsweek en Español, January 20, 1999, p. 17. See also, AFP, “El régimen castrista rechaza las medidas de EEUU para flexibilizar el embargo,” La Razón, January 10, 1999.
7. “Top Cuban general, key forces in Syria to aid Assad, Russia, sources say,” FoxNews, October 14, 2015.
8. Some Castro lovers at the CFR and the National Security Archive — a CIA front — are working hard to sell the lie that Raúl Castro is actually the man in power in Cuba. See, i.e., Philip Brenner, John M. Kirk, et al., A Contemporary Cuba Reader: The Revolution Under Raúl Castro (New York: Rowan & Littlefield, 2015). In the Preface, the authors claim, “It became clear that a peaceful succession of power had occurred in Cuba,” p. xi. Recent events, however, show that Fidel Castro is still in command in Cuba.
9. Kaz Vorpal, “Does the Cuban Embargo Hurt Castro or Help Him?,”
10. Gonzalo Guillén, “Lanzan en Bogotá un crítico libro de Aznar,” El Nuevo Herald, September, 12, 2005,
11. CFR: U.S.-Cuban Relations in the 21st Century.
12. Frances Martel, “Cuban State Media: ‘Negro’ Obama ‘Incited Rebellion and Disorder,” Breitbart, March 31, 2016. During his days as a guerrilla fighter in the mountains, Castro always referred to Cuban President Batista as “negro de mierda” (shitty nigger). Batista was a dark-skinned mulatto of humble origin.
13. The fact that Obama is a CIA-CFR creation is extensively documented in my book OBAMANIA: The New Puppet and His Masters (Oakland,. California: Spooks Books, 2011).
14. “Captan al hijo de Fidel Castro en lujoso yate en Grecia,” Excelsior, April 7, 2015.




Terrorist Islam not a threat?

When any nation mistrusts its citizens with guns it is sending a clear message. It no longer trusts its citizens with guns because such a government has evil plans. — George Washington

A few days ago I saw a couple of fair-skinned young middle class Americans doing their normal shopping at a supermarket. She was blonde. Both of them were smiling. He was carrying an AR-15 on a sling. She had a shopping list in her left hand and in her right hand a AR-15 semi auto rifle she had selected from the many rifles and pistols available in the store’s shelves, apparently with the intention of adding it to the hand grenades, M-16s and a carton of milk they already had in their shopping cart.

Where did I see this couple? On the December 14, 2015 cover of The New Yorker magazine.

This tendentious, disinformative, deceitful cover is not a mistake or accident. It evidences the current mindset of the Invisible Government of the United States as reflected in the mainstream media they fully control. The New Yorker’s cover depicts not what it is but what the CFR conspirators and their minions in the U.S. government and the mainstream press would like it to be.

In the minds of America’s domestic enemies in the U.S. government and the mainstream press, these young middle class of fair-skinned Americans, most likely Christians, were the ones who should have assaulted commando-style the social services center in San Bernardino where people, including a young, nice Muslim couple, Syed Rizwan Farook and his wife Tashfeen Malik, would have been peacefully having a party in a room with copies of the Koran on every table. The Christian fanatics, faithfully depicted in The New Yorker’s cover, systematically would have killed 14 unarmed people and wounded 21. Later, the police would have found they also had at home copies of the Bible and the U.S. Constitution, as well as 12 pipe bombs, tools to make explosives, and over 4,500 rounds of ammunition. And this couple of terrorist Christians would have bought all these guns, ammo and explosives at their local supermarket.

Had this been the case, the CFR puppet in the White House would have immediately condemned the attack as a hate crime, calling it a case of terrorism, and announced his plans to sign an executive order banning Christians from owning any type of guns — according to Obama Christianity is a religion of hate. The impostor at the White House would have even hinted at the possibility of depriving Christians of their U.S. citizenship, interning them into reeducation camps and expelling from the country the recalcitrant ones who refused reeducation.

Unfortunately, despite all efforts from the U.S. government and the mainstream media, life does not always go according to the CFR conspirators’ plans and the wishes of their minions in the U.S. government. Nevertheless, when life refuses to back their distorted views, they use the corrupt presstitutes on their payrolls to change life — at least changing it in the American sheeple’s brainwashed minds by using untruthful covers like the one that appeared in The New Yorker.

Why is the U.S. government[1] so reluctant to fight Muslim terrorists on American soil and abroad? Why is our government secretly supporting them with money and materiel? Why does the U.S. government not want to see who the real terrorists in America and the Middle East are?[2]

The answer is very simple: because Muslim terrorists have never been a problem for the globalist conspirators who secretly control the U.S. government. Actually, Muslim terrorists, mostly a U.S. government creation, have become a useful tool in the hands of the CFR globalists in their role of terrorizing the people into accepting a world government as the only solution to eliminate terrorism. To the CFR globalist conspirators the real enemy is not fanatical terrorists but the American (and now the Russian) people who refuse to get terrorized.

Want to see proof of it? Here it is from the horse’s mouth.

A U.S. Department of Homeland Security report of 16 March 2009 (unclassified, but for official use only) prepared by the DHS’ Strategic Analysis Group and the Extremism and Radicalization Branch, Homeland Environment Threat Analysis Division, “Domestic Extremism Lexicon,” makes it very clear who the enemies of the Secret Government of the U.S. truly are.[3]

According to the Report, if one is to believe the Department of Homeland Security and the Southern Poverty Law Center who provided most of the research data for it, the main terrorist threat in America today is not militant Islam but Christian “fundamentalists,” Oath Keepers, Iraq and Afghanistan war veterans, Tea Partiers, 2nd Amendment supporters, “Constitutionalists,” abortion opponents and everybody who does not accept the lies advanced by CFR agents infiltrated in the U.S. government.

Paradoxically, despite their constant claims of patriotism and respect for the Constitution, “conservative” Republicans have always been eager to justify the trashing of the Constitution — provided the trashers are members of the Republican Party. They loved it when George W. Bush approved the Patriot Act, one of the most antipatriotic laws ever signed by an American President, after having been passed without even a perfunctory reading by a Congress with a Republican majority.

I fully understand why Democrats who hate this country re-elected Jerry Brown as governor of California. What is difficult to understand, however, is why Arizona Republicans keep reelecting John McCain to the U.S. Senate. CFR member McCain has shown many times his hatred for this country. While in Congress, he has supported almost every anti-American law ever conceived. His latest act of treachery is his support for the National Defense Authorization Act, a bill later signed into law by Obama.

When, following the CFR conspirators’ orders, George W. Bush created the Department of Homeland Security, allegedly to protect the U.S. against terrorism, and began curtailing individual liberties, most of his Republican followers backed him. They approved the creation of the DHS, they claimed, because they themselves were not terrorists and had nothing to hide.

If John McCain and George W. Bush are true conservative Republicans, please count me out!

Very soon some of these “conservative” Republicans who love Bush and McCain are going to learn the hard way what everybody who has lived under a totalitarian dictatorship knows very well: a terrorist is anybody the government accuses of being a terrorist, and anything you have in your home, from gardening books to dog food, not to mention a Bible, a copy of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights or — heaven forbid — a firearm, can be construed as a proof that you are a right-wing extremist and a dangerous potential terrorist actively conspiring against the government.

A totalitarian America is an old, cherished dream of the CFR globalist conspirators and their minions on both the Left and the Right, and this is not he first time they have given it a try. When at the end of WWII General William Donovan (CFR), following orders from the CFR conspirators, urged the conversion of the Office of Special Services into a central intelligence agency, the public outcry stopped him short. Some critics rightly pointed out that America did not need a Gestapo.[4]

Eventually, the conspirators succeeded in the creation of the CIA, but some true patriots managed to include a provision that the new intelligence agency could not operate inside U.S. territory. But the conspirators are patient, and eventually have made their cherished dream a reality: Finally, they have created a government agency whose only purpose is to legally harass the American patriots who oppose the destruction of their country.

This agency is none other than the Department of Homeland Security, a true American Gestapo.

The creation, under the pretense of fighting terrorism, of a government agency to repress dissidence is wrong, whoever, liberal or conservative, created it. Therefore, We the People of the United States should demand the immediate elimination of this repressive organization that has no place whatsoever in a free representative Republic.

The CFR brainwashers have created the notion, repeated over and over by Hitlary and the mainstream media presstitutes, that Donald Trump’s criticism of Muslim terrorists has turned him into a recruiter for ISIS. Well, if the National Rifle Association had a sense of humor, they should make Obama an honorary member of the NRA. Every time Obama mentions his plans to sign more gun control laws, gun sales skyrocket and the NRA membership grows. The least they should do is to express their gratitude to him.

Moreover, gun store owners and firearms manufacturers should launch a campaign to reelect Obama for a third term. I know that they hate the guy as much as I do, but nobody would dare to criticize them for wanting their businesses to prosper.[5]

Just recently, Swiss Army Chief André Blattmann told Swiss citizens to arm themselves to fight terrorism and chaos.[6] In contrast, after the 9/11 events George W. Bush never told Americans to arm themselves and even took steps to disarm airline pilots.[7]

Now, why is the U.S. government desperately trying to disarm American citizens? A long time ago George Washington answered this question: because the government has evil plans.

2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. I don’t use the term “administration” because, even though the administrations change, since Wilson’s time the U.S. government has always been the same.
2. See, Paul Joseph Watson, “Feds Ignored Islamic Terror Threat Before San Bernardino to Focus on ‘Right-Wing Radicals’,” InfoWars.com, December 15, 2015.
3. This report was updated in later Department of Homeland Security Report titled “Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment,” dated April 7.
4. See, Servando Gonzalez, “The American Gestapo and the Dog That Didn’t Bark,” Nolan Chart, April 27, 2009.
5. See, Tim Omarzu, “Gun ‘salesman of the year’ is Obama; stores say president is good for business,” timesfreepress.com, January 5, 2016.
6. See, Robert Farago, “Swiss General to Citizens: Arm Yourselves, Europe’s On the Verge of Civil War,” thetruthaboutguns.com, January 3, 2016.
7. For George Bush denying pilots the right to arm themselves after 9/11, see Jeff Johnson, “Bush Choosing ‘Gun Control Over Terrorist Control’,” CNSnews.com, July 7, 2008. By a strange coincidence, the FAA rescinded the rule allowing guns in cockpits just before the 9/11 events. The FAA had adopted the armed pilot rule shortly after the Cuban missile crisis of 1961 to help prevent hijackings of American airliners. It remained in effect for four decades. But in July 2001, just two months prior to the Sept. 11 events, by a strange coincidence the rule was rescinded. See, Jon Dougherty, “Armed pilots banned 2 months before 9-11,” WorldNewsDaily, May 16, 2002.




A politically incorrect view of political correctness

Of late, some people are reacting against the mental tyranny of politically correctness. It seems, however, that not even its strongest critics have a real idea of what political correctness really is. Apparently, even they have been brainwashed to the point that they have a politically correct definition of political correctness.

Nevertheless, as Sun Tzu said, only the man who knows his enemy like himself will win all the battles. So, let’s take a close, critical look at the term.

According to most dictionaries, the term political correctness means:

“Conforming to a belief that language and practices which could offend political sensibilities (as in matters of sex or race) should be eliminated,” “agreeing with the idea that people should be careful to not use language or behave in a way that could offend a particular group of people.” — Merriam Webster Dictionary.

“Demonstrating progressive ideals, especially by avoiding vocabulary that is considered offensive, discriminatory, or judgmental, especially concerning race and gender. Abbreviation: PC.” — Collins Dictionary.

“Conforming to a particular sociopolitical ideology or point of view, especially to a liberal point of view concerned with promoting tolerance and avoiding offense in matters of race, class, gender, and sexual orientation.” — American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language, Fifth Edition.

“Politically correct language or behavior not offensive, especially to people who have often been affected by discrimination.” — Macmillan Dictionary.

“Political correctness (or PC for short) means using words or behavior which will not offend any group of people. Most people think it is important for everyone to be treated equally, fairly and with dignity.” — Wikipedia.

Unfortunately, all of the above definitions of political correctness are politically correct. For a change, though, let’s take a look at my politically incorrect definition of political correctness — which differs considerably from the definitions currently appearing in most dictionaries.

To me, political correctness simply means not telling the truth about things damaging to a political cause some people support. Proof of this is that the person who disagrees with your view never tells you “Don’t say that, because it is not true,” but “Don’t say that because it is not politically correct.” Therefore, political correctness is not a linguistic, sociological or cultural term, much less a scientific statement, but a political one.

Let me show you some examples that prove my point:

Some people believe that saving the planet from the destruction caused by humans is a good, noble cause. Therefore, if I tell them that global warming is nothing but unscientific hogwash created to scare us to the point of voluntarily stopping driving cars and eating red meat, their immediate reaction will be to tell me that I am not politically correct.

Some people are convinced that implementing a New Gay World Order is a good cause because it will bring democracy, peace, prosperity and equality upon the whole planet. Therefore, to them, anybody opposing the NGWO is not politically correct.

Others think that armed citizens who don’t share their beliefs are a threat to the implementation of the NGWO. Therefore, if you say that cars, medical doctors and prescription drugs kill more people than guns, to them this is not politically correct.

It is interesting to see, though, that in these times when university students complain about “microagressions,” nobody seems to have noticed that the term “political correctness” is the overt manifestation of a macroaggression. When somebody tells you not to use a particular term, because it is “politically incorrect,” what he/she is actually doing is warning you that if you keep using it you will run into trouble — most likely you will be accused of being a racist, homophobe, white supremacist, etc. after which you will be ostracized and even lose your job.[1]

Now, what makes me a specialist in political correctness to the point that I dare to question the definitions provided by such prestigious dictionaries? Well, the fact that I lived for twenty years in Castro’s Cuba, the country where the term was initially tested.[2] The only difference was that in Cuba, when you said some truths damaging to the “revolution”,[3] they didn’t warn you by saying “this is not politically correct,” but “Don’t say that because this is not political.”

So, it is safe to conclude that political correctness is an invention concocted by the evil progressive, liberal, Democratic Left and the commies. Right?

Wrong!

Political correctness is not an exclusive aberrant phenomenon of the Left. There are non-written rules of political correctness among “conservative” Republicans.

For example, if you are a “conservative” Republican you should never mention World Trade Center Building 7 — the 47-story skyscraper that collapsed on its own footprint despite the fact that no plane crashed against it. Why? Because George W. Bush is a true conservative American patriot and a religious man— or so they believe — and anything that questions his narrative of the 9/11 events is not politically correct.

Moreover, you should never ask why, despite the fact 9/11 was (allegedly) the worst failure of the US intelligence and the military in their job to protect us, nobody was fired for their gross incompetence.[4] This explains why when Trump violated the rules of political correctness and mentioned that 9/11 happened during George W. Bush’s watch Jeb Bush almost had a fit.

Also, “conservative” Republicans should never mention that George W. Bush’s Patriot Act is the worst attack on the US Constitution in recent times and that the War on Terror he declared is a hoax. Telling the truth is very unpolitically correct.

Even more important, is you are a true “conservative” Republican you should never mention that it was your beloved George H.W. Bush who stated in every speech about the need to create a New World Order. In addition, you should never mention that this NWO Bush loved so much meant the abolishment of the US Constitution and the end of US sovereignty under a global government controlled by the CFR conspirators. In addition, you are not supposed to remember the Bush family’s past ties to the Nazis nor their present ties to the bin Laden family and the Saudis.

So much for the anti-political correctness of the hypocritical “conservative” Republicans.

But there is also a particular type of insidious political correctness that affects both the “liberal” Democratic Left and the “conservative” Republican Right.

For example, you should never mention that the two-party system is a hoax, much less that there is an Invisible Government of the United States. Even more important, you should never mention that the Council on Foreign Relations, the visible head of this Invisible Government you should never tell about, is the most anti-American organization in the U.S.

Even more important, you should never mention that our current military’s main job is not to defend and protect the Constitution, our borders and our culture, but to protect the interests of a few transnational corporations abroad.

Currently, it has become evident that, without exception, not only most politicians, but also all mainstream media, either of the Left or Right persuasion, are politically correct. There are subjects they would never mention and, if they mention any of them, it is only to vilify the people who have dared to mention them.[5] Politicians and mainstream media stars will never dare to bite the hand that feeds them.[6]

So, what can you do to fight the scourge of political correctness? Admit that you are powerless and stick your head in the sand?

Absolutely not!

You can do something very simple: Don’t play by their rules. Fight political correctness by not being politically correct. This is exactly what Donald Trump has been doing, and nobody can deny that he has been very successful. Apparently he sensed that the American people are sick and tired of political correctness.

Of course, I understand that not being politically correct entails some grave risks —the PC crowd can destroy you socially, economically, and even can kill you. Fear is the mechanism the CFR globalist conspirators are using to implement their New Gay World Order, and political correctness is one of their most efficient tools. But there is a point when you have to draw a line in the sand and yell:

I’m mad as hell and I’m not going to take this anymore!

2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. See, Bill White, “Time to Push Back at Political Correctness,” Survivopedia, January 5, 2016.
2. For a close look at my theory that Castro’s Cuba is a successful test of the New Gay World Order, see my book Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People.
3. There was never a revolution in Cuba. What we had was a rebellion to depose a corrupt dictator and change the country back to normality. Unfortunately, Castro managed to get full control of it and changed the rebellion into his sui generis “revolution.” See my book The Secret Fidel Castro: Deconstructing the Symbol.
4. Actually, there was an exception: Orlando airport Immigration agent Jose Melendez, who on August 4, 2001 stopped the 20th terrorist, a Saudi man named Mohamed al-Kahtani. As a show of appreciation for a job well done, the U.S. government harassed Melendez and finally he was fired.
5. I have the feeling that Hillary Clinton will not get prosecuted for her role in the Benghazi events. Why? Because investigating the Benghazi events may open the door to investigate Bush and Cheney for their role in the 9/11 events, something “conservative” Republicans don’t want.
6. . The politically correct crowd survives thanks to generous funding from the most reactionary organizations — most of them under the direct control of the CFR. See, i.e., Evan Gahr, “Paymasters of the PC Brigades,” The Wall Street Journal, January 27, 1995.
Also, Lachlan Markay, “The ‘Billionaire’s Club’ Behind the Green Movement,” The Free Beacon, July 30, 2014, Also, Daniel Brandt, “Philanthropists at War,” NameBase NewsLine, No. 15, October-December 1996.




Sticks, stones and words may break some black student’s bones

Sticks and stones may break my bones, but words will never hurt me. —Proverb

America is dead,[1] and the vultures are ripping apart its rotting corpse. The new vultures that recently joined the New Age, Satanist, gay, lesbian, feminist and transgender vultures already having a feeding frenzy on America’s carcass are young, extremist blacks in colleges and universities.

Their main fighting tool is not an assault rifle, but political correctness. Their fighting strategy is the misuse of democracy. Their battle plan is to conquer “safe spaces” where they can feel protected from the threat of “micro aggressions.”

These young blacks in American colleges and universities apparently have a monomaniac fixation with safety. Their mantra, repeated over and over, is “safety” — they need safe spaces to feel secure. Their concept of “safe spaces” is actually places where nobody can express ideas contrary to their beliefs.

Of late, the battle of these young blacks fighting for “safe spaces” has reached new, alarming heights. Black students at Yale complained about some Halloween costumes they considered offensive. Black students at Amherst College asked the president to apologize for the college’s “institutional legacy of white supremacy, colonialism, anti-black racism, anti-Latin racism, anti-Native American racism, anti-Native/indigenous racism, anti-Asian racism, anti-Middle Eastern racism, heterosexism, cissexism, xenophobia, anti-Semitism, ableism, mental health stigma, and classism.”[2]

In November, both the President and Chancellor of the University of Missouri system in Columbia were forced to resign by an angry mob of black students who claimed they were responsible for racist policies on campus.[3] But this is not the most egregious case of young blacks’ aggression against perceived or imagined white “aggression.”

Black students at Amherst College turned on its mascot, Lord Jeff — or Lord Jeffery Amherst, the 18th-century military commander whom this college town is named for. Under pressure, Union College will modify its centuries-old motto, “Under the laws of Minerva, we all become brothers,” to add the word for “sisters.” Georgetown University is renaming two buildings that previously honored slaveholders. Some black students at Harvard University have demanded that administrators replace the law school’s official seal, which they claim is borrowed from the family seal of a slaveholder who helped found it.[4]

Faced with growing pressure from black students, colleges across the U.S. are updating or renaming campus fixtures that have been deemed insensitive or outdated. Inspired by racially-charged protests at the University of Missouri, students have demanded changes of that type among broader calls for improved treatment of minority students.

Just recently, students at a small Pennsylvania college are demanding that administrators rename a building called “Lynch Memorial Hall” because of the racial overtones of the word “lynch.”[5] Princeton students occupied the university president’s office demanding that the name Woodrow Wilson — America’s 28th president and former President of Princeton — be erased from campus. That included the Woodrow Wilson School of Public Policy and International Affairs, residential halls and a mural of him in the dining hall.[6] Protesters also demanded the immediate implementation of “cultural competency training” to reeducate faculty members and the introduction of mandatory courses on marginalized peoples.[7]

Students at the University of Missouri recently demanded that in two years the faculty will be at least 10 percent black.[8] Some black students are also demanding that anything related to black culture —art, literature, music, history— must be taught by blacks only, not by whites.

All of this is pure, unadulterated racism. There is no other name for it. The color of a person’s skin has nothing to do with his knowledge, experience and ability to be a college professor. Even more important is the fact that these students not only want black professors but also black professors who make them feel safe, that is, professors who fully agree with their political beliefs.

Anyway, the least one can expect is that these racist, separatist blacks may be consistent with their own ideology — lack of consistency is the mark of the opportunist and the liar. Unfortunately, inconsistency is precisely what has characterized the separatist blacks’ discourse. If they really believe what they say, they should ask not only for the banning of Clyde A. Lynch, but also ask Obama to fire Attorney General Loretta Lynch and ban pictures of Che Guevara on campus — Che’s real name is Ernesto Guevara Lynch.

Moreover, they should ask for the erasing of anything honoring Martin Luther King — the name Martin Luther, a guy who defied the Pope, is highly offensive to black Catholics. Even worse, any mention of the word “King,” must be banned, because it is highly offensive to Americans whose ancestors fought a revolutionary war against a king.

Also, it is a shame that many black athletes are football players, a game that can be traced to early versions of rugby football and association football. Both games have their origin in varieties of football exclusively played by whites in Britain in the mid–19th century. Black football players should immediately stop playing a game created by slave traders.

Furthermore, politically correct young black extremists should stop right now using iPhones created by white yuppies in Cupertino and manufactured by yellow semi-slaves in China. They should demand that in two years Apple employees be at least 10 percent black and that iPhones be manufactured in Africa by black semi-slaves — asking Apple to stop using semi-slave workers would be an unrealistic demand.

Likewise, they should stop speaking English, the language of the American white slave masters, and begin speaking the languages of the African black slave masters.

In addition, it is a shame that a city in Georgia whose population is mostly black is named after a mythical island inhabited by a white, blue-eyed, blonde race much admired by the Nazis — Atlantis. I guess that the name Atlanta is very offensive to most American blacks. These politically correct black extremists must demand that the city’s name be changed to something like Africana.

But wait, as black American scholar Nathan Huggins has pointed out, the “identity’ of black Africans is a fiction created by European whites.[8] Actually, most of the so called “Africans” in Africa don’t feel themselves as belonging to a particular geographic area, much less a continent Europeans call Africa, but to a particular tribe, like Ashanti, Watusi, Zulu, Yoruba, Bambará, etc. That perhaps explains why the Black Panthers rightly refused the denomination “African-American” and preferred to call themselves blacks, as evidenced in their assertion “black is beautiful.’

Back to square one.

Also, these young black extremists should stop calling Obama “black,” because he is not. Though his father was black, Obama’s mother was Caucasian. Therefore, he is actually a half-breed, a mulatto. And I would bet that, at the bottom of his heart, he is not too happy about being called black. In most countries mulattos feel highly offended when somebody calls them blacks. Even more important, they should stop calling Obama “African-American” because, despite claims to the contrary, Mr. Obama is not African-American.

The qualification of African-American is applied only to citizens of the United States who have origins in the black peoples of Africa. It is not an ethnographic term but a political one. As many African-American militants have pointed out, it expresses pride in their African origins and solidarity with others of the African Diaspora, particularly the ones brought to America as slaves. As author Debra Dickerson contended, “Black, in our political and social reality, means those descended from West African slaves.”[9]

But Mr. Obama’s ancestors in Kenya were not brought to America as slaves. Actually, there is a remote possibility that some of his ancestors may have been among the blacks in Africa who enriched themselves by making some of their own kin slaves and selling them to the Portuguese and other Europeans. Most of these slaves were acquired through intertribal wars or kidnappings.[10]

In the mid-eighties, one of the CFR-controlled think tanks developed the idea of calling American blacks “African-Americans.”[11] With full support of the CFR-controlled mainstream media and academia, the term was rapidly adopted by most brainwashed blacks. In honor to truth, however, American blacks should call themselves AMERICAN-Africans. Contrary to Brazilian and Cuban blacks, who play African musical instruments, dance African music, speak some African languages and profess some African religions, there is not much African cultural influence in American blacks. Culturally, American blacks are 95 percent white American and 5 percent black African.

Still, now that young black extremists are deeply committed to the name-changing business it would be the right time to change the name of San Francisco’s Castro Street, a name highly offensive both to blacks and gays, and rename it Batista Street. Cuba’s black President Fulgencio Batista, a black man of humble origins, was overthrown in 1959 by white, rich, Jesuit-educated Fidel Castro, who quickly implemented his anti-black racist policies — Cubans say that the Castro government is like Mount Everest: the higher you go the whiter it gets. A few years later the Castro government began a systematic harassing of homosexuals and even created concentration camps where homosexuals were interned for politically correct “reeducation.”[12]

Instead of wasting their tuition money waging political battles they don’t fully understand — indoctrination is the antithesis of education — these young, brainwashed black students should profit by studying Korzybki’s dictum “the map it not the territory.”[13] Words are just signs pointing to things, not the things themselves. You can change the name “torture” and rename it “enhanced interrogation technique,” but it does not change the essential inefficiency and inhumanity of the act. You can change the name “global warming’ and call it “climate change,” but the scientific fact that human behavior does not significantly affect the weather cannot be changed.

Now, the big question is why university and college presidents have not exerted their authority to fight back the black student’s irrationality and madness? Perhaps President Woodrow Wilson offered the answer a century ago.

In 1913, the year he became President, Wilson made a confession in his book The New Freedom:

Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.

University presidents are fully aware that there is a big power behind the extremist black student’s claim for “free spaces.” They know, or at least suspect, that behind their demands there is a power they cannot oppose: the power of the Invisible Government of the US. So, they prefer to resign and cash their generous golden parachutes than opposing such a power that can easily destroy their careers and their lives.

There may be, however, more than meets the eye in the current fight of these young black extremists in search for “safe spaces.”

An American Cultural Revolution?

In his December 18, 2015, program, talk radio host Michael Savage devoted some time to express his theory that the current trend of growing political control of black students over colleges and universities is a reenactment of Mao’s Cultural Revolution in China. I think Dr. Savage is onto something.

The Cultural Revolution was launched in May 1966, after China’s dictator Mao Tse-tung declared that bourgeois elements had infiltrated the government and society at large, and were attempting to restore capitalism. Mao told the masses that these “revisionists” must be removed through violent class struggle. China’s youth responded to Mao’s call by forming the infamous Red Guards — groups of young people fully devoted to punishing the politically incorrect citizens. Under the banner of the Cultural Revolution the Red Guards harassed and persecuted millions of people who suffered a wide range of abuses including public humiliation, loss of jobs, arbitrary imprisonment, torture and seizure of property.

Are we in America experiencing the early steps of a Chinese-style Cultural Revolution? It might be. We have to remember that, after a trip to China in 1973, David Rockefeller, one of the key ideologues at the Council on Foreign Relations, wrote a report praising Mao for the great job he had done in China — a job that included the slaughtering of over 40 million people.

In his report, “From a China Traveler,” David shamelessly wrote:

One is impressed immediately by the sense of national harmony . . . Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution it has obviously succeeded . . . in fostering high morale and community purpose. General social and economic progress is no less impressive. . . . The enormous social advances of China have benefited greatly from the singleness of ideology and purpose. The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in history.[14]

Most of the black student’s fighting for “safe spaces” would be surprised to discover that, contrary to what they may think, those absurd ideas totally alien to Americans are not of their own, but have been implanted in their feeble, impressionable minds. Contrary to what they may think, political correctness is actually the creation of a few White Old Men specializing in psychological warfare. Most likely it was developed at the Stanford Research Institute, the Hudson Institute, the RAND Corporations or other of the CFR-controlled think tanks.

So, may it be that the growing movement evolving on campuses that is giving more political power to black youth is just another carefully planned PsyOp conceived at one of the CFR-controlled think tanks? Is this another tool to carry out a new social experiment: the destruction of America as a necessary step to implement their New Gay World Order?

Well, it might be.

The November events at the University of Missouri that ended with the resignation of both the President and Chancellor began when black student Jonathan Butler went on a hunger strike to protest what he called “revolting” acts of racism at Missouri. Soon after, black members of the university football team threatened to strike for the rest of the season unless Tim Wolfe, Mizzou’s president, stepped down. Soon after, Wolfe stepped down.

A few days later, though, somebody found out that Butler was not part of the exploited masses of deprived young blacks but the son of a wealthy Union Pacific Railroad executive who made $8.4 million in 2014. It is interesting to know that, almost since the Council on Foreign Relations was created in 1921, there have been close links between the CFR and Union Pacific.

W. Averell Harriman, who joined the CFR in 1923, two years after its founding, was originally an executive with the Union Pacific Railroad. Paul Warburg, another CFR founder and director (1921-1932) was one of the Union Pacific directors. Other Union Pacific executives with close links to the CFR were Robert Lovett, William Rockefeller and Jacob Schiff.

Currently, both James H. Evans, former Chairman and CEO of Union Pacific Corporation and Andrew H. Card, member of the UPC board of directors, are also CFR members. Though Union Pacific does not appear in the current CFR list of corporate members, it is a corporate member of the Mexican Council on Foreign Relations (Consejo Mexicano de Asuntos Internacionales), a CFR-controlled organization of the many that have mushroomed in Latin America belonging to what the globalist conspirators at the Harold Pratt House now call the Council on Councils.

Surprised that an organization of old, reactionary white men is backing the activities of young, revolutionary black students? Don’t be so. This is not the only case.

One of the most rabidly anti-American organizations of young Hispanics of Mexican ancestry in the U.S. is the National Council of La Raza. Its ultimate goal is “la reconquista,” or reconquest, of the Southwestern U.S. by Mexico.[15]

The man behind the growth and empowerment of La Raza was Raul Yzaguirre, its president and CEO from 1974 to 2004. Yzaguirre is a proud CFR member. As expected, La Raza survives thanks to generous grants from the CFR-controlled Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations.[16]

Coincidence? Maybe, but I don’t think so. All roads lead to Rome. Of course, CFR-controlled professional conspiracy deniers will strongly oppose those who dare to publicize this fact. The CFR conspirators and their ilk hate “truthers,” and they brand them as “tin hat kooks.”

It is not by chance that, since immemorial times, the elders, not the youth, have been the ones in control of the tribe. The reason is obvious. Old people have lived long and have more experience about life. Even more important, they are less prone to be influenced by apparently revolutionary ideas.

In contrast, the impressionable youth are easily captured by ideas they see as just or revolutionary, without realizing that some of these ideas have been planted in their impressionable minds by reactionary white people who use them as tools to advance their evil policies — something like what is currently happening in colleges and universities in America. After knowing David Rockefellers’ view of Mao’s social experiment in China, I would not discard the possibility that both “revolutions,” the one that almost destroyed China and the one going on in America today, had been conceived by the same people at the same place: the Council on Foreign Relations.

Nevertheless, there is a big difference between China and America. Mao’s Cultural Revolution was implemented at gunpoint over a mass of unarmed citizens — Mao once said that political power comes from the barrel of a gun. Here in America, however, the only thing that may prevent a bloody Maoist-style cultural revolution is the existence of an armed, alert and politically savvy mass of citizens.

2016 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. America did not commit suicide, as some claim. America was assassinated. It was a plan carefully conceived by the CFR’s mafia and carried out by their hit men infiltrated into the U.S. government, the mainstream press, academia and the military.
2. Roger Kimball, “The Rise of the College Crybullies. The status of victim has been weaponized at campuses across the nation, but there is at least one encouraging sign,” the Wall Street Journal, November 14, 2015.
3. Eliott C. McLaughlin, “University of Missouri president and chancellor step down amid race row,” CNN, November 9, 2015.
4. Collin Blinkey, “Colleges update mascots, mottos, amid pressure from students,” Associated Press, November 19, 2015.
5. The building is named after Clyde A. Lynch, who was president of Lebanon Valley College from 1932 until his death in 1950.
6. Actually, Woodrow Wilson should be re-evaluated as a traitor to America. See, Servando Gonzalez, Psychological…
7. An indication that the black student’s battle is not racially, but politically motivated is the fact that Condoleezza Rice, former US Secretary of State, was forced to withdraw from a campus event at Rutgers University. According to some militant students, Ms. Rice, a black woman, was a “war criminal” that supported the Iraq invasion.
8. Nathan Irving Huggins, Black Odyssey: The African-American Ordeal in Slavery (New York: Pantheon Books, 1990).
9. Debra Dickerson, “Colorblind,” Salon.com, January 22, 2007.
10. Contrary to what is taught at U.S. government schools (the ones disingenuously called “public schools”), British, Portuguese, Dutch or Spanish slave traders rarely penetrated far beyond the coasts: they actually bought slaves already captured by other tribes. As the great African-American historian Nathan Huggins pointed out, “virtually all of the enslavement of Africans was carried out by other Africans.” So, “African Americans” who claim for reparations should look at Africa first.
11. It is not by chance that Jesse Jackson, a proud member of the Council on Foreign Relations, was the one who popularized the term “African-American”. Fortunately, however, not all American blacks were brainwashed. See, Jesse Washington, “Some Blacks Insist: I’m Not African-American,” AP, March 6, 2012. Another prominent “African-American” belonging to the CFR is Charles Rangel. By the way, none of the prominent “African-American” leaders manifested their support for Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney when she was strongly criticized and eventually sacked after suggesting that George W. Bush knew in advance of the 9/11 events.
12. See, Servando Gonzalez, The Secret Fidel Castro: Deconstructing the Symbol (Oakland, California: InteliBooks, 2001).
13. Polish-American independent scholar Alfred Korzybski, the creator of general semantics, coined the expression in “A Non-Aristotelian System and its Necessity for Rigour in Mathematics and Physics,” a paper he presented to the American Mathematical Society at the New Orleans, Louisiana, meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, December 28, 1931. The paper was reprinted in his 1933 book Science and Sanity, pp. 747–61.
14. The New York Times, August 10, 1973.
15. Charlie Norwood, “Exclusive: The Truth About ‘La Raza,” Human Events, April 7, 2003.
16. . Joseph Fallon, “Funding Hate – Foundations and the Radical Hispanic Lobby- Part III,” The Social Contract Press, Vol. II, Number 1 (Fall 2000).




Servando Gonzalez Archive 2013 – 2015